SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997.
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-12259


TIME WARNER INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


                 DELAWARE                                       13-3527249
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                         IDENTIFICATION NO.)
   75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, N.Y.                            10019
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                        (ZIP CODE)

                            ------------------------

REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 484-8000


SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                                                      NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
                               TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                     ON WHICH REGISTERED
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------------------
Common Stock, $.01 par value                                                         New York Stock Exchange
Rights to Purchase Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock                 New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [x]

As of March 23, 1998, there were 532,707,059 shares of registrant's Common Stock and 57,061,942 shares of registrant's Series LMCN-V Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting securities held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on March 23, 1998) was approximately $35.5 billion.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

                        DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                                   PART OF THE FORM 10-K
------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with    Part III (Item 10 through Item 13)
  the registrant's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



Time Warner Inc.

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

Included in the Form 10-K for Time Warner Inc. is a chart illustrating Time Warner Inc.'s corporate organization, providing the following information:

Time Warner Inc. owns 100% of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Time Warner Companies, Inc.

Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. owns 100% of Cable Networks-TBS and Filmed Entertainment-TBS .

Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 100% of Magazine and Book Publishing, TWI Cable and the Time Warner General and Limited Partners.(1)

Time Warner General and Limited Partners own 100% of Recorded Music and Music Publishing and 74.49% of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE"). TWE is also 25.51%-owned by US West Limited Partner.(2)

TWE owns 100% of Time Warner Cable, Cable Networks - HBO and Filmed Entertainment - Warner Bros., and 65.2% of the TWE - A/N Partnership (Cable). The TWE - A/N Partnership is also 33.3% - owned by Advance/Newhouse and 1.5% - owned by TWI Cable.(3)


(1) Time Warner Companies, Inc. directly or indirectly owns 100% of the capital stock of each of the Time Warner General and Limited Partners.

(2) Pro rata priority capital and residual equity interests. In addition, the Time Warner General Partners own 100% of the priority capital interests senior and junior to the pro rata priority capital interests. (See Note 4 to the Company's consolidated statements.)

(3) Direct or indirect common equity interests. In addition, TWI Cable indirectly owns preferred partnership interests.


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Time Warner Inc. (the 'Company'), together with its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, is the world's leading media and entertainment company. The Company classifies its business interests in four fundamental areas: Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting, recorded music and music publishing; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. The Company is a holding company that derives its operating income and cash flow from its investments in its direct subsidiaries Time Warner Companies, Inc. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.

On October 10, 1996, the Company completed the merger of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') thereby acquiring the remaining approximately 80% interest in TBS that the Company did not already own (the 'TBS Transaction'). As a result of the TBS Transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name and the old parent company, which changed its name to Time Warner Companies, Inc. ('TWCI'), and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. The assets of TWCI consist primarily of investments in its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, including Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). For convenience, the terms the 'Registrant,' 'Company' and 'Time Warner' are used in this report to refer to both the old and new parent company and collectively to the parent company and the subsidiaries through which its various businesses are conducted, unless the context otherwise requires. See below for a description of TWE and its relationship to the Company.

For financial information about the Company's industry segments and operations in different geographical areas with respect to each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, see Note 16 'Segment Information,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements, at pages F-51 through F-55 herein.

TBS MERGER

On October 10, 1996, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, TWCI, TBS and certain of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries, among other things: (a) each of TWCI and TBS became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company through a merger with a subsidiary of the Company, (b) each outstanding share of common stock of TWCI, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TWCI, was converted into one share of common stock of the Company, (c) each outstanding share of preferred stock of TWCI was converted into one share of a substantially identical series of preferred stock of the Company, (d) each outstanding share of common stock of TBS, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TBS or the Company or in the treasury of TBS, was converted into the right to receive .75 shares of common stock of the Company, and (e) each outstanding share of preferred stock of TBS, other than shares held directly or indirectly by TWCI or the Company, was converted into the right to receive 4.8 shares of common stock of the Company. Additional information on the TBS Transaction is set forth in Note 2, 'Mergers and Acquisitions,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements, at page F-31 herein.

TWE

TWE was formed as a Delaware limited partnership in 1992 to own and operate substantially all of the business of Warner Bros., Home Box Office and the cable television businesses owned and operated by the Company prior to such date. In 1995, the Company acquired the aggregate 11.22% limited partnership interests in TWE previously held by subsidiaries of ITOCHU Corporation and Toshiba Corporation in exchange for 15 million shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock and $10 million. As a result, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, owns general and limited partnership interests in 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital') of TWE and 100% of the senior

I-1

priority capital ('Senior Capital') and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital') of TWE. The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of US WEST, Inc. ('US West'). The Company does not consolidate TWE and certain related companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes. The subsidiaries of the Company that own general partnership interests in TWE are collectively referred to herein as the 'Time Warner General Partners.' See also 'Description of Certain Provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement' for additional information about the organization of TWE.

In 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') known as the TWE-A/N Partnership to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments. TWE is the managing partner of the TWE-A/N Partnership.

RECENT EVENTS

In early 1998, the Company, through wholly owned subsidiaries, contributed or beneficially assigned to the TWE-A/N Partnership additional cable television systems serving approximately 650,000 subscribers, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred interests in the TWE-A/N Partnership. In addition, TWE contributed or beneficially assigned to the TWE-A/N Partnership its interest in cable television systems serving approximately 500,000 subscribers formerly owned by Paragon Communications in satisfaction of certain commitments made by TWE to the TWE-A/N Partnership at the time of its formation. Following these transactions, the common equity of the TWE-A/N Partnership is owned approximately as follows: 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse, 65.2% by TWE and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner.

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') to Premier Parks Inc. ('Premier'), a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock, before transaction costs. Under the terms of the transaction, Premier will continue to license the use of Warner Bros.' and DC Comics' cartoon characters at the Six Flags parks, and the license will be extended to Premier's other parks in the United States and Canada. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the closing of the transaction is expected in the second quarter of 1998.

In September 1997, the Company, TWE, the TWE-A/N Partnership and a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc. entered into a letter of intent to form two new cable television joint ventures in Texas that will be managed by TWE, expand an existing joint venture in Kansas City, and exchange various cable television systems to enhance clustering of properties. These transactions, which are each subject to execution of definitive agreements and customary closing conditions, are expected to close periodically during 1998.

In June 1997, TWE, Advance/Newhouse and the other partners of Primestar Partners L.P. ('Primestar') agreed to restructure the business of Primestar by contributing, in a series of transactions, the separate Primestar direct broadcast satellite distribution business of each of the Primestar partners together with their partnership interests into a new corporation. Subject to regulatory approval, the restructuring is currently expected to close on or about April 1, 1998. In a separate pending transaction which is also subject to regulatory approval, the new Primestar would acquire certain high power satellites and FCC permits from MCI Communications Corporation and The News Corporation Limited.

I-2

ENTERTAINMENT

The Company's Entertainment businesses produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, animation, television series and films and other programming through an expanding variety of media and markets, operate a television network, produce and distribute recorded music, license rights to the Company's characters, operate retail stores featuring consumer products based on the Company's characters and brands and also operate international theme parks and motion picture theaters.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT

The Company's filmed entertainment business includes the production, financing and distribution of feature motion pictures, television series and mini-series, made-for-television movies, first-run syndication and cable programming and animated programming for theatrical and television exhibition, the ownership and operation of The WB national broadcast television network and the distribution of video product for the home video market. The Company's filmed entertainment business is principally conducted by the Warner Bros. divisions of TWE. Warner Bros. is also, among other things, engaged in product licensing and merchandising, the ownership, operation and franchising of retail stores, international movie theaters and theme parks.

The filmed entertainment business also includes New Line Cinema Corporation and Castle Rock Entertainment ('Castle Rock'), as well as the Turner libraries, which include Hanna-Barbera, MGM, RKO and classic Warner Bros. films and animated shorts, which became part of the Company as a result of the TBS Transaction. These businesses are wholly owned by the Company and are not a part of TWE, although TWE performs and is compensated for certain distribution and other services for these businesses.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT -- WARNER BROS.

WARNER BROS. FEATURE FILMS

Warner Bros. produces feature films both wholly on its own and under financing arrangements with independent motion picture producers in which Warner Bros. is generally the principal source of financing. Warner Bros. also acquires for distribution completed films produced by others. Acquired distribution rights may be limited to specified territories, media and/or periods of time. The terms of Warner Bros.' agreements with independent producers and other entities are separately negotiated and vary depending upon the production, the amount and type of financing by Warner Bros., the media and territories covered, the distribution term and other factors. In some cases, producers, directors, actors, writers and others participate in the proceeds generated by the motion pictures in which they are involved.

Feature films are licensed to exhibitors under contracts that provide for the length of the engagement, rental fees, which may be either a percentage of box office receipts, with or without a guarantee of a fixed minimum, or a flat sum and other relevant terms. The number of feature films that a particular theater exhibits depends upon its policy of program changes, the competitive conditions in its area and the quality and appeal of the feature films available to it. Warner Bros. competes with all other distributors for playing time in theaters.

Warner Bros. has entered into distribution servicing agreements with Morgan Creek Productions Inc. and its affiliates ('Morgan Creek'), pursuant to which, among other things, Warner Bros. provides domestic distribution services for all Morgan Creek pictures through June 1998, and certain foreign distribution services for selected pictures. It is expected that the agreements with Morgan Creek will be renewed. Under this arrangement, Warner Bros. released 'Wild America' in 1997 and anticipates releasing 'Wrongfully Accused,' 'Incognito' and 'Major League 3,' among others, in 1998. An affiliate of Warner Bros. is a party to co-financing and distribution agreements with Monarchy Enterprises C.V. and its affiliate, Regency Entertainment U.S.A. (collectively 'Monarchy/Regency'). These agreements expire in 1998 and will not be renewed. Among the remaining Monarchy/Regency productions to be distributed by Warner Bros. in 1998 are 'Dangerous Beauty,' 'Goodbye Lover' and 'The Negotiator.' It is anticipated that 'City of Angels' will be released as a co-financed picture in l998.

I-3

In July l997, an affiliate of Warner Bros. and an affiliate of Canal Plus formed a joint venture to co-finance on a 50/50 basis a total of approximately 20 to 25 motion pictures over a five-year period. Warner Bros. acquired all distribution rights in the U.S. and Canada and substantially all international distribution rights to these pictures. Warner Bros. will advance marketing and distribution costs and will receive a distribution fee in connection with the exploitation of the pictures. It is anticipated that 'Message in a Bottle' will be released under this arrangement in 1998.

Warner Bros. and one of its affiliates have reached an agreement in principle with Village Roadshow Pictures and certain of its affiliates ('VRP') to co-finance under a cost sharing arrangement the production of up to 20 motion pictures over a five-year period. Approximately 50% of the production costs of those pictures will be provided by Warner Bros. and its affiliate, and the balance will be provided by VRP. Warner Bros. will acquire all distribution rights in the U.S. and Canada and substantially all international distribution rights to the co-financed pictures. Warner Bros. will advance marketing and distribution costs and will receive a distribution fee in connection with the exploitation of the pictures.

Warner Bros. and Polygram Filmed Entertainment ('Polygram') have agreed to co-finance on a 50/50 basis the production of motion pictures developed and produced by Castle Rock through 2000. Warner Bros. and Polygram will each acquire distribution rights in the U.S. and Canada to half of the Castle Rock pictures and international distribution rights to the other half on an alternating picture-by-picture basis. Warner Bros. and Polygram will each advance marketing and distribution costs and will receive distribution fees in connection with the exploitation of the Castle Rock pictures. Among the Castle Rock releases anticipated for l998 are 'Mickey Blue Eyes,' which Warner Bros. will distribute in the U.S. and Canada, and 'The Last Days of Disco,' to be distributed by Warner Bros. internationally.

During 1997, Warner Bros. domestically released 25 motion pictures for theatrical exhibition, of which 11 were produced by or with others. In addition, Warner Bros. released ten motion pictures in foreign markets, all of which were produced by others. The following motion pictures released in 1997 produced substantial domestic gross theatrical receipts: 'Contact,' 'Batman and Robin,' 'Conspiracy Theory,' 'Devil's Advocate' and 'L.A. Confidential.' During 1997, approximately 54% of film rentals from Warner Bros. theatrical distribution were generated in the United States and 46% in international territories.

During 1998, Warner Bros. expects to release domestically approximately 28 motion pictures, of which 14 are expected to be produced by or with others. During the first quarter of 1998, Warner Bros. released 'U.S. Marshals' and 'Sphere.' Other 1998 releases include 'The Avengers,' 'Lethal Weapon 4,' 'You Have Mail' and 'Quest for Camelot,' the first fully animated feature film produced by Warner Bros.' feature animation division.

TELEVISION

Warner Bros., through its various divisions, is the leading supplier of television programming in the world. Warner Bros. both develops and produces new television series, made-for-television movies, mini-series, animation programs and reality-based entertainment shows, and also distributes television programming for exhibition on all national networks, syndicated domestic television, cable syndication and on a growing array of international television distribution outlets. With the TBS Transaction, the distribution library owned or managed by Warner Bros. grew to more than 6,000 feature films, 28,500 television titles, l0,000 animated titles plus l,500 classic animated shorts. The acquisition reunites the entire Warner Bros. film and animation library and adds classic MGM and RKO titles, and animation from Hanna-Barbera and MGM. Warner Bros. acts as distributor of the programming owned by subsidiaries of TBS.

Warner Bros.' television programming is produced by Warner Bros. Television, which produces dramatic and comedy programming, and Telepictures Productions ('Telepictures'), which specializes in reality-based and talk/variety series, and also by Witt-Thomas-Harris Productions, an independent company which has an exclusive, long-term feature film and television production and distribution agreement with Warner Bros.

During the 1997-1998 season, Warner Bros. Television successfully launched several new network primetime series, including 'Veronica's Closet.' Returning network primetime series included, among others,

I-4

the top-rated series 'ER' and 'Friends' (both in their fourth season); 'Murphy Brown' (in its tenth and final season); 'Family Matters' (in its ninth season); 'Step by Step' (in its seventh season); 'The Parent 'Hood' and 'The Wayans Bros.' (each in its fourth season); 'The Drew Carey Show' (in its third season); and 'Suddenly Susan' (in its second season).

Telepictures launched in 1996 the syndicated daytime television hit 'The Rosie O'Donnell Show.' Telepictures also produces for syndicated television such popular series as 'Jenny Jones' (in its seventh season) and, through Time-Telepictures Television, 'Change of Heart' (in its first season) and 'EXTRA' (in its fourth season). Telepictures also produces 'How'd They Do That' (in its second season) for cable television.

Warner Bros. Television Animation ('WBTA') is responsible for the creation, development and production of contemporary television animation, as well as for the creative use and production of classic animated characters from Warner Bros.', TBS's and DC Comic's libraries, including 'Looney Tunes' and the Hanna- Barbera and MGM libraries. Animation programming is important to the Company as a foundation for various product merchandising and marketing revenue streams as well as being a cost-effective source of initial and on-going programming for various distribution outlets, including those owned by the Company's subsidiaries and divisions (including Kids' WB! and Cartoon Network).

WBTA continues to be a leading supplier of original children's animation programming and direct-to-video projects, with such programs as 'Steven Spielberg Presents Animaniacs,' 'Steven Spielberg presents Pinky & The Brain,' 'The Sylvester and Tweety Mysteries,' 'The New Batman/Superman Adventures' and 'Superman,' the upcoming edu-tainment series 'Histeria' and Batman's direct-to-video release 'Sub-Zero.' Since the TBS Transaction, WBTA has managed Hanna-Barbera programming, which includes the television series 'Dexter's Laboratory,' 'Cow and Chicken,' 'Johnny Bravo' and 'Scooby Doo's Zombie Island' direct-to-video.

The rapid expansion of off-network, pay-per-view, pay and basic cable and satellite broadcasting has increased the distribution opportunities for already-produced feature films and television programming of all varieties from the Warner Bros. and TBS libraries. A typical sale of a new program series produced by or for Warner Bros. Television to a major domestic network grants that network an option to carry such program series for four years, after which time Warner Bros. Television can enter into a new license agreement with that or any other network as well as license the already-broadcast episodes into off-network syndication (broadcast and/or cable). New series are also licensed concurrently into the international marketplace and can, after a short period of time, be sold in part or in whole on home video. Warner Bros.' domestic distribution operation handles the launching and supporting of first-run series produced directly for syndication, as well as the sale of movie packages, off-network syndication strips (in which shows originally produced for weekly broadcast on a network are aired five days a week), and reruns of classic television series for cable and satellite broadcasting.

Television programs currently in off-network syndication include, among others, 'Murphy Brown,' 'Living Single,' 'The Fresh Prince of Bel Air' and 'Family Matters.' The top-rated series 'ER' was sold to Turner Network Television for syndication commencing in 1998, and 'Friends' was sold for syndication commencing in 1998 to stations covering over 85% of the country.

Warner Bros. International Television Distribution ('WBITD') is the world's largest distributor of feature and television programming for television exhibition outside of the United States. WBITD distributes programming in more than 175 countries and in more than 40 languages. During l997, WBITD entered into new significant licensing agreements with Sogecable, the leading Spanish pay television operator, and Channel 5, the United Kingdom's newest free television broadcaster.

The introduction of new technologies and programming services throughout the world has created many new opportunities for WBITD. In conjunction with these new services seeking Warner Bros.' programming, WBITD is seeking to form strategic alliances with some of the world's leading satellite, cable and over-the-air television broadcasters. In December l997, WBITD acquired a l0% interest in Canal Satellite, a partnership with Canal Plus and Pathe, which is the largest digital direct-to-home satellite television service in France.

WBITD has recently commenced the development and production of television programming with international partners. In l997, WBITD completed and sold four new co-produced series internationally: the live-

I-5

action television series 'The New Adventures of Robin Hood' and 'Police Academy:
The Series' and the animated television series 'The Fantastic Voyages of Sinbad the Sailor' and 'Zorro.'

Warner Bros.' backlog, representing the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, network, basic cable and syndicated television exhibition, amounted to $2.1 billion at December 31, 1997, compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 1996 (including amounts relating to the licensing of product to Time Warner's and TWE's cable television networks of $719 million as of December 31, 1997, and $463 million as of December 31, 1996, respectively). The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts. See also 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition -- Filmed Entertainment Backlog.'

HOME VIDEO

Warner Home Video ('WHV') distributes for home video use pre-recorded videocassettes, laser optical videodiscs and digital versatile discs or 'DVDs' (as described below) containing the filmed entertainment product of (i) Warner Bros., (ii) Home Box Office, (iii) WarnerVision Entertainment, (iv) Castle Rock,
(v) MGM/UA and (vi) New Line Cinema. WHV also distributes (or services the distribution of) other companies' product for which it has acquired home video distribution or servicing rights. In August l997, WHV granted exclusive laserdisc distribution rights in North America to Image Entertainment Inc. for five years in order to concentrate on the videocassette and DVD markets.

During 1997, WHV released five titles in the North American rental market with sales exceeding 400,000 units each: 'Contact,' 'Conspiracy Theory,' 'Sleepers,' 'Michael' and 'Absolute Power.' Internationally, the following titles generated substantial home video revenue in 1997: 'Space Jam,' 'Mars Attacks,' 'Batman & Robin,' 'Eraser' and the first and second seasons of the television series 'Friends.' Additionally, the Warner Bros. Family Entertainment label continued to expand through affordably-priced North American video releases, including 'Space Jam,' 'Free Willy 3: The Rescue,' 'Wild America,' 'Cats Don't Dance,' 'The Swan Princess: Escape from Castle Mountain' and 'Shiloh' which generated combined videocassette sales in excess of 14 million units. Also, WHV released for home sale in North America 'Batman & Robin' which generated sales of more than six million units. During l997, approximately 55% of WHV's revenue was generated in the United States and approximately 45% in other territories.

WHV sells its product in the United States and in major international territories through its own sales force, with warehousing and fulfillment handled by divisions of Warner Music Group and third parties. In some international markets, WHV's product is distributed through licensees. Videocassette and laser optical videodisc product is generally manufactured under contract with independent duplicators and replicators. DVD product is replicated by Warner Advance Media Operations, a Warner Music Group company, and third parties.

In December l995, a consortium of nine major consumer electronics manufacturers and TWE announced agreement on a standard for a high density digital optical technology ('DVD') that is capable of storing large volumes of digitalized information -- enough storage capacity for two full-length feature films on a double-sided disc. The DVD technology offers picture quality significantly superior to existing home video technology as well as premium features such as multiple language soundtracks. WHV, along with several other studios, released software titles in the DVD format in l997 in the United States, Canada, Japan and certain countries in Asia. Additionally, WHV is currently benefiting by releasing first-run feature motion pictures in the DVD format as well as re-releasing titles from the extensive WHV catalogue of feature motion pictures. By year-end l998, WHV plans to have DVD distribution in all major territories worldwide.

CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND WARNER BROS. STUDIO STORES

Warner Bros. Consumer Products licenses rights in both domestic and international markets to the names, photographs, logos and other representations of characters and copyrighted material from the films and television series produced or distributed by Warner Bros., including the superhero characters of DC Comics, Hanna-Barbera characters and Turner classic films.

I-6

In 1997, Warner Bros. Studio Stores continued its expansion with the opening of eight outlets in the United States and 16 internationally by franchisees. Of the total of 185 stores at the end of 1997, 157 are wholly owned and 28 are operated outside the United States by franchisees. Six stores are currently planned to be opened overseas in 1998.

THEATERS

Through joint ventures, Warner Bros. International Theatres operates 72 multi-screen cinema complexes with 625 screens in seven foreign countries, including 28 theatres in Australia, 17 in the United Kingdom, 13 in Japan, five in Portugal, four in Germany, three in Italy and two in Spain. During l998, Warner Bros. International Theatres plans to open a further 28 cinemas and 281 screens, including expansion into Taiwan with the opening of a l7-screen multiplex in the city of Taipei.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT -- TBS

Theatrical films are also produced by New Line Cinema Corporation, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TBS and not a part of TWE. New Line Cinema is a leading independent producer and distributor of theatrical motion pictures. During 1997, through its two film divisions, New Line Cinema and Fine Line Features, New Line distributed such films as 'Austin Powers,' 'Boogie Nights,' 'Spawn,' 'Money Talks' and 'Wag the Dog.' During the first quarter of l998, New Line released 'The Wedding Singer;' 'Lost in Space' and 'Blade' will be among the films to be released by New Line later in 1998.

Castle Rock Television has produced the critically acclaimed and highly rated Emmy-winning series 'Seinfeld' for the past nine years. This year will be the last year of production. New Line Television creates original television programming, including the animated series 'The Mask.' A new series for ABC based on the film 'The Player' is under development.

TBS's filmed entertainment business also incorporates the Hanna-Barbera, MGM and RKO libraries, which include classic films such as 'Gone With the Wind' and cartoons such as the 'Flintstones,' 'Yogi Bear,' 'Huckleberry Hound,' 'Tom & Jerry' and 'Popeye.' Distribution of these libraries is managed by Warner Bros.

THE WB TELEVISION NETWORK

The WB Television Network ('The WB') completed its third year of broadcast operations in January l998. In January l998, five major market affiliates were added to The WB station line-up bringing total coverage to 97 stations representing 88% of U.S. households. During the l997/98 broadcast season, The WB's primetime program schedule was expanded to a fourth night, broadcasting on Sunday, Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday nights. A fifth night of primetime programming is scheduled to be added in January l999.

Kids' WB! children's programming expanded in September l997 with the addition of ten hours per week of programming. Kids' WB! currently airs l9 hours per week, including Saturday morning, weekday mornings and weekday afternoons.

The WeB, The WB's satellite-delivered program service, is expected to launch in September l998 with initial penetration of about eight to ten percent of U.S. TV households. This is a program service that, in partnership with local broadcasters in smaller markets, will create an affiliate of The WB on local cable systems.

Tribune Broadcasting owns a 22.25% interest in The WB. Key employees of The WB hold an ll% interest in the network.

OTHER ENTERTAINMENT ASSETS

THEME PARKS

Through joint ventures with local partners, Warner Bros. has developed theme parks in select international locations which feature Warner Bros.' movie, cartoon and superhero characters. Warner Bros. Movie World, a regional theme park and studio complex, was opened in 1996 in the Rhine/Ruhr area of Germany. The park

I-7

complex is modeled after Warner Bros. Movie World in Australia which owns and operates a 400-acre movie-related theme park (including a movie studio) and water park complex near Brisbane, Australia, as well as Sea World of Australia. The Company has announced that it is studying the feasibility of building the first movie-based theme park in Spain.

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags to Premier, a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock, before transaction costs. Under the terms of the transaction, Premier will continue to license the use of Warner Bros.' and DC Comics' cartoon characters at the Six Flags parks, and the license will be extended to Premier's other parks in the United States and Canada. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the closing of the transaction is expected in the second quarter of 1998.

DC COMICS AND MAD MAGAZINE

TWE and Warner Communications Inc. ('WCI'), which is wholly owned by Time Warner, each own a 50% interest in DC Comics. DC Comics publishes more than 60 regularly issued comics magazines, among the most popular of which are 'Superman,' 'Batman,' 'Wonder Woman' and 'The Sandman,' as well as collections sold as books. DC Comics also derives revenues from motion pictures, television, product licensing, books for juvenile and adult markets and foreign publishing.

Time Warner wholly owns E.C. Publications, Inc., the publisher of MAD, a magazine featuring articles of humorous and satirical interest, which is regularly published 12 times a year and also in periodic special editions.

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

The Telecommunications Competition and Deregulation Act of 1996 (the '1996 Telecommunications Act') substantially revised the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. The new law contains certain provisions relating to violent and sexually explicit programming. First, the statute requires manufacturers to build television sets with the capability of blocking certain coded programming (the so-called 'V-chip'). The effective date for Federal Communications Commission ('FCC') rules regarding the manufacture of such sets, originally scheduled for March 8, 1998, has been deferred for one year. Second, the 1996 Telecommunications Act gave the cable and broadcasting industries one year to develop voluntary ratings for video programming containing violent, sexually explicit or other indecent content and to agree voluntarily to transmit signals containing such ratings. Principal representatives from both industries have agreed upon a system of parental guidelines, which has been implemented on a voluntary basis by broadcast stations and networks, program producers, as well as cable systems and networks. The 1996 Telecommunications Act authorizes the FCC to prescribe guidelines of its own, in consultation with an advisory committee, if the industry guidelines are not acceptable to the FCC. In 1997, the FCC sought public comment on whether the voluntary industry guidelines comply with the requirements of the 1996 Telecommunications Act. That proceeding remains pending.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the restrictions on the number of television stations that one entity may own and increased the national audience reach limitation by one entity from 25% to 35% of U.S. television households. As required by the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the FCC revised its dual network rule to allow a TV station to affiliate with an entity maintaining two or more networks, unless certain limited circumstances pertain. The FCC also amended its rules to permit common ownership or control of a broadcast network and cable systems.

The FCC rules currently prohibit an entity from having an attributable interest in two local TV stations with overlapping specified signal contours. In an ongoing rulemaking proceeding, the FCC has proposed to relax this rule in certain circumstances and sought comment on a possible waiver mechanism. In another rulemaking, the FCC has sought comment on possible changes to its attribution rules, which define the type of interests in television stations that are recognizable for purposes of its ownership rules. Under one such proposal, certain currently nonattributable debt or passive equity interests would become attributable if held in conjunction with

I-8

certain other interests in or relationships with the TV licensee, such as the provision of programming. Such a proposal, if adopted, could adversely affect The WB's efforts to add new television stations as affiliates.

Pursuant to the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the FCC must conduct a biennial review of its ownership rules and repeal or modify any regulation that it deems to be no longer in the public interest. The first such biennial review will commence in 1998. Among the ownership rules which will be reviewed are the daily newspaper-television station and cable system-television station cross-ownership prohibitions.

Warner Bros. cannot at this time predict the effect on its television businesses of the passage of the 1996 Telecommunications Act and the changes, or proposed changes, to the FCC rules discussed above.

COMPETITION

The production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures, television and animation product and videocassettes/videodiscs are highly competitive businesses, as each competes with the other for viewers' attention, as well as with other forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, including video games, the Internet and other computer-related activities. Furthermore, there is increased competition in the television industry evidenced by the increasing number and variety of broadcast networks and basic cable and pay television services now available. There is active competition among all production companies in these industries for the services of producers, directors, actors and others and for the acquisition of literary properties. With respect to the distribution of television product, there is significant competition from independent distributors as well as major studios. The increased number of theatrical films released in the U.S. has resulted in increased competition for theater space and audience attention. Revenues for filmed entertainment product depend in part upon general economic conditions, but the competitive position of a producer or distributor is still greatly affected by the quality of, and public response to, the entertainment product it makes available to the marketplace. The television network industry is extremely competitive as networks seek to attract audience share and television stations for affiliation and to obtain advertising revenue and distribution rights to television programming. There is strong competition throughout the home video industry, both from home video subsidiaries of several major motion picture studios and from independent companies, as well as from new film viewing opportunities, such as pay-per-view. Warner Bros. competes in its character merchandising and other licensing and retail activities with other licensors and retailers of character, brand and celebrity names. Warner Bros.' operation of theaters is subject to varying degrees of competition with respect to obtaining new theater sites and attracting patrons, including competition from a number of motion picture exhibition delivery systems, such as pay television and home video systems.

MUSIC

In the United States and around the world, the Company, through its wholly owned Warner Music Group division ('WMG'), is in the business of discovering and signing musical artists and manufacturing, packaging, distributing and marketing their recorded music.

WMG also operates Warner/Chappell, a music publishing business with offices around the world, and is a joint venture partner of music and video clubs in North America.

RECORDED MUSIC

In the United States, WMG's recorded music business is principally conducted through WMG's Warner Bros. Records, Inc., Atlantic Recording Corporation, Elektra Entertainment Group and the newly formed Sire Records Group Inc. and their affiliated labels, as well as through the WEA Inc. companies. The WEA Inc. companies include WEA Manufacturing Inc., which manufactures compact discs (CDs), audio and videocassettes, CD-ROMs and, commencing in 1997, digital versatile discs (DVDs), for WMG's record labels as well as for outside companies; Ivy Hill Corporation, which produces printed material and packaging for WMG's recorded music products as well as for a wide variety of other consumer products; and Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation ('WEA Corp.'), which markets and distributes WMG's recorded music products to retailers and wholesale distributors. WMG also owns a majority interest in Alternative Distribution Alliance ('ADA'), a

I-9

so-called 'independent' distribution company specializing in alternative rock music with a focus on new artists and smaller retailers.

These activities are conducted in more than 70 countries outside the United States by Warner Music International and its subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. In 1997, more than 55% of WMG's recorded music revenues came from outside the United States.

DOMESTIC

WMG's record labels in the United States -- Warner Bros., Atlantic, Elektra and Sire -- each with a distinct identity, discover and sign musical artists. The labels scout and sign talent in many different musical genres, including pop, rock, jazz, country, hip hop, reggae, folk, blues, gospel and Christian music. Artists generally receive royalties based upon a percentage of the suggested retail or wholesale price of their recordings and music videos, and most receive non-refundable advance payments against such royalties.

WMG is a vertically-integrated music company. After an artist has entered into a contract with a WMG label, a master recording of the artist's music is produced and provided to WMG's manufacturing operation, WEA Manufacturing, which replicates the music primarily on CDs and audio cassettes. Ivy Hill prints material that is included with CDs and audio cassettes and creates packaging for them. WEA Corp. and ADA, WMG's distribution arms, sell product and deliver it, either directly or through sub-distributors and wholesalers, to thousands of record stores, mass merchants and other retailers throughout the country. Product is also beginning to be sold directly to consumers through the Internet. At the same time these activities take place, the label's promotion, marketing, advertising and publicity departments place advertisements in print and electronic media, work to get the new album played on the radio, reviewed and mentioned in publications and the artist booked for appearances on radio and television. If a music video featuring an artist has been produced, the video is distributed and promoted to music video television programmers. Label personnel may also help organize a tour that will further promote a new album.

In addition to newly released records, each of WMG's labels markets and sells albums from their extensive catalogues of prior releases, in which the labels generally continue to own the copyright in perpetuity. Rhino Records, in which WMG owns a 50% equity interest, specializes in compilations and re-issues of previously released music.

WMG also has entered into joint venture arrangements pursuant to which WMG companies manufacture, distribute and market (in most cases, domestically and internationally) recordings owned by the joint ventures. Such agreements typically provide a WMG label with an equity interest and a profit participation in the venture, with financing furnished either solely by the WMG label or by both parties. Included among these arrangements are the labels Maverick, Tommy Boy, Sub Pop, Qwest and 143 Records. WMG labels also enter into agreements with unaffiliated third-party record labels such as Curb to manufacture and distribute recordings that are marketed under the owner's proprietary label. Through a joint venture, WMG and Sony Music Entertainment operate The Columbia House Company, the leading direct marketer of CDs, audio and videocassettes in the United States and Canada.

Among the albums resulting in significant sales for WMG during 1997 were the Space Jam soundtrack and Madonna's 'Evita' soundtrack, as well as releases by Paula Cole, Fleetwood Mac, Jewel, matchbox20, Metallica, Sugar Ray and LeAnn Rimes.

INTERNATIONAL

Operating in more than 70 countries around the world, Warner Music International ('WMI') engages in the same activities as WMG's domestic labels, discovering and signing artists and manufacturing, packaging, distributing and marketing their recorded music. The artists signed to WMI and its affiliates number more than a thousand. In most cases, WMI also markets and distributes the recordings of those artists for whom WMG's domestic record labels have international rights. In certain countries, WMI licenses to unaffiliated third-party record labels the right to distribute its recordings.

I-10

WMI operates a plant in Germany that manufactures CDs, laser discs and vinyl records for its affiliated companies, as well as for outside companies and, as part of a joint venture, operates a plant in Australia that also manufactures CDs. WMI operates a video company that coordinates the international release of music and non-music video titles.

Among the artists whose albums resulted in significant sales for WMI in 1997 were Enya, Noriyuki Makihara, Luis Miguel and Alejandro Sanz.

MUSIC
PUBLISHING

WMG's music publishing companies own or control the rights to more than one million musical compositions, including numerous pop music hits, American standards, folk songs, and motion picture and theatrical compositions. The catalogue includes works from a diverse range of artists and composers, including Phil Collins, Comden & Green, George and Ira Gershwin, Michael Jackson, Leiber & Stoller, Madonna and Cole Porter. Warner/Chappell also administers the music of several television and motion picture companies, including Lucasfilm, Ltd., Samuel Goldwyn Productions, Aaron Spelling Productions and New World.

Warner/Chappell's printed music division markets publications throughout the world containing the works of such artists as Alabama, The Grateful Dead, Led Zeppelin, Madonna, Bob Seger and many others. Warner/Chappell also owns Warner Bros. Publications and CPP/Belwin, two of the world's largest publishers of printed music.

The principal source of revenues to Warner/Chappell are license fees paid for the use of its musical compositions on radio, television, in motion pictures and in other public performances; royalties for the use of its compositions on CDs, audio cassettes, music videos and in television commercials; and sales of published sheet music and song books.

COMPETITION

The recorded music business is highly competitive. The revenues of a company in the recording industry depend upon public acceptance of the company's recording artists and their music. Although WMG is one of the largest recorded music companies in the world, its competitive position is dependent on its continuing ability to attract and develop talent that can achieve a high degree of public acceptance. Overexpansion of retail recorded music outlets over the past several years led to the closing of many such stores during 1996 and 1997, which has resulted in further increased competition among recorded music companies. Competition during 1997, as in past years, also reflected the growth in the number of albums released by independent record labels. The recorded music business continues to be adversely affected by counterfeiting of both audio cassettes and CDs, piracy and parallel imports and may in the future be affected by consumers' ability to download quality sound reproductions from the Internet without authorization from the Company. In addition, the recorded music business also meets with competition from other forms of entertainment, such as television, pre-recorded videocassettes, the Internet and computer and video games. Competition in the music publishing business is intense. Although WMG's music publishing business is the largest on a worldwide basis, it competes with every other music publishing company in acquiring musical compositions and in having them recorded and performed.

I-11

CABLE NETWORKS

The Company's Cable Networks business consists of domestic and international basic cable networks and pay television programming services and the operation of sports franchises. TBS's networks (collectively, the 'Turner Networks') constitute the principal component of the Company's basic cable networks: Cable News Network ('CNN'), CNN International, Headline News, CNN Financial News Network ('CNNfn'), TBS Superstation, Turner Network Television ('TNT'), Turner Classic Movies, Cartoon Network, CNN/SI and CNN en Espanol, all operated by TBS, which is wholly owned by the Company. Pay television programming consists of the multi-channel HBO and Cinemax pay television programming services, operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE ('Home Box Office'). The Company also has interests in certain other domestic and international programming networks.

GENERAL

The Company, through TBS, is the leading supplier of programming for the basic cable industry in the United States. The Turner Networks provide a wide variety of movies, sports and general entertainment, all-news and all-sports news programming. Through TWE's Home Box Office division, the Company distributes HBO, the leading pay-TV service, as well as Cinemax. HBO and Cinemax offer uncut, commercial-free motion pictures and high-quality documentaries. In addition, HBO offers sporting and special entertainment events (such as concerts and comedy shows), and feature motion pictures and television series produced specifically by or for HBO.

All of the cable networks distribute their programming via cable and other distribution technologies, including satellite distribution. A separate distribution subsidiary handles the sales and marketing of all of TBS's domestic basic cable networks to cable, satellite master antenna television ('SMATV') and multichannel MDS ('MMDS') systems and direct-to-home satellite ('DTH') distribution companies in the United States. Both the basic cable networks and the pay television programming services generally enter into separate multi-year agreements, known as affiliation agreements, with operators of cable television systems, SMATV, MMDS and DTH distribution companies that have agreed to carry such networks. In the United States, cable operators elect to carry networks and services on an individual, and not packaged, basis. With the proliferation of new cable networks and services, competition for cable carriage on the limited available channel capacity has intensified.

The programming produced for the Company's cable networks is generally transmitted via C-band or Ku-band communications satellites from an uplinking terminus and received on receivers located at local operations centers for each affiliated cable company, or on home satellite dish receivers. Individual dish owners wishing to receive programming from one of the satellite distribution companies must purchase a consumer decoder from a local source and arrange for its activation.

The basic cable networks generate their revenue principally from the sale of advertising time on the networks and from receipt of monthly per subscriber fees for each of the services carried, paid by cable system operators, DTH distribution companies, hotels and other customers (known as affiliates) who have contracted to receive and distribute such networks. The pay-TV networks, being commercial free, generate their revenue principally from the monthly fees paid by affiliates, which are generally charged on a per subscriber basis. Individual subscribers to HBO and Cinemax are then generally billed monthly by their local cable company or DTH packager for each service purchased and are free to cancel a service at any time.

As a result of acquisitions and mergers in the cable television industry in recent years, the percentage of Turner Networks' and Home Box Office's revenue from affiliates that are large multiple system cable operators has increased. As of December 31, 1997, the largest single multiple system cable operator with which Turner Networks and Home Box Office do business is Tele-Communications, Inc. ('TCI'), which accounted for approximately 21% of TBS's cable subscribers and 17% of HBO's and Cinemax's combined subscribers. (TCI, through subsidiaries, owns approximately 57 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock of the Company entitling the holder to 1/100 of a vote per share on certain limited matters, voting together with all other voting shares. These shares, which were issued in connection with the TBS Transaction, represent less than 1% of the voting power of the Company's outstanding common stock.) As of December 31, 1997, Time Warner Cable (see

I-12

'Cable') accounted for an additional 18% and 14%, respectively of TBS's cable subscribers and HBO's and Cinemax's combined subscribers. Turner Networks and Home Box Office attempt to assure continuity in their relationships with affiliates and have entered into multi-year contracts with affiliates, whenever possible. Although TBS and Home Box Office believe the prospects of continued carriage and marketing of their programming services by the larger affiliates are good, the loss of one or more of them as distributors of any individual cable network could have a material adverse effect on their respective businesses.

Advertising revenue on the Company's basic cable networks is a function of the number of advertising spots sold, the 'CPM,' which is the average cost per thousand homes charged for such advertising, and market conditions. The CPM applicable to each network program varies depending upon its ratings (which measure the numbers of viewers delivered), the type of program and its time slot, which latter factors influence the demographics of such viewers, which are important to an advertiser. To evaluate the level of its viewing audience, TBS utilizes the metered method of audience measurement as provided by A.C. Nielsen. Cable networks which have not achieved widespread cable system distribution are not able to achieve significant viewing levels and, as a result, do not command a high CPM for their advertising time.

TURNER NETWORKS

DOMESTIC

Effective at year-end 1997, TBS Superstation converted to a copyright-paid cable network from an independent UHF television station whose signal was retransmitted by a third party common carrier via satellite. The network, while still transmitted over-the-air in the Atlanta market, is now retransmitted by TBS and delivered via satellite to cable systems in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, and is seen by approximately 73 million subscribers. Its programming includes movies, sports, original productions and classic television comedies. As a broadcast television station, TBS Superstation relied principally on advertising revenue and received no direct compensation for its signal from cable systems. As a cable network, TBS Superstation will also receive subscription revenue directly from cable and other systems that carry the service.

Other entertainment networks produced and distributed by TBS are TNT, which as of December 31, 1997 had approximately 72 million subscribers in the United States; Cartoon Network, with more than 46 million subscribers in the United States; and Turner Classic Movies, a 24-hour, commercial-free classic film network which presents films from TBS's MGM, RKO and pre-1950 Warner Bros. film libraries and which has over 20 million subscribers. Programming for these entertainment networks is derived from the Company's film, made-for-television and animation libraries as to which TBS or other divisions of the Company own the copyrights, licensed programming, including sports, and original productions.

TBS has completed negotiations to acquire programming rights from the National Basketball Association (the 'NBA') to televise a certain number of regular season and playoff games through the 2001-02 season for which it has agreed to pay fees plus a share of the advertising revenues generated in excess of specified amounts. TBS also televises on TBS Superstation a certain number of baseball games of the Atlanta Braves, a major league baseball club owned by a subsidiary of TBS, for which rights fee payments are paid to the Major League's central fund for distribution to all Major League Baseball clubs. TNT's rights to televise National Football League games expired at the end of the 1997 season.

CNN, launched in 1980, is a 24-hour per day cable television news service and, with CNN International, is distributed to approximately 200 million homes in more than 210 countries and territories. In addition to Headline News, which provides updated half-hour newscasts throughout each day, CNN has expanded its brand franchise to include CNNfn, launched in December 1995, featuring business and consumer news; and CNN/SI, launched in December 1996, featuring sports news and features. The Company has also expanded into a number of special market networks.

CNN owns and operates 32 permanent news bureaus, of which nine are in the United States and 23 are located around the world. In addition, a network of satellite newsgathering trucks, portable satellite uplinks and a network of approximately 400 domestic and 200 international broadcast television affiliates on five continents

I-13

permit CNN to report live from virtually anywhere in the world. These affiliate arrangements, from which CNN obtains substantial news coverage, are generally represented by contracts having terms of one or more years.

In addition to its cable networks, CNN operates seven Web sites on the Internet. With approximately 292 million page views in January 1998, CNN believes that its family of Web sites is utilized more than the Web sites of any other news organization in the world. Overall, the CNN family of Web sites had more than 1.9 billion page views in 1997.

INTERNATIONAL

CNN International ('CNNI') is a television news service consisting of programming produced by CNN and Headline News, as well as original programming, which is distributed to cable systems, broadcasters, hotels, direct-to-home satellite viewers and businesses around the world on a network of 16 regional satellites. In March 1997, TBS launched CNN en Espanol, a Spanish language all-news network in Latin America which, as of December 31, 1997, had over 4 million subscribers.

Each of CNNI and CNN en Espanol derives its revenues primarily from fees charged to cable operators, fees paid by other recipients of the CNNI and CNN en Espanol signals, including hotels and international over-the-air television stations, and the sale of advertising time.

TBS also distributes TNT Latin America, Cartoon Network Latin America, TNT & Cartoon Network Europe and TNT & Cartoon Network Asia, each of which features a portion of its schedule in more than one language through dubbing or subtitling. In Europe and Asia, the channels are dual programming services, featuring animated programming during the day and film product at night. These networks are now seen in 33 countries in Europe and North Africa, more than 30 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, and 20 countries in the Asia Pacific region. In Latin America, revenues from these services are derived primarily from subscription fees based on contracts with cable operators. In Europe and Asia, these services generate advertising revenues in addition to subscriber fees.

In the fall of 1997, Cartoon Network Japan, a Japanese-language, all animation (including a significant amount of locally sourced, Japanese product) 24-hour network, was launched in Japan. Cartoon Network Japan is a joint venture owned 40% by TBS, 40% by ITOCHU and 20% by Time Warner Entertainment Japan Inc., which is 37.5% owned by Time Warner. Revenue sources for the Network will include both subscription and advertising sales.

n-tv, a German language news network currently reaching 40 million homes in Germany and contiguous countries in Europe, primarily via cable systems and satellite, is 49.8%-owned, in the aggregate, by TBS and a subsidiary of TWE and managed by TBS. n-tv relies principally on advertising revenues and receives no compensation for its signal from cable systems. TBS also manages the Company's interest in music video channels in Germany, Hungary and Asia.

HOME BOX OFFICE

HBO, operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE, is the nation's most widely distributed pay television service, which together with its sister service, Cinemax, had approximately 33.6 million subscriptions as of December 31, 1997.

PROGRAMMING

A majority of HBO's programming and a large portion of that on Cinemax consists of recently released, uncut and uncensored theatrical motion pictures. Home Box Office's practice has been to negotiate licensing agreements of varying duration for such programming with major motion picture studios and independent producers and distributors. These agreements typically grant pay television exhibition rights to recently released and certain older films owned by the particular studio, producer or distributor in exchange for a negotiated fee, which may be a function of, among other things, HBO and Cinemax subscriber levels and the films' box office performances.

I-14

Home Box Office attempts to ensure access to future movies in a number of ways. In addition to its exhibition of movies distributed by Warner Bros. and its regular licensing agreements with numerous distributors, it has agreements with DreamWorks SKG, Regency Entertainment, Sony Pictures Entertainment, Inc. ('Sony Pictures'), and Twentieth Century Fox Film Corporation ('Fox') pursuant to which Home Box Office has acquired exclusive and non-exclusive rights to exhibit on its pay television services all or a substantial portion of the films produced, acquired and/or released by these entities during the term of each agreement. Home Box Office has also entered into non-exclusive license agreements with Fox, Paramount Pictures Corporation, Sony Pictures and Walt Disney Pictures for older, library films.

HBO also defines itself by the exhibition of sporting events such as boxing matches and Wimbledon, sports documentaries, contemporary and sometimes controversial pay television premiere movies and mini-series, dramatic and comedy specials, concert events, family programming, television series and documentaries that are produced by HBO for initial exhibition on HBO.

OTHER INTERESTS

Time Warner Sports, a division of Home Box Office, operates TVKO and TVKO Entertainment, entities that distribute pay-per-view prize fights and other pay-per-view programming.

In 1997, Home Box Office's own production company, HBO Independent Productions, produced 'Everybody Loves Raymond,' in its second season on CBS. Divisions of Home Box Office also produce comedy programming for HBO, Comedy Central, broadcast networks and syndication. Home Box Office is also co-owner of a U.K. television production company and a separate joint venture for the foreign distribution of programming.

When it controls the rights, Home Box Office also distributes theatrical films and made-for-pay television programming to other cable television or pay-per-view services, and distributes its original programming into domestic syndication and foreign television.

INTERNATIONAL

HBO Ole, a 37.5%-owned partnership comprised of TWE (acting through its Home Box Office and Warner Bros. divisions), a Venezuelan company and two other motion picture companies, operates two Spanish-language pay television motion picture services, HBO Ole and Cinemax, which are currently distributed in Central and South America, Mexico and the Caribbean. TWE also has interests in several advertiser-supported television services distributed by HBO Ole in Latin America. HBO Brasil, another partnership in which TWE has an interest, distributes Portuguese-language pay television movie services in Brazil. TWE also has a 40% interest in HBO Asia, an English-language, movie-based pay television service which, together with Cinemax, is currently distributed to various countries in Southeast Asia.

In addition to the Latin American and Asian ventures, Home Box Office has interests in pay television services in Hungary, the Czech Republic, the Slovak Republic, Poland and Romania.

OTHER BASIC CABLE NETWORK INTERESTS

The Company, through TWE, holds a 50% interest in Comedy Central, an advertiser-supported basic cable television service, which provides comedy programming. Comedy Central was available in approximately 46 million homes at year-end 1997.

The Company, through TWE, holds a 33 1/3% interest in Court TV. Court TV, launched in 1991, is a 24-hour cable network covering actual courtroom trials from around the United States and abroad with approximately 33 million viewers at year-end 1997. During prime time, Court TV features live analyses of the day's coverage and other programming exploring aspects of the legal system.

I-15

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

In April 1993, the FCC released regulations designed to implement provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, which generally prohibits vertically integrated programmers, which currently include the program services owned by TBS and Home Box Office, from offering different prices, terms, or conditions to competing multichannel video programming distributors unless the differential is justified by certain permissible factors set forth in the regulations. The rules also place certain restrictions on the ability of vertically integrated programmers to enter into exclusive distribution arrangements with cable operators. The FCC has recently proposed to amend the rules to strengthen the enforcement process. Although the Turner Networks, HBO and Cinemax services are currently provided to subscribers by means of a number of different technologies including cable, MMDS and DTH, any changes in the FCC's interpretation of the 1992 Cable Act and existing regulations could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. See 'Cable Systems -- Regulation and Legislation.'

As a result of the TBS Transaction, the Company is subject to a Consent Decree (the 'FTC Consent Decree') entered into with the Federal Trade Commission ('FTC'), certain provisions of which impose limitations on the Company's business conduct with respect to the sale of TBS's cable programming services. These provisions prohibit the Company from increasing the pre-TBS Transaction pricing ratios which existed between large and small distributors in geographic areas also served by Time Warner Cable. Compliance with the FTC Consent Decree is not expected to cause an undue financial burden on the Company.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act contains provisions concerning manufacturer insertion of a 'V-chip' into television sets and industry implementation of a ratings system for violent, sexually explicit and indecent programming. (See 'Filmed Entertainment -- Regulation and Legislation.') The Company cannot predict at this time the effect of this legislation on its cable network business.

COMPETITION

The Turner Networks and Home Box Office's businesses face strong competition. Each of the cable networks and programming services compete with other cable television programming services for distribution on the limited number of channels available on cable operating systems. All of the networks compete for viewers' attention with all other forms of programming provided to viewers, including broadcast networks, local over-the-air television stations, other pay and basic cable television services, home video, pay-per-view services and on-line activities. In addition, the cable networks face competition for programming product with those same commercial television networks, independent stations, and pay and basic cable television services, some of which have exclusive contracts with motion picture studios and independent motion picture distributors.

The Turner Networks and Home Box Office's production divisions compete with other producers and distributors of programs for air time on broadcast networks, independent commercial television stations, and pay and basic cable television networks.

Internationally, the expected entry of Poland and other eastern European countries into the European Union may result in the imposition of local content quotas or other restrictions on pay television services in those countries, which may adversely affect services in which Home Box Office has an interest.

OTHER CABLE NETWORK ASSETS

THE ATLANTA BRAVES

Through a wholly owned subsidiary, TBS owns the Atlanta Braves (the 'Braves'), a major league baseball club. As a member of the National League, the Braves are subject to assessments and dues and to compliance with the constitution and by-laws of the National League and rules of the Commissioner of Baseball. Player employment matters are governed primarily by the terms of a five-year collective bargaining agreement which was reached in 1996 between Major League Baseball and the Major League Baseball Players Association.

I-16

The Braves derive income from gate receipts, concessions and related sales, suite sales, local sponsorships, and local media. The Braves share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts and expansion fees of Major League Baseball and the national licensing activities of Major League Baseball Enterprises.

The Braves play their home games at Turner Field in Atlanta. The stadium was originally constructed for the 1996 Summer Olympic Games and has been converted for use by the Braves as a Major League Baseball stadium.

THE ATLANTA HAWKS

Through wholly owned subsidiaries, TBS owns the Atlanta Hawks basketball team (the 'Hawks'), a member of the NBA. The Hawks derive income from gate receipts, concessions and related sales, local sponsorships and local media and also share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts and expansion fees of the NBA and the national licensing activities of NBA Properties. The team is subject to NBA regulations.

A new, state-of-the-art arena adjacent to CNN Center is under construction and will be the future home of the Hawks beginning in the 1999-2000 NBA season. The arena is being developed by a TBS subsidiary and the cost of the arena will be funded primarily with the proceeds from bonds issued by the City of Atlanta-Fulton County Recreation Authority. TBS will contribute approximately $20 million towards the cost of certain infrastructure improvements on the site and, through a subsidiary, will operate the new arena.

ATLANTA THRASHERS

TBS, through a wholly owned subsidiary, has been conditionally granted a National Hockey League ('NHL') expansion franchise team to be known as the Thrashers that will begin play in the 1999-2000 NHL season at the new arena also to be used by the Atlanta Hawks. TBS must meet certain sales and other objectives applicable to all other expansion teams prior to a formal grant of franchise rights. The team will derive income from gate receipts, concessions and related sales, local sponsorship and local media and will share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts and certain future expansion fees of the NHL and the national licensing activities of NHL Enterprises. The team will be subject to NHL regulations.

WRESTLING

Through World Championship Wrestling, TBS produces wrestling programming for TBS Superstation and TNT, the domestic syndication markets and pay-per-view television.

PUBLISHING

The Company's Publishing business is conducted primarily by Time Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Time Inc. is one of the world's leading magazine and book publishers and is one of the largest direct-mail marketers in the world.

MAGAZINES

GENERAL

Time Inc. publishes some of the world's best-known magazines, including TIME, LIFE, PEOPLE, SPORTS ILLUSTRATED, FORTUNE, MONEY, ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY and InSTYLE. These magazines are generally aimed at a broad consumer market. They cover a broad range of topics of interest to potential readers, including current events, prominent personalities, sports, entertainment, business and personal finance, and lifestyle.

Each magazine published by Time Inc. has an editorial staff under the general supervision of a managing editor and a business staff under the management of a president or publisher. Many of the magazines have numerous regional and demographic editions which contain the same basic editorial material but permit advertisers to direct their advertising to specific markets. Through the use of selective binding and ink-jet technology, magazines can create special custom editions targeted towards specific groups of readers.

I-17

Magazine manufacturing and distribution activities are generally managed by centralized staffs of Time Inc. Fulfillment activities for Time Inc.'s magazines are generally administered from a centralized facility in Tampa, Florida. Some of the development properties and overseas operations employ independent fulfillment services and make their own arrangements for manufacturing and distribution.

Time Inc. has expanded its core magazine businesses through the development of product extensions. These are generally managed by the individual magazines and involve specialized editions of the respective magazine aimed at particular readership groups, publication of editorial content developed by the magazine staffs through different media, such as hardcover books, television, and new media, particularly the Internet, and use of the brand name and reach of the core publications to expand into related products, such as merchandise.

DESCRIPTION OF MAGAZINES

The Company's magazines and their areas of interest are summarized below:

TIME, which celebrates its 75th anniversary in 1998, summarizes the news and brings original interpretation and insight to the week's events, both national and international, and across the spectrum of politics, business, entertainment, sports, societal trends, health, and other areas of general consumer interest. TIME has also developed additional publications aimed at particular reader segments. TIME FOR KIDS and TIME FOR KIDS, Primary Edition, are in-school weekly news magazines aimed at elementary school students. TIME DIGITAL is a quarterly supplement to TIME, which discusses issues regarding the impact of new electronic technology on society and culture. TIME also has five weekly English-language editions which circulate outside the United States: TIME Asia, TIME Atlantic, TIME Canada, TIME Latin America, and TIME South Pacific.

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED is a weekly magazine that covers and is designed to appeal to enthusiasts in virtually all forms of recreational and competitive sports. In addition, SPORTS ILLUSTRATED has created a special custom edition, GOLF PLUS, to deliver advertisers more highly targeted audiences and has developed new venues for its editorial content, including television production through SITV, which produces original programming for sale to the television broadcast networks, and CNN/SI, a sports news cable television network and Internet site that is operated as a joint venture between SPORTS ILLUSTRATED and CNN.

SPORTS ILLUSTRATED FOR KIDS is a monthly sports-oriented magazine geared to children ages eight through fourteen. SPORTS ILLUSTRATED FOR KIDS also publishes INSIDE STUFF, a magazine produced under license from the NBA aimed at teen-age basketball fans and published during the basketball season.

PEOPLE is a weekly magazine which reports on celebrities and other notable personalities in the fields of politics, sports and entertainment, or who otherwise come to prominent public attention due to acts of heroism, tragedy or other aspects of general human interest. PEOPLE has developed two PEOPLE offspring that were launched during 1997: PEOPLE en Espanol, a Spanish-language edition currently published ten times a year aimed primarily at Hispanic readers in the United States, and TEEN PEOPLE, aimed at teenage girls. WHO WEEKLY is an Australian version of PEOPLE.

Time Inc. has other magazines also directed at readers' interests in entertainment and celebrities. ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY is a weekly magazine which includes reviews and reports on television, movies, video, music, books, and multimedia and also offers entertainment-related merchandise directly to consumers. IN STYLE is a monthly magazine which focuses on celebrity lifestyles and includes reports and advice on beauty and fashion.

FORTUNE is a biweekly magazine which reports on worldwide economic and business developments. FORTUNE also provides extensive coverage of the activities of major or noteworthy corporations and business personalities, and compiles the annual FORTUNE 500 list of the largest U.S. corporations. MONEY is a monthly magazine which reports on personal finance and provides information on topics such as investing, planning for retirement, financing children's college educations, and other areas of interest to consumers regarding their financial concerns. MONEY publishes related products, such as the RETIRE WITH MONEY newsletter, which provides consumer advice on retirement investments.

I-18

LIFE is a monthly magazine which features photographic essays of important news events, prominent personalities and meaningful vignettes of the lives of ordinary people. LIFE also publishes hardcover books that include contemporary and historical photographs of note from its extensive collection.

Time Inc. also publishes several regional magazines including SOUTHERN LIVING, a monthly regional home, garden, food and travel magazine focused on the South, published by Southern Progress Corporation ('Southern Progress'), and SUNSET, The Magazine of Western Living, a monthly focused on lifestyles in the West, published by Sunset Publishing Corp. COOKING LIGHT is published ten times a year and promotes health and fitness through active lifestyles and good nutrition. Southern Progress also publishes SOUTHERN ACCENTS, a bi-monthly magazine that features architecture, fine homes and gardens, and arts and travel, COASTAL LIVING, a bi-monthly magazine for people who 'love the coast,' and PROGRESSIVE FARMER, a monthly regional farming magazine. Southern Progress has also acquired the rights to publish WEIGHT WATCHERS magazine, under license from H.J. Heinz.

Time Publishing Ventures ('TPV') manages Time Inc.'s specialty publishing titles. Parents and families are addressed by PARENTING, published ten times a year and aimed at parents of children under the age of ten and BABY TALK, which is published ten times a year and targeted at expectant and new mothers. HEALTH is a women's consumer health magazine and HIPPOCRATES is a trade magazine targeted at primary care physicians. TPV also publishes THIS OLD HOUSE eight times a year, pursuant to a licensing arrangement with public television station WGBH in Boston based on the popular home renovation television series. MARTHA STEWART LIVING was sold in February 1997, with the Company retaining a minor equity interest and certain marketing, fulfillment and distribution rights.

Time Inc.'s international operations include both regional versions of some of its core magazines, including TIME, PEOPLE and FORTUNE, as well as publications whose editorial content and focus are outside the United States. Such magazines include WALLPAPER, acquired in 1997, PRESIDENT, DANCYU, and ASIAWEEK.

Time Inc. also has management responsibility for most of the American Express Publishing Corporation's operations, including its core lifestyle magazines TRAVEL & LEISURE and FOOD & WINE, as well as DEPARTURES magazine, which is a controlled circulation magazine distributed to holders of the American Express Platinum Card. In 1998, American Express Publishing expects to launch Travel & Leisure Golf magazine. Time Inc. receives a fee for managing these properties.

CIRCULATION

Time Inc.'s magazines are sold primarily by subscription and delivered to subscribers through the mail. Subscriptions are sold by direct-mail solicitation, subscription sales agencies, television and telephone solicitation and insert cards in Time Inc. magazines and other publications. Single copies of magazines are sold through retail news dealers and other consumer magazine retailers, such as supermarkets, drug stores, and discount stores, which are supplied by wholesalers or directly from a Time Inc. subsidiary.

Circulation drives the advertising rate base, which is the guaranteed minimum paid circulation level on which advertising rates are based. The Time Inc. titles with the 10 highest rate bases on December 31, 1997 were:

TITLE                                                                               RATE BASE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
TIME.............................................................................   4,000,000
PEOPLE...........................................................................   3,150,000
SPORTS ILLUSTRATED...............................................................   3,150,000
SOUTHERN LIVING..................................................................   2,400,000
MONEY............................................................................   1,900,000
LIFE.............................................................................   1,500,000
SUNSET...........................................................................   1,425,000
COOKING LIGHT....................................................................   1,300,000
ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY.............................................................   1,275,000
PARENTING........................................................................   1,150,000

I-19

Time Distribution Services ('TDS') is a national distribution company responsible for the retail sales, distribution, marketing and merchandising of single copies of periodicals for Time Inc. and other publishers. TDS distributes periodicals either through a magazine wholesaler network which services retail outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, convenience and drug stores or in some cases directly to retailers.

Warner Publisher Services ('WPS') is a major distributor of magazines and paperback books sold through wholesalers in the United States and Canada. WPS is the sole national distributor for MAD magazine, the publications of DC Comics, and certain publications and paperback books published by other publishers, including Conde Nast, Petersen and Ziff-Davis.

ADVERTISING

Advertising carried in Time Inc. magazines is predominantly consumer advertising. In 1997, Time Inc. magazines accounted for 21% of the total advertising revenue in consumer magazines, as measured by the Publishers Information Bureau ('PIB'), which measures consumer advertising placed in magazines. Time Inc. had the three leading magazines in terms of advertising dollars and seven of the top 25:

TITLE                                                     PIB RANK
-------------------------------------------------------   --------
PEOPLE.................................................       1
SPORTS ILLUSTRATED.....................................       2
TIME...................................................       3
FORTUNE................................................      12
ENTERTAINMENT WEEKLY...................................      19
MONEY..................................................      21
SOUTHERN LIVING........................................      23

The five leading categories of advertising carried in Time Inc. magazines in 1997, according to PIB were, in descending order, domestic automobile manufacturers, toiletries and cosmetics, computers, food and pharmaceuticals.

Time Inc. also entered the local advertising market in 1997 with the purchase of Media Networks, Inc. ('MNI'). MNI partners with the country's leading national magazines, including several Time Inc. magazines, to offer local marketers the opportunity to advertise to select targeted areas defined by sectional postal centers.

PAPER AND PRINTING

Lightweight coated paper constitutes a significant component of physical costs in the production of magazines. Time Inc. has contractual commitments to ensure an adequate supply of paper, but periodic shortages may occur in the event of strikes or other unexpected disruptions in the paper industry. During 1997, Time Inc. purchased paper principally from six independent manufacturers, with the larger relationships under contracts that, for the most part, are either fixed-term or open-ended at prices determined on a market price or formula price basis. Paper prices in 1997 increased slightly for all major grades of paper for which Time Inc. has substantial demand.

Printing and binding for Time Inc. magazines are accomplished primarily by major domestic and international independent printing concerns in approximately 20 locations. Magazine printing contracts are either fixed-term or open-ended at fixed prices with, in some cases, adjustments based on certain criteria.

I-20

BOOKS

TRADE PUBLISHING

Time Inc.'s trade publishing operations are conducted primarily by Time Warner Trade Publishing, through its two major publishing houses, Warner Books and Little, Brown. In 1997, Time Warner Trade Publishing placed 32 books on The New York Times best-seller lists.

WARNER BOOKS

Warner Books primarily publishes hardcover, mass market and trade paperback books. Among its best selling hardcover books in 1997 were: 'Simple Abundance,' by Sarah Ban Breathnach; 'The Notebook,' by Nicholas Sparks and 'Plum Island,' by Nelson DeMille. Best selling mass market paperbacks in 1997 included 'Jack & Jill,' by James Patterson and 'Absolute Power,' by David Baldacci.

Time Warner Audiobooks develops and markets audio versions of books and other materials published by both Warner Books and Little, Brown. In addition, through a joint venture with Little, Brown, Warner Books operates Time Warner Electronic Publishing, which is primarily engaged in on-line publishing.

LITTLE, BROWN

Little, Brown publishes general and children's trade books. Through its subsidiary, Little, Brown and Company (U.K.) Ltd., it also publishes general hardcover and mass market paperback books in the United Kingdom. Among the trade hardcover best-sellers published by Little, Brown in 1997 were: 'Gift of Fear,' by Gavin DeBecker; 'Snow in August,' by Pete Hamill and 'Naked,' by David Sedaris.

Little, Brown handles book distribution for itself and Warner Books as well as other publishers through its new state-of-the-art distribution center in Indiana. The marketing of trade books is primarily to retail stores and wholesalers throughout the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Through their combined United States and United Kingdom operations, Little, Brown and Warner Books have the ability to acquire English-language publishing rights for the distribution of hard and soft-cover books throughout the world.

OXMOOR HOUSE AND SUNSET BOOKS

Oxmoor House, a division of Southern Progress, markets how-to books on a wide variety of topics including food and crafts, as well as Leisure Arts, a well-established publisher and distributor of instructional leaflets, continuity books series and magazines for the needlework and crafts markets. Sunset Books, the book publishing division of Sunset Publishing Corp., markets books on topics such as building and decorating, cooking, gardening and landscaping, and travel. Sunset Books' unique marketing formula includes an extensive distribution network of home repair and garden centers.

DIRECT MARKETING

TIME LIFE

Time Life is one of the nation's largest direct marketers of continuity series of books, music and videos. In addition to continuity, it sells single shot products and products in sets. Its products are sold by direct response, including mail order, television and telephone, through retail, institutional and learning channels, catalogs, and in some markets by independent distributors. Time Life products are currently sold in over 25 languages worldwide and approximately 40% of its revenues are generated outside the United States. Two major titles introduced by Time Life during 1997 include 'What Life is Like' and 'Student Library.' The Music division successfully released two sets in 1997: 70's Dance Party and RIAA Gold & Platinum -- a compilation of rock & roll hits over the past three decades certified 'gold' or 'platinum' by the Recording Industry Association of America.

I-21

Book editorial material is created by in-house staffs as well as through outside publishers. Music and video rights are acquired through outside sources and compiled internally into finished products. Time Life's domestic direct response fulfillment activities are conducted from a centralized facility in Richmond, Virginia. Fulfillment of other business lines is done through a combination of in-house and outside fulfillment companies.

BOOK-OF-THE-MONTH CLUB

Book-of-the-Month Club currently operates eleven distinct book clubs and two continuity businesses with a combined membership of more than 4.5 million. Two of the clubs, Book-of-the-Month Club and Quality Paperback Book Club, are general interest clubs, and the remaining clubs specialize in history, business, children's books, women's lifestyle, spiritual, self-help and health topics, and the books of a particular author. In addition, multimedia, audio and video products and other merchandise are offered through the clubs. Book-of-the-Month Club's international businesses operate in over 40 countries worldwide.

Book-of-the-Month Club acquires the rights from publishers to manufacture and distribute books and then has them printed by independent printing concerns. Book-of-the-Month Club operates its own fulfillment and warehousing operations in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania.

AMERICAN FAMILY ENTERPRISES

Time Inc. holds a 50% equity interest in American Family Enterprises ('AFE'), which is a direct mail magazine subscription, book and music marketer.

POSTAL RATES

Postal costs represent a significant operating expense for the Company's publishing activities. During 1997, postal rates remained constant.

Publishing operations strive to minimize postal expense through the use of certain cost-saving measures, including the utilization of contract carriers to transport books and magazines to central postal centers. It has been the Company's practice in selling books and other products by mail to include a charge for postage and handling, which is adjusted from time to time to partially offset any increased postage or handling costs.

COMPETITION

Time Inc.'s magazine operations compete for sales with numerous other publishers and retailers, as well as other media. The general circulation magazine industry is highly competitive both within itself and with other advertising media which compete with the Company's magazines for audience and advertising revenue.

Time Inc.'s book publishing operations compete for sales with numerous other publishers and retailers as well as other media. In addition, the acquisition of publication rights to important book titles is highly competitive, and Warner Books and Little, Brown compete with numerous other book publishers. TDS and WPS directly compete with other distributors operating throughout the United States and Canada in the distribution of magazines and paperback books.

I-22

CABLE

The Company's Cable business consists principally of interests in cable television systems that, in general, are managed by Time Warner Cable, a division of TWE. Of the approximately 12.6 million subscribers owned by the Company, approximately 2.1 million are in systems owned by TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner which is not a part of TWE, and approximately 10.5 million are in systems owned by TWE. TWE's cable systems include approximately 5.8 million subscribers in a joint venture between TWE and Advance/Newhouse known as the TWE-A/N Partnership. Time Warner Cable generally manages all such systems and receives a fee for management of the systems owned by TWI Cable and the TWE-A/N Partnership.

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

GENERAL

Time Warner Cable is the second-largest multiple system cable operator in the United States. As of March 1, 1998, Time Warner Cable serves 12.6 million cable subscribers geographically concentrated in 34 groupings of more than 100,000 subscribers each. This includes the approximately 5.8 million subscribers in the TWE-A/N Partnership, in which TWE owns a 65.2% common equity interest (and TWI Cable owns a 1.5% common equity interest) and is paid a fee to manage. Approximately 58% of Time Warner Cable's aggregate subscribers are located in five states: Florida, New York, North Carolina, Ohio and Texas.

Through a network of coaxial and fiber-optic cable, the Company's cable television system subscribers generally receive more than 50 channels of video programming, including local broadcast television signals, locally produced or originated video programming, distant broadcast television signals (such as WGN), advertiser-supported video programming (such as ESPN and CNN) and premium programming services (such as HBO, Cinemax, Showtime and The Movie Channel). In many systems, Time Warner Cable also offers movies and other events on a pay-per-view basis, as well as audio and other entertainment services.

Pursuant to the Admission Agreement under which US West became a limited partner of TWE, TWE has agreed to use its best efforts to complete the technological upgrade of a substantial portion of its cable systems by the end of 1998. As of December 31, 1997, more than half of Time Warner Cable's systems have been upgraded. Such upgrades include the broad deployment of fiber and electronics in order to provide expanded programming options, high-speed Internet access and other service. As systems are designated for upgrade and after any required approvals are obtained, US West and TWE share joint control over the direction of those systems through a 50-50 management committee.

Time Warner Cable has also agreed with the FCC under the Social Contract described below to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs to rebuild and upgrade systems over a five-year period ending November 30, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all Time Warner Cable systems, including those owned by TWI Cable and the TWE-A/N Partnership.

Time Warner Cable intends to use a portion of the bandwidth in its upgraded systems for its high speed online service for personal computers, called Road Runner'tm'. Road Runner provides Internet access and proprietary local, national and international content through the cable network to customers' home (or small office) computers. The service has been launched commercially in Time Warner Cable's Akron/Canton; Albany; Binghamton; Columbus; El Paso; Hawaii; Memphis; Portland, Maine; San Diego and Tampa systems, and will continue to expand into other systems during 1998. In December 1997, Road Runner announced plans to merge with US West's Media One Express, also a cable modem online service provider. Based on current roll-outs in the Time Warner Cable and Media One cable systems, at the time of the consummation of the merger, the venture's high speed online services would immediately be available in at least 13 states serving approximately 5 million homes.

The number of subscribers managed by Time Warner Cable has grown primarily as a result of the acquisition of cable systems, the formation of the TWE-A/N Partnership and increases in the number of subscribers to its existing cable television systems. Time Warner Cable has also sought to concentrate its

I-23

subscriber base in geographically-clustered systems through the exchange or purchase of cable television systems, and expects to continue these efforts.

In September 1997, the Company, TWE, the TWE-A/N Partnership and a subsidiary of TCI signed a letter of intent to enter into a series of agreements to, among other things, (i) form two new cable television joint ventures in the Houston and south Texas areas that will be managed by TWE and will own cable television systems serving an aggregate of approximately 1.1 million subscribers, (ii) expand an existing joint venture in Kansas City, which is managed by TWE, through the contribution by TCI of a contiguous cable television system serving approximately 95,000 subscribers, and (iii) exchange various cable television systems owned by Time Warner and TWE serving over 500,000 subscribers (of which cable television systems serving approximately 400,000 subscribers are owned by TWE) for other cable television systems of comparable size in an effort to enhance each company's geographic clusters of cable (collectively, the 'TCI Cable Transactions'). The TCI Cable Transactions are expected to close periodically throughout 1998, subject to execution of definitive agreements and customary closing conditions.

In early 1998, Time Warner Cable transferred or beneficially assigned ownership of franchises in 43 cable systems serving approximately 1.1 million customers primarily in Florida, North Carolina and upstate New York from Paragon Communications ('Paragon') and various TWI Cable-owned entities to the TWE-A/N Partnership. As a result of this and related transactions, the TWE-A/N Partnership serves approximately 5.8 million customers, and Paragon, which is now 100% owned by wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, serves approximately 770,000 customers primarily in New York City, Texas and California. Following these transactions, the common equity of the TWE-A/N Partnership is owned approximately as follows: 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse, 65.2% by TWE and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner.

Most of the Company's cable television revenue is derived from monthly fees paid by subscribers for cable video programming services. Additional revenue is generated by selling time on cable television systems for commercial advertisements to local, regional and, in some cases, national advertisers. Advertising time is sold as inserts into certain non-broadcast cable programming and local origination programming shown on the Company's cable television systems. In addition, pay-per-view service is offered in most cable television systems, which allows subscribers to choose to view specific movies and events, such as concerts and sporting events, and to pay on a per-event basis.

As of December 31, 1997, the TWE-A/N Partnership beneficially owned a 31% equity interest in Primestar Partners L.P. ('Primestar'), a satellite distribution company offering packages of programming services to customers owning DTH receiving dishes, and Time Warner Satellite Services generally had the non-exclusive right to distribute Primestar service to customers in Time Warner Cable's service areas (including TWI Cable and the TWE-A/N Partnership) and also in certain adjacent areas.

In June 1997, TWE, Advance/Newhouse and the other partners of Primestar entered into agreements to consolidate the separate Primestar direct broadcast satellite distribution business of such partners (including Time Warner Satellite Services) with the business of Primestar into a new company ('New Primestar'), into which the partners will also contribute their respective partnership interests. The restructuring is currently expected to close on or about April 1, 1998. Thereafter, TCI Satellite Entertainment, Inc., a public company that is one of the current partners of Primestar, is expected to merge into New Primestar, subject to certain conditions, including regulatory approval. If the merger is approved and completed, TWE's 24% equity ownership in New Primestar will not be affected. In a separate pending transaction, New Primestar would acquire certain high power satellite assets and FCC permits from MCI Communications Corporation and The News Corporation Limited, in exchange for nonvoting stock and notes of New Primestar (the 'News/MCI transaction'). This transaction is subject to approval from the Department of Justice and the FCC. If regulatory approvals are obtained and the News/MCI transaction is completed, TWE would then have approximately 16% of the outstanding equity of New Primestar on a fully diluted basis.

PROGRAMMING

Time Warner Cable provides video programming to its subscribers pursuant to multi-year contracts with program suppliers who generally are paid a monthly fee per subscriber. Many of these contracts contain price

I-24

escalation provisions; however, in most cases the cable operator has a right to cancel the contract if the supplier raises its price beyond agreed limits. It is unknown whether the loss of any one popular supplier would have a material adverse effect on Time Warner Cable's operations.

SERVICE AND PROGRAMMING CHARGES

Subscribers to the Company's cable systems generally are charged monthly fees based on the level of service selected. The monthly prices for various levels of cable television services (excluding services offered on a per-channel or per-program basis) range generally from $5 to $25 for residential customers. Other services offered include equipment rentals, usually for an additional monthly fee. Systems offering pay-per-view movies generally charge between $4 and $6 per movie, and systems offering pay-per-view events generally charge between $6 and $50, depending on the event. A one-time installation fee is generally charged for connecting subscribers to the Company's cable television system. Rates for certain programming and for equipment and installation are generally regulated pursuant to Federal law. See 'Regulation and Legislation -- Rate Regulation,' below.

Subscribers may purchase premium programming services and, in certain systems, other per-channel services, for an additional monthly fee for each such service, with discounts generally available for the purchase of more than one service.

INTERNATIONAL

TWE and the TWE-A/N Partnership collectively have a 53.75% interest in a joint venture established to invest in, and further develop, cable television systems and programming in Hungary. In France, TWE and TWE-A/N own 100% of Cite Reseau and 49.9% of Rhone Vision Cable both of which were established to acquire new franchises, build and operate cable systems in France. In China, TWE and the TWE-A/N Partnership own 75% of the Beijing-Time Warner Cable Television Engineering Company. In Japan, TWE and TWE-A/N beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% of Titus Communications Corporation and 19.2% of Chofu Cable Television Company. TWE sold its 13% indirect interest in Sky Network Television, an over-the-air subscription service in New Zealand, in September 1997.

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

The cable television industry is regulated by the FCC, some states and substantially all local governments. In addition, various legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration from time to time by the Congress and various federal agencies may in the future materially affect the cable television industry. The following discussion summarizes certain federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting cable television.

Federal Laws. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 ('1984 Cable Act'), the 1992 Cable Act and the 1996 Telecommunications Act are the principal federal statutes governing the cable industry. These statutes regulate the cable industry, among other things, with respect to: (i) cable system rates for both basic and certain nonbasic services; (ii) programming access and exclusivity arrangements; (iii) access to cable channels for public, educational and governmental programming; (iv) leased access terms and conditions; (v) horizontal and vertical ownership of cable systems; (vi) consumer protection and customer service requirements; (vii) franchise renewals; (viii) television broadcast signal carriage requirements and retransmission consent; (ix) technical standards; and (x) privacy of customer information.

Federal Regulations. The FCC, the principal federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over cable television, has promulgated regulations implementing the federal statutes.

Rate Regulation. Under federal laws, nearly all cable television systems are subject to local rate regulation of basic service pursuant to a formula established by the FCC and enforced by local franchising authorities. Additionally, the legislation required the FCC to review rates for nonbasic service tiers, known as 'cable programming service tiers' ('CPST'), other than per-channel or per-program services, in response to complaints filed by franchising authorities; prohibited cable television systems from requiring subscribers to purchase service tiers above basic service in order to purchase premium service if the system is technically

I-25

capable of doing so; required the FCC to adopt regulations to establish, on the basis of actual costs, the price for installation of cable service and rental of cable equipment; and allowed the FCC to impose restrictions on the retiering and rearrangement of basic and CPST services under certain limited circumstances.

Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, regulation of CPST rates is scheduled to terminate on March 31, 1999. Regulation of both basic and CPST rates also ceases for any cable system subject to 'effective competition.' The 1996 Telecommunications Act expanded the definition of 'effective competition' to cover situations where a local telephone company or its affiliate, or any multichannel video provider using telephone company facilities, offers comparable video service by any means except DTH. The FCC has found Time Warner Cable to be subject to 'effective competition' in certain jurisdictions.

The FCC's rate regulations employ a benchmark system for measuring the reasonableness of existing basic and CPST service rates. Alternatively, cable operators have the opportunity to make cost-of-service showings which, in some cases, may justify rates above the applicable benchmarks. The regulations also provide that future rate increases may not exceed an inflation-indexed amount, plus increases in certain costs beyond the cable operator's control, such as taxes, franchise fees and programming costs. Cost-based adjustments to these capped rates can also be made in the event a cable operator adds or deletes channels or significantly upgrades its system. In addition, new product tiers consisting of services new to the cable system can be created free of rate regulation as long as certain conditions are met, e.g., services may not be moved from existing tiers to the new product tier. The rules also require that charges for cable-related equipment (e.g., converter boxes and remote control devices) and installation be unbundled from the provision of cable service and based upon actual costs plus a reasonable profit.

Local franchising authorities and/or the FCC are empowered to order a reduction of existing rates which exceed the maximum permitted level for either basic and/or CPST services and associated equipment, and refunds can be required.

In November 1995, the FCC adopted a Social Contract with Time Warner Cable which resolved all of the cable television rate complaints pending against Time Warner Cable and requires Time Warner Cable to upgrade its domestic cable television systems. The Social Contract was negotiated in accordance with the FCC's authority to consider and adopt 'social contracts' as alternatives to other regulatory approaches applicable to cable television rates. Specifically, the Social Contract provides for an estimated $4.7 million plus interest in refunds in the form of bill credits to subscribers of certain designated Time Warner Cable systems, a commitment by Time Warner Cable to establish a lifeline basic service priced at 10% below Time Warner Cable's benchmark regulated rates with an adjustment to the nonbasic tier to recoup the reduced basic service tier revenue; and a commitment by Time Warner Cable to upgrade its domestic systems by November 30, 2000; and Time Warner Cable is allowed to increase the non-basic service tier by $1.00 per year over the term of the Social Contract. Court appeals filed by the city of Austin, Texas and the Intercommunity Cable Regulatory Commission (which represents 28 Cincinnati suburbs served by Time Warner Cable) seeking review of the FCC decision adopting the Social Contract as well as certain FCC staff decisions implementing the Social Contract are pending. The appeals contend, among other things, that the terms of the Social Contract and the process by which it was negotiated and implemented are contrary to the 1992 Cable Act, and are inconsistent with the FCC's own rules. A petition was also filed with the FCC seeking reconsideration of the Social Contract, which is currently pending.

Carriage of Broadcast Television Signals. The 1992 Cable Act allows commercial television broadcast stations which are 'local' to a cable system to elect every three years either to require the cable system to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions, or to negotiate for 'retransmission consent' to carry the station. Broadcast stations typically seek monetary compensation or the carriage of additional programming in return for granting retransmission consent. Local non-commercial television stations are also given mandatory carriage rights, subject to certain exceptions. Unlike commercial stations, noncommercial stations are not given the option to require negotiation of retransmission consent. In addition, cable systems must obtain retransmission consent for the carriage of all 'distant' commercial broadcast stations, except for certain 'superstations,' i.e., commercial satellite-delivered independent stations such as WGN. Time Warner Cable has obtained any necessary retransmission consents from all stations carried, which consents have varying expiration dates. In

I-26

those cases where the expiration date of particular agreements has not been contractually varied from the original schedule set up by the 1996 Act, the next three-year election between mandatory carriage and retransmission consent for local commercial television stations will occur on October 1, 1999.

Deletion of Certain Programming. Cable television systems that serve 1,000 or more customers must delete the simultaneous or nonsimultaneous network programming of a distant station upon the appropriate request of a local television station holding local exclusive rights to such programming. FCC regulations also enable television broadcast stations that have obtained exclusive distribution rights for syndicated programming in their market to require a cable system to delete or 'black out' such programming from other television stations which are carried by the cable system.

Public and Leased Access Channels. The 1984 Cable Act permits local franchising authorities to require operators to set aside certain channels for public, educational and governmental access programming. The 1984 Cable Act further requires cable television systems with thirty-six or more activated channels to designate a portion of their channel capacity for commercial leased access by unaffiliated third parties. The 1992 Cable Act requires leased access rates to be set according to a formula determined by the FCC.

Ownership. The 1996 Telecommunications Act repealed the 1984 Cable Act's restrictions on local exchange telephone companies ('LECs') from providing video programming directly to customers within their local exchange telephone service areas. With certain limited exceptions, a LEC may not acquire more than a 10% equity interest in an existing cable system operating within the LEC's service area. The 1996 Telecommunications Act also authorized LECs and others to operate 'open video systems' without obtaining a local cable franchise, although LECs operating such systems can be required to make payments to local governmental bodies in lieu of cable franchise fees. A number of separate entities have been certified to operate open video systems in New York City and in other areas where the Company operates cable systems.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the FCC rule prohibiting common ownership between a cable system and a national broadcast television network, and the statutory ban covering certain common ownership interests, operation or control between a television station and cable system within the station's Grade B signal coverage area. However, the parallel FCC rule against cable/television station cross-ownership remains in place, subject to review by the FCC within two years. Time Warner Cable obtained a temporary waiver from this rule, and is now seeking a permanent waiver, so that it can continue to own certain Atlanta area cable systems located within the Grade B signal coverage area of WTBS. The FCC denied the permanent waiver request, but that denial is presently stayed pending resolution of a petition for reconsideration. Finally, the 1992 Cable Act prohibits common ownership, control or interest in cable television systems and MMDS facilities or SMATV systems having overlapping service areas, except in limited circumstances. The 1996 Telecommunications Act exempts cable systems facing 'effective competition' from the MMDS and SMATV cross-ownership restrictions.

The FCC has initiated a rulemaking proceeding in which it asks what restrictions, if any, should be placed on a cable operator's ownership of a DTH service. This could affect Time Warner, in that TWE has an ownership interest in Primestar, a DTH service, which is seeking to obtain FCC approval for the transfer of certain DTH licenses. See 'Cable -- Cable Television Systems -- General.'

Pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act, the FCC has adopted rules which, with certain exceptions, preclude a cable television system from devoting more than 40% of its first 75 activated channels to national video programming services in which the cable system owner has an attributable interest. The 1992 Cable Act also directed the FCC to adopt regulations establishing reasonable limits on the number of cable subscribers an operator may reach through systems in which it holds an attributable interest. The FCC has stayed the effectiveness of such regulations pending final judicial resolution of a federal district court decision finding the statutory ownership limit provision to be unconstitutional.

Other FCC Regulations and FTC Consent Decree. Additional FCC regulations relate to a cable system's carriage of local sports programming; privacy of customer information; equipment compatibility; franchise transfers; franchise fees; closed captioning; equal employment opportunity; pole attachments; restrictions on origination and cablecasting by cable system operators; application of the rules governing political broadcasts;

I-27

customer service; technical standards; home wiring; and limitations on advertising contained in nonbroadcast children's programming. Pursuant to the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the FCC changed the formula for pole attachment fees which will result in substantial increases in payments by cable operators to utilities for pole attachment rights when telecommunications services are delivered by cable systems. This new higher rate formula will be phased in beginning in February 2001.

Under the terms of the FTC Consent Decree entered into in connection with the consummation of the TBS Transaction, Time Warner Cable is required to carry on a significant number of its cable systems a 24-hour per day news and information channel that is not owned, controlled by or affiliated with the Company.

Copyright. Cable television systems are subject to federal copyright licensing covering carriage of broadcast signals. In exchange for making semi-annual payments to a federal copyright royalty pool and meeting certain other obligations, cable operators obtain a statutory license to retransmit broadcast signals. The amount of this royalty payment varies, depending on the amount of system revenues from certain sources, the number of distant signals carried, and the location of the cable system with respect to over-the-air television stations.

State and Local Regulation. Because a cable television system uses local streets and rights-of-way, cable television systems are subject to local regulation, typically imposed through the franchising process, and certain states have also adopted cable television legislation and regulations. Cable franchises are nonexclusive, granted for fixed terms and usually terminable if the cable operator fails to comply with material provisions. No Time Warner Cable franchise has been terminated due to breach. Franchises usually call for the payment of fees (which are limited under the 1984 Cable Act to 5% of the system's gross revenues from cable service) to the granting authority. The terms and conditions of cable franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and even from city to city within the same state, historically ranging from reasonable to highly restrictive or burdensome.

The 1992 Cable Act prohibits exclusive franchises and allows franchising authorities to operate their own multichannel video distribution system without having to obtain a franchise. Moreover, franchising authorities are immunized from monetary damage awards arising from regulation of cable television systems or decisions made on franchise grants, renewals, transfers and amendments.

The 1996 Telecommunications Act provides that local franchising authorities may not condition the grant or renewal of a cable franchise on the provision of telecommunications service or facilities (other than institutional networks) and clarifies that the calculation of franchise fees is to be based solely on revenues derived from the provision of cable services, not revenues derived from telecommunications services.

Renewal of Franchises. The 1984 Cable Act established renewal procedures and criteria designed to protect incumbent franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal. While these formal procedures are not mandatory unless timely invoked by either the cable operator or the franchising authority, they can provide substantial protection to incumbent franchisees. The 1992 Cable Act makes several changes to the renewal process which could make it easier in some cases for a franchising authority to deny renewal.

In the renewal process, a franchising authority may seek to impose new and more onerous requirements, such as upgraded facilities, increased channel capacity or enhanced services, although the municipality must take into account the cost of meeting such requirements. Time Warner Cable may be required to make significant additional investments in its cable television systems as part of the franchise renewal process. Of Time Warner Cable's franchises, as of January 1, 1998, 518 franchises serving approximately 2,600,000 subscribers expire during the period ending December 31, 2000. Although Time Warner Cable has been successful in the past in negotiating new franchise agreements, there can be no assurance as to the renewal of franchises in the future.

The foregoing does not describe all present and proposed federal, state and local regulations and legislation relating to the cable television industry. Other existing federal regulations, copyright licensing and, in many jurisdictions, state and local franchise requirements, currently are the subject of a variety of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and administrative and legislative proposals which could change, in varying degrees, the

I-28

manner in which cable television systems operate. Neither the outcome of these proceedings nor their impact upon the cable television industry or Time Warner Cable can be predicted at this time.

COMPETITION

Cable television systems face strong competition for viewer attention from a wide variety of established providers and new entrants, including broadcast television, DTH, MMDS, SMATV systems and telephone companies. Cable television systems also compete with these and other media for advertising dollars.

DTH. The FCC has awarded permits to several companies for orbital slots from which medium- or high-power Ku-Band DTH service can be provided. DTH services offer pre-packaged programming that can be received by relatively small and inexpensive receiving dishes. As of June 1997, satellite-delivered DTH services including Echostar, DirecTV, USSB and Primestar, a medium-power DTH service partially owned by TWE, were reported to be serving over five million subscribers. Echostar has announced that, unlike other DTH services, it will deliver some local broadcast stations in some areas. In addition to DTH, most cable programming is available to owners of larger, more expensive C-Band satellite dishes ('TVROs'), either directly from the programmers or through third-party packagers.

MMDS/Wireless Cable. Wireless cable operators use microwave technology to distribute video programming. Wireless cable has grown rapidly, reportedly servicing over 1.1 million subscribers nationwide as of June 1997. In recent years, the FCC has adopted rules to facilitate the use of greater numbers of channels by wireless cable operators.

SMATV. Additional competition may come from private cable television systems servicing condominiums, apartment complexes and certain other multiple unit residential developments. The operators of these private systems, known as SMATV systems, often enter into exclusive agreements with apartment building owners or homeowners' associations which preclude franchised cable television operators from serving residents of such private complexes. Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, a SMATV system is not a cable system as long as it uses no public right-of-way. SMATV systems offer both improved reception of local television stations and many of the same satellite-delivered program services as offered by franchised cable television systems.

Overbuilds. Under the 1992 Cable Act, franchising authorities are prohibited from unreasonably refusing to award additional franchises. There are an increasing number of overlapping cable systems operating in Time Warner Cable franchise areas. Municipalities themselves are authorized to operate cable systems without a franchise. One municipally-owned system is presently in operation in a Time Warner Cable franchise area and several other municipalities have indicated an interest in operating a cable system.

Telephone Companies. The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated the restriction against ownership and operation of cable systems by local telephone companies within their local exchange service areas (subject to the restriction against acquisition of greater than 10% of existing cable systems described under 'Regulation and Legislation -- Ownership,' above). Telephone companies are now free to enter the retail video distribution business through any means, such as DTH, MMDS, SMATV or as traditional franchised cable system operators. Alternatively, the 1996 Telecommunications Act authorizes local telephone companies to operate 'open video systems' without obtaining a local cable franchise, although telephone companies operating such systems can be required to make payments to local governmental bodies in lieu of cable franchise fees. Where demand exceeds available channel capacity, up to two-thirds of the channels on an 'open video system' must be available to programmers unaffiliated with the local telephone company.

Other Competition. Cable television systems compete with other communications and entertainment media, including off-air television broadcast signals which a viewer is able to receive directly using the viewer's own television set and antenna. Cable systems also face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theaters and home video products, including videocassette recorders. In recent years, the FCC has adopted policies providing for authorization of new technologies and a more favorable operating environment for certain existing technologies that provide, or may provide, substantial additional competition for cable television systems.

I-29

TELEPHONY

Time Warner Communications, a subsidiary of TWE, is a facilities-based competitive local exchange carrier ('CLEC') in selected metropolitan markets across the United States, offering a wide range of business telephony services, primarily to medium and large-sized business customers and other carriers. Time Warner Communications' customers are principally telecommunications-intensive businesses, long distance carriers, Internet service providers, wireless communications companies and governmental entities. Such customers are offered a wide range of integrated telecommunications services, including dedicated transmission, local switched, data and video transmission services and certain Internet services. As of March 1, 1998, Time Warner Communications had deployed switches in 16 of its 19 metropolitan markets. Its networks have been constructed primarily through licensing the use of fiber capacity from Time Warner Cable.

Time Warner Communications' business was commenced in 1993 by Time Warner Cable, originally to provide residential and business telephony services together with cable television. Since January 1997, Time Warner Communications has focused exclusively on the business segments.

DESCRIPTION OF AGREEMENT WITH LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the Company's agreement with Liberty Media Corporation (a subsidiary of TCI) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, 'LMC') that was entered into in connection with the TBS Transaction and the FTC Consent Decree. Such description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995 among the Company, Time Warner Companies, Inc. and LMC (the 'LMC Agreement').

OWNERSHIP OF TIME WARNER COMMON STOCK

Pursuant to the LMC Agreement, immediately following consummation of the TBS Transaction, LMC exchanged the 50.6 million shares of Time Warner common stock, par value $.01 per share ('Time Warner Common Stock'), received by LMC in the TBS Transaction on a one-for-one basis for 50.6 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock. In June 1997, LMC and its affiliates received 6.4 million additional shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of an option agreement between the Company and LMC and its affiliates. Shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock receive the same dividends and otherwise have the same rights as shares of Time Warner Common Stock except that (a) holders of Series LMCN-V Common Stock are entitled to 1/100th of a vote per share on the election of directors and do not have any other voting rights, except as required by law or with respect to limited matters, including amendments to the terms of the Series LMCN-V Common Stock adverse to such holders, and (b) unlike shares of Time Warner Common Stock, shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock are not subject to redemption by the Company if necessary to prevent the loss by the Company of any governmental license or franchise. The Series LMCN-V Common Stock is not transferable, except in limited circumstances, and is not listed on any securities exchange.

LMC exchanged its shares of Time Warner Common Stock for Series LMCN-V Common Stock in order to comply with the FTC Consent Decree, which effectively prohibits LMC and its affiliates (including TCI) from owning voting securities of the Company other than securities that have limited voting rights. Shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock are convertible on a one-for-one basis for shares of Time Warner Common Stock at any time when such conversion would no longer violate the FTC Consent Decree or have a Prohibited Effect (as defined below), including following a transfer to a third party.

OTHER AGREEMENTS

Under the LMC Agreement, if the Company takes certain actions that have the effect of (a) making the continued ownership by LMC of the Company's equity securities illegal under any federal or state law, (b) imposing damages or penalties on LMC under any federal or state law as a result of such continued ownership, (c) requiring LMC to divest any such Company equity securities, or
(d) requiring LMC to discontinue or divest any business or assets or lose or significantly modify any license under any federal

I-30

communications law (each a 'Prohibited Effect'), then the Company will be required to compensate LMC for income taxes incurred by it in disposing of all the Company's equity securities received by LMC in connection with the TBS Transaction and related agreements (whether or not the disposition of all such equity securities is necessary to avoid such Prohibited Effect).

The agreements described in the preceding paragraph may have the effect of requiring the Company to pay amounts to LMC in order to engage in (or requiring the Company to refrain from engaging in) activities that LMC would be prohibited under the Federal communications laws from engaging in. Based on the current businesses of the Company and LMC and based upon the Company's understanding of applicable law, the Company does not expect these requirements to have a material effect on its business.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE TWE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement relating to the ongoing operations of TWE. Such description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF TWE

Partners. Upon the capitalization of TWE in June 1992, certain subsidiaries of the Company became the general partners (the 'Class B Partners' or the 'Time Warner General Partners') of TWE and subsidiaries of Itochu Corporation ('Itochu') and Toshiba Corporation ('Toshiba') became limited partners of TWE (the 'Class A Partners'). U S West was admitted as a Class A Partner in September 1993. In 1995, Time Warner acquired the limited partnership interests of Itochu and Toshiba. Consequently, the limited partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class A Partners consisting of U S West and wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and the general partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class B Partners consisting of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

Board of Representatives. Subject to certain authority of the Management Committee (as described below) with respect to the Cable division, the business and affairs of TWE are managed under the direction of a board of representatives (the 'Board of Representatives' or the 'Board') that is comprised of representatives appointed by subsidiaries of Time Warner (the 'Time Warner Representatives') and representatives appointed by US West (the 'US West Representatives').

The Time Warner Representatives control all Board decisions except for certain matters including (i) the merger or consolidation of TWE; (ii) the sale or other disposition of assets of TWE generating in excess of 10% of the consolidated revenues of TWE during the previous fiscal year or representing in excess of 10% of the fair market value of the total assets of TWE (in each case, other than in connection with certain joint ventures and 'cable asset swaps' as to which the thresholds are greater); (iii) any acquisition by TWE, other than in the ordinary course of business, if the consideration paid by TWE in connection with such acquisition would exceed the greater of (1) $750 million and (2) 10% of the consolidated revenues of TWE for the most recently ended fiscal year of TWE; (iv) the engagement by TWE in any business other than the businesses then being conducted by TWE, as they may evolve from time to time and any business related to such businesses (provided that TWE may not engage in the manufacturing, sale or servicing of hardware, other than as may be incidental to TWE's businesses); (v) the incurrence by TWE of indebtedness for money borrowed if, after giving effect to such incurrence, the ratio of total indebtedness for money borrowed to cash flow would exceed the greater of (x) 5.00 to 1.00 and (y) .5 over the analogous ratio in the TWE credit agreement as in effect from time to time; (vi) cash distributions other than as provided in the TWE Partnership Agreement; (vii) the dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy of TWE; and (viii) any amendment to the TWE Partnership Agreement, which matters also require the approval of the US West Representatives.

The managing general partners, both of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner, may take any action without the approval or consent of the Board if such action may be authorized by the Time Warner Representatives without the approval of the US West Representatives. However, see 'Cable Management Committee,' below.

I-31

Cable Management Committee. Subject to obtaining necessary franchise and other approvals, the businesses and operations of the cable television systems of TWE and TWE-A/N are governed by a Cable Management Committee (the 'Management Committee'). The systems that have been designated from time to time to be governed by the management committee and with respect to which all necessary franchise and other approvals have been obtained are referred to as the 'Designated Systems.' The Management Committee is comprised of six voting members, three designated by US West and three designated by TWE. If US West at any time owns less than 50% of the partnership interest which it owned, directly or indirectly, as of September 15, 1993 or if a 'change in control' of US West occurs, US West's right to designate any members of the Management Committee will terminate. The Designated Systems are managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of Time Warner Cable. The approval of a majority of the members of the Management Committee is required for certain significant transactions relating to the Designated Systems, including, among other things, the sale, pledge or encumbrance of assets of the Designated Systems, the acquisition of cable assets, the making of commitments or expenditures relating to the Designated Systems, in each case subject to agreed upon thresholds, certain decisions with respect to design, architecture and designation of cable systems for upgrade and the adoption of the annual business plan.

Non-Voting Representatives and Committee Members. Each of ITOCHU and Toshiba has the right to designate non-voting members to the Board of Representatives and the Management Committee. In addition, Advance/Newhouse has the right to designate a non-voting member to the Management Committee.

Day-to-Day Operations. TWE is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of TWE, and each of TWE's three principal partnership divisions is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of such division. Upon the TWE Capitalization, the officers of Time Warner also became officers of TWE and the officers of the Time Warner General Partners became the officers of the corresponding partnership divisions and the subdivisions thereof.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

Covenant Not to Compete. For so long as any partner (or affiliate of any partner) owns in excess of 5% of TWE and in the case of any Time Warner General Partner, for one year thereafter, such partner (including its affiliates) is generally prohibited from competing or owning an interest in the three principal lines of business of TWE -- cable, cable programming and filmed entertainment (including the ownership and operation of theme parks) -- as such businesses may evolve, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions (including TBS), limited passive investments and inadvertent violations. The covenant not to compete does not prohibit (i) U S West from conducting cable and certain regional programming businesses in the 14-state region in which it provides telephone service, (ii) any party from engaging in the cable business in a region in which TWE is not then engaging in the cable business, subject to TWE's right of first refusal with respect to such cable business, or (iii) any party from engaging in the telephone or information services business. ITOCHU and Toshiba continue to be bound by and benefit from the non-compete provisions but only as they relate to Japan.

Transactions with Affiliates. Subject to agreed upon exceptions for existing arrangements, TWE will not enter into any transaction with any partner or any of its affiliates other than on an arm's-length basis.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Beginning on June 30, 2002 (or as early as June 30, 1999 if certain threshold cash distributions are not made to the Class A Partners), the Class A Partners holding, individually or in the aggregate, at least 10% of the residual equity of TWE will have the right to request that TWE reconstitute itself as a corporation and register for sale in a public offering an amount of partnership interests held by such Class A Partners determined by an investment banking firm so as to maximize trading liquidity and minimize the initial public offering discount, if any. Upon any such request, the parties will cause an investment banker to determine the price at which the interests sought to be registered could be sold in a public offering (the 'Appraised Value'). Upon determination of the Appraised Value, TWE may elect either to register such interests or purchase such interests at the Appraised Value, subject to certain adjustments. If TWE elects to register the interests and the proposed public

I-32

offering price (as determined immediately prior to the time the public offering is to be declared effective) is less than 92.5% of the Appraised Value, TWE will have a second option to purchase such interests immediately prior to the time such public offering would otherwise have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission at the proposed public offering price less underwriting fees and discounts. If TWE exercises its purchase option, it will be required to pay the fees and expenses of the underwriters. Upon exercise of either purchase option, TWE may also elect to purchase the entire partnership interests of the Class A Partners requesting registration at the relevant price, subject to certain adjustments.

In addition to the foregoing, U S West will have the right to exercise an additional demand registration right (in which the other Class A Partners would be entitled to participate) beginning 18 months following the date on which TWE reconstitutes itself as a corporation and registers the sale of securities pursuant to a previously exercised demand registration right.

At the request of any Time Warner General Partner, TWE will effect a public offering of the partnership interests of the Time Warner General Partners or reconstitute TWE as a corporation and register the shares held by the Time Warner General Partners. In any such case, the Class A Partners will have standard 'piggy-back' registration rights.

Upon any reconstitution of TWE into a corporation, each partner will acquire preferred and common equity in the corporation corresponding in both relative value, rate of return and priority to the partnership interests it held prior to such reconstitution, subject to certain adjustments to compensate the partners for the effects of converting their partnership interests into capital stock.

CERTAIN PUT RIGHTS OF THE CLASS A PARTNERS

Change in Control Put. Upon the occurrence of a change in control of Time Warner, at the request of any Class A Partner, TWE will be required to elect either to liquidate TWE within a two-year period or to purchase the interest of such partner at fair market value (without any minority discount) as determined by investment bankers. A 'change in control' of Time Warner shall be deemed to have occurred:

(x) whenever, in any three-year period, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company elected during such three-year period shall have been so elected against the recommendation of the management of the Company or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors of the Company in office immediately prior to such election; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (x) a member of such Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors if his or her initial election occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than such Board of Directors; or

(y) whenever any person shall acquire (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, lease, transfer or otherwise, in one transaction or any related series of transactions), or otherwise beneficially owns voting securities of the Company that represent in excess of 50% of the voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company generally entitled to vote for the election of directors, if such person acquires or publicly announces its intention to initially acquire ten percent or more of such voting securities in a transaction that has not been approved by the management of the Company within 30 days after the date of such acquisition or public announcement.

Assignment of Put Rights, etc. TWE, with the consent of such assignee, may assign to the Company, any general partner or any third party, the obligation to pay the applicable put price in connection with the exercise of a change in control put right by a Class A Partner and the right to receive the partnership interests in payment therefor.

With respect to any of the put rights of the Class A Partners, TWE may pay the applicable put price in cash or Marketable Securities (defined as any debt or equity securities that are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ) issued by TWE (or if TWE assigns its obligation to pay the put price to the Company, by the Company). The amount of any Marketable Securities comprising the applicable put price shall be

I-33

determined based on the market price of such securities during the seven months following the closing of such put transaction.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER BY TIME WARNER GENERAL PARTNERS

Time Warner General Partners. Any Time Warner General Partner is permitted to dispose of any partnership interest (and any Time Warner General Partner and any parent of any Time Warner General Partner may issue or sell equity) at any time so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) the Company would not own, directly or indirectly, less than (a) 43.75% of the residual equity of TWE, if such disposition occurs prior to the date on which the Class A Partners have received cash distributions of $500 million per $1 billion of investment, and (b) 35% of the residual equity of TWE if such disposition occurs after such date, (ii) no person or entity would own, directly or indirectly, a partnership interest greater than that owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and
(iii) a subsidiary of the Company would be a managing general partner of TWE.

No other dispositions are permitted, except that the Company may sell its entire partnership interest subject to the Class A Partners' rights of first refusal and 'tag-along' rights pursuant to which the Company must provide for the concurrent sale of the partnership interests of the Class A Partners so requesting.

CURRENCY RATES AND REGULATIONS

The Company's foreign operations are subject to the risk of fluctuation in currency exchange rates and to exchange controls. The Company cannot predict the extent to which such controls and fluctuations in currency exchange rates may affect its operations in the future or its ability to remit dollars from abroad. See Note 1 'Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Foreign Currency' and Note 15 'Financial Instruments -- Foreign Currency Risk Management' to the consolidated financial statements set forth at pages F-26 and F-51, respectively, herein. For the revenues of foreign operations, see Note 16 'Segment Information' to the consolidated financial statements set forth on page F-55 herein.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1997, the Company employed a total of approximately 67,900 persons. This number includes approximately 29,700 persons employed by TWE.

I-34

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

CORPORATE, TBS, PUBLISHING AND MUSIC

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 1997 with respect to the Company's principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) that are used primarily by TBS and the Company's publishing and music divisions or occupied for corporate offices, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by the Company or were leased to outside tenants:

                                                                  APPROXIMATE
                                                                  SQUARE FEET           TYPE OF OWNERSHIP
          LOCATION                       PRINCIPAL USE            FLOOR SPACE       EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
-----------------------------  ---------------------------------- -----------   ---------------------------------
New York, New York             Executive and administrative           560,000   Leased by the Company. Lease
  75 Rockefeller Plaza         offices (Corporate and Music)                    expires in 2014. Approximately
  Rockefeller Center                                                            90,800 sq. ft. are sublet to
                                                                                outside tenants.
New York, New York             Business and editorial offices       1,502,000   Leased by the Company. Most
  Time & Life Bldg.            (Publishing and Corporate)                       leases expire in 2007.
  Rockefeller Center                                                            Approximately 33,000 sq. ft. are
                                                                                sublet to outside tenants.
Atlanta, Georgia               Executive and administrative         1,570,000   Owned by the Company.
  One CNN Center               offices, studio (TBS)                            Approximately 146,000 sq. ft. are
                               retail, hotel and theatres                       sublet to outside tenants.
Atlanta, Georgia               Offices and studios (TBS)              311,000   Owned and occupied by the
  1050 Techwood Dr.                                                             Company.
Lebanon, Indiana               Warehouse space (Publishing)           500,455   Leased by the Company. Lease
  121 N. Enterprise Blvd.                                                       expires in 2006.
Mechanicsburg,                 Office and warehouse space             358,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Pennsylvania                 (Publishing)                                     Company.
  1225 S. Market St.
Indianapolis, Indiana          Warehouse space (Publishing)           252,000   Owned and occupied by the
  4200 N. Industrial                                                            Company.
  Street
Olyphant,                      Manufacturing, warehouses,           1,058,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Pennsylvania                 distribution and office space                    Company.
  1400 and 1444 East           (Music)
  Lackawanna Avenue
Nortorf,                       Manufacturing, distribution and        334,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Germany                      office space (Music)                             Company.
  Niedernstrasse 3-7
Alsdorf,                       Manufacturing, distribution and        269,000   Owned and occupied by the
  Germany                      office space (Music)                             Company.
  Max-Planck Strasse 1-9
Terre Haute,                   Manufacturing and office space         269,000   Leased by the Company. Lease
  Indiana                      (Music)                                          expires in 2001.
  Bldg. 102, Fort Harrison
  Industrial Park

I-35

CABLE NETWORKS -- HBO, FILMED ENTERTAINMENT AND CABLE

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 1997 with respect to principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) owned or leased by the Company's Cable Networks -- HBO, Filmed Entertainment and cable television businesses, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by TWE.

                                                         APPROXIMATE
                                                         SQUARE FEET
                                                         FLOOR                     TYPE OF OWNERSHIP;
        LOCATION          PRINCIPAL USE                  SPACE/ACRES            EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
------------------------  -----------------------------  ------------------   -----------------------------
New York, New York        Business offices               335,000 sq. ft.      Leased by TWE.
  1100 and 1114           (HBO)                          and 237,000 sq.      Leases expire in 2004 and
  Avenue of the                                          ft.                  2006.
  Americas
Burbank, California       Sound stages,                  3,303,000            Owned by TWE.
  The Warner Bros.        administrative, technical and  sq. ft. of
  Studio                  dressing room structures,      improved
                          screening theaters, machinery  space on 158
                          and equipment facilities,      acres(a)
                          back lot and parking lot and
                          other Burbank properties
                          (Filmed Entertainment)
Baltimore, Maryland       Warehouse (Filmed              387,000 sq. ft.      Owned by TWE.
  White Marsh             Entertainment)
West Hollywood,           Sound stages,                  350,000              Owned by TWE.
  California              administrative,                sq. ft. of
  The Warner              technical and dressing         improved
  Hollywood Studio        room structures, screening     space on 11
                          theaters, machinery and        acres
                          equipment facilities (Filmed
                          Entertainment)
Valencia, California      Location filming (Filmed       232 acres            Owned by TWE.
  Undeveloped Land        Entertainment)
                                                         ------------------


(a) Ten acres consist of various parcels adjoining The Warner Bros. Studio, with mixed commercial, office and residential uses.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties, in the ordinary course of business, to litigations involving property, personal injury and contract claims. The amounts that the Company believes may be recoverable in these matters are either covered by insurance or are not material.

In October 1993, 15 music performers or representatives of deceased performers, on behalf of an alleged similarly-situated class, filed suit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia against approximately 50 record companies, including four WMG record labels. (Samuel D. Moore, et al. v. American Federation of Television and Radio Artists, et al., No. 93-Civ-2358). Plaintiffs claimed that the recording companies, the American Federation of Television and Radio Artists ('AFTRA') (their union), and the AFTRA Health and Retirement Fund (the 'Fund') under-reported and under-contributed to the Fund, in violation of ERISA, in breach of contract and fiduciary duty, through fraud and embezzlement, and in violation of RICO. Plaintiffs sought substantial, but unquantified, monetary damages, treble damages, attorneys' fees and costs and the imposition of a constructive trust over their master recordings. Following a series of motions, on August 2, 1994, the court dismissed the claims against the Fund and the Fund's trustees, and dismissed all claims against the defendant recording companies except the RICO claim. The record company defendants then answered the

I-36

RICO claim, denying its material allegations and alleging defenses. After certain discovery, the defendants, on January 29, 1997, moved for summary judgment. A second, similar lawsuit, commenced by the same plaintiffs in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging a class action and derivative claims on behalf of the Fund against essentially the same defendants has, after various motions by defendants, been combined with the first action in the Northern District of Georgia. Defendants moved to dismiss the newly-added counts on December 18, 1996. On August 14, 1997, the Court granted the record company defendants' motion to dismiss the new ERISA claims but denied the defendants' motion to dismiss the newly-added state law claims for breach of contract and fraud and their motion for summary judgment on the RICO claims. The Court also denied a motion by the Fund and the Fund Trustees to dismiss the claims asserted against them. On January 20, 1998, the Court denied plaintiffs' motions for class certification of the remaining claims against the record company defendants and against the Fund and Fund Trustees. Accordingly, the case is now limited to the individual claims of the 15 named plaintiffs, which remain pending before the Court. Plaintiffs have filed a motion seeking certification of the Court's Order of January 20, 1998, so that an appeal can immediately be taken to the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals. Additionally, plaintiffs have filed a motion seeking either entry of final judgment on the ERISA claims dismissed by the Court's Order of August 14, 1997, or, in the alternative, certification of that Order for immediate appeal. Both motions remain pending.

On July 14, 1994, the Company received a civil investigative demand from the United States Department of Justice in furtherance of an investigation into certain worldwide activities of WMG and other companies in the recorded music industry principally related to cable, wire and satellite-delivered music and music video programmers. The Company has complied with the civil investigative demand and provided information and produced documents as required by a 1997 decision of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.

On May 30, 1995, a purported class action was filed with the United States District Court for the Central District of California, entitled Digital Distribution Inc. d/b/a Compact Disc Warehouse v. CEMA Distribution, Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, UNI Distribution Corporation, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc. and PolyGram Group Distribution, Inc., No. 95-3536. The plaintiff, representing a class of direct purchasers of recorded music compact discs ('CDs'), alleged that Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation ('WEA'), along with five other distributors of CDs, violated the federal antitrust laws by engaging in a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs, and sought an injunction and treble damages. On January 9, 1996, the defendants' motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted and the action was dismissed, with prejudice. Plaintiff appealed the dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, No. 96-55264. On July 3, 1997, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed the dismissal of the amended complaint and remanded the case to the District Court, holding that the amended complaint was sufficient to meet the pleading requirements of the Federal Rules and that the action should proceed. On October 29, 1997, the District Court stayed proceedings in the action due to the filing on May 12, 1997 of a Chapter 7 Petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code by plaintiff.

Litigation relating to the 1990 merger of Time Inc. and WCI has either been dismissed or has been dormant for years. The litigation is described in previous reports on Form 10-K filed by the Company.

As the Company has disclosed and discussed more fully in previous reports on Form 10-K filed by the Company, three complaints (two on October 30, 1995 and one on March 12, 1996) were filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County against the Company, certain officers and directors of the Company, and other defendants, by stockholders of the Company, purportedly derivatively on behalf of the Company. These complaints allege, among other things, that in connection with the then proposed TBS Transaction, some or all of the defendants violated various fiduciary duties owed to the Company and its stockholders. Among other relief demanded, these complaints sought an injunction against consummation of the TBS Transaction, an accounting to the Company for individual defendants' alleged profits and plaintiffs' alleged damages. There has been no activity in these actions since defendants made motions to dismiss two of them in November 1995 and April 1996, respectively.

As the Company has disclosed and discussed more fully in previous reports on Form 10-K filed by the Company, fifteen actions against TBS, the Company, certain officers and directors of TBS or TWE, and other

I-37

defendants, purportedly on behalf of a class of TBS shareholders, filed in Superior Court, Fulton County, Georgia in connection with the TBS Transaction have been consolidated. On February 29, 1996, plaintiffs filed their third amended consolidated supplemental and derivative class action complaint (the 'Third Amended Complaint') alleging, among other things, that the terms of the TBS Transaction were unfair to TBS shareholders and that, in connection with the TBS Transaction, the defendants acted fraudulently, had breached or aided and abetted the breach of fiduciary common law and statutory duties owed to TBS shareholders and that the vote of the TBS Board approving the TBS Transaction did not comply with legal requirements. Among other relief demanded, the Third Amended Complaint sought damages, an injunction against the consummation of the TBS Transaction and related transactions, and an auction of TBS. Plaintiffs' request for a preliminary injunction was denied in October 1996 and in December 1996, the Court granted defendants' motion for judgment on the pleadings with respect to certain claims in the Third Amended Complaint and also granted plaintiffs' motion for leave to file a fourth amended complaint. In January 1997, plaintiffs filed a fourth amended class action complaint containing allegations and requesting relief substantially similar in substance to the Third Amended Complaint. On July 14, 1997, defendants' motion for summary judgment on plaintiffs' fourth amended complaint and defendants' motion for final judgment on the Third Amended Complaint were both granted. On July 23, 1997, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal from these decisions; the appeal has now been fully briefed and is awaiting decision.

On July 25, 1996, WEA was served with an antitrust civil investigative demand from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Florida that calls for the production of documents in connection with an investigation to determine whether there is, has been or may be a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs or conduct consisting of unfair methods of competition or unfair trade practices in the sale and marketing of CDs. WEA produced documents in compliance with the investigative demand. By letter dated January 8, 1998, WEA was notified by the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Florida that certain documents that WEA had produced to its office were shared under a confidentiality provision in the Florida statutes with the Office of the Attorney General of the State of Illinois and the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York. To date, no action has been taken by the Attorney Generals of these states.

On March 19, 1997, Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. ('Six Flags') and its wholly-owned subsidiary Six Flags Over Georgia, Inc. commenced a declaratory judgment action in the Superior Court of Gwinnett County, Georgia, entitled Six Flags Over Georgia, Inc. and Six Flags Theme Parks, Inc. v. Six Flags Fund, Ltd. and Avram Salkin, as Trustee of the Claims Trust. The action sought, among other things, a declaration and determination of the rights and obligations of the partners of Six Flags Over Georgia, L.P. with respect to certain disputed partnership matters and an accounting of all partnership affairs. The parties have since been realigned, so that the original defendants are now the plaintiffs in the action and Six Flags Entertainment Corporation, the parent company of Six Flags that is 49% owned by TWE, and certain of its subsidiaries and TWE are now the defendants against whom additional claims have been made. These claims seek imposition of a constructive trust, compensatory damages of in excess of $250 million and unspecified punitive damages for alleged breach of fiduciary duty, conversion, fraud and conspiracy allegedly committed by the counterclaim-defendants in connection with the management of the Six Flags Over Georgia theme park. The parties are currently engaged in document discovery. TWE and its 51% partner in Six Flags will retain financial responsibility for this litigation following completion of the sale of Six Flags. (See Item 1. 'Entertainment -- Other Entertainment Assets').

On April 11, 1997, the Washington and Dallas offices of the Federal Trade Commission notified WEA that they had commenced a preliminary investigation into whether WEA and others may be violating or have violated laws against unfair competition by the adoption, implementation or maintenance of minimum advertised pricing programs. On September 23, 1997, Warner Communications Inc. was served by the Federal Trade Commission with a subpoena duces tecum calling for the production of documents in connection with a nonpublic investigation into whether the recorded music distribution companies and others may be engaging or may have engaged in unfair methods of competition through the adoption, implementation and maintenance of cooperative advertising programs that included minimum advertised price provisions. WEA produced documents in response to the subpoena.

I-38

On September 30, 1997, a purported class action was commenced in the United States District Court for the Central District of California entitled Chandu Dani d/b/a Compact Disc Warehouse and Record Revolution v. EMI Music Distribution, Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, Universal Music and Video Distribution, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc. and Polygram Group Distribution, Inc., No. 97-7226. On October 16, 1997, plaintiffs filed a first amended complaint. The plaintiffs, purporting to represent a class of direct purchasers of CDs, allege that WEA, along with five other distributors of CDs, violated the federal and state antitrust laws by engaging in a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs and seek an injunction and treble damages. On December 22, 1997, WEA answered the action, denying the material allegations of the amended complaint, asserting affirmative defenses and demanding judgment against plaintiffs.

On December 2, 1997, a purported class action was commenced in the United States District Court for the Central District of California entitled Third Street Jazz and Rock Holding Corporation v. EMI Music Distribution, Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, Universal Music and Video Distribution, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc. and PolyGram Group Distribution, Inc., No. 97-8864. The claims asserted are substantially the same as those asserted in the Chandu Dani action reported above. On December 24, 1997, WEA answered the action, denying the material allegations of the complaint, asserting affirmative defenses and demanding judgment against plaintiffs.

On January 28, 1998, a purported class action was commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Nathan Muchnick, Inc. v. Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., PolyGram Group Distribution, Inc., Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc., Universal Music and Video Distribution, Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation and EMI Music Distribution, No. 98 Civ. 0612. The claims asserted are substantially the same as those asserted in the Chandu Dani action reported above. On February 23, 1998, WEA answered the action, denying the material allegations of the complaint, asserting affirmative defenses and demanding judgment against plaintiffs.

On February 2, 1998, a complaint was filed by the Attorney General of the State of Florida in The Circuit Court of the Thirteenth Judicial District in Hillsborough Country Florida against American Family Publishers ('AFP'). AFP is 50% owned by the Company. This complaint, and publicity surrounding it and AFP's sweepstakes solicitations, has resulted in the filing of additional actions against AFP by the Attorney General of Connecticut and by various private parties both as individuals and as purported class representatives. As of March 13, 1998, there have been 20 such actions filed against AFP in various state and federal courts. Seven of these actions, including the action by the Florida Attorney General, name as a party AFP's processing and customer service vendor, Time Customer Service Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. One private action is filed against Time Warner 'doing business as American Family Publishers.' All of the actions allege that AFP's sweepstakes magazine solicitations misrepresent that the recipient has won the grand prize in AFP's sweepstakes. The actions seek restitution, attorneys's fees and injunctive relief. To date, no replies or motions have been filed. On March 16, 1998, AFP and the Attorneys General of 32 states and the District of Columbia announced the settlement of previously commenced investigations. AFP admitted no wrongdoing and agreed to a payment in reimbursement of investigative expenses.

By letter dated February 12, 1998, the New York State Attorney General advised the Company of the termination of an antitrust investigation begun in 1996 regarding the carriage of video programming services on Time Warner's cable systems, including its decision to carry the MSNBC news service and not the Fox News Channel.

On February 17, 1998, a purported class action was commenced in the Circuit Court of Cocke County, Tennessee at Newport, entitled Ottinger & Silvey, et. al., v. EMI Music Distribution, Inc., Sony Music Entertainment, Inc., Warner Elektra Atlantic Corporation, UNI Distribution Corporation, Bertelsmann Music Group, Inc., and Polygram Group Distribution, Inc. The action is brought on behalf of persons who from January 29, 1993 to the present, purchased CDs indirectly from the defendants in Alabama, Arizona, California, the District of Columbia, Florida, Kansas, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, New Mexico, North Carolina, North Dakota, South Dakota, Tennessee, West Virginia and Wisconsin, and alleges that the defendants are engaged in a conspiracy to fix the prices of CDs, in violation of the antitrust, unfair trade practices and consumer protection statutes of each of those jurisdictions.

I-39

The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to industry investigations by certain government agencies and/or proceedings under the antitrust laws that have been filed by private parties in which, in some cases, other companies in the same or related industries are also defendants. The Company and its subsidiaries have denied or will deny liability in all of these actions. In all but a few similar past actions, the damages, if any, recovered from the Company or the amounts, if any, for which the actions were settled were small or nominal in relation to the damages sought; and it is the opinion of the management of the Company that any settlements or adverse judgments in the similar actions currently pending will not involve the payment of amounts or have other results that would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not Applicable.

I-40

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

Pursuant to General Instruction G (3), the information regarding the Company's executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is hereby included in Part I of this report.

The following table sets forth the name of each executive officer of the Company, the office held by such officer and the age, as of March 14, 1998, of such officer:

                    NAME                        AGE                              OFFICE
---------------------------------------------   ---   ------------------------------------------------------------
Gerald M. Levin..............................   58    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
R.E. Turner..................................   59    Vice Chairman of the Board
Richard D. Parsons...........................   49    President
Richard J. Bressler..........................   40    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Peter R. Haje................................   63    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Timothy A. Boggs.............................   47    Senior Vice President
John A. LaBarca..............................   55    Senior Vice President and Controller
Philip R. Lochner, Jr. ......................   55    Senior Vice President

Set forth below are the principal positions held by each of the executive officers named above since March 1, 1993:

Mr. Levin..............................  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer since
                                           January 21, 1993.

Mr. Turner.............................  Vice Chairman since the consummation of the TBS Transaction on October
                                           10, 1996. Prior to that, he served as Chairman of the Board and
                                           President of TBS from 1970.

Mr. Parsons............................  President since February 1, 1995. Prior to that, he served as Chairman
                                           and Chief Executive Officer of The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB
                                           from January 1991.

Mr. Bressler...........................  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 15,
                                           1998. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief
                                           Financial Officer from March 16, 1995; as Senior Vice President,
                                           Finance from January 2, 1995; and as a Vice President prior to that.

Mr. Haje...............................  Executive Vice President and General Counsel since October 1, 1990 and
                                           Secretary since May 20, 1993.

Mr. Boggs..............................  Senior Vice President since November 19, 1992.

Mr. LaBarca............................  Senior Vice President and Controller since May 15, 1997. Prior to that,
                                           he served as Vice President and Controller from January 19, 1995; Vice
                                           President, Director of Internal Audit from May 1, 1993; and Senior
                                           Partner at Ernst & Young LLP prior to that.

Mr. Lochner............................  Senior Vice President since July 18, 1991.

I-41

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The principal market for the Company's Common Stock is the New York Stock Exchange. For quarterly price information with respect to the Company's Common Stock for the two years ended December 31, 1997, see 'Quarterly Financial Information' at page F-62 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of January 30, 1998 was 25,000.

For information on the frequency and amount of dividends paid with respect to the Company's Common Stock during the two years ended December 31, 1997, see 'Quarterly Financial Information' at page F-62 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

There is no established public trading market for the Company's Series LMCN-V Common Stock, which as of January 30, 1998 was held of record by four holders. Information with respect to the issuance of the outstanding shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the TBS Transaction is set forth in Note 2, 'Mergers and Acquisitions,' to the Company's consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial information of the Company for the five years ended December 31, 1997 is set forth at pages F-60 and F-61 herein and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information set forth under the caption 'Management's Discussion and Analysis' at pages F-2 through F-20 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information set forth under the caption 'Interest Rate and Foreign Currency Risk Management' at pages F-19 and F-20 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data of the Company and the report of independent auditors thereon set forth at pages F-21 through F-57, F-63 and F-64, and F-58 herein are incorporated herein by reference.

Quarterly Financial Information set forth at page F-62 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.

II-1


PART III

Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.           DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT; EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION;
                                   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT; CERTAIN
                                   RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information called for by PART III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A, except that the information regarding the Company's executive officers called for by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K has been included in PART I of this report and the information called for by Items 402(k) and 402(l) of Regulation S-K is not incorporated by reference.

III-1


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1)-(2) Financial Statements and Schedules:

(i) The list of consolidated financial statements and schedules set forth in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information at page F-1 herein is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and schedules are filed as part of this report.

(ii) The unaudited financial statements of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1996 are incorporated herein by reference from pages 2 to 9 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(iii) The financial statements of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and the report of independent accountants thereon are incorporated herein by reference from pages 31 to 53 of the Annual Report to Shareholders incorporated by reference into the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(iv) The unaudited financial statements of the Time Warner Service Partnerships for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995 included in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. (Reg. No. 33-53742) dated November 28, 1995 ('TWE's 1995 Form 8-K') are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

(v) The unaudited financial statements of Paragon Communications for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995 included in TWE's 1995 Form 8-K are incorporated herein by reference and are filed as an exhibit to this report.

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits:

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits 10.1 through 10.19 listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index identify management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this report, and such listing is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

(i) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 13, 1997 setting forth in Item 7 certain pro forma financial statements of the Company and the Time Warner Entertainment Group as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1996, giving effect to the transfer by a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner of cable television systems serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to the Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('TWE-A/N') subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for equity interests in TWE-A/N, as well as certain related transactions.

(ii) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 1998 setting forth in Item 5 the Company's results of operations for the quarter and year ended December 31, 1997.

IV-1


SIGNATURES

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED.

TIME WARNER INC.

                                            By       /s/ Peter R. Haje
                                              ..................................
                                                        PETER R. HAJE
                                                  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT,
                                                GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY

Date: March 25, 1998

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                              DATE
------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------   -------------------
          /s/ Gerald M. Levin               Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief         March 25, 1998
 .........................................    Executive Officer (principal executive
            (GERALD M. LEVIN)                 officer)

         /s/ Richard J. Bressler            Executive Vice President and Chief Financial      March 25, 1998
 .........................................    Officer (principal financial officer)
          (RICHARD J. BRESSLER)

           /s/ John A. LaBarca              Senior Vice President and Controller              March 25, 1998
 .........................................    (principal accounting officer)
            (JOHN A. LABARCA)

             /s/ Merv Adelson               Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
              (MERV ADELSON)

           /s/ J. Carter Bacot              Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
            (J. CARTER BACOT)

        /s/ Stephen F. Bollenbach           Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
         (STEPHEN F. BOLLENBACH)

       /s/ Beverly Sills Greenough          Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
        (BEVERLY SILLS GREENOUGH)

          /s/ Gerald Greenwald              Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
            (GERALD GREENWALD)

           /s/ Carla A. Hills               Director                                          March 25, 1998
 .........................................
             (CARLA A. HILLS)

IV-2


                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                              DATE
------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------   -------------------
             /s/ Reuben Mark                                  Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
              (REUBEN MARK)

           /s/ Michael A. Miles                               Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
            (MICHAEL A. MILES)

          /s/ Richard D. Parsons                              Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
           (RICHARD D. PARSONS)

          /s/ Donald S. Perkins                               Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
           (DONALD S. PERKINS)

          /s/ Raymond S. Troubh                               Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
           (RAYMOND S. TROUBH)

            /s/ R. E. Turner                                  Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
              (R. E. TURNER)

       /s/ Francis T. Vincent, Jr.                            Director                        March 25, 1998
 .........................................
        (FRANCIS T. VINCENT, JR.)

IV-3


TIME WARNER INC. AND TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                                   ---------------
                                                                                                    TIME
                                                                                                   WARNER     TWE
                                                                                                   ------    -----
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition...........     F-2      F-66
Consolidated Financial Statements:
     Balance Sheet..............................................................................    F-21      F-77
     Statement of Operations....................................................................    F-22      F-78
     Statement of Cash Flows....................................................................    F-23      F-79
     Statement of Shareholders' Equity and Partnership Capital..................................    F-24      F-80
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................    F-25      F-81
Report of Management............................................................................    F-58
Report of Independent Auditors..................................................................    F-59     F-105
Selected Financial Information..................................................................    F-60     F-106
Quarterly Financial Information.................................................................    F-62     F-107
Supplementary Information.......................................................................    F-63
Financial Statement Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............................    F-65     F-108

F-1

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner' or the 'Company') acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own (the 'TBS Transaction'). As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name (now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc., 'TW Companies'), and TW Companies and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. References herein to 'Time Warner' or the 'Company' refer to TW Companies prior to October 10, 1996 and Time Warner Inc. thereafter.

Time Warner classifies its business interests into four fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and cable television systems, and a portion of its interests in cable television programming are held through Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). Time Warner owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital') and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'). Time Warner does not consolidate TWE and certain related companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes because of certain limited partnership approval rights related to TWE's interest in certain cable television systems. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

OVERVIEW

Time Warner and the Entertainment Group each had a strong financial performance in 1997, as measured by the operating performance of their businesses and the improved strength of their financial condition, as more fully described herein. This performance was driven by solid business fundamentals at most of their businesses and a disciplined financial focus on cost management and controlling capital spending.

USE OF EBITA

During 1997, management concluded that the most appropriate measure for evaluating the operating performance of Time Warner's and the Entertainment Group's business segments is operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets ('EBITA'). Consistent with management's financial focus on controlling capital spending, EBITA measures operating performance after charges for depreciation. In addition, EBITA eliminates the uneven effect across all business segments of considerable amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method, including the $14 billion acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. in 1989, the $6.2 billion acquisition of TBS in 1996 and the $2.3 billion of cable acquisitions in 1996 and 1995. The exclusion of noncash amortization charges is also consistent with management's belief that Time Warner's intangible assets, such as cable television and sports franchises, music catalogues and copyrights, film and television libraries and the goodwill associated with its brands, are generally increasing in value and importance to Time Warner's business objective of creating, extending and distributing recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. As such, the following comparative discussion of the results of operations of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group includes, among other factors, an analysis of changes in business segment EBITA. However, EBITA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net income and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

F-2

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING COMPARABILITY OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Time Warner and the Entertainment Group completed a number of transactions in 1996 and 1995 which have affected the comparability of each entity's results of operations. For Time Warner, these transactions included the TBS Transaction in 1996, the Cable Acquisitions in 1996 and 1995, the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction in 1995, the Preferred Stock Refinancing in 1996 and certain other debt refinancings in 1996 and 1995 (the 'TW Transactions'). For the Entertainment Group, these transactions included the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('TWE-A/N') in 1995, the refinancing of TWE's bank debt and certain asset sales in 1995, including the initial sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags (the 'Entertainment Group Transactions' and, when taken together with the TW Transactions, the 'Time Warner Transactions'). These transactions are more fully discussed in the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

In order to enhance comparability, the following discussion of results of operations for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group is supplemented, where appropriate, by pro forma financial information that gives effect to the Time Warner Transactions as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods presented. The pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the transactions actually occurred at the beginning of those periods, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1997 VS. 1996

EBITA and operating income for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             EBITA                               OPERATING INCOME
                                             -------------------------------------     -------------------------------------
                                             HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL     HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL
                                                1997         1996          1996           1997         1996          1996
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Time Warner:
Publishing................................     $  529       $   464       $  464         $  481       $   418       $  418
Music.....................................        467           653          653            166           361          361
Cable Networks-TBS........................        573           472          142            374           297           99
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..................        200          (116)          30            113          (202)           8
Cable.....................................        427           353          353            150            75           75
Intersegment elimination..................        (13)          (10)           5            (13)          (10)           5
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
Total.....................................     $2,183       $ 1,816       $1,647         $1,271       $   939       $  966
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..........     $  404       $   379       $  379         $  281       $   254       $  254
Broadcasting-The WB Network...............        (88)          (98)         (98)           (88)          (98)         (98)
Cable Networks-HBO........................        391           328          328            391           328          328
Cable(1)..................................      1,184           917          917            877           606          606
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
Total.....................................     $1,891       $ 1,526       $1,526         $1,461       $ 1,090       $1,090
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------
                                             ----------    ---------    ----------     ----------    ---------    ----------


(1) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.

Time Warner had revenues of $13.294 billion, income of $301 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt ($.03 loss per common share after preferred dividend requirements) and net income of $246 million ($.13 loss per common share after preferred dividend requirements) in 1997, compared to revenues of $10.064 billion, a loss of $156 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt ($.95 per

F-3

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

common share) and a net loss of $191 million ($1.04 per common share) in 1996. Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group was $686 million in 1997, compared to $290 million in 1996.

Time Warner's historical results of operations include the operating results of TBS from October 10, 1996. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Time Warner Transactions that occurred in 1996 as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1996, Time Warner would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1996, revenues of $12.799 billion, depreciation expense of $368 million, EBITA of $1.816 billion, operating income of $939 million, equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group of $290 million, a loss before extraordinary item of $282 million ($1.04 per common share) and a net loss of $317 million ($1.10 per common share). No pro forma financial information has been presented for Time Warner for the year ended December 31, 1997 because all of such transactions are already reflected in the historical financial statements of Time Warner.

Time Warner's operating results improved from a pro forma net loss of $317 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to net income of $246 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. As discussed more fully below, this improvement principally resulted from an overall increase in Time Warner's EBITA and operating income, a significant increase in income from its equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group and a $200 million pretax gain recognized in 1997 in connection with the redemption of certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities and the related disposal of its interest in Hasbro, Inc., offset in part by a $20 million increase in extraordinary losses on the retirement of debt recorded in each period. On a historical basis, such underlying operating trends were mitigated by an overall increase in interest expense principally relating to the assumption of approximately $2.8 billion of debt in the TBS Transaction, and an increase in noncash amortization of intangible assets, also relating to the TBS Transaction. On a historical basis, after preferred dividend requirements that increased by $62 million due to the April 1996 issuance of Series M Preferred Stock, Time Warner's net loss applicable to common shares improved to $73 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, compared to $448 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This improvement, as well as the dilutive effect from issuing 179.8 million shares of common stock in connection with the TBS Transaction, resulted in a net loss per common share of $.13 for the year ended December 31, 1997, compared to a $1.04 net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 1996.

On a historical basis, the Entertainment Group had revenues of $11.328 billion, income of $642 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $619 million in 1997, compared to revenues of $10.861 billion and net income of $220 million in 1996. As discussed more fully below, the Entertainment Group's net income increased significantly in 1997 as compared to 1996 due to an overall increase in EBITA and operating income generated by its business segments, including approximately $200 million of net gains recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems, and the recognition of an approximate $250 million gain in 1997 related to the sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. These increases were offset in part by the recognition of a $23 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt in 1997 and an increase in minority interest expense related to TWE-A/N.

The relationship between income before income taxes and income tax expense of Time Warner is principally affected by the amortization of goodwill and certain other financial statement expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes. Income tax expense of Time Warner includes all income taxes related to its allocable share of partnership income and its equity in the income tax expense of corporate subsidiaries of the Entertainment Group.

TIME WARNER

Publishing. Revenues increased to $4.290 billion, compared to $4.117 billion in 1996. EBITA increased to $529 million from $464 million. Operating income increased to $481 million from $418 million. Excluding

F-4

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

the effect of operations that were either recently sold or acquired, revenues benefited from a significant increase in magazine advertising revenues, as well as increases in circulation and direct marketing revenues. Contributing to the revenue gains were increases achieved by People, Sports Illustrated, Time, Entertainment Weekly, In Style and direct marketer Book-of-the-Month Club. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains and, to a lesser extent, continued cost savings.

Music. Revenues decreased to $3.691 billion, compared to $3.949 billion in 1996. EBITA decreased to $467 million from $653 million. Operating income decreased to $166 million from $361 million. Despite the Music division having a leading domestic market share for the year of 20%, the decline in revenues principally related to softness in the overexpanded U.S. retail marketplace, artist delays affecting the timing of releases of new product and a decline in international recorded music sales. EBITA and operating income decreased principally as a result of the decline in revenues and lower results from direct marketing activities, offset in part by certain one-time gains. Management expects that these domestic and international trends will continue through the first quarter of 1998, after which the Music division is expected to benefit from the release of new products from popular established artists.

Cable Networks-TBS. Cable Networks results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

Revenues increased to $2.900 billion, compared to $2.477 billion on a pro forma basis in 1996. EBITA increased to $573 million from $472 million. Operating income increased to $374 million from $297 million. Revenues benefited from increases in advertising and subscription revenues. Advertising revenues increased due to a strong overall advertising market for the division's major branded networks, including TNT, TBS Superstation, CNN and Cartoon Network. Subscription revenues increased as a result of higher rates and an increase in subscriptions, primarily at TNT, CNN, Cartoon Network and Turner Classic Movies. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by start-up costs for new networks, including the sports news network CNN/SI and the Spanish-language news network CNN en Espanol.

On December 31, 1997, the TBS Superstation was converted from an advertiser-supported broadcast super-station to a copyright-paid, cable television service, which allows it to charge cable operators for the right to carry its cable television programming. The creation of this new subscription revenue stream is expected to contribute positively to operating results beginning in 1998.

Filmed Entertainment-TBS. Filmed Entertainment results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

Revenues increased to $1.531 billion, compared to $1.458 billion on a pro forma basis in 1996. EBITA increased to $200 million from a loss of $116 million. Operating income increased to $113 million from a loss of $202 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide theatrical, home video and television distribution revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, merger-related cost savings and the absence of approximately $200 million of write-offs recorded in 1996 that related to disappointing results for theatrical releases.

Cable. Revenues increased to $997 million, compared to $909 million in 1996. EBITA increased to $427 million from $353 million. Operating income increased to $150 million from $75 million. Revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the Federal Communications Commission (the 'FCC') and an increase in advertising and pay-per-view revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, as well as gains of approximately $12 million recognized in 1997 in connection with the sale of certain investments.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $1.044 billion in 1997, compared to $1.174 billion in 1996. Interest expense increased to $1.049 billion, compared to $968 million, principally due to the

F-5

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

assumption of approximately $2.8 billion of debt in the TBS Transaction. There was other income, net, of $5 million in 1997 compared to other expense, net, of $206 million in 1996, principally because of the recognition of a $200 million pretax gain in 1997 in connection with the redemption of certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities and the related disposal of Time Warner's interest in Hasbro, Inc. and lower losses from the reduction in carrying value of certain investments, offset in part by costs associated with the Company's receivables securitization program.

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues decreased to $5.472 billion, compared to $5.648 billion in 1996. EBITA increased to $404 million from $379 million. Operating income increased to $281 million from $254 million. Revenues decreased principally as a result of lower worldwide theatrical and home video revenues, offset in part by increases in worldwide television distribution revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of high-margin sales of library product that contributed to the strong performance of worldwide television distribution operations, cost savings and certain one-time gains, offset in part by higher depreciation principally relating to the expansion of theme parks and consumer products operations.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. Revenues increased to $136 million, compared to $87 million in 1996. EBITA and operating losses improved to a loss of $88 million from a loss of $98 million. The increase in revenues primarily resulted from the expansion of programming in September 1996 to three nights of primetime scheduling and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. The 1997 operating loss improved principally as a result of the revenue gains and the effect of an increase in a limited partner's interest in the network that occurred in early 1997. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation and the addition of a fourth night of primetime programming in January 1998, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.923 billion, compared to $1.763 billion in 1996. EBITA and operating income increased to $391 million from $328 million. Revenues benefited primarily from an increase in subscriptions to 33.6 million from 32.4 million at the end of 1996. EBITA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains and, to a lesser extent, cost savings.

Cable. Revenues increased to $4.243 billion, compared to $3.851 billion in 1996. EBITA increased to $1.184 billion from $917 million. Operating income increased to $877 million from $606 million. Revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and an increase in advertising and pay-per-view revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, as well as net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 in connection with the sale or exchange of certain cable systems. The increases in EBITA and operating income were partially offset by higher depreciation related to capital spending.

As of December 31, 1997, including the wholly owned cable operations of TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), there were 12.6 million subscribers under the management of the Entertainment Group's Cable division, as compared to 12.3 million subscribers at the end of 1996.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $357 million in 1997, compared to $524 million in 1996. Interest expense increased to $494 million, compared to $478 million in 1996. There was other income, net, of $137 million in 1997, compared to other expense, net, of $46 million in 1996, principally due to higher gains on asset sales, including an approximate $250 million pretax gain on the sale of an interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. recognized in 1997. This income was offset in part by higher losses from reductions in the carrying value of certain investments and the dividend requirements on preferred stock of a subsidiary issued in February 1997.

F-6

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

1996 VS. 1995

EBITA and operating income for Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          EBITA                          OPERATING INCOME
                                            ---------------------------------    --------------------------------
                                               PRO FORMA        HISTORICAL          PRO FORMA        HISTORICAL
                                            ---------------   ---------------    ----------------  --------------
                                             1996     1995     1996     1995      1996      1995    1996    1995
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
                                                                         (MILLIONS)
Time Warner:
Publishing................................. $  464   $  417   $  464   $  417    $  418    $  381  $  418  $  381
Music(1)...................................    653      595      653      595       361       321     361     321
Cable Networks-TBS.........................    472      445      142       --       297       267      99      --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS...................   (116)      28       30       --      (202)      (62)      8      --
Cable......................................    353      307      353       63        75        29      75      (5)
Intersegment elimination...................    (10)       6        5       --       (10)        6       5      --
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
Total...................................... $1,816   $1,798   $1,647   $1,075    $  939    $  942  $  966  $  697
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros........... $  379   $  377   $  379   $  377    $  254    $  253  $  254  $  253
Six Flags Theme Parks(2)...................     --       --       --       40        --        --      --      29
Broadcasting-The WB Network................    (98)     (66)     (98)     (66)      (98)      (66)    (98)    (66)
Cable Networks-HBO.........................    328      275      328      275       328       274     328     274
Cable......................................    917      842      917      810       606       533     606     502
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
Total...................................... $1,526   $1,428   $1,526   $1,436    $1,090    $  994  $1,090  $  992
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------
                                            ------   ------   ------   ------    ------    ------  ------  ------


(1) Includes pretax losses of $85 million recorded in 1995 related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.
(2) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

Time Warner had revenues of $10.064 billion, a loss of $156 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt ($.95 per common share) and a net loss of $191 million ($1.04 per common share) in 1996, compared to revenues of $8.067 billion, a loss of $124 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt ($.46 per common share) and a net loss of $166 million ($.57 per common share) in 1995. Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group was $290 million in 1996, compared to $256 million in 1995.

As discussed more fully below, the increase in Time Warner's historical net loss in 1996 principally resulted from an increase in interest expense relating to approximately $6.1 billion of debt assumed or incurred in the TBS Transaction and the Cable Acquisitions and a decrease in investment-related income primarily relating to lower gains on certain asset sales, which more than offset an overall increase in EBITA, operating income and increased income from its equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group. The increase in Time Warner's 1996 historical net loss per common share was further affected by a $205 million increase in preferred dividend requirements relating to the preferred stock issued in connection with the Preferred Stock Refinancing, the Cable Acquisitions and the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction, offset in part by the dilutive effect from issuing common stock in connection with the TBS Transaction.

Time Warner's historical results of operations include the operating results of each acquired business from the respective closing date of each transaction. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Time Warner Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, Time Warner would have reported for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, revenues of $12.799 billion and

F-7

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

$12.154 billion, depreciation expense of $368 million and $349 million, EBITA of $1.816 billion and $1.798 billion, operating income of $939 million and $942 million, equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group of $290 million and $286 million, a loss before extraordinary item of $282 million and $230 million ($1.04 and $.96 per common share) and a net loss of $317 million and $272 million ($1.10 and $1.04 per common share).

The 1996 and 1995 comparison of pro forma results are similarly affected by any underlying historical trends that are unrelated to the transactions given pro forma effect to therein, such as lower gains on certain asset sales discussed above. The increased pro forma over historical net loss for each period is principally the result of higher amortization and interest expense associated with the TBS Transaction and the Cable Acquisitions. The 1996 pro forma results are further affected by the significant pre-merger operating losses incurred by TBS's filmed entertainment companies as a consequence of disappointing results from worldwide theatrical releases.

The Entertainment Group had revenues of $10.861 billion and net income of $220 million in 1996, compared to revenues of $9.629 billion, income of $170 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $146 million in 1995. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Entertainment Group Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, the Entertainment Group would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.686 billion, depreciation expense of $644 million, EBITA of $1.428 billion, operating income of $994 million, income before extraordinary item of $203 million and net income of $179 million. No pro forma financial information has been presented for the Entertainment Group for the year ended December 31, 1996 because all of such transactions are already reflected, in all material respects, in the historical financial statements of the Entertainment Group.

As discussed more fully below, the Entertainment Group's historical net income was higher in 1996 as compared to pro forma results in 1995 due to an overall increase in EBITA and operating income generated by its business segments, interest savings due to lower floating interest rates and the absence of a $24 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt recognized in 1995, offset in part by a decrease in investment-related income and an increase in minority interest expense related to TWE-A/N. On a historical basis, such underlying operating trends were enhanced by favorable comparisons as 1996 more fully benefited from the interest savings on lower average debt levels.

The relationship between income before income taxes and income tax expense of Time Warner is principally affected by the amortization of goodwill and certain other financial statement expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes. Income tax expense of Time Warner includes all income taxes related to its allocable share of partnership income and its equity in the income tax expense of corporate subsidiaries of the Entertainment Group.

TIME WARNER

Publishing. Revenues increased to $4.117 billion, compared to $3.722 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $464 million from $417 million. Operating income increased to $418 million from $381 million. Revenues benefited from across-the-board increases in magazine circulation, advertising and book revenues. All major magazine brands achieved revenue gains, including People, Entertainment Weekly, and Sports Illustrated, the latter of which benefited in part from Olympics-related coverage. The increase in book revenues was led by the direct marketing businesses. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Music. Revenues decreased to $3.949 billion, compared to $4.196 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $653 million from $595 million. Operating income increased to $361 million from $321 million. Operating results for 1995 included an $85 million charge relating to certain start-up businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. With regard to 1996, despite maintaining its leading

F-8

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

domestic market share of over 22%, the Music division's domestic recorded music operating results were negatively affected by the industry-wide softness in the overexpanded U.S. retail marketplace, which has resulted in a number of music retail store closings and higher returns of music product. The decline in revenues principally related to (i) the effects from the current U.S. retail environment, including an increase in the Music division's provision for returns, (ii) a decline in international recorded music sales and (iii) the absence of revenues from certain start-up businesses which are no longer being operated by the Music division. The increase in EBITA and operating income principally resulted from the absence of losses from certain start-up businesses and joint ventures, the absence of the $85 million charge recognized in 1995 and the inclusion of certain one-time gains, including gains on the sale of investments, offset in part by the decline in the worldwide recorded music business, a related increase in the Music division's provision for bad debts and lower results from direct marketing activities.

Cable Networks-TBS. Cable Networks results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996 and include revenues of $680 million, EBITA of $142 million and operating income of $99 million. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

On a pro forma basis, revenues increased to $2.477 billion, compared to $2.106 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $472 million from $445 million. Operating income increased to $297 million from $267 million. Revenues benefited from increases in advertising and subscriptions. Advertising revenues increased due to a strong overall advertising market for TNT and the TBS Superstation, the continued expansion of CNN International, and increased viewership for the news networks during the 1996 U.S. political conventions and presidential campaign. Subscription revenues increased as a result of higher rates, as well as an increase in both cable and home satellite viewers, primarily at TNT, the Cartoon Network, CNN and CNN International. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, offset in part by higher sports and entertainment programming costs and start-up costs for three new networks, including CNN/SI.

Filmed Entertainment-TBS. Filmed Entertainment results reflect the acquisition of TBS effective in October 1996, and include revenues of $455 million, EBITA of $30 million and operating income of $8 million. Such operating results are not comparable to the prior year and, accordingly, are discussed on a pro forma basis.

On a pro forma basis, revenues increased to $1.458 billion, compared to $1.352 billion in 1995. EBITA decreased from $28 million in 1995 to a loss of $116 million in 1996. Operating losses increased to $202 million from $62 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide theatrical and home video revenues. Worldwide theatrical revenues benefited from an increase in the number of theatrical releases. Home video revenues increased primarily due to an increase in sales of theatrical and existing library product. Despite such revenue increases, EBITA and operating income decreased principally as a result of disappointing results for theatrical releases, which resulted in approximately $200 million of write-offs at New Line and Castle Rock during the nine-month, pre-merger period.

Cable. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the CVI Acquisition effective as of January 4, 1996, and the full year effect from the acquisitions of KBLCOM effective as of July 6, 1995 and Summit effective as of May 2, 1995. Revenues increased to $909 million, compared to $172 million in 1995. EBITA increased to $353 million from $63 million. Operating income increased to $75 million from a loss of $5 million.

On a pro forma basis, Time Warner's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $847 million, EBITA of $307 million and operating income of $29 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and an increase in pay-per-view and advertising revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part by higher depreciation relating to increased capital spending.

F-9

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, increased to $1.174 billion in 1996, compared to $877 million in 1995. Interest expense increased to $968 million, compared to $877 million. The increase in interest expense was principally due to the assumption or incurrence of approximately $6.1 billion of debt in the Cable Acquisitions and the TBS Transaction, offset in part by the favorable effect from Time Warner's redemption of its 8.75% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2015 (the '8.75% Convertible Debentures') and the reduction in debt associated with the Preferred Stock Refinancing. Other expense, net, increased to $206 million in 1996 from an immaterial amount in 1995, principally because of a decrease in investment-related income resulting from lower gains on certain asset sales, increased losses from reductions in the carrying value of certain investments and an increase in dividend requirements on preferred securities of subsidiaries issued in 1995 in connection with the redemption of the 8.75% Convertible Debentures.

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.648 billion, compared to $5.078 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $379 million from $377 million. Operating income increased to $254 million from $253 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide home video, television distribution and consumer products operations, offset in part by lower international theatrical revenues. EBITA and operating income benefited principally from the revenue gains, offset in large part by a $54 million increase in depreciation principally related to the 1996 summer opening of an international theme park in Germany.

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags'), the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest. See Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. The WB Network recorded EBITA and operating losses of $98 million on $87 million of revenues in 1996, compared to EBITA and operating losses of $66 million on $33 million of revenues in 1995. The increase in revenues and operating losses primarily resulted from the expansion of the WB Network's primetime programming schedule and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. In addition, operating losses for 1995 were mitigated by a favorable legal settlement. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.763 billion, compared to $1.607 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $328 million from $275 million. Operating income increased to $328 million from $274 million. Revenues benefited primarily from a significant increase in subscriptions to 32.4 million from 29.7 million at the end of 1995. EBITA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. Revenues increased to $3.851 billion, compared to $3.094 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $917 million from $810 million. Operating income increased to $606 million from $502 million. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the full year effect from the formation of TWE-A/N effective as of April 1, 1995, and the consolidation of Paragon Communications effective as of July 6, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, the Entertainment Group's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $3.378 billion, EBITA of $842 million and operating income of $533 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an aggregate increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and increases in advertising and pay-per-view revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part by higher depreciation relating to increased capital spending.

F-10

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

As of December 31, 1996, including the wholly owned cable operations of TWI Cable, there were 12.3 million subscribers under the management of the Entertainment Group's Cable division, as compared to 10.4 million subscribers at the end of 1995.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $524 million in 1996, compared to $539 million in 1995. Interest expense decreased to $478 million, compared to $579 million in 1995, principally as a result of interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's debt reduction program and lower short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements. There was other expense, net, of $46 million in 1996, compared to other income, net, of $40 million in 1995, principally due to an overall decrease in investment-related income. The decrease in investment-related income resulted from a reduction in interest income and lower aggregate gains on the sale of certain assets. The reduction in interest income related to lower average cash balances and lower average principal amounts due under the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully collected during 1996.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
DECEMBER 31, 1997
TIME WARNER
1997 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had $11.8 billion of debt, $645 million of available cash and equivalents (net debt of $11.2 billion), $533 million of borrowings against future stock option proceeds, $575 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries, $1.9 billion of Series M Preferred Stock and $9.4 billion of shareholders' equity, compared to $12.7 billion of debt, $452 million of available cash and equivalents (net debt of $12.2 billion), $488 million of borrowings against future stock option proceeds, $949 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries, $1.7 billion of Series M Preferred Stock and $9.5 billion of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1996.

INVESTMENT IN TWE

Time Warner's investment in TWE at December 31, 1997 consisted of interests in 74.49% of the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE, and 100% of the Senior Capital and Series B Capital of TWE. Such priority capital interests provide Time Warner (and with respect to the Series A Capital only, U S WEST) with certain priority claims to the net partnership income of TWE and distributions of TWE partnership capital, including certain priority distributions of partnership capital in the event of liquidation or dissolution of TWE. Each level of priority capital interest provides for an annual rate of return equal to or exceeding 8%, including an above-market 13.25% annual rate of return (11.25% to the extent concurrently distributed) related to Time Warner's Series B Capital interest, which, when taken together with Time Warner's contributed capital, represented a cumulative priority Series B Capital interest of $6 billion at December 31, 1997. While the TWE partnership agreement contemplates the reinvestment of significant partnership cash flows in the form of capital expenditures and otherwise provides for certain other restrictions that are expected to limit cash distributions on partnership interests for the foreseeable future, Time Warner received a $535 million distribution relating to its Senior Capital interest in 1997. Time Warner's remaining $1.1 billion Senior Capital interest and any undistributed partnership income allocated thereto (based on an 8% annual rate of return) are required to be distributed to Time Warner in two annual installments on July 1, 1998 and 1999.

F-11

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In November 1997, Time Warner's Board of Directors authorized a 20 million share increase in Time Warner's existing common stock repurchase program that, along with previous authorizations, will allow the Company to repurchase, from time to time, up to 35 million shares of Time Warner common stock. Common stock repurchases have been funded with borrowings under Time Warner's Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility, as described more fully below. The common stock repurchased under the program is expected to continue to be used to satisfy future share issuances related to the exercise of existing employee stock options and the potential conversion of certain convertible securities. Actual repurchases in any period will be subject to market conditions. As of December 31, 1997, Time Warner had acquired approximately 17.6 million shares of its common stock for an aggregate cost of $800 million.

In connection with Time Warner's expanded common stock repurchase program, Time Warner entered into a new five-year, $1.3 billion revolving credit facility (the 'Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility') in early 1998, which replaced its previously existing facility. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are principally used to fund stock repurchases and approximately $125 million of future preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock as of December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, Time Warner had outstanding borrowings against future stock option proceeds of $533 million and $488 million, respectively.

Because borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are expected to be principally repaid by Time Warner from the cash proceeds related to the exercise of employee stock options, Time Warner's principal credit rating agencies have concluded that such borrowings and related financing costs are credit neutral and are excludable from debt and interest expense, respectively, for their purposes in evaluating Time Warner's leverage and coverage ratios. In addition, because Time Warner has committed to use the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility to fund preferred dividend requirements on its Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, and has entered into certain escrow arrangements, Time Warner's principal credit rating agencies similarly exclude such preferred dividend requirements for purposes of evaluating Time Warner's coverage ratio. See Note 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the principal terms of the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

In 1997, Time Warner and its consolidated subsidiaries continued to capitalize on favorable market conditions by completing a series of financing transactions that has resulted in the refinancing of approximately $4.5 billion of debt, which lowered interest rates, staggered debt maturities and, with respect to the redemption of certain convertible securities, eliminated the potential dilution from the conversion of such securities into 5.6 million shares of Time Warner common stock. In addition to these debt refinancings, Time Warner reduced debt by approximately $1 billion (excluding the approximate $100 million increase in debt relating to the noncash accretion of original issue discounts on certain zero-coupon debt securities).

As part of these debt refinancings, Time Warner, together with certain of its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, entered into a new, five-year revolving credit facility in November 1997 (the '1997 Credit Agreement') and terminated its subsidiaries' financing arrangements under certain previously existing bank credit facilities (the 'Old Credit Agreements'). This enabled Time Warner to reduce its aggregate borrowing availability from $10.3 billion to $7.5 billion, lower interest rates and refinance outstanding borrowings under the Old Credit Agreements in the amounts of approximately $2.4 billion by subsidiaries of Time Warner and $2.1 billion by TWE. See Note 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the principal terms of the 1997 Credit Agreement.

F-12

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

CREDIT SIMPLIFICATION

In December 1997, in order to simplify its credit structure, Time Warner implemented a cross-corporate guarantee structure, whereby Time Warner and each of TW Companies and TBS (the 'Guarantor Subsidiaries') have fully and unconditionally guaranteed any outstanding publicly traded indebtedness of each other and, along with TWI Cable, have similarly guaranteed each other's outstanding borrowings under the 1997 Credit Agreement. As a result of implementing this unified credit structure, the credit profile associated with the indebtedness of Time Warner or any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries is substantially the same.

CREDIT STATISTICS

The combination of EBITA growth, controlled capital spending and debt reduction has resulted in improvements in Time Warner's financial condition and overall financial flexibility, as reflected in its strengthening financial ratios. These ratios, consisting of commonly used financial measures such as leverage and coverage ratios, are used by credit rating agencies and other credit analysts to measure the ability of a company to repay debt (leverage) and to pay interest and preferred dividends (coverage). As a result of the improvements in Time Warner's financial performance, each of Standard & Poor's and Moody's, Time Warner's principal credit rating agencies, recently improved the credit rating outlook for Time Warner.

The leverage and coverage ratios, on a historical basis for 1997 and on a pro forma basis for 1996 and 1995, are as set forth below for each of Time Warner and Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined. Certain rating agencies and other credit analysts place more emphasis on the combined ratios, while others place more emphasis on the Time Warner stand-alone ratios. It should be understood, however, that the assets of the Entertainment Group are not freely available to fund the cash needs of Time Warner. The leverage ratio represents the ratio of total debt, less available cash and equivalents, to total business segment operating income before depreciation and amortization, less corporate expenses ('Adjusted EBITDA'). The coverage ratio represents the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total interest expense and/or preferred dividends.

                                                                                                        PRO FORMA(a)
                                                                                       HISTORICAL    ------------------
                                                                                          1997        1996       1995
                                                                                       ----------    -------    -------
Time Warner and Entertainment Group combined:
Leverage ratio......................................................................      3.2x         4.1x       4.3x
Interest coverage ratio (b).........................................................      3.5x         2.9x       2.5x
Interest and preferred dividends coverage ratio (b)(c)..............................      2.8x         2.3x       2.0x

Time Warner:
Leverage ratio......................................................................      4.5x         5.9x       5.7x
Interest coverage ratio (b).........................................................      2.5x         2.0x       1.9x
Interest and preferred dividends coverage ratio (b)(c)..............................      1.9x         1.5x       1.4x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1996 and 1995 give effect to the Time Warner Transactions as if each of such transactions occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1996 and 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end net debt levels.

(b) Excludes interest paid to TWE in connection with borrowings under Time Warner's $400 million credit agreement with TWE and excludes interest on borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

(c) Includes dividends related to certain preferred securities of subsidiaries. Excludes preferred dividends related to Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, which Time Warner has committed to fund with borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility.

Time Warner's stand-alone leverage and coverage ratios for 1998 are expected to be positively affected by the transfer of approximately $1 billion of debt to TWE-A/N in connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers (as described more fully hereinafter). The TWE-A/N Transfers will have no impact on the combined financial ratios of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group.

F-13

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

CASH FLOWS

During 1997, Time Warner's cash provided by operations amounted to $1.408 billion and reflected $2.183 billion of EBITA from its Publishing, Music, Cable Networks-TBS, Filmed Entertainment-TBS and Cable businesses, $382 million of noncash depreciation expense, $479 million of distributions from TWE (excluding $455 million representing the return of a portion of the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital interest that has been classified as a source of cash from investing activities) and $108 million from the securitization of receivables, less $929 million of interest payments, $253 million of income taxes, $81 million of corporate expenses and $481 million related to an increase in other working capital requirements, balance sheet accounts and noncash items. Cash provided by operations of $253 million in 1996 reflected $1.647 billion of business segment EBITA, $307 million of noncash depreciation expense, $228 million of distributions from TWE and $147 million from the securitization of receivables, less $839 million of interest payments, $338 million of income taxes, $78 million of corporate expenses and $821 million related to an increase in other working capital requirements, balance sheet accounts and noncash items.

Cash used by investing activities decreased to $45 million in 1997, compared to $424 million in 1996, principally as a result of lower investment spending and the receipt of $455 million of proceeds representing the return of a portion of the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital interest in TWE, offset in part by higher capital expenditures and a decrease in investment proceeds. Capital expenditures increased to $574 million in 1997, compared to $481 million in 1996, principally as a result of capital spending by the TBS businesses acquired in October 1996.

Cash used by financing activities was $1.232 billion in 1997, compared to $500 million in 1996. The use of cash in 1997 principally resulted from approximately $1 billion of debt reduction, the repurchase of approximately 6.2 million shares of Time Warner common stock at an aggregate cost of $344 million and the payment of $338 million of dividends, offset in part by proceeds received from the exercise of employee stock options. The use of cash in 1996 principally resulted from approximately $1.8 billion of debt reduction, the repurchase of approximately 11.4 million shares of Time Warner common stock at an aggregate cost of $456 million and the payment of $287 million of dividends, offset in part by $488 million of borrowings against future stock option proceeds and approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds raised from the issuance of 1.6 million shares of Series M Preferred Stock. The proceeds from the Series M Preferred Stock were used to reduce debt.

Cash used by financing activities excludes preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series M Preferred Stock that were paid in-kind, at Time Warner's election, with additional shares of Series M Preferred Stock in 1997 and 1996. Time Warner elected to begin to use cash to satisfy such dividend requirements in 1998, which is expected to increase annual cash dividend payments by approximately $200 million.

The assets and cash flows of TWE are restricted by certain borrowing and partnership agreements and are unavailable to Time Warner except through the payment of certain fees, reimbursements, cash distributions and loans, which are subject to limitations. Under the 1997 Credit Agreement, TWE is permitted to incur additional indebtedness to make loans, advances, distributions and other cash payments to Time Warner, subject to its individual compliance with the cash flow coverage and leverage ratio covenants contained therein.

Management believes that Time Warner's operating cash flow, cash and equivalents and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future without distributions and loans from TWE above those permitted by existing agreements.

F-14

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

1997 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1997, the Entertainment Group had $6.0 billion of debt, $322 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $5.7 billion), $233 million of preferred stock of a subsidiary, $1.1 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.4 billion of partners' capital, compared to $5.7 billion of debt, $216 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $5.5 billion), $1.5 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.7 billion of partners' capital at December 31, 1996.

CREDIT STATISTICS

Entertainment Group leverage and coverage ratios for 1997, 1996 and 1995 were as follows:

                                                                                         HISTORICAL
                                                                                       --------------    PRO FORMA
                                                                                       1997     1996      1995(a)
                                                                                       -----    -----    ---------
Leverage ratio......................................................................   2.0x     2.4x        2.9x
Interest coverage ratio (b).........................................................   5.4x     4.8x        3.8x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1995 give effect to the Entertainment Group Transactions, as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end net debt levels.

(b) Includes dividends related to the preferred stock of a subsidiary.

The Entertainment Group's leverage and coverage ratios for 1998 are expected to be negatively affected by TWE-A/N's assumption of approximately $1 billion of debt in connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers (as described more fully hereinafter). Nevertheless, management believes that the Entertainment Group's operating cash flow will continue to be sufficient to service its debt requirements.

CASH FLOWS

In 1997, the Entertainment Group's cash provided by operations amounted to $1.799 billion and reflected $1.891 billion of EBITA from the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Broadcasting-The WB Network, Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses, $956 million of noncash depreciation expense and $300 million from the securitization of backlog, less $493 million of interest payments, $95 million of income taxes, $72 million of corporate expenses and $688 million related to an increase in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items. Cash provided by operations of $1.912 billion in 1996 reflected $1.526 billion of business segment EBITA, $808 million of noncash depreciation expense and $234 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $513 million of interest payments, $74 million of income taxes and $69 million of corporate expenses.

Cash used by investing activities was $1.217 billion in 1997, compared to $1.253 billion in 1996, principally as a result of lower capital expenditures, offset by a decrease in investment proceeds. Capital expenditures were $1.565 billion in 1997, compared to $1.719 billion in 1996.

Cash used by financing activities was $476 million in 1997, compared to $652 million in 1996, principally as a result of an increase in debt used to fund cash distributions to Time Warner and the issuance of 250,000 shares of preferred stock of a subsidiary for aggregate net proceeds of $243 million, offset in part by a $706 million increase in distributions paid to Time Warner and the absence of $169 million of collections on the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully paid in 1996.

Management believes that the Entertainment Group's operating cash flow, cash and equivalents and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

F-15

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

CABLE CAPITAL SPENDING

Time Warner Cable has been engaged in a plan to upgrade the technological capability and reliability of its cable television systems and develop new services, which it believes will position the business for sustained, long-term growth. Capital spending by Time Warner Cable, including the cable operations of both Time Warner and TWE, amounted to $1.683 billion in 1997, compared to $1.563 billion in 1996. Capital spending includes over $100 million in each year relating to Primestar, which is expected to be eliminated in 1998 upon the consummation of the Primestar Transactions (as described more fully hereinafter). Cable capital spending for 1998 is budgeted to be approximately $1.6 billion and is expected to continue to be funded by cable operating cash flow. In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996 and consistent with Time Warner Cable's long-term strategic plan, Time Warner Cable agreed with the FCC to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs in connection with the upgrade of its cable infrastructure, which is expected to be substantially completed over a five-year period ending December 31, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all of the cable operations of Time Warner Cable, including the owned or managed cable television systems of Time Warner, TWE and TWE-A/N. As discussed more fully below, management expects to continue to finance such level of investment through cable operating cash flow and the development of new revenue streams from expanded programming options, high-speed Internet access, telephony and other services.

CABLE FINANCING STRATEGY

Time Warner's cable financing strategy is to continue to use cable operating cash flow to finance the level of capital spending necessary to upgrade the technological capability of its cable television systems and develop new services, while pursuing opportunities to reduce both existing debt and its share of future funding requirements related to the cable television business and related ancillary businesses. Consistent with this strategy, Time Warner, TWE and TWE-A/N have recently announced or consummated certain transactions, primarily consisting of (i) a series of transactions with TCI Communications, Inc. ('TCI'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc., to establish two, new strategic joint ventures, expand an existing joint venture and exchange certain cable television systems (collectively, the 'TCI Cable Transactions'), (ii) the transfer of TWE's and TWE-A/N's direct broadcast satellite operations and related assets to a separate entity, as well as certain related transactions and
(iii) the transfer by a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner of cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, as well as certain related transactions (collectively, the 'TWE-A/N Transfers'). Each of these transactions is discussed more fully below.

TCI Cable Transactions

In September 1997, Time Warner, TWE, TWE-A/N and TCI signed a letter of intent to enter into a series of agreements to (i) form two cable television joint ventures in the Houston and south Texas areas that will be managed by Time Warner Cable, a division of TWE, and own cable television systems serving an aggregate 1.1 million subscribers, subject to approximately $1.4 billion of debt, (ii) expand an existing joint venture in Kansas City, which is managed by Time Warner Cable, through the contribution by TCI of a contiguous cable television system serving approximately 95,000 subscribers, subject to approximately $200 million of debt, and (iii) exchange various cable television systems serving over 500,000 subscribers for other cable television systems of comparable size in an effort to enhance each company's geographic clusters of cable television properties. The joint ventures will be accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

F-16

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

As a result of these transactions, Time Warner expects to reduce combined debt of itself and TWE by approximately $650 million, benefit from the geographic clustering of cable television systems and increase the number of subscribers under the management of Time Warner Cable by approximately 675,000 subscribers, thereby becoming the largest cable television operator in the U.S. The TCI Cable Transactions are expected to close periodically throughout 1998 and are subject to the execution of definitive agreements by the parties and customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that such agreements will be completed or that such approvals will be obtained.

Primestar Transactions

In June 1997, TWE and the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') entered into agreements to transfer the direct broadcast satellite operations conducted by TWE and TWE-A/N (the 'DBS Operations') and the 31% partnership interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. held by TWE-A/N ('Primestar' and collectively, the 'Primestar Assets') to a new holding company ('Newco') that is ultimately expected to be the publicly traded parent of TCI Satellite Entertainment, Inc. ('TSAT'). Newco will also own the DBS Operations and Primestar partnership interests currently owned by TSAT and other existing partners of Primestar. In exchange for contributing its interests in the Primestar Assets, TWE will receive an approximate 24% equity interest in Newco and realize approximately $260 million of debt reduction, as well as eliminate its share of future funding requirements for these operations that will be separately financed by Newco. In partial consideration for contributing its indirect interest in certain of the Primestar Assets, Advance/Newhouse will receive an approximate 6% equity interest in Newco. This transaction is referred to herein as the 'Primestar Roll-up Transaction.'

In a related transaction, Primestar also entered into an agreement in June 1997 with The News Corporation Limited, MCI Telecommunications Corporation and American Sky Broadcasting LLC ('ASkyB'), pursuant to which Primestar (or, under certain circumstances, Newco) will acquire certain assets relating to the high-power, direct broadcast satellite business of ASkyB (the 'Primestar ASkyB Transaction' and, when taken together with the Primestar Roll-up Transaction, the 'Primestar Transactions'). In exchange for such assets, ASkyB will receive non-voting securities of Newco that will be convertible into non-voting common stock of Newco and, accordingly, will reduce TWE's equity interest in Newco to approximately 16% on a fully diluted basis.

The Primestar Transactions are not conditioned on each other and are expected to close independently. The Primestar Roll-up Transaction is expected to close on or about April 1, 1998. The Primestar ASkyB Transaction is expected to close in 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals, including the approval of the FCC. There can be no assurance that such approvals will be obtained.

TWE-A/N Transfers

In early 1998, Time Warner (through a wholly owned subsidiary) contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, and completed certain related transactions. The cable television systems transferred to TWE-A/N were formerly owned by TWI Cable, a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner, and Paragon Communications ('Paragon'), a partnership formerly owning cable television systems serving approximately 1 million subscribers that was wholly owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner, with 50% beneficially owned in the aggregate by TWE and TWE-A/N. The TWE-A/N Transfers reduced Time Warner's debt by approximately $1 billion and increased the under-leveraged capitalization of TWE-A/N and consequently, TWE. The debt assumed by TWE-A/N has been guaranteed by TWI Cable and certain of its subsidiaries, including Paragon.

F-17

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

As part of the TWE-A/N Transfers, TWE and TWE-A/N exchanged substantially all of their respective beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent share of Paragon's cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 500,000 subscribers, resulting in wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner owning 100% of the restructured Paragon entity, with less than 1% beneficially held for TWE. Accordingly, effective as of January 1, 1998, Time Warner will consolidate Paragon. Because this transaction represented an exchange of TWE's and TWE-A/N's beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent amount of its cable television systems, it did not have a significant economic impact on Time Warner, TWE or TWE-A/N.

In connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers, Advance/Newhouse made a capital contribution to TWE-A/N in order to maintain its 33.3% common partnership interest therein. Accordingly, TWE-A/N is now owned 65.2% by TWE, 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner. The TWE-A/N Transfers will be accounted for effective as of January 1, 1998. Time Warner did not recognize a gain or loss on the TWE-A/N Transfers. TWE will continue to consolidate TWE-A/N and Time Warner will account for its interest in TWE-A/N under the equity method of accounting.

SIX FLAGS

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags to Premier Parks Inc. ('Premier'), a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock. TWE expects to use the net proceeds from this transaction, after taxes and transaction costs, to reduce debt. As part of the transaction, TWE will continue to license its animated cartoon and comic book characters to Six Flags's theme parks and will similarly license such rights to Premier's theme parks in the United States and Canada under a long-term agreement covering an aggregate of twenty-five existing and all future locations. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including the successful completion of certain equity offerings by Premier.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

As discussed below, Time Warner believes that the value of certain off-balance sheet assets should be considered, along with other factors discussed elsewhere herein, in evaluating the Company's financial condition and prospects for future results of operations, including its ability to fund its capital and liquidity needs.

Intangible Assets

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, Time Warner and the Entertainment Group have a significant amount of internally generated intangible assets whose value is not fully reflected in their respective consolidated balance sheets. Such intangible assets extend across Time Warner's principal business interests, but are best exemplified by Time Warner's collection of copyrighted music product, its libraries of copyrighted film and television product and the creation or extension of brands. Generally accepted accounting principles do not recognize the value of such assets, except at the time they may be acquired in a business combination accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Because Time Warner owns the copyrights to such creative material, it continually generates revenue through the sale of such products across different media and in new and existing markets. The value of film and television-related copyrighted product and trademarks is continually realized by the licensing of films and television series to secondary markets and the licensing of trademarks, such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, to the retail industry and other markets. In addition, technological advances, such as the introduction of the compact disc and home videocassette in the 1980's and the potential exploitation of the digital video disc in the future, have historically generated significant revenue opportunities through the repackaging and sale of such copyrighted products in the new technological format. Accordingly, such intangible assets have significant off-

F-18

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

balance sheet asset value that is not fully reflected in the consolidated balance sheets of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group.

Filmed Entertainment Backlog

Backlog represents the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition. Backlog of Warner Bros. amounted to $2.126 billion and $1.502 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to Time Warner's and TWE's cable television networks of $719 million in 1997 and $463 million in 1996).

Because backlog generally relates to contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product which have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is principally only dependent upon the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the related licensing agreement. Cash licensing fees are collected periodically over the term of the related licensing agreements. In order to accelerate the receipt of cash under these licensing contracts, TWE established a $600 million securitization facility in 1997 and received approximately $300 million of net proceeds thereunder. The remaining portion of backlog for which cash advances have not already been received continues to have significant off-balance sheet asset value as a source of future funding. The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts, which are also expected to result in the future realization of revenues and cash through the sale of advertising spots received under such contracts.

INTEREST RATE AND FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

Time Warner uses interest rate swap contracts to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest (average six-month LIBOR rate of 5.8%) and receive fixed-rates of interest (average rate of 5.5%) on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 52% of Time Warner's underlying debt, and 46% of the debt of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined, being subject to variable interest rates. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness.

Based on Time Warner's variable-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts outstanding at December 31, 1997, each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would, respectively, increase or decrease Time Warner's annual interest expense and related cash payments by approximately $16 million, including $6 million related to interest rate swap contracts. Such potential increases or decreases are based on certain simplifying assumptions, including a constant level of variable-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts during the period and, for all maturities, an immediate, across-the-board increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no other subsequent changes for the remainder of the period.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to Time Warner or TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its and TWE's combined foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of the combined estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be

F-19

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which are generally rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. Time Warner is reimbursed by or reimburses TWE for Time Warner contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange sale contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $507 million and the purchase of $139 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates, compared to contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1996.

Based on the foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 1997, each 5% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1997 would result in approximately $25 million of unrealized losses and $7 million of unrealized gains on foreign exchange contracts involving foreign currency sales and purchases, respectively. Conversely, a 5% appreciation of the U.S. dollar would result in $25 million of unrealized gains and $7 million of unrealized losses, respectively. At December 31, 1997, none of Time Warner's foreign exchange purchase contracts relates to TWE's foreign currency exposure. However, with regard to the $25 million of unrealized losses or gains on foreign exchange sale contracts, Time Warner would be reimbursed by TWE, or would reimburse TWE, respectively, for approximately $5 million related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such foreign exchange contracts, such unrealized gains or losses would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, in the dollar value of future foreign currency royalty and license fee payments that would be received in cash within the ensuing twelve month period from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad.

Asian Financial Markets

During 1997, the Asian financial markets experienced significant instability. Because less than 5% of the combined revenues of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group are derived from the sale of products and services in Asia, management does not believe that the state of the Asian financial markets poses a material risk to the operations of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group.

YEAR 2000 TECHNOLOGY PREPAREDNESS

Time Warner, together with its Entertainment Group, is currently working to resolve the potential impact of the year 2000 on the processing of time-sensitive information by its computerized information systems. Year 2000 issues may arise if computer programs have been written using two digits (rather than four) to define the applicable year. In such case, programs that have time-sensitive logic may recognize a date using '00' as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000, which could result in miscalculations or system failures. Management is in the process of completing a review of significant software and equipment used in Time Warner's operations and, to the extent practicable, in the operations of its key business partners, in order to determine if any year 2000 risks exist that may be material to Time Warner as a whole. This process includes an assessment of year 2000 risks on an ongoing basis and the identification of practical remediation measures that could be taken on a timely basis to alter, validate or replace time-sensitive software and equipment. Management has already begun implementing certain of these measures and intends to complete its remediation efforts prior to any anticipated material impact on its computerized information systems. Costs of addressing potential problems have not been material to date and, based on preliminary information, are not currently expected to have a material adverse impact on Time Warner's financial position, results of operations or cash flows in future periods. However, if Time Warner, its customers or vendors are unable to resolve such processing issues in a timely manner, it could result in a material financial risk. Accordingly, management plans to devote the resources it concludes are appropriate to resolve all significant year 2000 issues in a timely manner.

F-20

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                                                                  1997         1996
                                                                                                 -------      -------
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and equivalents..........................................................................   $   645      $   452
Receivables, less allowances of $991 and $976 million.........................................     2,447        2,421
Inventories...................................................................................       830          941
Prepaid expenses..............................................................................     1,089        1,007
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current assets..........................................................................     5,011        4,821

Noncurrent cash and equivalents...............................................................        --           62
Noncurrent inventories........................................................................     1,766        1,698
Investments in and amounts due to and from Entertainment Group................................     5,549        5,814
Other investments.............................................................................     1,495        1,919
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................................     2,089        1,986
Music catalogues, contracts and copyrights....................................................       928        1,035
Cable television and sports franchises........................................................     3,982        4,203
Goodwill......................................................................................    12,572       12,421
Other assets..................................................................................       771        1,105
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total assets..................................................................................   $34,163      $35,064
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable..............................................................................   $   912      $   715
Participations, royalties and programming costs payable.......................................     1,072        1,196
Debt due within one year......................................................................         8           11
Other current liabilities.....................................................................     2,379        2,090
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current liabilities.....................................................................     4,371        4,012

Long-term debt................................................................................    11,833       12,713
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds...............................................       533          488
Deferred income taxes.........................................................................     3,960        4,082
Unearned portion of paid subscriptions........................................................       672          679
Other liabilities.............................................................................     1,006          967
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries holding solely
  subordinated notes and debentures of subsidiaries of the Company............................       575          949
Series M exchangeable preferred stock, $.10 par value, 1.9 and 1.7 million shares outstanding
  and $1.903 and $1.720 billion liquidation preference........................................     1,857        1,672

Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 35.4 and 35.6 million shares outstanding, $3.539 and $3.559
  billion liquidation preference..............................................................         4            4
Series LMCN-V Common Stock, $.01 par value, 57.1 and 50.7 million shares outstanding..........         1            1
Common stock, $.01 par value, 519.0 and 508.4 million shares outstanding......................         5            5
Paid-in capital...............................................................................    12,680       12,250
Accumulated deficit...........................................................................    (3,334)      (2,758)
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total shareholders' equity....................................................................     9,356        9,502
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....................................................   $34,163      $35,064
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-21

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                                                        1997         1996         1995
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Revenues (a)........................................................................   $13,294      $10,064      $8,067
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Cost of revenues (a)(b).............................................................     7,542        5,922       4,682
Selling, general and administrative (a)(b)..........................................     4,481        3,176       2,688
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Operating expenses..................................................................    12,023        9,098       7,370
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Business segment operating income...................................................     1,271          966         697
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group (a)..................................       686          290         256
Interest and other, net (a).........................................................    (1,044)      (1,174)       (877)
Corporate expenses (a)..............................................................       (81)         (78)        (74)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Income before income taxes..........................................................       832            4           2
Income taxes........................................................................      (531)        (160)       (126)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.............................................       301         (156)       (124)
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net of $37, $22 and $26 million income tax
  benefit...........................................................................       (55)         (35)        (42)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Net income (loss)...................................................................       246         (191)       (166)
Preferred dividend requirements.....................................................      (319)        (257)        (52)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Net loss applicable to common shares................................................   $   (73)     $  (448)     $ (218)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Basic and diluted loss per common share:
Loss before extraordinary item......................................................   $  (.03)     $  (.95)     $ (.46)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Net loss............................................................................   $  (.13)     $ (1.04)     $ (.57)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

Average common shares...............................................................     567.7        431.2       383.8
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------


(a) Includes the following income (expenses) resulting from transactions with the Entertainment Group and other related companies for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively: revenues-$384 million, $224 million and $211 million; cost of revenues-$(245) million, $(177) million and $(108) million; selling, general and administrative-$(53) million, $34 million and $46 million; equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group-$5 million, $(29) million and $(95) million; interest and other, net-$(36) million, $(33) million and $(27) million; and corporate expenses-$72 million, $69 million and $64 million (Note 18).

(b) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of:..............................   $ 1,294      $   988      $  559
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

See accompanying notes.

F-22

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                        1997         1996         1995
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------
OPERATIONS
Net income (loss)...................................................................   $   246      $  (191)     $  (166)
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt............................................        55           35           42
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................     1,294          988          559
Noncash interest expense............................................................        98           96          176
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of Entertainment
  Group.............................................................................      (207)         (62)         807
Equity in losses (income) of other investee companies, net of distributions.........        36          (53)         (16)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Receivables.....................................................................      (167)         (39)         (68)
    Inventories.....................................................................       (84)        (180)         (52)
    Accounts payable and other liabilities..........................................       501         (408)         160
    Other balance sheet changes.....................................................      (364)          67         (391)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash provided by operations.........................................................     1,408          253        1,051
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments and acquisitions........................................................      (113)        (261)        (381)
Capital expenditures................................................................      (574)        (481)        (266)
Investment proceeds.................................................................       187          318          376
Proceeds received from return of Senior Capital contributed to TWE..................       455           --           --
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash used by investing activities...................................................       (45)        (424)        (271)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings..........................................................................     5,413        3,431        2,023
Debt repayments.....................................................................    (6,394)      (5,271)      (2,693)
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds.....................................       230          488           --
Repayments of borrowings against future stock option proceeds.......................      (185)          --           --
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock.............................................      (344)        (456)          --
Issuance of Series M Preferred Stock................................................        --        1,550           --
Issuance of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of
  subsidiaries......................................................................        --           --          949
Dividends paid......................................................................      (338)        (287)        (171)
Proceeds received from stock option and dividend reinvestment plans.................       454          105          106
Other, principally financing costs..................................................       (68)         (60)         (91)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash provided (used) by financing activities........................................    (1,232)        (500)         123
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS.........................................       131         (671)         903

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD (a).....................................       514        1,185          282
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD (a)...........................................   $   645      $   514      $ 1,185
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------


(a) Includes current and noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 and 1995.

See accompanying notes.

F-23

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(MILLIONS)

                                                              PREFERRED      COMMON      PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED
                                                                STOCK        STOCK       CAPITAL      DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                                              ---------    ----------    -------    -----------    ------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...............................     $   1         $379       $ 2,588      $(1,820)     $1,148
Net loss...................................................                                              (166)       (166)
Decrease in unrealized gains on securities, net of $9
  million tax benefit......................................                                               (14)        (14)
Foreign currency translation adjustments...................                                                18          18
                                                                                                    -----------    ------
    Comprehensive income (loss)............................                                              (162)       (162)
Common stock dividends.....................................                                              (138)       (138)
Preferred stock dividends..................................                                    3          (52)        (49)
Issuance of common and preferred stock in the KBLCOM and
  Summit acquisitions......................................        14            3         1,367                    1,384
Issuance of preferred stock in the ITOCHU/Toshiba
  Transaction..............................................        15                      1,335                    1,350
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans...........................                      4           122                      126
Other......................................................                      2             7           (1)          8
                                                                  ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995...............................        30          388         5,422       (2,173)      3,667
Net loss...................................................                                              (191)       (191)
Increase in unrealized gains on securities, net of $11
  million tax expense......................................                                                17          17
Foreign currency translation adjustments...................                                                 9           9
                                                                                                    -----------    ------
    Comprehensive income (loss)............................                                              (165)       (165)
Common stock dividends.....................................                                              (155)       (155)
Preferred stock dividends..................................                                              (257)       (257)
Issuance of common and preferred stock in the CVI
  acquisition..............................................         6            3           671                      680
Reduction in par value of common and preferred stock due to
  TBS Transaction..........................................       (32)        (387)          419                       --
Issuance of common stock in the TBS Transaction............                      2         6,025                    6,027
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock....................                                 (456)                    (456)
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans...........................                                  163           (8)        155
Other......................................................                                    6                        6
                                                                  ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...............................         4            6        12,250       (2,758)      9,502
Net income.................................................                                               246         246
Decrease in unrealized gains on securities, net of $89
  million tax benefit (a)..................................                                              (128)       (128)
Foreign currency translation adjustments...................                                               (76)        (76)
                                                                                                    -----------    ------
    Comprehensive income (loss)............................                                                42          42
Common stock dividends.....................................                                              (204)       (204)
Preferred stock dividends..................................                                              (319)       (319)
Issuance of common stock in connection with the TBS
  Transaction..............................................                                   67                       67
Repurchases of Time Warner common stock....................                                 (344)                    (344)
Shares issued pursuant to stock option, dividend
  reinvestment and benefit plans...........................                                  711          (98)        613
Other......................................................                                   (4)           3          (1)
                                                                  ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997...............................     $   4         $  6       $12,680      $(3,334)     $9,356
                                                                  ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------
                                                                  ---        -----       -------    -----------    ------


(a) Includes a $13 million reduction related to realized gains on the sale of securities in 1997 that represents the turnaround of previous unrealized gains included in comprehensive income in prior periods, net of $9 million tax effect.

See accompanying notes.

F-24

TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner' or the 'Company') acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own, as more fully described herein (Note 2). As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name (now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc., 'TW Companies'), and TW Companies and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. References herein to 'Time Warner' or the 'Company' refer to TW Companies prior to October 10, 1996 and Time Warner Inc. thereafter.

Time Warner is the world's leading media and entertainment company, whose principal business objective is to create and distribute branded information and entertainment copyrights throughout the world. Time Warner classifies its business interests into four fundamental areas: Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and cable television systems, and a portion of its interests in cable television programming are held through Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE'). Time Warner owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital') and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'). Time Warner does not consolidate TWE and certain related companies (the 'Entertainment Group') for financial reporting purposes because of certain limited partnership approval rights related to TWE's interest in certain cable television systems.

Each of the business interests within Entertainment, Cable Networks, Publishing and Cable is important to management's objective of increasing shareholder value through the creation, extension and distribution of recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. Such brands and copyrights include (1) copyrighted music from many of the world's leading recording artists that is produced and distributed by a family of established record labels such as Warner Bros. Records, Atlantic Records, Elektra Entertainment and Warner Music International, (2) the unique and extensive film, television and animation libraries of Warner Bros. and TBS, and trademarks such as the Looney Tunes characters, Batman and The Flintstones, (3) The WB Network, a national broadcasting network launched in 1995 as an extension of the Warner Bros. brand and as an additional distribution outlet for the Company's collection of children's cartoons and television programming, (4) leading cable television networks, such as HBO, Cinemax, CNN, TNT and the TBS Superstation,
(5) magazine franchises such as Time, People and Sports Illustrated and direct marketing brands such as Time Life Inc. and Book-of-the-Month Club and (6) Time Warner Cable, currently the second largest operator of cable television systems in the U.S.

The operating results of Time Warner's various business interests are presented herein as an indication of financial performance (Note 16). Except for start-up losses incurred in connection with The WB Network, Time Warner's principal business interests generate significant operating income and cash flow from operations. The cash flow from operations generated by such business interests is considerably greater than their operating income due to significant amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized in various acquisitions accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Noncash amortization of intangible assets recorded by Time Warner's business interests, including the unconsolidated business interests of the Entertainment Group, amounted to $1.342 billion in 1997, $1.117 billion in 1996 and $822 million in 1995.

F-25

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of Time Warner reflect the acquisitions of Summit Communications Group, Inc. ('Summit') effective as of May 2, 1995, KBLCOM Incorporated ('KBLCOM') effective as of July 6, 1995, Cablevision Industries Corporation and related companies ('CVI') effective as of January 4, 1996 (collectively, the 'Cable Acquisitions') and TBS effective as of October 10, 1996. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION AND
ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS

The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, income, loss and cash flows of Time Warner and all companies in which Time Warner has a controlling voting interest ('subsidiaries'), as if Time Warner and its subsidiaries were a single company. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the consolidated companies have been eliminated. Significant accounts and transactions between Time Warner and the Entertainment Group are disclosed as related party transactions (Note 18).

The Entertainment Group and investments in certain other companies in which Time Warner has significant influence, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, only Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the consolidated balance sheet, only Time Warner's share of the investee's earnings is included in the consolidated operating results, and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, less any additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the consolidated cash flows.

Investments in companies in which Time Warner does not have a controlling interest or an ownership and voting interest so large as to exert significant influence are accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded and there are no resale restrictions, or at cost, if the sale of a publicly-traded investment is restricted or if the investment is not publicly traded. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported net-of-tax in accumulated deficit until the investment is sold, at which time the realized gain or loss is included in income. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market value and cost method investments are included in income when declared.

The effect of any changes in Time Warner's ownership interests resulting from the issuance of equity capital by consolidated subsidiaries or equity investees to unaffiliated parties is included in income.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses, which have not been material, are included in accumulated deficit. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which have not been material, are included in operating results.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-26

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements include management's forecast of anticipated revenues from the sale of future and existing music and publishing-related products, as well as from the distribution of theatrical and television product, in order to evaluate the ultimate recoverability of accounts receivables, film inventory and artist and author advances recorded as assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts receivables and sales in the music and publishing industries, as well as sales of home video product in the filmed entertainment industry, are subject to customers' rights to return unsold items. Management periodically reviews such estimates and it is reasonably possible that management's assessment of recoverability of accounts receivables, individual films and television product and individual artist and author advances may change based on actual results and other factors.

REVENUES AND COSTS

The unearned portion of paid subscriptions is deferred until magazines are delivered to subscribers. Upon each delivery, a proportionate share of the gross subscription price is included in revenues.

Inventories of magazines, books, cassettes and compact discs are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost is determined using first-in, first-out; last-in, first-out; and average cost methods. In accordance with industry practice, certain products (such as magazines, books, home videocassettes, compact discs and cassettes) are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales represent gross sales less a provision for future returns. Returned goods included in inventory are valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost.

Feature films are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters followed by distribution in the home video, pay cable, basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets. Generally, distribution to the theatrical, home video and pay cable markets (the primary markets) is principally completed within eighteen months of initial release. Thereafter, feature films are distributed to the basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Home video revenues, less a provision for returns, are recognized when the home videos are sold. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product to cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are recognized when the films are available to telecast.

Television films and series are initially produced for the networks or first-run television syndication (the primary markets) and may be subsequently licensed to foreign or domestic cable and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Revenues from the distribution of television product are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for barter agreements where the recognition of revenue is deferred until the related advertisements are exhibited.

License agreements for the telecast of theatrical and television product in the cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are routinely entered into well in advance of their available date for telecast, which is generally determined by the telecast privileges granted under previous license agreements. Accordingly, there are significant contractual rights to receive cash and barter upon which the related revenues will not be recognized until such product is available for telecast under the contractual terms of the related license agreement. Such contractual rights for which revenue is not yet recognizable is referred to as 'backlog.'

Inventories of theatrical and television product are stated at the lower of amortized cost or net realizable value. Cost principally consists of direct production costs and production overhead. A portion of the cost to acquire TBS in 1996 was allocated to its theatrical and television product, including an allocation to purchased program rights (such as the animation library of Hanna-Barbera Inc. and the former film and television libraries of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc. and RKO Pictures, Inc.) and product that had been exhibited at least once in all markets ('Library'). The Library is amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Individual films and series are amortized, and the related participations and residuals are accrued, based on the proportion that current revenues from the film or series bear to an estimate of total revenues anticipated from all markets. These

F-27

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

estimates are revised periodically and losses, if any, are provided in full. Current film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed feature films allocated to the primary markets, television films and series in production pursuant to a contract of sale, film rights acquired for the home video market and advances pursuant to agreements to distribute third-party films in the primary markets. Noncurrent film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical and television films allocated to the secondary markets, theatrical films in production and the Library.

A significant portion of cable system and cable programming revenues are derived from subscriber fees and advertising. Subscriber fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is provided and advertising revenues are recognized in the period that the advertisements are exhibited. The cost of rights to exhibit feature films and other programming on the cable networks during one or more availability periods ('programming costs') generally is recorded when the programming is initially available for exhibition, and is allocated to the appropriate availability periods and amortized as the programming is exhibited.

ADVERTISING

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') Statement No. 53, 'Financial Reporting by Producers and Distributors of Motion Picture Films,' advertising costs for theatrical and television product are capitalized and amortized over the related revenue streams in each market that such costs are intended to benefit, which generally does not exceed three months. Other advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the advertisement, except for certain direct-response advertising, for which the costs are capitalized and amortized over the expected period of future benefits. Direct-response advertising principally consists of product promotional mailings, broadcast advertising, catalogs and other promotional costs incurred in the Company's direct-marketing businesses. Deferred advertising costs are generally amortized over periods of up to three years subsequent to the promotional event using straight-line or accelerated methods, with a significant portion of such costs amortized in twelve months or less. Deferred advertising costs for Time Warner amounted to $244 million and $217 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Advertising expense, excluding theatrical and television product, amounted to $1.080 billion in 1997, $1.050 billion in 1996 and $1.045 billion in 1995.

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents consist of commercial paper and other investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. Noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 consist of amounts held in escrow for purposes of funding certain preferred dividend requirements (Note 8).

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments, such as long-term debt and investments, is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for derivative financial instruments, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to cable property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor, overhead and interest. Depreciation is provided generally on the straight-line method

F-28

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

over useful lives ranging up to thirty years for buildings and improvements and up to fifteen years for furniture, fixtures, cable television equipment and other equipment. Property, plant and equipment consists of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1997      1996
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)
Land and buildings.............................................................................   $  962    $  914
Cable television equipment.....................................................................      941       777
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment........................................................    1,337     1,337
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                   3,240     3,028
Less accumulated depreciation..................................................................   (1,151)   (1,042)
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $2,089    $1,986
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

Effective January 1, 1996, Time Warner adopted FASB Statement No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of' ('FAS 121'), which established standards for the recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets and certain intangible assets. The adoption of FAS 121 did not have a material effect on Time Warner's financial statements.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, Time Warner has a significant and growing amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, cable television and sports franchises, film and television libraries, music catalogues, contracts and copyrights, and other copyrighted products and trademarks. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Time Warner does not recognize the fair value of internally generated intangible assets. Costs incurred to create and produce copyrighted product, such as feature films, television series and compact discs, are generally either expensed as incurred, or capitalized as tangible assets as in the case of cash advances and inventoriable product costs. However, accounting recognition is not given to any increasing asset value that may be associated with the collection of the underlying copyrighted material. Additionally, costs incurred to create or extend brands, such as magazine titles and new television networks, generally result in losses over an extended development period and are recognized as a reduction of income as incurred, while any corresponding brand value created is not recognized as an intangible asset in the consolidated balance sheet. On the other hand, intangible assets acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method of accounting are capitalized and amortized over their expected useful life as a noncash charge against future results of operations. Accordingly, the intangible assets reported in the consolidated balance sheet do not reflect the fair value of Time Warner's internally generated intangible assets, but rather are limited to intangible assets resulting from certain acquisitions in which the cost of the acquired companies exceeded the fair value of their tangible assets at the time of acquisition.

Time Warner amortizes goodwill and sports franchises over periods up to forty years using the straight-line method. Cable television franchises, film and television libraries, music catalogues, contracts and copyrights, and other intangible assets are amortized over periods up to twenty years using the straight-line method. Amortization of intangible assets amounted to $912 million in 1997, $681 million in 1996 and $378 million in 1995. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $3.181 billion and $2.452 billion, respectively.

Time Warner periodically reviews the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for each acquired entity to determine whether an impairment may exist. Time Warner considers relevant cash flow and profitability information, including estimated future operating results, trends and other available information, in assessing whether the carrying value of intangible assets can be recovered. If it is determined that the carrying value of intangible assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business, the

F-29

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

carrying value of such intangible assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. An impairment charge is measured as any deficiency in the amount of estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business available to recover the carrying value related to the intangible assets.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are provided using the liability method prescribed by FASB Statement No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes.' Under the liability method, deferred income taxes reflect tax carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. The subsequent realization of net operating loss and investment tax credit carryforwards acquired in acquisitions are accounted for as a reduction of goodwill.

The principal operations of the Entertainment Group are conducted by partnerships. Income tax expense includes all income taxes related to Time Warner's allocable share of partnership income and its equity in the income tax expense of corporate subsidiaries of the partnerships.

STOCK OPTIONS

In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees' ('APB 25'), compensation cost for stock options is recognized in income based on the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date of the award or other measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The exercise price for stock options granted to employees equals or exceeds the fair market value of Time Warner common stock at the date of grant, thereby resulting in no recognition of compensation expense by Time Warner.

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Effective December 31, 1997, Time Warner adopted FASB Statement No. 128, 'Earnings per Share' ('FAS 128'), which established simplified standards for computing and presenting earnings per share information. The adoption of FAS 128 did not have any effect on Time Warner's financial statements.

Basic loss per common share is based upon the net loss applicable to common shares after preferred dividend requirements and upon the weighted average of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per common share adjusts for the effect of convertible securities and stock options only in the periods presented in which such effect would have been dilutive. Such effect was not dilutive in any of the periods presented herein.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Effective January 1, 1997, Time Warner adopted FASB Statement No. 130, 'Reporting Comprehensive Income' ('FAS 130'). The new rules establish standards for the reporting of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting shareholders' equity that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For Time Warner, such items consist primarily of unrealized gains and losses on marketable equity investments and foreign currency translation gains and losses. The adoption of FAS 130 did not have a material effect on Time Warner's primary financial statements, but did affect the presentation of the accompanying consolidated statement of shareholders' equity.

F-30

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SEGMENT INFORMATION

On December 31, 1997, Time Warner adopted FASB Statement No. 131, 'Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information' ('FAS 131'). The new rules establish revised standards for public companies relating to the reporting of financial and descriptive information about their operating segments in financial statements. The adoption of FAS 131 did not have a material effect on Time Warner's primary financial statements, but did affect the disclosure of segment information contained elsewhere herein (Note 16).

2. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

TBS TRANSACTION

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner acquired the remaining 80% interest in TBS that it did not already own (the 'TBS Transaction'). As part of the transaction, each of TW Companies and TBS became a separate, wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner which combines, for financial reporting purposes, the consolidated net assets and operating results of TW Companies and TBS. Each issued and outstanding share of each class of capital stock of TW Companies was converted into one share of a substantially identical class of capital stock of Time Warner.

In connection with the TBS Transaction, Time Warner issued (i) approximately 179.8 million shares of common stock (including 57.1 million shares of a special class of non-redeemable common stock having 1/100th of a vote per share on certain limited matters ('Series LMCN-V Common Stock') to affiliates of Liberty Media Corporation ('LMC'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc.), in exchange for shares of TBS capital stock and pursuant to a separate option agreement with LMC and its affiliates (the 'SSSI Option Agreement') and (ii) approximately 14 million stock options to replace all outstanding TBS stock options. Time Warner also assumed approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness.

Of the aggregate consideration issued in the TBS Transaction, 6.4 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock were issued to LMC and its affiliates in June 1997 pursuant to the SSSI Option Agreement. The SSSI Option Agreement enabled Time Warner to acquire substantially all of the assets of Southern Satellite Systems, Inc. and its affiliates ('SSSI'), a subsidiary of LMC that formerly provided uplink and distribution services for WTBS (the 'TBS Superstation'), for approximately $213 million effective as of December 31, 1997, the date on which the TBS Superstation was converted to a copyright-paid, cable television programming service.

The TBS Transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire TBS of approximately $6.2 billion was allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: goodwill-$6.842 billion; other current and noncurrent assets-$3.624 billion; long-term debt-$2.765 billion; deferred income taxes-$117 million; and other current and noncurrent liabilities-$1.410 billion.

CABLE ACQUISITIONS

On January 4, 1996, Time Warner acquired CVI, which owned cable television systems serving approximately 1.3 million subscribers, in exchange for the issuance of approximately 2.9 million shares of common stock and approximately 6.3 million shares of new convertible preferred stock ('Series E Preferred Stock' and 'Series F Preferred Stock') and the assumption or incurrence of approximately $2 billion of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire CVI of $904 million was allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: cable television franchises-$2.390 billion; goodwill-$688 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$481 million; long-term debt-$1.766 billion; deferred income taxes-$731 million; and other current and noncurrent liabilities-$158 million.

F-31

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

On July 6, 1995, Time Warner acquired KBLCOM, which owned cable television systems serving approximately 700,000 subscribers, and a 50% interest in Paragon Communications ('Paragon'), which, at such time, owned cable television systems serving an additional 972,000 subscribers. The acquisition of the 50% interest in Paragon resulted in it becoming wholly owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner, with 50% beneficially owned in the aggregate by TWE and the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership (Note 3). To acquire KBLCOM, Time Warner issued 1 million shares of common stock and 11 million shares of a new convertible preferred stock ('Series D Preferred Stock') and assumed or incurred approximately $1.2 billion of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire KBLCOM of approximately $1.033 billion was allocated to the net assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: investments-$950 million; cable television franchises-$1.366 billion; goodwill-$586 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$289 million; long-term debt-$1.213 billion; deferred income taxes-$895 million; and other current liabilities-$50 million.

On May 2, 1995, Time Warner acquired Summit, which owned cable television systems serving approximately 162,000 subscribers, in exchange for the issuance of approximately 1.6 million shares of common stock and approximately 3.3 million shares of a new convertible preferred stock ('Series C Preferred Stock') and the assumption of $140 million of indebtedness. The acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations; accordingly, the cost to acquire Summit of approximately $351 million was allocated to the assets acquired in proportion to their respective fair values, as follows: cable television franchises-$372 million; goodwill-$146 million; other current and noncurrent assets-$144 million; long-term debt-$140 million; deferred income taxes-$166 million; and other current liabilities-$5 million. In August 1996, all shares of Series C Preferred Stock were exchanged for shares of a new series of convertible preferred stock with substantially identical terms ('Series J Preferred Stock').

In October 1996, Time Warner reorganized the legal ownership of its wholly owned cable subsidiaries, whereby the equity ownership of KBLCOM and Summit was contributed to CVI. In connection therewith, CVI was renamed TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable').

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The accompanying consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of each acquired business from the respective closing date of each transaction. On a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the TBS Transaction, (ii) the Cable Acquisitions, (iii) the 1995 formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership (Note 3), (iv) the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction (Note 4), (v) the Preferred Stock Refinancing (Note 11), (vi) Time Warner's and TWE's 1996 and 1995 debt refinancings and (vii) certain asset sales in 1995, including the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') (Note 4), as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods presented, Time Warner would have reported for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, revenues of $12.799 billion and $12.154 billion, depreciation expense of $368 million and $349 million, operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets of $1.816 billion and $1.798 billion, operating income of $939 million and $942 million, equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group of $290 million and $286 million, a loss before extraordinary item of $282 million and $230 million ($1.04 and $.96 per common share) and a net loss of $317 million and $272 million ($1.10 and $1.04 per common share). No pro forma information has been presented for 1997 because all of such transactions are already reflected in the historical financial statements of Time Warner.

3. TWE-A/N TRANSFERS

On April 1, 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or

F-32

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments that included an aggregate 31% interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. ('Primestar'). Upon formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('TWE-A/N'), TWE, which is the managing partner, owned a 66.7% common partnership interest in TWE-A/N and Advance/Newhouse owned a 33.3% common partnership interest. TWE consolidates the partnership and the common partnership interest owned by Advance/Newhouse is reflected in TWE's consolidated financial statements as minority interest. In accordance with the partnership agreement, Advance/Newhouse can require TWE to purchase its equity interest for fair market value at specified intervals following the death of both of its principal shareholders. In addition, beginning on April 1, 1998, TWE or Advance/Newhouse can initiate a restructuring of the partnership, in which Advance/Newhouse would withdraw from the partnership and receive one-third of the partnership's net assets. The assets contributed by TWE and Advance/Newhouse to the partnership were recorded at their predecessor's historical cost. No gain was recognized by TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership.

In early 1998, Time Warner (through a wholly owned subsidiary) contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, and completed certain related transactions (collectively, the 'TWE-A/N Transfers'). The cable television systems transferred to TWE-A/N were formerly owned by TWI Cable and Paragon, a partnership formerly owning cable television systems serving approximately 1 million subscribers that, as previously described, was wholly owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner, with 50% beneficially owned in the aggregate by TWE and TWE-A/N. The debt assumed by TWE-A/N has been guaranteed by TWI Cable and certain of its subsidiaries, including Paragon.

As part of the TWE-A/N Transfers, TWE and TWE-A/N exchanged substantially all of their respective beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent share of Paragon's cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 500,000 subscribers, resulting in wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner owning 100% of the restructured Paragon entity, with less than 1% beneficially held for TWE. Accordingly, effective as of January 1, 1998, Time Warner will consolidate Paragon. Because this transaction represented an exchange of TWE's and TWE-A/N's beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent amount of its cable television systems, it did not have a significant economic impact on Time Warner, TWE or TWE-A/N.

In connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers, Advance/Newhouse made a capital contribution to TWE-A/N in order to maintain its 33.3% common partnership interest therein. Accordingly, TWE-A/N is now owned 65.2% by TWE, 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner. The TWE-A/N Transfers will be accounted for effective as of January 1, 1998. Time Warner did not recognize a gain or loss on the TWE-A/N Transfers. TWE will continue to consolidate TWE-A/N and Time Warner will account for its interest in TWE-A/N under the equity method of accounting.

F-33

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the Entertainment Group at December 31, 1997 and 1996 consists of the following:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1997      1996
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)
Investment in TWE..............................................................................   $5,577    $6,254
Stock option related distributions due from TWE................................................      417        93
Credit agreement debt due to TWE...............................................................     (400)     (400)
Other net liabilities due to TWE, principally related to home video distribution...............     (141)     (256)
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Investment in and amounts due to and from TWE..................................................    5,453     5,691
Investment in other Entertainment Group companies..............................................       96       123
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $5,549    $5,814
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE

TWE is a Delaware limited partnership that was capitalized on June 30, 1992 to own and operate substantially all of the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses previously owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner. Certain Time Warner subsidiaries are the general partners of TWE ('Time Warner General Partners'). Time Warner did not recognize a gain when TWE was capitalized. TWE recorded the assets contributed by the Time Warner General Partners at Time Warner's historical cost. The excess of the Time Warner General Partners' interests in the net assets of TWE over the net book value of their investment in TWE is being amortized to income over a twenty-year period.

Time Warner acquired the aggregate 11.22% limited partnership interests previously held by subsidiaries of ITOCHU Corporation and Toshiba Corporation in 1995 for an aggregate cost of $1.36 billion, consisting of 15 million shares of convertible preferred stock ('Series G Preferred Stock', 'Series H Preferred Stock' and 'Series I Preferred Stock') and $10 million in cash (the 'ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction'). Accordingly, Time Warner, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively owns general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the Series A Capital and Residual Capital and 100% of the Senior Capital and Series B Capital. The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are owned by U S WEST, which acquired such interests in 1993 for $1.532 billion of cash and a $1.021 billion 4.4% note (the 'U S WEST Note Receivable') that was fully collected during 1996. The ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL AND ALLOCATION OF INCOME

Each partner's interest in TWE generally consists of the undistributed priority capital and residual equity amounts that were initially assigned to that partner or its predecessor based on the estimated fair value of the net assets each contributed to TWE ('Undistributed Contributed Capital'), plus, with respect to the priority capital interests only, any undistributed priority capital return. The priority capital return consists of net partnership income allocated to date in accordance with the provisions of the TWE partnership agreement and the right to be allocated additional partnership income which, together, provides for the various priority capital rates of return as specified in the table below. The sum of Undistributed Contributed Capital and the undistributed priority capital return is referred to herein as 'Cumulative Priority Capital.' Cumulative Priority Capital is not necessarily indicative of the fair value of the underlying priority capital interests principally due to above-market rates of return on certain priority capital interests as compared to securities of comparable credit risk and maturity, such as the 13.25% rate of return on the Series B Capital interest owned by the Time Warner General

F-34

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Partners. Furthermore, the ultimate realization of Cumulative Priority Capital could be affected by the fair value of TWE, which is subject to fluctuation.

A summary of the priority of Undistributed Contributed Capital, Time Warner's ownership of Undistributed Contributed Capital and Cumulative Priority Capital at December 31, 1997 and priority capital rates of return thereon is as set forth below:

                                                                                         PRIORITY
                                                         UNDISTRIBUTED     CUMULATIVE     CAPITAL
                                                          CONTRIBUTED       PRIORITY     RATES OF        % OWNED BY
PRIORITY OF UNDISTRIBUTED CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL             CAPITAL(a)        CAPITAL      RETURN(b)      TIME WARNER
                                                         -------------     ----------    ---------     --------------
                                                                  (BILLIONS)
Senior Capital........................................       $ 0.9           $  1.1         8.00%          100.00%
Series A Capital......................................         5.6             11.3        13.00%           74.49%
Series B Capital......................................         2.9(d)           6.0        13.25%          100.00%
Residual Capital......................................         3.3(d)           3.3(c)        --(c)         74.49%


(a) Excludes partnership income or loss allocated thereto.
(b) To the extent income allocations are concurrently distributed, the priority capital rates of return on the Series A Capital and Series B Capital are 11% and 11.25%, respectively.
(c) Residual Capital is not entitled to stated priority rates of return and, as such, its Cumulative Priority Capital is equal to its Undistributed Contributed Capital. However, in the case of certain events such as the liquidation or dissolution of TWE, Residual Capital is entitled to any excess of the then fair value of the net assets of TWE over the aggregate amount of Cumulative Priority Capital and special tax allocations.
(d) The Undistributed Contributed Capital relating to the Series B Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series A Capital. The Undistributed Contributed Capital relating to the Residual Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series B Capital and the Series A Capital.

Because Undistributed Contributed Capital is generally based on the fair value of the net assets that each partner initially contributed to the partnership, the aggregate of such amounts is significantly higher than TWE's partners' capital as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, which is based on the historical cost of the contributed net assets. For purposes of allocating partnership income or loss to the partners, partnership income or loss is based on the fair value of the net assets contributed to the partnership and results in significantly less partnership income, or results in partnership losses, in contrast to the net income reported by TWE for financial statement purposes, which is also based on the historical cost of contributed net assets.

Under the TWE partnership agreement, partnership income, to the extent earned, is first allocated to the partners' capital accounts so that the economic burden of the income tax consequences of partnership operations is borne as though the partnership were taxed as a corporation ('special tax allocations'). After any special tax allocations, partnership income is allocated to the Senior Capital, Series A Capital and Series B Capital, in order of priority, at rates of return ranging from 8% to 13.25% per annum, and finally to the Residual Capital. Partnership losses generally are allocated first to eliminate prior allocations of partnership income to, and then to reduce the Undistributed Contributed Capital of, the Residual Capital, Series B Capital and Series A Capital, in that order, then to reduce the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital, including partnership income allocated thereto, and finally to reduce any special tax allocations. To the extent partnership income is insufficient to satisfy all special allocations in a particular accounting period, the right to receive additional partnership income necessary to provide for the various priority capital rates of return is carried forward until satisfied out of future partnership income, including any partnership income that may result from any liquidation, sale or dissolution of TWE. TWE reported net income of $614 million, $210 million and $73 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, no portion of which was allocated to the limited partners.

The Series B Capital owned by the Time Warner General Partners may be increased if certain operating performance targets are achieved over a ten-year period ending on December 31, 2001. In addition, U S WEST has an option to obtain up to an additional 6.33% of Series A Capital and Residual Capital interests, depending on cable operating performance. The option is exercisable between January 1, 1999 and on or about May 31,

F-35

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2005 at a maximum exercise price of $1.25 billion to $1.8 billion, depending on the year of exercise. Either U S WEST or TWE may elect that the exercise price be paid with partnership interests rather than cash.

SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENTERTAINMENT GROUP

Set forth below is summarized financial information of the Entertainment Group, which reflects the formation by TWE of TWE-A/N effective as of April 1, 1995 (Note 3), the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995.

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION
Revenues..........................................................................   $11,328    $10,861    $9,629
Depreciation and amortization.....................................................    (1,386)    (1,244)   (1,060)
Business segment operating income(1)..............................................     1,461      1,090       992
Interest and other, net(2)........................................................      (357)      (524)     (539)
Minority interest.................................................................      (305)      (207)     (133)
Income before income taxes........................................................       727        290       256
Income before extraordinary item..................................................       642        220       170
Net income........................................................................       619        220       146


(1) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.
(2) Includes a gain of approximately $250 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale of an interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash provided by operations..........................................................   $1,799    $1,912    $1,495
Capital expenditures.................................................................   (1,565)   (1,719)   (1,653)
Investments and acquisitions.........................................................     (172)     (146)     (217)
Investment proceeds..................................................................      520       612     1,120
Borrowings...........................................................................    3,400       215     2,484
Debt repayments......................................................................   (3,085)     (716)   (3,596)
Issuance of preferred stock of subsidiary............................................      243        --        --
Collections on note receivable from U S WEST.........................................       --       169       602
Capital distributions................................................................     (934)     (228)   (1,063)
Other financing activities, net......................................................     (100)      (92)      (34)
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents..........................................      106         7      (862)

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
                                                                                                1997       1996
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Cash and equivalents........................................................................   $   322    $   216
Total current assets........................................................................     3,623      3,147
Total assets................................................................................    20,739     20,027
Total current liabilities...................................................................     3,976      4,092
Long-term debt..............................................................................     5,990      5,676
Minority interests..........................................................................     1,210      1,020
Preferred stock of subsidiary...............................................................       233         --
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital................................................     1,118      1,543
Partners' capital...........................................................................     6,430      6,681

F-36

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS

The assets and cash flows of TWE are restricted by the TWE partnership and credit agreements and are unavailable for use by the partners except through the payment of certain fees, reimbursements, cash distributions and loans, which are subject to limitations.

In July 1997, the Time Warner General Partners received a $535 million distribution from TWE relating to their Senior Capital interests, thereby increasing the cumulative cash distributions received from TWE on such interests to $901 million. The Time Warner General Partners' remaining $1.1 billion Senior Capital interests and any undistributed partnership income allocated thereto (based on an 8% annual rate of return) are required to be distributed in two annual installments on July 1, 1998 and 1999.

At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Time Warner General Partners had recorded $417 million and $93 million, respectively, of stock option related distributions due from TWE, based on closing prices of Time Warner common stock of $62.00 and $37.50, respectively. Time Warner is paid when the options are exercised. The Time Warner General Partners also receive tax-related distributions from TWE on a current basis. During 1997, the Time Warner General Partners received distributions from TWE in the amount of $934 million, consisting of $535 million of Senior Capital distributions (representing the return of $455 million of contributed capital and the distribution of $80 million of priority capital return), $324 million of tax-related distributions and $75 million of stock option related distributions. During 1996, the Time Warner General Partners received distributions from TWE in the amount of $228 million, consisting of $215 million of tax-related distributions and $13 million of stock option related distributions. During 1995, the Time Warner General Partners received net distributions from TWE in the amount of $1.063 billion, consisting of $366 million of Senior Capital distributions (representing a portion of the priority capital return), $680 million of tax-related distributions and $17 million of stock option related distributions. In addition to the tax, stock option and Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital distributions, TWE may make other capital distributions to its partners that are also subject to certain limitations contained in the TWE partnership and credit agreements.

TIME WARNER GENERAL PARTNER GUARANTEES

Each Time Warner General Partner has guaranteed a pro rata portion of approximately $5.8 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest at December 31, 1997, based on the relative fair value of the net assets each Time Warner General Partner (or its predecessor) contributed to TWE. Such indebtedness is recourse to each Time Warner General Partner only to the extent of its guarantee. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Time Warner General Partner guarantors to transfer assets, other than TWE assets, to parties that are not guarantors.

SIX FLAGS

In June 1995, TWE sold an initial 51% interest in Six Flags to an investment group led by Boston Ventures for $204 million and received $640 million in additional proceeds from Six Flags, representing payment of certain intercompany indebtedness and licensing fees. As a result of the transaction, Six Flags was deconsolidated and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags has been accounted for under the equity method of accounting. TWE reduced debt by approximately $850 million in 1995 in connection with the transaction, and a portion of the income on the transaction was deferred by TWE principally as a result of its guarantee of certain third-party, zero-coupon indebtedness of Six Flags due in 1999.

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags to Premier Parks Inc. ('Premier'), a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock. TWE expects to use the net proceeds from this transaction, after taxes and transaction costs, to reduce debt. As part of the transaction, TWE will continue to license its animated cartoon and comic book characters to Six Flags's theme parks and will similarly license such rights to Premier's

F-37

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

theme parks in the United States and Canada under a long-term agreement covering an aggregate of twenty-five existing and all future locations. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including the successful completion of certain equity offerings by Premier.

5. OTHER INVESTMENTS

Time Warner's other investments consist of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1997      1996
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)
Equity method investments......................................................................   $1,350    $1,392
Market value method investments................................................................       --       401
Cost method investments........................................................................      145       126
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $1,495    $1,919
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

Market value method investments at December 31, 1996 included 18.1 million shares of common stock of Hasbro, Inc. ('Hasbro'). Such shares were used in December 1997 to redeem certain Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary. In connection with such redemption and the related disposal of its interest in Hasbro, Time Warner recognized a $200 million pretax gain in 1997, which has been classified in interest and other, net, in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

In addition to TWE and its equity investees, companies accounted for using the equity method include: The Columbia House Company partnerships (50% owned), other music joint ventures (generally 50% owned), Cinamerica Theatres, L.P. (sold in 1997, but previously 50% owned) and TBS (acquired in full in 1996, but previously 20% owned). A summary of combined financial information as reported by the equity investees of Time Warner is set forth below:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Revenues.............................................................................   $1,336    $1,773    $5,123
Depreciation and amortization........................................................      (13)      (29)     (219)
Operating income.....................................................................       80       173       547
Net income (loss)....................................................................      (36)       61       188
Current assets.......................................................................      792     1,002     2,272
Total assets.........................................................................    1,132     1,616     5,851
Current liabilities..................................................................      418       517     1,318
Long-term debt.......................................................................    1,303     1,360     3,826
Total liabilities....................................................................    1,791     1,999     5,886
Total shareholders' deficit or partners' capital.....................................     (659)     (383)      (35)

F-38

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of:

                                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1997        DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                        ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                        CURRENT    NONCURRENT    CURRENT    NONCURRENT
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
                                                                                          (MILLIONS)
Film costs:
     Released, less amortization.....................................    $  68       $  228       $ 209       $  142
     Completed and not released......................................       88           48          54           --
     In process and other............................................       --          141          24          251
     Library, less amortization......................................       --        1,064          --        1,116
Programming costs, less amortization.................................      293          285         213          189
Magazines, books and recorded music..................................      381           --         441           --
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
Total................................................................    $ 830       $1,766       $ 941       $1,698
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------
                                                                        -------    ----------    -------    ----------

Excluding the Library, the total cost incurred in the production of theatrical and television product (including direct production costs, production overhead and certain exploitation costs, such as film prints and home videocassettes) amounted to $506 million in 1997 and $339 million in 1996; and the total cost amortized amounted to $613 million and $239 million, respectively. Excluding the Library, the unamortized cost of completed films at December 31, 1997 amounted to $432 million, more than 90% of which is expected to be amortized within three years after release.

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of:

                                                              WEIGHTED AVERAGE                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              INTEREST RATE AT                 ------------------
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1997    MATURITIES    1997       1996
                                                             ------------------   ----------   -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Bank credit agreement borrowings..........................          6.4%             2002      $ 2,600    $ 3,207
Fixed-rate senior notes and debentures....................          8.1%          1998-2036      6,909      7,081
Variable-rate senior notes................................          5.1%          2009-2031      1,200        454
Zero-coupon senior notes..................................          5.0%             2013        1,124      1,971
                                                                                               -------    -------
Total.....................................................                                     $11,833    $12,713
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                               -------    -------

Substantially all of Time Warner's long-term debt represents the obligations of its wholly owned subsidiaries TW Companies, TBS and TWI Cable. In December 1997, in order to simplify its credit structure, Time Warner implemented a cross-corporate guarantee structure, whereby Time Warner and each of TW Companies and TBS (the 'Guarantor Subsidiaries') have fully and unconditionally guaranteed any outstanding publicly traded indebtedness of each other and, along with TWI Cable, have similarly guaranteed each other's outstanding borrowings under their joint bank credit agreement. As a result of implementing this unified credit structure, the credit profile associated with the indebtedness of Time Warner or any of the Guarantor Subsidiaries is substantially the same.

FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

During the past three years, in response to favorable market conditions and in connection with certain acquisitions, Time Warner and its consolidated subsidiaries have entered into a series of financing transactions that has resulted in the refinancing of approximately $10.2 billion of debt and the reduction of an additional $3.2 billion of debt. The debt refinancings have had the positive effect of lowering interest rates, staggering debt

F-39

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

maturities and, with respect to the redemption of certain convertible securities, eliminating the potential dilution from the conversion of such securities into 52.2 million shares of Time Warner common stock. In turn, the reduction in debt, of which $2.5 billion was attributable to proceeds raised from the issuance of certain preferred equity securities, has partially offset the assumption or incurrence of $6.1 billion of debt in connection with the Cable Acquisitions and the TBS Transaction. In connection with these financing transactions, Time Warner recognized an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $55 million in 1997, $35 million in 1996 and $42 million in 1995.

BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

As part of these debt refinancings, Time Warner, together with certain of its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, entered into a new, five-year revolving credit facility in November 1997 (the '1997 Credit Agreement') and terminated its subsidiaries' financing arrangements under certain previously existing bank credit facilities (the 'Old Credit Agreements'). This enabled Time Warner to reduce its aggregate borrowing availability from $10.3 billion to $7.5 billion, lower interest rates and refinance outstanding borrowings under the Old Credit Agreements in the amounts of approximately $2.4 billion by subsidiaries of Time Warner and $2.1 billion by TWE.

The 1997 Credit Agreement permits borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion, with no scheduled reduction in credit availability prior to maturity in November 2002. The borrowers under the 1997 Credit Agreement are Time Warner, TW Companies, TBS, TWI Cable, TWE and TWE-A/N. Borrowings under the 1997 Credit Agreement are limited to (i) $6 billion in the aggregate for Time Warner, TW Companies, TBS and TWI Cable, (ii) $7.5 billion in the case of TWE and (iii) $2 billion in the case of TWE-A/N, subject in each case to an aggregate borrowing limit of $7.5 billion and certain other limitations and adjustments. Such borrowings bear interest at specific rates for each of the borrowers (generally equal to LIBOR plus a margin initially ranging from 35 to 40 basis points) and each borrower is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of its commitment (initially ranging from .125% to .15% per annum), which margin and fee vary based on the credit rating or financial leverage of the applicable borrower. Borrowings may be used for general business purposes and unused credit is available to support commercial paper borrowings. The 1997 Credit Agreement contains certain covenants generally for each borrower relating to, among other things, additional indebtedness; liens on assets; cash flow coverage and leverage ratios; and dividends, distributions and other restricted cash payments or transfers of assets from the borrowers to their respective shareholders, partners or affiliates.

VARIABLE-RATE NOTES

Variable-rate notes at December 31, 1997 consist of $600 million principal amount of Floating Rate Reset Notes due July 29, 2009 that are redeemable at the election of the holders, in whole but not in part, on July 29, 1999 (the 'Two-Year Floating Rate Notes') and $600 million principal amount of Floating Rate Reset Notes due December 30, 2031 that are similarly redeemable at the election of the holders on December 30, 2001 (the 'Five-Year Floating Rate Notes'). The Two-Year Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR less 115 basis points until July 29, 1999, at which time, if not redeemed, the interest rate will be reset at a fixed rate equal to 6.16% plus a margin based upon the credit risk of TW Companies at such time. The Five-Year Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a floating rate equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points until December 30, 2001, at which time, if not redeemed, the interest rate will be reset at a fixed rate equal to 6.59% plus a margin based upon the credit risk of TW Companies at such time.

F-40

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

ZERO-COUPON NOTES

At December 31, 1997, the only remaining debt securities convertible into Time Warner common stock are the zero-coupon convertible notes due June 22, 2013. Such notes do not pay interest until maturity and are convertible at any time by the holders into an aggregate of 18.7 million shares of Time Warner common stock at the rate of 7.759 shares for each $1,000 principal amount of notes. Subject to each holder's right to convert, Time Warner can elect to redeem the notes any time after June 22, 1998 at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount (calculated at 5% per annum). Holders also can elect to have the notes redeemed at the issue price plus accrued original issue discount on June 22, 1998, 2003 and 2008, subject to Time Warner's right to pay in whole or in part with Time Warner common stock instead of cash. The equivalent conversion price of Time Warner common stock at the first date of redemption is $61.44 per share, and will be adjusted thereafter in proportion to changes in the accrued original issue discount of each note. Unamortized original issue discount on these zero-coupon notes was $1.291 billion and $1.345 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

CREDIT AGREEMENT WITH TWE

Time Warner has a credit agreement with TWE that allows it to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE in the amount of $400 million bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum. All amounts due to TWE under this agreement have been reclassified to Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the Entertainment Group in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

INTEREST EXPENSE AND MATURITIES

At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest and receive fixed-rates of interest on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 52% of Time Warner's underlying debt being subject to variable interest rates (Note 15).

Interest expense amounted to $1.049 billion in 1997, $968 million in 1996 and $877 million in 1995, including $19 million in 1997, $26 million in 1996 and $28 million in 1995 which was paid to TWE in connection with borrowings under Time Warner's $400 million credit agreement with TWE. The weighted average interest rate on Time Warner's total debt, including the effect of interest rate swap contracts, was 7.2% and 7.5% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Annual repayments of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1997 consist of $500 million due in 1998, $500 million due in 2000 and $2.6 billion due in 2002. Such repayments exclude the aggregate repurchase or redemption prices of $1.151 billion in 1998, $600 million in 1999 and $600 million in 2001 relating to certain debt securities, in the years in which the holders thereof may first exercise their redemption options.

8. BORROWINGS AGAINST FUTURE STOCK OPTION PROCEEDS

In connection with Time Warner's expanded common stock repurchase program (Note 12), Time Warner entered into a new five-year, $1.3 billion revolving credit facility (the 'Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility') in early 1998, which replaced its previously existing facility. Borrowings under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility are principally used to fund stock repurchases and approximately $125 million of future preferred dividend requirements on Time Warner's Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock as of December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, Time Warner had outstanding borrowings against future stock option proceeds of $533 million and $488 million, respectively.

The Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility initially provides for borrowings of up to $1.3 billion, of which up to $125 million is reserved solely for the payment of interest and fees thereunder. Borrowings under the

F-41

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility generally bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin equal to 75 basis points and are principally expected to be repaid from the cash proceeds received from the exercise of designated employee stock options. The receipt of such stock option proceeds in excess of $500 million through March 2000, and thereafter in full on a cumulative basis, permanently reduces the borrowing availability under the facility. At December 31, 1997, based on a closing market price of Time Warner common stock of $62.00, the aggregate value of potential proceeds to Time Warner from the exercise of outstanding vested, 'in the money' stock options covered under the facility was approximately $2.3 billion, representing a 1.8 to 1 coverage ratio over the related $1.3 billion borrowing availability. To the extent that such stock option proceeds are not sufficient to satisfy Time Warner's obligations under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility, Time Warner is generally required to repay such borrowings using proceeds from the sale of shares of its common stock held in escrow under the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility or, at Time Warner's election, using available cash on hand. In addition, as a result of Time Warner's commitment to use the Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility to fund future preferred dividend requirements on its Series G, H, I and J Preferred Stock, Time Warner has also supplementally agreed to place in escrow an amount of cash equal to any excess of the unpaid, future preferred dividend requirements on such series of convertible preferred stock over the borrowing availability under the facility at any time. Under these arrangements, Time Warner had placed 51 million shares in escrow at December 31, 1997, which shares are not considered to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company. Time Warner may be required, from time to time, to have up to 105 million shares held in escrow.

9. INCOME TAXES

Domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) are as follows:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                        1997     1996      1995
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Domestic.............................................................................   $728     $(193)    $(203)
Foreign..............................................................................    104       197       205
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
Total................................................................................   $832     $   4     $   2
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----

Current and deferred income taxes (tax benefits) provided are as follows:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                        1997     1996      1995
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Federal:
     Current(1)......................................................................   $191     $  50     $  42
     Deferred........................................................................     49      (143)     (167)
Foreign:
     Current(2)......................................................................    205       230       215
     Deferred........................................................................     (3)      (16)        8
State and Local:
     Current(1)......................................................................     88        89        78
     Deferred........................................................................      1       (50)      (50)
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
Total................................................................................   $531     $ 160     $ 126
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----
                                                                                        ----     -----     -----


(1) Includes utilization of tax carryforwards of $109 million in 1997, $77 million in 1996 and $101 million in 1995. Excludes current federal and state and local tax benefits, respectively, of $132 million and $33 million in 1997, $16 million and $4 million in 1996, and $9 million and $5 million in 1995 resulting from the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards, which were credited directly to paid-in-capital. Excludes current federal tax benefits of $30 million in 1997, $4 million in 1996, and $3 million in 1995 resulting from the retirement of debt, which reduced the extraordinary losses in such years.

(2) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $114 million in 1997, $101 million in 1996 and $102 million in 1995.

F-42

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and income taxes provided are as set forth below. The relationship between income before income taxes and income tax expense is most affected by the amortization of goodwill and certain other financial statement expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Taxes on income at U.S. federal statutory rate........................................   $291     $  2     $  1
State and local taxes, net............................................................     58       26       18
Nondeductible goodwill amortization...................................................    170      131      100
Other nondeductible expenses..........................................................     11       10       10
Foreign income taxed at different rates, net of U.S. foreign tax credits..............      9        4        3
Other.................................................................................     (8)     (13)      (6)
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $531     $160     $126
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----

Significant components of Time Warner's net deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1997      1996
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)
Assets acquired in business combinations.......................................................   $3,352    $3,788
Depreciation and amortization..................................................................    1,152       912
Unrealized appreciation of certain marketable securities.......................................        4        91
Other..........................................................................................      449       463
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Deferred tax liabilities.......................................................................    4,957     5,254
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Tax carryforwards..............................................................................      327       458
Accrued liabilities............................................................................      381       322
Receivable allowances and return reserves......................................................      203       222
Other..........................................................................................       86       170
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Deferred tax assets............................................................................      997     1,172
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Net deferred tax liabilities...................................................................   $3,960    $4,082
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recorded on permanently reinvested earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $875 million at December 31, 1997. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable. If such earnings are repatriated, additional U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes are substantially expected to be offset by the accompanying foreign tax credits.

U.S. federal tax carryforwards at December 31, 1997 consisted of $745 million of net operating losses, $48 million of investment tax credits and $19 million of alternative minimum tax credits. The utilization of certain carryforwards is subject to limitations under U.S. federal income tax laws. Except for the alternative minimum

F-43

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

tax credits which do not expire, the other U.S. federal tax carryforwards expire in varying amounts as follows for income tax reporting purposes:

                                                                                                  CARRYFORWARDS
                                                                                             -----------------------
                                                                                                NET       INVESTMENT
                                                                                             OPERATING       TAX
                                                                                              LOSSES       CREDITS
                                                                                             ---------    ----------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
1998......................................................................................     $   4         $  1
1999......................................................................................         3            1
2000......................................................................................         8           --
2001......................................................................................        27           --
Thereafter up to 2010.....................................................................       703           46
                                                                                             ---------        ---
                                                                                               $ 745         $ 48
                                                                                             ---------        ---
                                                                                             ---------        ---

10. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SECURITIES

In August 1995, Time Warner issued approximately 12.1 million Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a wholly owned subsidiary ('PERCS') for aggregate gross proceeds of $374 million. The PERCS were mandatorily redeemable in December 1997 for an amount per PERCS equal to the lesser of $54.41, and the market value of 1.5 shares of Hasbro common stock on December 17, 1997, payable in cash or, at Time Warner's option, Hasbro common stock. Pursuant to these terms, Time Warner redeemed the PERCS in December 1997 for all of its 18.1 million shares of Hasbro common stock. In connection with this redemption and the related disposal of its interest in Hasbro, Time Warner recognized a $200 million pretax gain in 1997, which has been classified in interest and other, net, in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

In December 1995, Time Warner issued approximately 23 million Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a wholly owned subsidiary ('Preferred Trust Securities') for aggregate gross proceeds of $575 million. The sole assets of the subsidiary that is the obligor on the Preferred Trust Securities are $592 million principal amount of 8 7/8% subordinated debentures of TW Companies due December 31, 2025. Cumulative cash distributions are payable on the Preferred Trust Securities at an annual rate of 8 7/8%. The Preferred Trust Securities are mandatorily redeemable for cash on December 31, 2025, and Time Warner has the right to redeem the Preferred Trust Securities, in whole or in part, on or after December 31, 2000, or in other certain circumstances, in each case at an amount per Preferred Trust Security equal to $25 plus accrued and unpaid distributions thereon.

Time Warner has certain obligations relating to the Preferred Trust Securities which amount to a full and unconditional guaranty (on a subordinated basis) of its subsidiary's obligations with respect thereto.

11. SERIES M EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In April 1996, Time Warner raised approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds in a private placement of 1.6 million shares of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock. This issuance allowed the Company to realize cash proceeds through a security whose payment terms are principally linked to a portion of Time Warner's currently non-cash-generating interest in the Series B Capital of TWE. The proceeds raised from this transaction were used by Time Warner to reduce debt. As part of the TBS Transaction, these preferred shares were converted into registered shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock with substantially identical terms ('Series M Preferred Stock'). Time Warner is authorized to issue up to 15.2 million shares of Series M Preferred Stock.

F-44

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Each share of Series M Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference of $1,000 and entitles the holder thereof to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 10 1/4% per annum, payable quarterly (1) in cash, to the extent of an amount equal to the Pro Rata Percentage (as defined below) multiplied by the amount of cash distributions received by Time Warner from TWE with respect to its interests in the Series B Capital and Residual Capital of TWE, excluding stock option related distributions and certain tax related distributions (collectively, 'Eligible TWE Cash Distributions'), or (2) to the extent of any balance, at Time Warner's option, (i) in cash or (ii) in-kind, through the issuance of additional shares of Series M Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends. The 'Pro Rata Percentage' is equal to the ratio of (1) the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock, including any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, to (2) Time Warner's total interest in the Series B Capital of TWE, including any undistributed priority capital return thereon.

The Series M Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of Time Warner, in whole or in part, on or after July 1, 2006, subject to certain conditions, at an amount per share equal to its liquidation preference plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, and a declining premium through July 1, 2010 (the 'Optional Redemption Price'). Time Warner is required to redeem shares of Series M Preferred Stock representing up to 20%, 25%, 33 1/3% and 50% of the then outstanding liquidation preference of the Series M Preferred Stock on July 1 of 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, at an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation preference of the number of shares to be redeemed plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (the 'Mandatory Redemption Price'). Total payments in respect of such mandatory redemption obligations on any redemption date are generally limited to an amount equal to the Pro Rata Percentage of any cash distributions received by Time Warner from TWE in the preceding year in connection with the scheduled redemption of Time Warner's interest in the Series B Capital of TWE and in connection with certain cash distributions related to Time Warner's interest in the Residual Capital of TWE. Time Warner is required to redeem any remaining outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock on July 1, 2016 at the Mandatory Redemption Price, subject to certain limitations in the event that Time Warner's interest in the Series B Capital of TWE has not been redeemed in full prior to such final mandatory redemption date.

Upon a reorganization of TWE, as defined in the related certificate of designation, Time Warner must elect either to (1) exchange each outstanding share of Series M Preferred Stock for shares of a new series of 10 1/4% exchangeable preferred stock ('Series L Preferred Stock') that would have terms similar to those of the Series M Preferred Stock or (2) subject to certain conditions, redeem the outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock at an amount per share equal to 110% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon or, after July 1, 2006, at the Optional Redemption Price. Time Warner has the option to exchange, in whole but not in part, subject to certain conditions, the outstanding shares of Series L Preferred Stock for Time Warner 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due July 1, 2011 having a principal amount equal to the liquidation preference of the Series L Preferred Stock plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

12. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Shareholders' equity of Time Warner at December 31, 1997 included 35.4 million shares of convertible preferred stock, 57.1 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock and 519 million shares of common stock (net of 39.4 million shares of common stock in treasury). Time Warner is authorized to issue up to 250 million shares of preferred stock, up to 65 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock and up to 2 billion shares of common stock. At February 28, 1998, there were approximately 25,000 holders of record of Time Warner common stock. This total does not include the large number of investors who hold such shares through banks, brokers or other fiduciaries.

In November 1997, Time Warner's Board of Directors authorized a 20 million share increase in Time Warner's existing common stock repurchase program that, along with previous authorizations, will allow the

F-45

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Company to repurchase, from time to time, up to 35 million shares of Time Warner common stock. Common stock repurchases have been funded with borrowings under Time Warner's Stock Option Proceeds Credit Facility (Note 8). The common stock repurchased under the program is expected to continue to be used to satisfy future share issuances related to the exercise of existing employee stock options and the potential conversion of certain convertible securities. Actual repurchases in any period will be subject to market conditions. In 1997, Time Warner acquired 6.2 million shares of its common stock, thereby increasing the cumulative shares purchased under this program through 1997 to approximately 17.6 million shares at an aggregate cost of $800 million.

During 1996 and 1995, Time Warner issued over 35 million shares of convertible preferred stock in connection with the ITOCHU/Toshiba Transaction and the Cable Acquisitions. Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of Time Warner's outstanding issues of convertible preferred stock:

                                                                NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                OF COMMON STOCK     EFFECTIVE    EARLIEST     EARLIEST
                                                   SHARES        ISSUABLE UPON      ISSUANCE     EXCHANGE    REDEMPTION
DESCRIPTION                                      OUTSTANDING       CONVERSION         DATE         DATE         DATE
----------------------------------------------   -----------    ----------------    ---------    --------    ----------
                                                 (MILLIONS)        (MILLIONS)
Series D Preferred Stock......................       11.0             22.9             7/6/95     7/6/99        7/6/00
Series E Preferred Stock......................        3.1              6.6             1/4/96     1/4/01        1/4/01
Series F Preferred Stock......................        3.0              6.2             1/4/96     1/4/00        1/4/01
Series G Preferred Stock......................        6.2             12.9             9/5/95     9/5/99        9/5/99
Series H Preferred Stock......................        1.8              3.7             9/5/95     9/5/00        9/5/99
Series I Preferred Stock......................        7.0             14.6            10/2/95    10/2/99       10/2/99
Series J Preferred Stock......................        3.3              6.8             5/2/95     5/2/98        5/2/00
                                                    -----            -----

Total shares outstanding at
  December 31, 1997...........................       35.4             73.7
                                                    -----            -----
                                                    -----            -----

The principal terms of each series of convertible preferred stock issued in 1996 and 1995 (the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series H Preferred Stock, the Series I Preferred Stock and the Series J Preferred Stock, and collectively, the 'Convertible Preferred Stock') are similar in nature, unless otherwise noted below. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock: (1) is entitled to a liquidation preference of $100 per share, (2) is immediately convertible into 2.08264 shares of Time Warner common stock at a conversion price of $48 per share (based on its liquidation value), except that shares of the Series H Preferred Stock are generally not convertible until September 2000,
(3) entitles the holder thereof (i) to receive for a four-year period from the date of issuance (or a five-year period with respect to the Series E and Series J Preferred Stock) an annual dividend per share equal to the greater of $3.75 and an amount equal to the dividends paid on the Time Warner common stock into which each share may be converted and (ii) to the extent that any of such shares of preferred stock remain outstanding at the end of the period in which the minimum $3.75 per share dividend is to be paid, the holders thereafter will receive dividends equal to the dividends paid on shares of Time Warner common stock multiplied by the number of shares into which their shares of preferred stock are convertible and (4) except for the Series H Preferred Stock which is generally not entitled to vote, entitles the holder thereof to vote with the common stockholders on all matters on which the common stockholders are entitled to vote, and each share of such Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to two votes on any such matter.

Time Warner has the right to exchange each series of Convertible Preferred Stock for Time Warner common stock at the stated conversion price at any time on or after the respective exchange date. The Series J Preferred Stock is exchangeable by the holder beginning after the third year from its date of issuance and by Time Warner after the fourth year at the stated conversion price plus a declining premium in years four and five and no premium thereafter. In addition, Time Warner has the right to redeem each series of Convertible

F-46

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for cash at the liquidation value plus accrued dividends, at any time on or after the respective redemption date.

In 1996, Time Warner exchanged all outstanding shares of its Series B preferred stock having an aggregate liquidation value of $69 million for approximately 1.7 million shares of Time Warner common stock.

Pursuant to Time Warner's shareholder rights plan, as amended, each share of Time Warner common stock has attached to it one right, which becomes exercisable in certain events involving the acquisition of 15% or more of the then outstanding common stock of Time Warner on a fully diluted basis. Upon the occurrence of such an event, each right entitles its holder to purchase for $150 the economic equivalent of common stock of Time Warner, or in certain circumstances, of the acquiror, worth twice as much. In connection with the plan, 8 million shares of preferred stock were reserved. The rights expire on January 20, 2004.

At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had convertible securities and outstanding stock options that were convertible or exercisable into approximately 180 million shares of common stock.

13. STOCK OPTION PLANS

Time Warner has various stock option plans under which Time Warner may grant options to purchase Time Warner common stock to employees of Time Warner and TWE. Such options have been granted to employees of Time Warner and TWE at, or in excess of, fair market value at the date of grant. Accordingly, in accordance with APB 25 and related interpretations, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans. Generally, the options become exercisable over a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Had compensation cost for Time Warner's stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for all awards made subsequent to 1994 consistent with the method set forth under FASB Statement No. 123, 'Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation' ('FAS 123'), Time Warner's net income (loss) and net loss per common share would have been changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                     1997        1996       1995
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
                                                                                          (MILLIONS, EXCEPT
                                                                                          PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Net income (loss):
     As reported..................................................................   $ 246      $ (191)     $(166)
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
     Pro forma....................................................................   $ 200      $ (216)     $(178)
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
Net loss per common share:
     As reported..................................................................   $(.13)     $(1.04)     $(.57)
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
     Pro forma....................................................................   $(.21)     $(1.10)     $(.60)
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----
                                                                                     -----      ------      -----

FAS 123 is applicable only to stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994. Accordingly, since Time Warner's compensation expense associated with such grants would generally be recognized over a three-year vesting period, the initial impact of applying FAS 123 on pro forma net income for 1996 and 1995 is not comparable to the impact on pro forma net income for 1997, when the pro forma effect of the three-year vesting period has been fully reflected.

For purposes of applying FAS 123, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1997, 1996 and 1995: dividend yields of 1% in all periods; expected volatility of 21.9%, 21.7% and 22.3%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of 6.4%, 6.1% and 7.1%, respectively; and expected lives of 5 years in all periods. The weighted average fair value of an option granted during the year was $13.15 ($7.76, net of taxes), $11.55 ($6.81, net of taxes) and $11.95 ($7.05, net of taxes) for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and

F-47

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1995, respectively. In 1997 and 1996, Time Warner granted options to certain executives at exercise prices exceeding the market price of Time Warner common stock on the date of grant. These above-market options had a weighted average exercise price and fair value of $64.89 and $12.58 ($7.42, net of taxes), respectively, in 1997 and $52.88 and $8.87 ($5.23, net of taxes), respectively, in 1996.

A summary of stock option activity under all plans is as follows:

                                                                                                          WEIGHTED-
                                                                                             THOUSANDS     AVERAGE
                                                                                                OF        EXERCISE
                                                                                              SHARES        PRICE
                                                                                             ---------    ---------
Balance at January 1, 1995................................................................     77,611      $ 30.75
Granted...................................................................................      5,096        38.00
Exercised.................................................................................     (3,721)       27.16
Cancelled.................................................................................       (367)       35.80
                                                                                             ---------

Balance at December 31, 1995..............................................................     78,619      $ 31.36
Granted...................................................................................      9,460        43.30
Exercised.................................................................................     (3,686)       26.91
Assumed in connection with the TBS Transaction............................................     13,713        26.40
Cancelled.................................................................................       (239)       40.83
                                                                                             ---------

Balance at December 31, 1996..............................................................     97,867      $ 31.97
Granted...................................................................................      8,272        44.82
Exercised.................................................................................    (16,316)       27.32
Cancelled.................................................................................       (471)       37.78
                                                                                             ---------

Balance at December 31, 1997..............................................................     89,352      $ 33.98
                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                             ---------

                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (THOUSANDS)
Exercisable..........................................................................   72,808    82,697    66,242
Available for future grants..........................................................    6,385     8,032     7,884

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 1997:

                                OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                     -----------------------------------------     --------------------------
                                      WEIGHTED-
                                       AVERAGE       WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
    RANGE OF           NUMBER         REMAINING       AVERAGE         NUMBER         AVERAGE
    EXERCISE         OUTSTANDING     CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE      EXERCISABLE      EXERCISE
     PRICES          AT 12/31/97        LIFE           PRICE       AT 12/31/97        PRICE
-----------------    ----------      -----------     ---------     -----------      ---------
                     (THOUSANDS)                                   (THOUSANDS)
    Under $17            1,639        2.1 years       $ 13.11          1,639         $ 13.11
$17.00 to $25.00        14,856        3.3 years       $ 21.15         14,856         $ 21.15
$25.01 to $35.00        20,659        4.0 years       $ 29.94         20,546         $ 29.92
$35.01 to $40.00        32,708        4.7 years       $ 36.89         27,993         $ 36.79
$40.01 to $50.00        17,620        7.4 years       $ 43.38          7,449         $ 42.51
$50.01 to $70.79         1,870        8.5 years       $ 59.03            325         $ 57.35
                     -----------                                   ------------
      Total             89,352        4.9 years       $ 33.98         72,808         $ 31.80
                     -----------                                   ------------
                     -----------                                   ------------

F-48

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

For options exercised by employees of TWE, Time Warner is reimbursed by TWE for the amount by which the market value of Time Warner common stock on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price, or the greater of the exercise price or $27.75 for options granted prior to the TWE capitalization on June 30, 1992. There were 29.5 million options held by employees of TWE at December 31, 1997, 21.5 million of which were exercisable.

14. BENEFIT PLANS

Time Warner and its subsidiaries have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the employees' years of service and compensation levels during their employment period. Qualifying plans are funded in accordance with government pension and income tax regulations. Plan assets are invested in equity and fixed income securities. Time Warner's common stock represents approximately 7% and 5% of plan assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Pension expense included the following:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996     1995
                                                                                         -----     ----     -----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Service cost..........................................................................   $  45     $ 49     $  29
Interest cost.........................................................................      68       64        53
Actual return on plan assets..........................................................    (162)     (90)     (137)
Net amortization and deferral.........................................................     101       37        89
                                                                                         -----     ----     -----
Total.................................................................................   $  52     $ 60     $  34
                                                                                         -----     ----     -----
                                                                                         -----     ----     -----

The status of funded pension plans is as follows:

                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     1997    1996
                                                                                                     ----    ----
                                                                                                      (MILLIONS)
Accumulated benefit obligation (90% vested).......................................................   $650    $550
Effect of future salary increase..................................................................    246     210
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Projected benefit obligation......................................................................    896     760
Plan assets at fair value.........................................................................    839     704
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.............................................    (57)    (56)
Unamortized actuarial losses......................................................................    (23)      2
Unamortized plan changes..........................................................................      2       3
Other.............................................................................................     --      (2)
                                                                                                     ----    ----
Accrued pension expense...........................................................................   $(78)   $(53)
                                                                                                     ----    ----
                                                                                                     ----    ----

The following assumptions were used in accounting for pension plans:

                                                                            1997           1996            1995
                                                                         ----------     ----------     -----------
Weighted average discount rate................................              7.25%           7.75%          7.25%
Return on plan assets.........................................                 9%              9%             9%
Rate of increase in compensation..............................                 6%              6%             6%

Employees of Time Warner's operations in foreign countries participate to varying degrees in local pension plans, which in the aggregate are not significant.

Time Warner also has certain defined contribution plans, including savings and profit sharing plans, as to which the expense amounted to $83 million in 1997, $67 million in 1996 and $51 million in 1995. Contributions

F-49

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

to the savings plans are based upon a percentage of the employees' elected contributions. Contributions to the profit sharing plans are generally determined by management and approved by the boards of directors of the participating companies.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of Time Warner's financial instruments approximates fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and related interest rate swap contracts and certain differences related to cost method investments and other financial instruments which are not significant.

INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate swap contracts are used to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates. Under interest rate swap contracts, the Company either agrees to pay an amount equal to a specified floating-rate of interest times a notional principal amount, and to receive in return an amount equal to a specified fixed-rate of interest times the same notional principal amount or, vice versa, to receive a floating-rate amount and to pay a fixed-rate amount. The notional amounts of the contracts are not exchanged. No other cash payments are made unless the contract is terminated prior to maturity, in which case the amount paid or received in settlement is established by agreement at the time of termination, and usually represents the net present value, at current rates of interest, of the remaining obligations to exchange payments under the terms of the contract. Interest rate swap contracts are entered into with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

The net amounts paid or payable, or received or receivable, through the end of the accounting period are included in interest expense. Because interest rate swap contracts are used to modify the interest characteristics of Time Warner's outstanding debt from a fixed to a floating-rate basis or, vice versa, unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swap contracts are not recognized in income unless the contracts are terminated prior to their maturity. Gains or losses on any contracts terminated early are deferred and amortized to income over the remaining average life of the terminated contracts.

At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts to pay floating-rates of interest (average six-month LIBOR rate of 5.8%) and receive fixed-rates of interest (average rate of 5.5%) on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness, which resulted in approximately 52% of Time Warner's underlying debt, and 46% of the debt of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group combined, being subject to variable interest rates. The notional amount of outstanding contracts by year of maturity at December 31, 1997 is as follows: 1998-$700 million; 1999-$1.2 billion; and 2000-$400 million. At December 31, 1996, Time Warner had interest rate swap contracts on $2.3 billion notional amount of indebtedness.

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1997, the fair value of Time Warner's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $753 million and it would have cost $25 million to terminate the related interest rate swap contracts, which combined is the equivalent of an unrealized loss of $778 million. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1996, the fair value of Time Warner's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $231 million and it would have cost $43 million to terminate its interest rate swap contracts, which combined was the equivalent of an unrealized loss of $274 million. Unrealized gains or losses on debt or interest rate swap contracts do not result in the realization or expenditure of cash and are not recognized for financial reporting purposes unless the debt is retired or the contracts are terminated prior to their maturity.

F-50

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Foreign exchange contracts are used primarily by Time Warner to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to Time Warner or TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its and TWE's combined foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of the combined estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which are generally rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange sale contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $507 million and the purchase of $139 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates, primarily Japanese yen (20% of contract value), English pounds (19%), German marks (19%), Canadian dollars (15%) and French francs (15%), compared to contracts for the sale of $447 million and the purchase of $104 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1996.

Unrealized gains or losses related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in income as the market value of such contracts change; accordingly, the carrying value of foreign exchange contracts approximates market value. The carrying value of foreign exchange contracts was not material at December 31, 1997 and 1996 and is included in other current liabilities. No cash is required to be received or paid with respect to such gains and losses until the related foreign exchange contracts are settled, generally at their respective maturity dates. For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, Time Warner recognized $27 million in gains, $15 million in gains and $20 million in losses, respectively, and TWE recognized $14 million in gains, $6 million in gains and $11 million in losses, respectively, on foreign exchange contracts, which were or are expected to be offset by corresponding decreases and increases, respectively, in the dollar value of foreign currency royalties and license fee payments that have been or are anticipated to be received in cash from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad. Time Warner reimburses or is reimbursed by TWE for contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Foreign currency contracts are placed with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

16. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Time Warner classifies its businesses into four fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing, filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. A majority of Time Warner's interests in filmed entertainment, television production, television broadcasting and cable television systems, and a portion of its interests in cable television programming are held by the Entertainment Group. The Entertainment Group is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

Information as to the operations of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group in different business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered. Time Warner evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets ('EBITA'). The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (Note 1). Intersegment sales are accounted for at fair value as if the sales were to third parties.

The operating results of Time Warner reflect the cable-related acquisitions of Summit effective as of May 2, 1995, KBLCOM effective as of July 6, 1995 and CVI effective as of January 4, 1996; and the cable networks and filmed entertainment-related acquisition of TBS effective as of October 10, 1996. The operating results of

F-51

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the Entertainment Group reflect the cable-related formation of TWE-A/N effective as of April 1, 1995, the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and the cable-related consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. The operating results of Six Flags prior to June 23, 1995 are reported separately to facilitate comparability.

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
REVENUES
Time Warner:
Publishing........................................................................   $ 4,290    $ 4,117    $3,722
Music.............................................................................     3,691      3,949     4,196
Cable Networks-TBS................................................................     2,900        680        --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..........................................................     1,531        455        --
Cable.............................................................................       997        909       172
Intersegment elimination..........................................................      (115)       (46)      (23)
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $13,294    $10,064    $8,067
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..................................................   $ 5,472    $ 5,648    $5,078
Six Flags Theme Parks.............................................................        --         --       227
Broadcasting-The WB Network.......................................................       136         87        33
Cable Networks-HBO................................................................     1,923      1,763     1,607
Cable.............................................................................     4,243      3,851     3,094
Intersegment elimination..........................................................      (446)      (488)     (410)
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $11,328    $10,861    $9,629
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
EBITA(1)
Time Warner:
Publishing...........................................................................   $  529    $  464    $  417
Music(2).............................................................................      467       653       595
Cable Networks-TBS...................................................................      573       142        --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS.............................................................      200        30        --
Cable................................................................................      427       353        63
Intersegment elimination.............................................................      (13)        5        --
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Total................................................................................   $2,183    $1,647    $1,075
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.....................................................   $  404    $  379    $  377
Six Flags Theme Parks................................................................       --        --        40
Broadcasting-The WB Network..........................................................      (88)      (98)      (66)
Cable Networks-HBO...................................................................      391       328       275
Cable(3).............................................................................    1,184       917       810
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Total................................................................................   $1,891    $1,526    $1,436
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------


(1) EBITA represents business segment operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets. After deducting amortization of intangible assets, Time Warner's business segment operating income was $1.271 billion in 1997, $966 million in 1996 and $697 million in 1995. Similarly, business segment operating income of the Entertainment Group was $1.461 billion in 1997, $1.090 billion in 1996 and $992 million in 1995.

(2) Includes losses of $85 million recorded in 1995 related to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed. The losses were primarily related to Warner Music Enterprises, one of the Company's former direct marketing efforts, and the write off of its related direct mail order assets that were not recoverable due to the closure of this business.

(3) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.

F-52

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Time Warner:
Publishing............................................................................   $ 79     $ 71     $ 59
Music.................................................................................     83       91       95
Cable Networks-TBS....................................................................     87       20       --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..............................................................      7        2       --
Cable.................................................................................    126      123       27
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $382     $307     $181
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................................   $197     $167     $113
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................     --       --       20
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................      1       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................     22       22       18
Cable.................................................................................    736      619      465
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $956     $808     $616
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS(1)
Time Warner:
Publishing............................................................................   $ 48     $ 46     $ 36
Music.................................................................................    301      292      274
Cable Networks-TBS....................................................................    199       43       --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS..............................................................     87       22       --
Cable.................................................................................    277      278       68
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $912     $681     $378
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................................   $123     $125     $124
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................     --       --       11
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................     --       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................     --       --        1
Cable.................................................................................    307      311      308
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $430     $436     $444
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----


(1) Amortization includes amortization relating to all business combinations accounted for by the purchase method, including the $14 billion acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. in 1989, the $6.2 billion acquisition of TBS in 1996 and the $2.3 billion of cable acquisitions in 1996 and 1995.

F-53

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Information as to the assets and capital expenditures of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group is as follows:

                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
ASSETS
Time Warner:
Publishing.......................................................................   $ 2,490    $ 2,418    $ 2,175
Music............................................................................     6,507      7,478      7,828
Cable Networks-TBS...............................................................     8,372      7,860         --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS.........................................................     2,950      3,232         --
Cable............................................................................     7,043      7,257      3,875
Entertainment Group(1)...........................................................     5,549      5,814      5,734
Corporate(2).....................................................................     1,252      1,005      2,520
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $34,163    $35,064    $22,132
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.................................................   $ 8,106    $ 8,111    $ 7,389
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................       113         67         63
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................     1,080        997        935
Cable............................................................................    10,771     10,202      9,842
Corporate(2).....................................................................       669        650        731
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $20,739    $20,027    $18,960
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------


(1) Entertainment Group assets represent Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the Entertainment Group.
(2) Consists principally of cash, cash equivalents and other investments.

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Time Warner:
Publishing...........................................................................   $   77    $   76    $   70
Music................................................................................       87       142       121
Cable Networks-TBS...................................................................      113        34        --
Filmed Entertainment-TBS.............................................................        3         2        --
Cable................................................................................      282       215        56
Corporate............................................................................       12        12        19
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Total................................................................................   $  574    $  481    $  266
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Entertainment Group:
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.....................................................   $  144    $  340    $  294
Six Flags Theme Parks................................................................       --        --        43
Broadcasting-The WB Network..........................................................        1         2        --
Cable Networks-HBO...................................................................       19        29        20
Cable(1).............................................................................    1,401     1,348     1,293
Corporate............................................................................       --        --         3
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Total................................................................................   $1,565    $1,719    $1,653
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------


(1) Cable capital expenditures were funded in part through collections on the US WEST Note Receivable in the amount of $169 million in 1996 and $602 million in 1995 (Note 4). The U S WEST Note Receivable was fully collected during 1996.

F-54

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Information as to Time Warner's operations in different geographical areas is as follows:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
REVENUES(1)
Time Warner:
United States.....................................................................   $10,159    $ 7,262    $5,344
United Kingdom....................................................................       449        372       348
Germany...........................................................................       420        452       500
Japan.............................................................................       417        399       483
Canada............................................................................       262        209       213
France............................................................................       195        229       219
Other international...............................................................     1,392      1,141       960
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $13,294    $10,064    $8,067
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Entertainment Group:
United States.....................................................................   $ 9,096    $ 8,727    $7,647
United Kingdom....................................................................       488        383       338
Germany...........................................................................       284        374       247
Japan.............................................................................       172        196       245
Canada............................................................................       137        157       144
France............................................................................       152        143       141
Other international...............................................................       999        881       867
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $11,328    $10,861    $9,629
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------


(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

Because a substantial portion of Time Warner's international revenues is derived from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad, assets located outside the United States are not material.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Time Warner's total rent expense amounted to $237 million in 1997, $192 million in 1996 and $174 million in 1995. The minimum rental commitments under noncancellable long-term operating leases are: 1998-$235 million; 1999-$221 million; 2000-$205 million; 2001-$188 million; 2002-$175 million and after 2002 - $980 million.

Time Warner's minimum commitments and guarantees under certain programming, licensing, artists, athletes, franchise and other agreements aggregated approximately $6.4 billion at December 31, 1997, which are payable principally over a five-year period. Such amounts do not include the Time Warner General Partner guarantees of approximately $5.8 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest.

Pending legal proceedings are substantially limited to litigation incidental to the businesses of Time Warner and alleged damages in connection with class action lawsuits. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the financial statements of Time Warner.

18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of conducting their businesses, Time Warner and its subsidiaries and affiliates have had various transactions with TWE and other Entertainment Group companies, generally on terms resulting from a negotiation between the affected units that in management's view results in reasonable allocations.

F-55

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Employees of TWE participate in various Time Warner medical, stock option and other benefit plans for which Time Warner charges TWE its allocable share of plan expenses, including administrative costs. In addition, Time Warner provides TWE with certain corporate support services for which it received a fee in the amount of $72 million, $69 million and $64 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Time Warner's Cable division has management services agreements with TWE, pursuant to which TWE manages, or provides services to, the cable television systems owned by Time Warner. Such cable television systems also pay TWE for the right to carry cable television programming provided by TWE's cable networks. Similarly, Time Warner receives fees from TWE's cable television systems for the right to carry cable television programming provided by Time Warner's cable networks.

Time Warner's Filmed Entertainment-TBS division has various service agreements with TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division, pursuant to which TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division provides certain management and distribution services for Time Warner's theatrical, television and animated product, as well as certain services for administrative and technical support.

Time Warner's Cable Networks-TBS division has license agreements with TWE, pursuant to which the cable networks have acquired broadcast rights to certain film and television product. In addition, Time Warner's Music division provides home videocassette distribution services to certain TWE operations, and certain TWE units place advertising in magazines published by Time Warner's Publishing division.

Time Warner has a credit agreement with TWE that allows it to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE in the amount of $400 million bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum.

In addition to transactions with TWE and other Entertainment Group companies, Time Warner has had transactions with the Columbia House Company partnerships, Comedy Partners, L.P., Six Flags and other equity investees of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, generally with respect to sales of products and services in the ordinary course of business.

19. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CASH FLOWS

As of December 31, 1997, Time Warner had certain accounts receivable securitization facilities, which provide for the accelerated receipt of up to $700 million of cash on available receivables. In connection with each of these securitization facilities, Time Warner sells, on a revolving and nonrecourse basis, certain of its accounts receivables ('Pooled Receivables') to a wholly owned, special purpose entity which, in turn, sells a percentage ownership interest in the Pooled Receivables to a third-party, commercial paper conduit sponsored by a financial institution. These securitization transactions have been accounted for as a sale in accordance with FASB Statement No. 125, 'Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.' Accordingly, accounts receivables sold under this securitization program have been reflected as a reduction in receivables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Net proceeds received under this securitization program were $108 million in 1997, $147 million in 1996 and $35 million in 1995.

F-56

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Additional financial information with respect to cash flows is as follows:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Cash payments made for interest.......................................................   $929     $839     $659
Cash payments made for income taxes...................................................    305      382      302
Tax-related distributions received from TWE...........................................    324      215      680
Income tax refunds received...........................................................     52       44       24
Noncash dividends.....................................................................    185      122       --

Noncash financing activities in 1997 included the redemption of the PERCS in exchange for Time Warner's interest in Hasbro (Note 10). Noncash investing activities in 1996 included the $6.2 billion acquisition of TBS and the $904 million acquisition of CVI in exchange for capital stock (Note 2). Noncash investing and financing activities in 1995 included the $1.4 billion acquisitions of KBLCOM and Summit in exchange for capital stock (Note 2), the $1.36 billion acquisition of ITOCHU's and Toshiba's interests in TWE in exchange for capital stock and $10 million in cash (Note 4) and the $1.8 billion redemption of Time Warner's Redeemable Reset Notes due August 15, 2002 in exchange for other debt securities.

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of:

                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                   1997      1996
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                     (MILLIONS)
Accrued expenses...............................................................................   $1,716    $1,410
Accrued compensation...........................................................................      430       351
Accrued income taxes...........................................................................       28        81
Deferred revenues..............................................................................      205       248
                                                                                                  ------    ------
Total..........................................................................................   $2,379    $2,090
                                                                                                  ------    ------
                                                                                                  ------    ------

F-57

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments.

Time Warner maintains a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide management with reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that transactions are executed in accordance with management's authorization and recorded properly. The concept of reasonable assurance is based on the recognition that the cost of a system of internal control should not exceed the benefits derived and that the evaluation of those factors requires estimates and judgments by management. Further, because of inherent limitations in any system of internal accounting control, errors or irregularities may occur and not be detected. Nevertheless, management believes that a high level of internal control is maintained by Time Warner through the selection and training of qualified personnel, the establishment and communication of accounting and business policies, and its internal audit program.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed solely of directors who are not employees of Time Warner, meets periodically with management and with Time Warner's internal auditors and independent auditors to review matters relating to the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting control, and the nature, extent and results of their audits. Time Warner's internal auditors and independent auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

Gerald M. Levin                   Richard D. Parsons                 Richard J. Bressler
Chairman and                      President                          Executive Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer                                              Chief Financial Officer

F-58

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
TIME WARNER INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule and supplementary information listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements, schedule and supplementary information are the responsibility of Time Warner's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, schedule and supplementary information based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Time Warner at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule and supplementary information, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 10, 1998

F-59

TIME WARNER INC.
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected financial information for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1997 set forth below has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and other financial information presented elsewhere herein. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in such consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

The selected historical financial information for 1996 reflects (a) the TBS Transaction, including the assumption of approximately $2.8 billion of indebtedness, (b) the use of approximately $1.55 billion of net proceeds from the issuance of 1.6 million shares of Series M exchangeable preferred stock, having an aggregate liquidation preference of $1.6 billion, to reduce outstanding indebtedness and (c) the acquisition of CVI, including the assumption or incurrence of approximately $2 billion of indebtedness. The selected historical financial information for 1995 reflects (a) the acquisitions of KBLCOM and Summit, including the assumption or incurrence of approximately $1.3 billion of indebtedness and (b) the exchange by Toshiba and ITOCHU of their direct and indirect interests in TWE.

                                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                           1997       1996       1995      1994      1993
                                                                  -------    -------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        (MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
Revenues.......................................................   $13,294    $10,064    $8,067    $7,396    $6,581
Depreciation and amortization..................................    (1,294)      (988)     (559)     (437)     (424)
Business segment operating income (a)..........................     1,271        966       697       713       591
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group (b).............       686        290       256       176       281
Interest and other, net (c)....................................    (1,044)    (1,174)     (877)     (724)     (718)
Income (loss) before extraordinary item........................       301       (156)     (124)      (91)     (164)
Net income (loss) (d)..........................................       246       (191)     (166)      (91)     (221)
Net loss applicable to common shares (after preferred
  dividends)...................................................       (73)      (448)     (218)     (104)     (339)
Per share of common stock:
     Basic and diluted net loss (d)............................   $ (0.13)   $ (1.04)   $(0.57)   $(0.27)   $(0.90)
     Dividends.................................................   $  0.36    $  0.36    $ 0.36    $ 0.35    $ 0.31
Average common shares..........................................     567.7      431.2     383.8     378.9     374.7


(a) Business segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes $85 million in losses relating to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.

(b) Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group for the year ended December 31, 1997 includes approximately $450 million of net gains relating to the sale or exchange of certain assets.

(c) Interest and other, net, for the year ended December 31, 1997 includes a $200 million pretax gain relating to Time Warner's redemption of certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and the related disposal of Time Warner's interest in Hasbro, Inc.

(d) Net income (loss) for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1993 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $55 million ($.10 per common share), $35 million ($.09 per common share), $42 million ($.11 per common share) and $57 million ($.15 per common share), respectively. In addition, the net loss for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes an unusual charge of $70 million ($.19 per common share) from the effect of changes in the income tax laws on Time Warner's deferred income tax liability.

F-60

                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                             1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)
Cash and equivalents (a)...................................   $   645    $   514    $ 1,185    $   282    $   200
Total assets...............................................    34,163     35,064     22,132     16,716     16,892
Debt due within one year...................................         8         11         34        355        120
Long-term debt.............................................    11,833     12,713      9,907      8,839      9,291
Borrowings against future stock option proceeds............       533        488         --         --         --
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred
  securities of subsidiaries...............................       575        949        949         --         --
Series M exchangeable preferred stock......................     1,857      1,672         --         --         --
Shareholders' equity:
     Preferred stock liquidation preference................     3,539      3,559      2,994        140        140
     Equity applicable to common stock.....................     5,817      5,943        673      1,008      1,230
     Total shareholders' equity............................     9,356      9,502      3,667      1,148      1,370
Total capitalization.......................................    24,162     25,335     14,557     10,342     10,781


(a) Includes $62 million of noncurrent cash and equivalents at December 31, 1996 that was held in escrow for purposes of funding certain preferred dividend requirements.

F-61

TIME WARNER INC.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

                                                                                            BASIC         DILUTED
                                             EQUITY IN                   NET INCOME        EARNINGS       EARNINGS
                             OPERATING        PRETAX                       (LOSS)         (LOSS) PER     (LOSS) PER     DIVIDENDS
                             INCOME OF       INCOME OF        NET       APPLICABLE TO       COMMON         COMMON          PER
                             BUSINESS      ENTERTAINMENT     INCOME        COMMON           SHARE          SHARE         COMMON
  QUARTER       REVENUES     SEGMENTS          GROUP         (LOSS)       SHARES(e)         (e)(f)         (e)(f)         SHARE
------------    --------     ---------     -------------     ------     -------------     ----------     ----------     ---------
                                              (MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1997
1st (a)(b)       $3,034       $   194          $ 318         $  35          $ (43)          $(0.08)        $(0.08)        $0.09
2nd               3,193           345            108            30            (49)           (0.09)         (0.09)         0.09
3rd (a)           3,231           263             96           (35)          (116)           (0.20)         (0.20)         0.09
4th (a)(b)        3,836           469            164           216            135             0.23           0.22          0.09
Year             13,294         1,271            686           246            (73)           (0.13)         (0.13)         0.36

1996 (c)
1st (d)          $2,068       $   110          $ 116         $(119)         $(153)          $(0.39)        $(0.39)        $0.09
2nd (d)           2,139           215             93           (40)          (110)           (0.28)         (0.28)         0.09
3rd               2,157           139             61           (91)          (167)           (0.43)         (0.43)         0.09
4th               3,700           502             20            59            (18)           (0.03)         (0.03)         0.09
Year             10,064           966            290          (191)          (448)           (1.04)         (1.04)         0.36


               AVERAGE             COMMON STOCK
               COMMON              ------------
  QUARTER      SHARES          HIGH             LOW
------------   ------          ----             ----
              (MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
1997
1st (a)(b)     558.9     $     45         $     36 3/8
2nd            561.0           50 3/4           40 3/8
3rd (a)        573.3           56 3/8           38 1/2
4th (a)(b)     577.5           62               53
Year           567.7           62               36 3/8

1996 (c)
1st (d)        391.7     $     45 1/4     $     37 1/4
2nd (d)        389.5           42 7/8           38 1/8
3rd            385.0           39 7/8           29 3/4
4th            558.7           42 1/4           36 1/2
Year           431.2           45 1/4           29 3/4


(a) Net income (loss) for each of the first, third and fourth quarters of 1997 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $17 million ($.03 per common share), $7 million ($.01 per common share) and $31 million ($.06 per common share), respectively. In addition, net income for the fourth quarter of 1997 includes an after-tax gain of approximately $120 million ($.20 per common share) relating to Time Warner's redemption of certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and the related disposal of its interest in Hasbro, Inc.

(b) Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group for the first quarter of 1997 includes a $250 million pretax gain relating to the sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. Time Warner's equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group for 1997 also includes net gains of approximately $200 million for the year relating to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems, of which approximately $160 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 1997.

(c) Quarterly financial information for 1996 reflects the acquisition by Time Warner of the remaining interest in TBS that it did not already own, effective as of October 10, 1996.

(d) Net loss for each of the first and second quarters of 1996 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $26 million ($.07 per common share) and $9 million ($.02 per common share), respectively.

(e) After preferred dividend requirements.

(f) Per common share amounts for the quarters and full years have each been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts may not add to the annual amounts because of differences in the average common shares outstanding during each period and, with regard to diluted per common share amounts only, because of the inclusion of the effect of potentially dilutive securities only in the periods in which such effect would have been dilutive.

F-62

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC. AND TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own, as more fully described in Note 2 to the Time Warner Inc. consolidated financial statements. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name (now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc., 'TW Companies') and TW Companies and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. Time Warner, TW Companies and TBS have fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the outstanding publicly traded indebtedness of each other.

Set forth below is summarized financial information of each of TW Companies and TBS presented for the information of their respective debtholders. Summarized financial information of TW Companies presented below includes TW Companies's 20% interest in TBS under the equity method of accounting. Summarized financial information of TBS for all post-merger periods presented below has been adjusted to reflect Time Warner's basis of accounting. Summarized financial information of TBS presented below for all pre-merger periods is reflected at TBS's historical cost basis of accounting. Certain reclassifications have been made to TBS's summarized financial information for all pre-merger periods to conform to the post-merger presentation.

TW COMPANIES

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ---------------------------
OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                                                         1997      1996       1995
                                                                                       ------    -------    ------
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Revenues............................................................................   $8,950    $ 8,951    $8,067
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................     (914)      (902)     (559)
Business segment operating income (a)...............................................      763        853       697
Equity in pretax income of Entertainment Group (b)..................................      727        290       256
Interest and other, net (c).........................................................     (755)    (1,096)     (877)
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.............................................      291       (145)     (124)
Net income (loss) (d)...............................................................      240       (180)     (166)

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                                                                       1997       1996
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Total current assets........................................................................   $ 3,823    $ 3,529
Investments in and amounts due to and from Entertainment Group..............................     5,590      5,814
Total assets................................................................................    25,625     25,595
Total current liabilities...................................................................     2,911      2,831
Long-term debt..............................................................................    11,085     11,002
Total liabilities...........................................................................    18,860     18,532
TW Companies-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiaries holding
  solely subordinated notes and debentures of TW Companies..................................       575        949
Series M exchangeable preferred stock (e)...................................................        --      1,672
Shareholders' equity (e)....................................................................     6,190      4,442


(a) Business segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes $85 million in losses relating to certain businesses and joint ventures owned by the Music division which were restructured or closed.
(b) TW Companies' equity in the pretax income of the Entertainment Group for the year ended December 31, 1997 includes approximately $450 million of net pretax gains relating to the sale or exchange of certain assets.
(c) Interest and other, net, for the year ended December 31, 1997 includes a $200 million pretax gain relating to Time Warner's redemption of certain mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of a subsidiary and the related disposal of TW Companies' interest in Hasbro, Inc.
(d) The net income or loss for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $51 million, $35 million and $42 million, respectively.
(e) TW Companies was recapitalized in 1997. In connection with such recapitalization, all outstanding shares of preferred stock held by Time Warner were exchanged or converted into an aggregate of approximately 128 thousand shares of common stock of TW Companies.

F-63

TBS

                                                                          THREE        NINE MONTHS
                                                        YEAR ENDED     MONTHS ENDED       ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1997            1996            1996            1995
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                (MILLIONS)
OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION
Revenues............................................      $4,366          $1,124          $2,735          $3,412
Depreciation and amortization.......................        (380)            (86)           (141)           (188)
Business segment operating income...................         508             113             123             415
Interest and other, net.............................        (231)            (62)           (143)           (215)
Income before extraordinary item....................          90               3             (20)            103
Net income (loss) (a)...............................          86               3             (20)            103

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
                                                                                                1997       1996
                                                                                               -------    -------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Total current assets........................................................................   $ 1,183    $ 1,286
Total assets................................................................................    11,319     11,092
Total current liabilities...................................................................       954        934
Long-term debt..............................................................................       748      1,711
Debt due to Time Warner.....................................................................     1,722        985
Total liabilities...........................................................................     3,978      3,989
Shareholders' equity........................................................................     7,341      7,103


(a) Net income for the year ended December 31, 1997 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $4 million.

F-64

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995

                                                                          ADDITIONS
                                                            BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                         BALANCE
                                                            BEGINNING     COSTS AND                          AT END
                       DESCRIPTION                          OF PERIOD      EXPENSES       DEDUCTIONS        OF PERIOD
---------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
1997:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.....................     $  236       $    379        $   (304)(c)       $ 311
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...........        740          2,599          (2,659)(d)(e)      680
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
          Total..........................................     $  976       $  2,978        $ (2,963)          $ 991
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
  (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns.............     $ (179)      $ (1,070)       $  1,078(e)        $(171)
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------

1996:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.....................     $  188       $    312(a)     $   (264)(c)       $ 236
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...........        598          2,628(b)       (2,486)(d)(e)      740
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
          Total..........................................     $  786       $  2,940        $ (2,750)          $ 976
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
  (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns.............     $ (163)      $ (1,023)       $  1,007(e)        $(179)
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
1995:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.....................     $  157       $    230        $   (199)(c)       $ 188
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...........        611          2,217          (2,230)(d)(e)      598
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
          Total..........................................     $  768       $  2,447        $ (2,429)          $ 786
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
Reserves deducted from amounts due to publishers
  (accounts payable)
     Allowance for magazine and book returns.............     $ (159)      $ (1,015)       $  1,011(e)        $(163)
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------
                                                            ----------    ----------      ----------        ---------


(a) Includes $40 million charged to other accounts in connection with the allocation of Time Warner's cost to acquire the remaining 80% interest in TBS that it did not already own.

(b) Includes $21 million charged to other accounts in connection with the allocation of Time Warner's cost to acquire the remaining 80% interest in TBS that it did not already own.

(c) Represents uncollectible receivables charged against reserve.

(d) Represents returns or allowances applied against reserve.

(e) The distribution of magazines not owned by Time Warner results in a receivable recorded at the sales price and a corresponding liability to the publisher recorded at the sales price less the distribution commission recognized by Time Warner as revenue. Therefore, it would be misleading to compare magazine revenues to the provision charged to the reserve for magazine returns that is deducted from accounts receivable without also considering the related offsetting activity in the reserve for magazine returns that is deducted from the liability due to the publishers.

F-65

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

TWE classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems. TWE also manages the cable properties owned by Time Warner and the combined cable television operations are conducted under the name of Time Warner Cable. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

OVERVIEW

TWE had a strong financial performance in 1997, as measured by the operating performance of its businesses and the improved strength of its financial condition, as more fully discussed herein. This performance was driven by solid business fundamentals at its businesses and a disciplined financial focus on cost management and controlling capital spending.

USE OF EBITA

During 1997, management concluded that the most appropriate measure for evaluating the operating performance of TWE's business segments is operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets ('EBITA'). Consistent with management's financial focus on controlling capital spending, EBITA measures operating performance after charges for depreciation. In addition, EBITA eliminates the uneven effect across all business segments of considerable amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method, including Time Warner's $14 billion acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. in 1989 and $1.3 billion acquisition of the minority interest in American Television and Communications Corporation in 1992. The exclusion of noncash amortization charges is also consistent with management's belief that TWE's intangible assets, such as cable television franchises, film and television libraries and the goodwill associated with its brands, are generally increasing in value and importance to TWE's business objective of creating, extending and distributing recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. As such, the following comparative discussion of the results of operations of TWE includes, among other factors, an analysis of changes in business segment EBITA. However, EBITA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net income and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING COMPARABILITY OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TWE completed a number of transactions in 1995 that have affected the comparability of its operating results for such year. These 1995 transactions include the formation of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('TWE-A/N'), the consolidation of Paragon Communications ('Paragon'), the refinancing of its bank debt, the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets and certain asset sales, including the initial sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags'), all of which are more fully discussed herein. Such transactions are collectively referred to herein as the '1995 Transactions.'

In order to enhance comparability, the following discussion of results of operations for TWE is supplemented, where appropriate, by pro forma financial information that gives effect to the 1995 Transactions as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. The pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the transactions actually occurred at the beginning of 1995, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

F-66

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1997 VS. 1996

EBITA and operating income for TWE in 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

                                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                                               EBITA           OPERATING INCOME
                                                                         -----------------     -----------------
                                                                          1997       1996       1997       1996
                                                                         ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                       (MILLIONS)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................   $  387     $  367     $  264     $  242
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................      (88)       (98)       (88)       (98)
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................      391        328        391        328
Cable(1)..............................................................    1,184        917        877        606
                                                                         ------     ------     ------     ------
Total.................................................................   $1,874     $1,514     $1,444     $1,078
                                                                         ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                                         ------     ------     ------     ------


(1) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.

TWE had revenues of $11.318 billion, income of $637 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $614 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, compared to revenues of $10.852 billion and net income of $210 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.

As discussed more fully below, TWE's net income increased significantly in 1997 as compared to 1996 due to an overall increase in EBITA and operating income generated by its business segments, including approximately $200 million of net gains recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems, and the recognition of an approximate $250 million gain in 1997 related to the sale of TWE's interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. These increases were offset in part by the recognition of a $23 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt in 1997 and an increase in minority interest expense related to TWE-A/N.

As a U.S. partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. Income and withholding taxes of $85 million in the year ended December 31, 1997, and $70 million in the year ended December 31, 1996, have been provided for the operations of TWE's domestic and foreign subsidiary corporations.

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues decreased to $5.462 billion, compared to $5.639 billion in 1996. EBITA increased to $387 million from $367 million. Operating income increased to $264 million from $242 million. Revenues decreased principally as a result of lower worldwide theatrical and home video revenues, offset in part by increases in worldwide television distribution revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of high-margin sales of library product that contributed to the strong performance of worldwide television distribution operations, cost savings and certain one-time gains, offset in part by higher depreciation principally relating to the expansion of theme parks and consumer products operations.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. Revenues increased to $136 million, compared to $87 million in 1996. EBITA and operating losses improved to a loss of $88 million from a loss of $98 million. The increase in revenues primarily resulted from the expansion of programming in September 1996 to three nights of primetime scheduling and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. The 1997 operating loss improved principally as a result of the revenue gains and the effect of an increase in a limited partner's interest in the network that occurred in early 1997. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation and the addition of a fourth night of primetime programming in January 1998, losses are expected to continue.

F-67

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.923 billion, compared to $1.763 billion in 1996. EBITA and operating income increased to $391 million from $328 million. Revenues benefited primarily from an increase in subscriptions to 33.6 million from 32.4 million at the end of 1996. EBITA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains and, to a lesser extent, cost savings.

Cable. Revenues increased to $4.243 billion, compared to $3.851 billion in 1996. EBITA increased to $1.184 billion from $917 million. Operating income increased to $877 million from $606 million. Revenues benefited from an increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the Federal Communications Commission (the 'FCC') and an increase in advertising and pay-per-view revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of the revenue gains, as well as net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 in connection with the sale or exchange of certain cable systems. The increases in EBITA and operating income were partially offset by higher depreciation relating to capital spending.

As of December 31, 1997, including the wholly owned cable operations of Time Warner, there were 12.6 million subscribers under the management of TWE's cable division, as compared to 12.3 million subscribers at the end of 1996.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $345 million, compared to $522 million in 1996. Interest expense increased to $490 million, compared to $475 million in 1996. There was other income, net, of $145 million in 1997, compared to other expense, net, of $47 million in 1996, principally due to higher gains on asset sales, including an approximate $250 million pretax gain on the sale of an interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. recognized in 1997. This income was offset in part by higher losses from reductions in the carrying value of certain investments and the dividend requirements on preferred stock of a subsidiary issued in February 1997.

1996 VS. 1995

EBITA and operating income for TWE in 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                                                    OPERATING
                                                                                 EBITA               INCOME
                                                                           -----------------     ---------------
                                                                            1996       1995       1996      1995
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
                                                                                        (MILLIONS)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros........................................   $  367     $  352     $  242     $228
Six Flags Theme Parks(1)................................................       --         40         --       29
Broadcasting-The WB Network.............................................      (98)       (66)       (98)     (66)
Cable Networks-HBO......................................................      328        275        328      274
Cable...................................................................      917        803        606      495
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
Total...................................................................   $1,514     $1,404     $1,078     $960
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----
                                                                           ------     ------     ------     ----


(1) Deconsolidated as a result of the sale of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995.

TWE had revenues of $10.852 billion and net income of $210 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to revenues of $9.517 billion, income of $97 million before an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt and net income of $73 million for the year ended December 31, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the 1995 Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, TWE would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.682 billion, depreciation expense of $635 million, EBITA of $1.396 billion, operating income of $962 million, income before extraordinary item of $172 million and net income of $148 million. No pro forma financial

F-68

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

information has been presented for TWE for the year ended December 31, 1996 because all of such transactions are already reflected, in all material respects, in the historical financial statements of TWE.

As discussed more fully below, TWE's historical net income was higher in 1996 as compared to pro forma results in 1995 due to an overall increase in EBITA and operating income generated by its business segments, interest savings due to lower floating interest rates and the absence of a $24 million extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt recognized in 1995, offset in part by a decrease in investment-related income and an increase in minority interest expense related to TWE-A/N. On a historical basis, such underlying operating trends were enhanced by favorable comparisons as 1996 more fully benefited from the interest savings on lower average debt levels.

As a U.S. partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. Income and withholding taxes of $70 million in the year ended December 31, 1996, and $86 million in the year ended December 31, 1995, have been provided for the operations of TWE's domestic and foreign subsidiary corporations.

Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. Revenues increased to $5.639 billion, compared to $5.069 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $367 million from $352 million. Operating income increased to $242 million from $228 million. Revenues benefited from increases in worldwide home video, television distribution and consumer products operations, offset in part by lower international theatrical revenues. EBITA and operating income benefited principally from the revenue gains, offset in large part by a $51 million increase in depreciation principally related to the 1996 summer opening of an international theme park in Germany.

Six Flags Theme Parks. As a result of TWE's sale of 51% of its interest in Six Flags, the operating results of Six Flags have been deconsolidated effective as of June 23, 1995 and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest. See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Broadcasting-The WB Network. The WB Network recorded EBITA and operating losses of $98 million on $87 million of revenues in 1996, compared to EBITA and operating losses of $66 million on $33 million of revenues in 1995. The increase in revenues and operating losses primarily resulted from the expansion of the WB Network's primetime programming schedule and the expansion of Kids' WB!, the network's animated programming lineup on Saturday mornings and weekdays. In addition, operating losses for 1995 were mitigated by a favorable legal settlement. Due to the start-up nature of this national broadcast operation, losses are expected to continue.

Cable Networks-HBO. Revenues increased to $1.763 billion in 1996, compared to $1.593 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $328 million from $275 million. Operating income increased to $328 million from $274 million. Revenues benefited primarily from a significant increase in subscriptions to 32.4 million from 29.7 million at the end of 1995. EBITA and operating income improved principally as a result of the revenue gains.

Cable. Revenues increased to $3.851 billion in 1996, compared to $3.005 billion in 1995. EBITA increased to $917 million from $803 million. Operating income increased to $606 million from $495 million. The 1996 Cable operating results increased as a result of the full year effect from the formation of TWE-A/N effective as of April 1, 1995 and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995.

On a pro forma basis, TWE's Cable division had 1995 revenues of $3.368 billion, EBITA of $837 million and operating income of $528 million. In comparison to 1995 pro forma results, 1996 revenues benefited from an aggregate increase in basic cable and Primestar-related, direct broadcast satellite subscribers, increases in regulated cable rates as permitted under Time Warner Cable's 'social contract' with the FCC and increases in advertising and pay-per-view revenues. EBITA and operating income increased principally as a result of revenue gains, offset in part by higher depreciation relating to increased capital spending.

F-69

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

As of December 31, 1996, including the wholly owned cable operations of Time Warner, there were 12.3 million subscribers under the management of TWE's cable division, as compared to 10.4 million subscribers at the end of 1995.

Interest and Other, Net. Interest and other, net, decreased to $522 million in 1996, compared to $580 million in 1995. Interest expense decreased to $475 million, compared to $571 million in 1995, principally as a result of interest savings on lower average debt levels related to management's debt reduction program and lower short-term, floating-rates of interest paid on borrowings under TWE's former and existing bank credit agreements. There was other expense, net, of $47 million in 1996 compared to other expense, net, of $9 million in 1995, principally due to an overall decrease in investment-related income. The decrease in investment-related income resulted from a reduction in interest income, and lower aggregate gains on the sale of certain assets. The reduction in interest income related to lower average cash balances and lower average principal amounts due under the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully collected during 1996.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
DECEMBER 31, 1997

1997 FINANCIAL CONDITION

At December 31, 1997, TWE had $6.0 billion of debt, $322 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $5.7 billion), $233 million of preferred stock of a subsidiary, $1.1 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.3 billion of partners' capital, compared to $5.7 billion of debt, $216 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $5.5 billion), $1.5 billion of Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital and $6.6 billion of partners' capital at December 31, 1996.

DEBT REFINANCINGS

In November 1997, TWE and TWE-A/N, together with Time Warner Inc. and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries, entered into a new, five-year revolving credit facility (the '1997 Credit Agreement') and terminated their previously existing bank credit facility (the 'Old Credit Agreement'). This enabled TWE to reduce its aggregate borrowing availability from $8.3 billion to $7.5 billion, lower interest rates and refinance approximately $2.1 billion of its outstanding borrowings under the Old Credit Agreement. See Note 5 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the principal terms of the 1997 Credit Agreement.

CREDIT STATISTICS

The combination of EBITA growth and controlled capital spending has resulted in improvements in TWE's financial condition and overall financial flexibility, as reflected in its strengthening financial ratios. These ratios, consisting of commonly used financial measures such as leverage and coverage ratios, are used by credit rating agencies and other credit analysts to measure the ability of a company to repay debt (leverage) and to pay interest (coverage). The leverage ratio represents the ratio of total debt, less cash to total business segment operating income before depreciation and amortization, less corporate expenses ('Adjusted EBITDA'). The coverage ratio represents the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total interest expense. Those ratios, on a historical basis for 1997 and 1996 and on a pro forma basis for 1995 are as set forth below:

F-70

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                        HISTORICAL
                                                                                       -------------     PRO FORMA
                                                                                       1997     1996      1995(a)
                                                                                       ----     ----     ---------
Leverage ratio......................................................................   2.1x     2.4x        3.0x
Interest coverage ratio(b)..........................................................   5.4x     4.7x        3.7x


(a) Pro forma ratios for 1995 give effect to the 1995 Transactions as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995. Historical ratios for 1995 are not meaningful and have not been presented because they reflect the operating results of acquired or disposed entities for only a portion of the year in comparison to year-end net debt levels.

(b) Includes dividends related to the preferred stock of a subsidiary.

TWE's leverage and coverage ratios for 1998 are expected to be negatively affected by TWE-A/N's assumption of approximately $1 billion of debt in connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers (as described more fully hereinafter). Nevertheless, management believes that TWE's operating cash flow will continue to be sufficient to service its debt requirements.

CASH FLOWS

In 1997, TWE's cash provided by operations amounted to $1.834 billion and reflected $1.874 billion of EBITA from the Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., Broadcasting-The WB Network, Cable Networks-HBO and Cable businesses, $940 million of noncash depreciation expense and $300 million from the securitization of backlog, less $493 million of interest payments, $95 million of income taxes, $72 million of corporate expenses and $620 million related to an increase in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items. Cash provided by operations of $1.912 billion in 1996 reflected $1.514 billion of business segment EBITA, $799 million of noncash depreciation expense and $255 million related to a reduction in working capital requirements, other balance sheet accounts and noncash items, less $513 million of interest payments, $74 million of income taxes and $69 million of corporate expenses.

Cash used by investing activities was $1.252 billion in 1997, compared to $1.253 billion in 1996, principally as a result of lower capital expenditures, offset by a decrease in investment proceeds. Capital expenditures were $1.565 billion in 1997, and $1.719 billion in 1996.

Cash used by financing activities was $476 million in 1997, compared to $652 million in 1996, principally as a result of an increase in debt used to fund cash distributions to Time Warner and the issuance of 250,000 shares of preferred stock of a subsidiary for aggregate net proceeds of $243 million, offset in part by a $706 million increase in distributions paid to Time Warner and the absence of $169 million of collections on the note receivable from U S WEST that was fully paid in 1996.

Management believes that TWE's operating cash flow, cash and equivalents and additional borrowing capacity are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

CABLE CAPITAL SPENDING

Time Warner Cable has been engaged in a plan to upgrade the technological capability and reliability of its cable television systems and develop new services, which it believes will position the business for sustained, long-term growth. Capital spending by TWE's Cable division amounted to $1.401 billion in 1997, compared to $1.348 billion in 1996. Capital spending includes over $100 million in each year relating to Primestar, which is expected to be eliminated in 1998 upon the consummation of the Primestar Transactions (as described more fully hereinafter). Capital spending by TWE's Cable division for 1998 is budgeted to be approximately $1.4 billion and is expected to continue to be funded by cable operating cash flow. In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996 and

F-71

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

consistent with Time Warner Cable's long-term strategic plan, Time Warner Cable agreed with the FCC to invest a total of $4 billion in capital costs in connection with the upgrade of its cable infrastructure, which is expected to be substantially completed over a five-year period ending December 31, 2000. The agreement with the FCC covers all of the cable operations of Time Warner Cable, including the owned or managed cable television systems of TWE, TWE-A/N and Time Warner. As discussed more fully below, management expects to continue to finance such level of investment through cable operating cash flow and the development of new revenue streams from expanded programming options, high-speed Internet access, telephony and other services.

CABLE FINANCING STRATEGY

Time Warner's and TWE's cable financing strategy is to continue to use cable operating cash flow to finance the level of capital spending necessary to upgrade the technological capability of its cable television systems and develop new services, while pursuing opportunities to reduce both existing debt and its share of future funding requirements related to the cable television business and related ancillary businesses. Consistent with this strategy, Time Warner, TWE and TWE-A/N have recently announced or consummated certain transactions, primarily consisting of (i) a series of transactions with TCI Communications, Inc. ('TCI'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc., to establish two, new strategic joint ventures, expand an existing joint venture and exchange certain cable television systems (collectively, the 'TCI Cable Transactions'), (ii) the transfer of TWE's and TWE-A/N's direct broadcast satellite operations and related assets to a separate entity, as well as certain related transactions and
(iii) the transfer by a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner of cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, as well as certain related transactions (collectively, the 'TWE-A/N Transfers'). Each of these transactions is discussed more fully below.

TCI Cable Transactions

In September 1997, Time Warner, TWE, TWE-A/N and TCI signed a letter of intent to enter into a series of agreements to (i) form two cable television joint ventures in the Houston and south Texas areas that will be managed by TWE and own cable television systems serving an aggregate 1.1 million subscribers, subject to approximately $1.4 billion of debt, (ii) expand an existing joint venture in Kansas City, which is managed by TWE, through the contribution by TCI of a contiguous cable television system serving approximately 95,000 subscribers, subject to approximately $200 million of debt, and (iii) exchange various cable television systems owned by Time Warner and TWE serving over 500,000 subscribers (of which cable television systems serving approximately 400,000 subscribers are owned by TWE) for other cable television systems of comparable size in an effort to enhance each company's geographic clusters of cable television properties. The joint ventures will be accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

As a result of these transactions, TWE expects to reduce debt by approximately $500 million, benefit from the geographic clustering of cable television systems and increase the number of subscribers under its management by approximately 675,000 subscribers, thereby becoming the largest cable television operator in the U.S. The TCI Cable Transactions are expected to close periodically throughout 1998 and are subject to the execution of definitive agreements by the parties and customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that such agreements will be completed or that such approvals will be obtained.

Primestar Transactions

In June 1997, TWE and the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') entered into agreements to transfer the direct broadcast satellite operations conducted by TWE and TWE-A/N (the 'DBS Operations') and the 31% partnership interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. held by TWE-A/N ('Primestar' and

F-72

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

collectively, the 'Primestar Assets') to a new holding company ('Newco') that is ultimately expected to be the publicly traded parent of TCI Satellite Entertainment, Inc. ('TSAT'). Newco will also own the DBS Operations and Primestar partnership interests currently owned by TSAT and other existing partners of Primestar. In exchange for contributing its interests in the Primestar Assets, TWE will receive an approximate 24% equity interest in Newco and realize approximately $260 million of debt reduction, as well as eliminate its share of future funding requirements for these operations that will be separately financed by Newco. In partial consideration for contributing its indirect interest in certain of the Primestar Assets, Advance/Newhouse will receive an approximate 6% equity interest in Newco. This transaction is referred to herein as the 'Primestar Roll-up Transaction.'

In a related transaction, Primestar also entered into an agreement in June 1997 with The News Corporation Limited, MCI Telecommunications Corporation and American Sky Broadcasting LLC ('ASkyB'), pursuant to which Primestar (or, under certain circumstances, Newco) will acquire certain assets relating to the high-power, direct broadcast satellite business of ASkyB (the 'Primestar ASkyB Transaction' and, when taken together with the Primestar Roll-up Transaction, the 'Primestar Transactions'). In exchange for such assets, ASkyB will receive non-voting securities of Newco that will be convertible into non-voting common stock of Newco and, accordingly, will reduce TWE's equity interest in Newco to approximately 16% on a fully diluted basis.

The Primestar Transactions are not conditioned on each other and are expected to close independently. The Primestar Roll-up Transaction is expected to close on or about April 1, 1998. The Primestar ASkyB Transaction is expected to close in 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals, including the approval of the FCC. There can be no assurance that such approvals will be obtained.

TWE-A/N Transfers

In early 1998, Time Warner (through a wholly owned subsidiary) contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, and completed certain related transactions. The cable television systems transferred to TWE-A/N were formerly owned by TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner, and Paragon, a partnership formerly owning cable television systems serving approximately 1 million subscribers that was previously wholly owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner, with 50% beneficially owned in the aggregate by TWE and TWE-A/N. The TWE-A/N Transfers increased the under-leveraged capitalization of TWE-A/N and consequently, TWE. The debt assumed by TWE-A/N has been guaranteed by TWI Cable and certain of its subsidiaries, including Paragon.

As part of the TWE-A/N Transfers, TWE exchanged substantially all of its beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent share of Paragon's cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 500,000 subscribers. TWE, in turn, transferred such systems and certain related assets to TWE-A/N in exchange for TWE-A/N's beneficial interest in Paragon and in satisfaction of certain pre-existing obligations to TWE-A/N. This resulted in wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner owning 100% of the restructured Paragon entity, with less than 1% beneficially held for TWE. Accordingly, effective as of January 1, 1998, TWE will deconsolidate Paragon. Because this transaction represented an exchange of TWE's and TWE-A/N's beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent amount of its cable television systems, it did not have a significant economic impact on Time Warner, TWE or TWE-A/N.

In connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers, Advance/Newhouse made a capital contribution to TWE-A/N in order to maintain its 33.3% common partnership interest therein. Accordingly, TWE-A/N is now owned

F-73

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

65.2% by TWE, 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner. The TWE-A/N Transfers will be accounted for effective as of January 1, 1998.

SIX FLAGS

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags to Premier Parks Inc. ('Premier'), a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock. TWE expects to use the net proceeds from this transaction, after taxes and transaction costs, to reduce debt. As part of the transaction, TWE will continue to license its animated cartoon and comic book characters to Six Flags's theme parks and will similarly license such rights to Premier's theme parks in the United States and Canada under a long-term agreement covering an aggregate of twenty-five existing and all future locations. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including the successful completion of certain equity offerings by Premier.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

As discussed below, TWE believes that the value of certain off-balance sheet assets should be considered, along with other factors discussed elsewhere herein, in evaluating TWE's financial condition and prospects for future results of operations, including its ability to meet its capital and liquidity needs.

Intangible Assets

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, TWE has a significant amount of internally generated intangible assets whose value is not fully reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Such intangible assets extend across TWE's principal business interests, but are best exemplified by its interest in Warner Bros.' and HBO's copyrighted film and television product libraries, and the creation or extension of brands. Generally accepted accounting principles do not recognize the value of such assets, except at the time they may be acquired in a business combination accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Because TWE owns the copyrights to such creative material, it continually generates revenue through the sale of such products across different media and in new and existing markets. The value of film and television-related copyrighted product and trademarks is continually realized by the licensing of films and television series to secondary markets and the licensing of trademarks, such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, to the retail industry and other markets. In addition, technological advances, such as the introduction of the home videocassette in the 1980's and the potential exploitation of the digital video disc in the future, have historically generated significant revenue opportunities through the repackaging and sale of such copyrighted products in the new technological format. Accordingly, such intangible assets have significant off-balance sheet asset value that is not fully reflected in TWE's consolidated balance sheet.

Warner Bros. Backlog

Warner Bros.' backlog, representing the amount of future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition, amounted to $2.126 billion at December 31, 1997, compared to $1.502 billion at December 31, 1996 (including amounts relating to TWE's cable television networks of $238 million and $189 million, respectively, and to Time Warner's cable television networks of $481 million in 1997 and $274 million in 1996).

Because backlog generally relates to contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product which have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is principally only

F-74

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

dependent upon the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the related licensing agreement. Cash licensing fees are collected periodically over the term of the related licensing agreements. In order to accelerate the receipt of cash under these licensing contracts, TWE established a $600 million securitization facility in 1997 and received approximately $300 million of net proceeds thereunder. The remaining portion of backlog for which cash advances have not already been received continues to have significant off-balance sheet asset value as a source of future funding. The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts, which are also expected to result in the future realization of revenues and cash through the sale of advertising spots received under such contracts.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future license fees owed to TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period, including those related to TWE. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of TWE's estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which are generally rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. TWE is reimbursed by or reimburses Time Warner for Time Warner contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $507 million and the purchase of $139 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. Of Time Warner's $368 million net sale contract position, none of the foreign exchange purchase contracts and $105 million of the foreign exchange sale contracts related to TWE's foreign currency exposure, compared to contracts for the sale of $102 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1996.

Based on Time Warner's outstanding foreign exchange contracts related to TWE's exposure at December 31, 1997, each 5% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1997 would result in approximately $5 million of unrealized losses on foreign exchange contracts. Conversely, a 5% appreciation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 1997 would result in $5 million of unrealized gains on contracts. Consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such foreign exchange contracts, such unrealized gains or losses would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, in the dollar value of future foreign currency license fee payments that would be received in cash within the ensuing twelve month period from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad.

Asian Financial Markets

During 1997, the Asian financial markets experienced significant instability. Because less than 5% of TWE's revenues are derived from the sale of products and services in Asia, management does not believe that the state of the Asian financial markets poses a material risk to TWE's operations.

F-75

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION -- (CONTINUED)

YEAR 2000 TECHNOLOGY PREPAREDNESS

TWE is currently working to resolve the potential impact of the year 2000 on the processing of time-sensitive information by its computerized information systems. Year 2000 issues may arise if computer programs have been written using two digits (rather than four) to define the applicable year. In such case, programs that have time-sensitive logic may recognize a date using '00' as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000, which could result in miscalculations or system failures. Management is in the process of completing a review of significant software and equipment used in TWE's operations and, to the extent practicable, in the operations of its key business partners, in order to determine if any year 2000 risks exist that may be material to TWE as a whole. This process includes an assessment of year 2000 risks on an ongoing basis and the identification of practical remediation measures that could be taken on a timely basis to alter, validate or replace time-sensitive software. Management has already begun implementing certain of these measures and intends to complete its remediation efforts prior to any anticipated material impact on its computerized information systems. Costs of addressing potential problems have not been material to date and, based on preliminary information, are not currently expected to have a material adverse impact on TWE's financial position, results of operations or cash flows in future periods. However, if TWE, its customers or vendors are unable to resolve such processing issues in a timely manner, it could result in a material financial risk. Accordingly, management plans to devote the resources it concludes are appropriate to resolve all significant year 2000 issues in a timely manner.

F-76

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                                  1997         1996
                                                                                                 -------      -------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and equivalents..........................................................................   $   322      $   216
Receivables, including $385 and $383 million due from Time Warner,
  less allowances of $424 and $373 million....................................................     1,914        1,637
Inventories...................................................................................     1,204        1,134
Prepaid expenses..............................................................................       182          159
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current assets..........................................................................     3,622        3,146

Noncurrent inventories........................................................................     2,254        2,263
Loan receivable from Time Warner..............................................................       400          400
Investments...................................................................................       315          351
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................................     6,557        5,999
Cable television franchises...................................................................     3,063        3,054
Goodwill......................................................................................     3,859        3,996
Other assets..................................................................................       661          764
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total assets..................................................................................   $20,731      $19,973
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable..............................................................................   $ 1,123      $   935
Participations and programming costs payable..................................................     1,176        1,393
Debt due within one year......................................................................         8            7
Other current liabilities, including $184 and $82 million due to Time Warner..................     1,667        1,740
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total current liabilities.....................................................................     3,974        4,075

Long-term debt................................................................................     5,990        5,676
Other long-term liabilities, including $477 and $138 million due to Time Warner...............     1,873        1,085
Minority interests............................................................................     1,210        1,020
Preferred stock of subsidiary holding solely a mortgage note of its parent....................       233           --
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital..................................................     1,118        1,543

PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Contributed capital...........................................................................     7,537        7,537
Undistributed partnership earnings (deficit)..................................................    (1,204)        (963)
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total partners' capital.......................................................................     6,333        6,574
                                                                                                 -------      -------
Total liabilities and partners' capital.......................................................   $20,731      $19,973
                                                                                                 -------      -------
                                                                                                 -------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-77

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                        1997         1996         1995
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Revenues (a)........................................................................   $11,318      $10,852      $9,517
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Cost of revenues (a)(b).............................................................     7,406        7,441       6,597
Selling, general and administrative (a)(b)..........................................     2,468        2,333       1,960
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Operating expenses..................................................................     9,874        9,774       8,557
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Business segment operating income...................................................     1,444        1,078         960
Interest and other, net (a).........................................................      (345)        (522)       (580)
Minority interest...................................................................      (305)        (207)       (133)
Corporate services (a)..............................................................       (72)         (69)        (64)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Income before income taxes..........................................................       722          280         183
Income taxes........................................................................       (85)         (70)        (86)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Income before extraordinary item....................................................       637          210          97
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt............................................       (23)          --         (24)
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
Net income..........................................................................   $   614      $   210      $   73
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------


(a) Includes the following income (expenses) resulting from transactions with the partners of TWE and other related companies for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively: revenues-$431 million, $198 million and $56 million; cost of revenues-$(167) million, $(95) million and $(54) million; selling, general and administrative-$18 million, $(38) million and $(61) million; interest and other, net-$30 million, $30 million and $24 million; and corporate expenses-$(72) million, $(69) million and $(64) million (Note 14).

(b) Includes depreciation and amortization expense of:..............................   $ 1,370      $ 1,235      $1,039
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------
                                                                                       -------      -------      ------

See accompanying notes.

F-78

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                        1997         1996         1995
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------
OPERATIONS
Net income..........................................................................   $   614      $   210      $    73
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt............................................        23           --           24
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................     1,370        1,235        1,039
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of distributions........................        57           38           84
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Receivables.....................................................................      (273)         (50)        (159)
    Inventories.....................................................................      (114)        (637)        (118)
    Accounts payable and other liabilities..........................................       393          970          679
    Other balance sheet changes.....................................................      (236)         146         (103)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash provided by operations.........................................................     1,834        1,912        1,519
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investments and acquisitions........................................................      (172)        (146)        (203)
Capital expenditures................................................................    (1,565)      (1,719)      (1,535)
Investment proceeds.................................................................       485          612        1,050
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash used by investing activities...................................................    (1,252)      (1,253)        (688)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings..........................................................................     3,400          215        2,484
Debt repayments.....................................................................    (3,085)        (716)      (3,596)
Issuance of preferred stock of subsidiary...........................................       243           --           --
Collections on note receivable from U S WEST........................................        --          169          602
Capital distributions...............................................................      (934)        (228)      (1,088)
Other...............................................................................      (100)         (92)         (95)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

Cash used by financing activities...................................................      (476)        (652)      (1,693)
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS.........................................       106            7         (862)

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.........................................       216          209        1,071
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD...............................................   $   322      $   216      $   209
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------
                                                                                       -------      -------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-79

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL
(MILLIONS)

                                                                                    PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                                                  TIME WARNER    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    GENERAL                     UNDISTRIBUTED       U S
                                                   PARTNERS'                     PARTNERSHIP        WEST         TOTAL
                                                    SENIOR       CONTRIBUTED      EARNINGS          NOTE       PARTNERS'
                                                    CAPITAL        CAPITAL        (DEFICIT)      RECEIVABLE     CAPITAL
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------    ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...................     $ 1,663        $ 7,398         $  (394)        $ (771)      $ 6,233
Net income.....................................                                         73                           73
Decrease in unrealized gains on securities.....                                         (4)                          (4)
Foreign currency translation adjustments.......                                         --                           --
                                                                                -------------                  ---------
    Comprehensive income.......................                                         69                           69
Distributions..................................        (366)                          (421)                        (421)
Reacquisition of Time Warner Service
  Partnership Assets...........................                        124                                          124
Allocation of income...........................         129                           (129)                        (129)
Collections....................................                                                       602           602
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------       -----      ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995...................       1,426          7,522            (875)          (169)        6,478
Net income.....................................                                        210                          210
Increase in unrealized gains on securities.....                                          4                            4
Foreign currency translation adjustments.......                                         14                           14
                                                                                -------------                  ---------
    Comprehensive income.......................                                        228                          228
Distributions..................................                                       (199)                        (199)
Capital contributions..........................                         15                                           15
Allocation of income...........................         117                           (117)                        (117)
Collections....................................                                                       169           169
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------       -----      ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...................       1,543          7,537            (963)            --         6,574
Net income.....................................                                        614                          614
Increase in unrealized gains on securities.....                                          7                            7
Foreign currency translation adjustments.......                                        (29)                         (29)
                                                                                -------------                  ---------
    Comprehensive income.......................                                        592                          592
Distributions..................................        (535)                          (723)                        (723)
Allocation of income...........................         110                           (110)                        (110)
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------       -----      ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997...................     $ 1,118        $ 7,537         $(1,204)        $   --       $ 6,333
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------       -----      ---------
                                                  -----------    -----------    -------------       -----      ---------

See accompanying notes.

F-80

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ('TWE'), classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems.

Each of the business interests within Entertainment, Cable Networks and Cable is important to TWE's objective of increasing partner value through the creation, extension and distribution of recognizable brands and copyrights throughout the world. Such brands and copyrights include (1) the unique and extensive film, television and animation libraries of Warner Bros. and trademarks such as the Looney Tunes characters and Batman, (2) The WB Network, a national broadcasting network launched in 1995 as an extension of the Warner Bros. brand and as an additional distribution outlet for Warner Bros.' collection of children's cartoons and television programming, (3) HBO and Cinemax, the leading pay television services and (4) Time Warner Cable, currently the second largest operator of cable television systems in the U.S.

The operating results of TWE's various business interests are presented herein as an indication of financial performance (Note 12). Except for start-up losses incurred in connection with The WB Network, TWE's principal business interests generate significant operating income and cash flow from operations. The cash flow from operations generated by such business interests is considerably greater than their operating income due to significant amounts of noncash amortization of intangible assets recognized principally in Time Warner Companies, Inc.'s ('Time Warner')* $14 billion acquisition of Warner Communications Inc. ('WCI') in 1989 and $1.3 billion acquisition of the minority interest in American Television and Communications Corporation ('ATC') in 1992, a portion of which cost was allocated to TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership. Noncash amortization of intangible assets recorded by TWE's businesses amounted to $430 million in 1997, $436 million in 1996 and $444 million in 1995.

Time Warner and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries collectively own general and limited partnership interests in TWE consisting of 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital
('Residual Capital'), and 100% of the senior priority capital ('Senior Capital')
and junior priority capital ('Series B Capital'). The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by a subsidiary of U S WEST, Inc. ('U S WEST'), which acquired such interests in 1993 for $1.532 billion of cash and a $1.021 billion 4.4% note (the 'U S WEST Note Receivable') that was fully collected during 1996. Certain of Time Warner's subsidiaries are the general partners of TWE ('Time Warner General Partners').

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of TWE reflect (i) the formation by TWE of the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership effective as of April 1, 1995, (ii) the deconsolidation of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation ('Six Flags') effective as of June 23, 1995 and (iii) the consolidation of Paragon Communications ('Paragon') effective as of July 6, 1995. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.

In lieu of contributing certain assets to the partnership at its capitalization in 1992 (the 'Beneficial Assets'), the Time Warner General Partners assigned to TWE the net cash flow generated by such assets or


* On October 10, 1996, Time Warner Inc. acquired the remaining 80% interest in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') that it did not already own. As a result of this transaction, a new parent company with the name 'Time Warner Inc.' replaced the old parent company of the same name (now known as Time Warner Companies, Inc., 'TW Companies'), and TW Companies and TBS became separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of the new parent company. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references herein to 'Time Warner' refer to TW Companies.

F-81

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

agreed to pay an amount equal to the net cash flow generated by such assets. TWE has the right to receive from the Time Warner General Partners, at the limited partners' option, an amount equal to the fair value of the Beneficial Assets, net of associated liabilities, that have not been contributed to TWE, rather than continuing to receive the net cash flow, or an amount equal to the net cash flow, generated by such Beneficial Assets. The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities of the businesses contributed by the Time Warner General Partners, including the Beneficial Assets and associated liabilities, all at Time Warner's historical cost basis of accounting.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION AND
ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENTS

The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, income, loss and cash flows of TWE and all companies in which TWE has a controlling voting interest ('subsidiaries'), as if TWE and its subsidiaries were a single company. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the consolidated companies have been eliminated. Significant accounts and transactions between TWE and its partners and affiliates are disclosed as related party transactions (Note 14).

Investments in companies in which TWE has significant influence, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, only TWE's investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the consolidated balance sheet, only TWE's share of the investee's earnings is included in the consolidated operating results, and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, less any additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the consolidated cash flows.

Investments in companies in which TWE does not have a controlling interest or an ownership and voting interest so large as to exert significant influence are accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded and there are no resale restrictions, or at cost, if the sale of a publicly traded investment is restricted or if the investment is not publicly traded. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported in partners' capital until the investment is sold, at which time the realized gain or loss is included in income. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market value and cost method investments are included in income when declared.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses, which have not been material, are included in partners' capital. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which have not been material, are included in operating results.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements include management's forecast of anticipated revenues from the distribution of theatrical and television product in order to evaluate the ultimate recoverability of accounts receivables and film inventory recorded as assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts receivables and sales related to the distribution of home video product

F-82

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

in the filmed entertainment industry are subject to customers' rights to return unsold items. Management periodically reviews such estimates and it is reasonably possible that management's assessment of recoverability of accounts receivables and individual films and television product may change based on actual results and other factors.

REVENUES AND COSTS

Feature films are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters followed by distribution in the home video, pay cable, basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets. Generally, distribution to the theatrical, home video and pay cable markets (the primary markets) is principally completed within eighteen months of initial release. Thereafter, feature films are distributed to the basic cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Home video revenues, less a provision for returns, are recognized when the home videos are sold. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product to cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are recognized when the films are available to telecast.

Television films and series are initially produced for the networks or first-run television syndication (the primary markets) and may be subsequently licensed to foreign or domestic cable and syndicated television markets (the secondary markets). Revenues from the distribution of television product are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for barter agreements where the recognition of revenue is deferred until the related advertisements are exhibited.

License agreements for the telecast of theatrical and television product in the cable, broadcast network and syndicated television markets are routinely entered into well in advance of their available date for telecast, which is generally determined by the telecast privileges granted under previous license agreements. Accordingly, there are significant contractual rights to receive cash and barter upon which the related revenues will not be recognized until such product is available for telecast under the contractual terms of the related license agreement. Such contractual rights for which revenue is not yet recognizable is referred to as 'backlog.' Excluding advertising barter contracts, Warner Bros.' backlog amounted to $2.126 billion and $1.502 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively (including amounts relating to the licensing of film product to TWE's cable television networks of $238 million and $189 million, respectively, and to Time Warner's cable television networks of $481 million and $274 million, respectively).

Inventories of theatrical and television product are stated at the lower of amortized cost or net realizable value. Cost principally consists of direct production costs and production overhead. A portion of the cost to acquire WCI in 1989 was allocated to its theatrical and television product, including an allocation to product that had been exhibited at least once in all markets ('Library'). The Library is amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. Individual films and series are amortized, and the related participations and residuals are accrued, based on the proportion that current revenues from the film or series bear to an estimate of total revenues anticipated from all markets. These estimates are revised periodically and losses, if any, are provided in full. Current film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed feature films allocated to the primary markets, television films and series in production pursuant to a contract of sale, film rights acquired for the home video market and advances pursuant to agreements to distribute third-party films in the primary markets. Noncurrent film inventories include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical and television films allocated to the secondary markets, theatrical films in production and the Library.

A significant portion of cable system and cable programming revenues are derived from subscriber fees. Subscriber fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is provided. The cost of rights to exhibit feature films and other programming on pay cable services during one or more availability periods ('programming costs') generally is recorded when the programming is initially available for exhibition, and is allocated to the appropriate availability periods and amortized as the programming is exhibited.

F-83

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

ADVERTISING

In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') Statement No. 53, 'Financial Reporting by Producers and Distributors of Motion Picture Films,' advertising costs for theatrical and television product are capitalized and amortized over the related revenue streams in each market that such costs are intended to benefit, which generally does not exceed three months. Other advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the advertisement. Advertising expense, excluding theatrical and television product, amounted to $288 million in 1997, $332 million in 1996 and $241 million in 1995.

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

Cash equivalents consist of commercial paper and other investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments, such as long-term debt and investments, is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, such as for derivative financial instruments, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to cable property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor, overhead and interest. Depreciation is provided generally on the straight-line method over useful lives ranging up to thirty years for buildings and improvements and up to fifteen years for furniture, fixtures, cable television equipment and other equipment. Property, plant and equipment consists of:

                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                              -------------------
                                                                                               1997        1996
                                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                                                  (MILLIONS)
Land and buildings.........................................................................   $   804     $   780
Cable television equipment.................................................................     7,423       6,602
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment....................................................     2,310       2,129
                                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                                               10,537       9,511
Less accumulated depreciation..............................................................    (3,980)     (3,512)
                                                                                              -------     -------
Total......................................................................................   $ 6,557     $ 5,999
                                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                                              -------     -------

Effective January 1, 1996, TWE adopted FASB Statement No. 121, 'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of' ('FAS 121'), which established standards for the recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets and certain intangible assets. The adoption of FAS 121 did not have a material effect on TWE's financial statements.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As a creator and distributor of branded information and entertainment copyrights, TWE has a significant and growing amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, cable television franchises, film and television libraries and other copyrighted products and trademarks. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, TWE does not recognize the fair value of internally generated intangible assets. Costs incurred to create and produce copyrighted product, such as feature films and television series, are generally either expensed as incurred, or capitalized as tangible assets, as in the case of cash advances and inventoriable product costs.

F-84

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

However, accounting recognition is not given to any increasing asset value that may be associated with the collection of the underlying copyrighted material. Additionally, costs incurred to create or extend brands, such as the start-up of The WB Network, generally result in losses over an extended development period and are recognized as a reduction of income as incurred, while any corresponding brand value created is not recognized as an intangible asset in the consolidated balance sheet. On the other hand, intangible assets acquired in business combinations accounted for by the purchase method of accounting are capitalized and amortized over their expected useful life as a noncash charge against future results of operations. Accordingly, the intangible assets reported in the consolidated balance sheet do not reflect the fair value of TWE's internally generated intangible assets, but rather are limited to intangible assets resulting from certain acquisitions in which the cost of the acquired companies exceeded the fair value of their tangible assets at the time of acquisition.

TWE amortizes goodwill over periods up to forty years using the straight-line method. Cable television franchises, film and television libraries and other intangible assets are amortized over periods up to twenty years using the straight-line method. Amortization of intangible assets amounted to $430 million in 1997, $436 million in 1996 and $444 million in 1995. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $3.020 billion and $2.623 billion, respectively.

TWE periodically reviews the carrying value of acquired intangible assets for each acquired entity to determine whether an impairment may exist. TWE considers relevant cash flow and profitability information, including estimated future operating results, trends and other available information, in assessing whether the carrying value of intangible assets can be recovered. If it is determined that the carrying value of intangible assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business, the carrying value of such intangible assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. An impairment charge is measured as any deficiency in the amount of estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the acquired business available to recover the carrying value related to the intangible assets.

INCOME TAXES

As a Delaware limited partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxation. However, certain of TWE's operations are conducted by subsidiary corporations that are subject to domestic or foreign taxation. Income taxes are provided on the income of such corporations using the liability method prescribed by FASB Statement No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes.'

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Effective January 1, 1997, TWE adopted FASB Statement No. 130, 'Reporting Comprehensive Income' ('FAS 130'). The new rules establish standards for the reporting of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting partners' capital that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income. For TWE, such items consist primarily of unrealized gains and losses on marketable equity investments and foreign currency translation gains and losses. The adoption of FAS 130 did not have a material effect on TWE's primary financial statements, but did affect the presentation of the accompanying consolidated statement of partnership capital.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

On December 31, 1997, TWE adopted FASB Statement No. 131, 'Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information' ('FAS 131'). The new rules establish revised standards for public companies relating to the reporting of financial and descriptive information about their operating segments in financial statements. The adoption of FAS 131 did not have a material effect on TWE's primary financial statements, but did affect the disclosure of segment information contained elsewhere herein (Note 12).

F-85

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

TCI CABLE TRANSACTIONS

In September 1997, Time Warner Inc., TWE, the TWE-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('TWE-A/N') and TCI Communications, Inc. ('TCI'), a subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc., signed a letter of intent to enter into a series of agreements to (i) form two cable television joint ventures in the Houston and south Texas areas that will be managed by TWE and own cable television systems serving an aggregate 1.1 million subscribers, subject to approximately $1.4 billion of debt, (ii) expand an existing joint venture in Kansas City, which is managed by TWE, through the contribution by TCI of a contiguous cable television system serving approximately 95,000 subscribers, subject to approximately $200 million of debt, and (iii) exchange various cable television systems owned by Time Warner and TWE and serving over 500,000 subscribers (of which cable television systems serving approximately 400,000 subscribers are owned by TWE) for other cable television systems of comparable size in an effort to enhance each company's geographic clusters of cable television properties (collectively, the 'TCI Cable Transactions'). The joint ventures will be accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

As a result of these transactions, TWE expects to reduce debt by approximately $500 million, benefit from the geographic clustering of cable television systems and increase the number of subscribers under its management by approximately 675,000 subscribers. The TCI Cable Transactions are expected to close periodically throughout 1998, subject to the execution of definitive agreements by the parties and customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that such agreements will be completed or that such approvals will be obtained.

PRIMESTAR TRANSACTIONS

In June 1997, TWE and the Advance/Newhouse Partnership ('Advance/Newhouse') entered into agreements to transfer the direct broadcast satellite operations conducted by TWE and TWE-A/N (the 'DBS Operations') and the 31% partnership interest in Primestar Partners, L.P. held by TWE-A/N ('Primestar' and collectively, the 'Primestar Assets') to a new holding company ('Newco') that is ultimately expected to be the publicly traded parent of TCI Satellite Entertainment, Inc. ('TSAT'). Newco will also own the DBS Operations and Primestar partnership interests currently owned by TSAT and other existing partners of Primestar. In exchange for contributing its interests in the Primestar Assets, TWE will receive an approximate 24% equity interest in Newco and realize approximately $260 million of debt reduction, as well as eliminate its share of future funding requirements for these operations that will be separately financed by Newco. In partial consideration for contributing its indirect interest in certain of the Primestar Assets, Advance/Newhouse will receive an approximate 6% equity interest in Newco. This transaction is collectively referred to herein as the 'Primestar Roll-up Transaction.'

In a related transaction, Primestar also entered into an agreement in June 1997, with The News Corporation Limited, MCI Telecommunications Corporation ('MCI') and American Sky Broadcasting LLC ('ASkyB'), pursuant to which Primestar (or, under certain circumstances, Newco) will acquire certain assets relating to the high-power, direct broadcast satellite business of ASkyB (the 'Primestar ASkyB Transaction' and, when taken together with the Primestar Roll-up Transaction, the 'Primestar Transactions'). In exchange for such assets, ASkyB will receive non-voting securities of Newco that will be convertible into non-voting common stock of Newco and, accordingly, will reduce TWE's equity interest in Newco to approximately 16% on a fully diluted basis.

The Primestar Transactions are not conditioned on each other and are expected to close independently. The Primestar Roll-up Transaction is expected to close on or about April 1, 1998. The Primestar ASkyB Transaction is expected to close in 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including all necessary governmental and

F-86

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Federal Communications Commission. There can be no assurance that such approvals will be obtained.

TWE-A/N TRANSFERS

In April 1995, TWE formed a cable television joint venture with Advance/Newhouse to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 4.5 million subscribers, as well as certain foreign cable investments and programming investments that included an aggregate 31% interest in Primestar. Upon formation of TWE-A/N, TWE, which is the managing partner, owned a 66.7% common partnership interest therein and Advance/Newhouse owned a 33.3% common partnership interest. TWE consolidates the partnership and the common partnership interest owned by Advance/Newhouse is reflected in TWE's consolidated financial statements as minority interest. In accordance with the partnership agreement, Advance/Newhouse can require TWE to purchase its equity interest for fair market value at specified intervals following the death of both of its principal shareholders. In addition, beginning on April 1, 1998, TWE or Advance/Newhouse can initiate a restructuring of the partnership, in which Advance/Newhouse would withdraw from the partnership and receive one-third of the partnership's net assets. The assets contributed by TWE and Advance/Newhouse to the partnership were recorded at their predecessor's historical cost. No gain was recognized by TWE upon the capitalization of the partnership.

In early 1998, Time Warner (through a wholly owned subsidiary) contributed cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 650,000 subscribers to TWE-A/N, subject to approximately $1 billion of debt, in exchange for common and preferred partnership interests therein, and completed certain related transactions (collectively, the 'TWE-A/N Transfers'). The cable television systems transferred to TWE-A/N were formerly owned by TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner, and Paragon, a partnership formerly owning cable television systems serving approximately 1 million subscribers that was previously wholly owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner, with 50% beneficially owned in the aggregate by TWE and TWE-A/N. The debt assumed by TWE-A/N has been guaranteed by TWI Cable and certain of its subsidiaries, including Paragon.

As part of the TWE-A/N Transfers, TWE exchanged substantially all of its beneficial interest in Paragon for an equivalent share of Paragon's cable television systems (or interests therein) serving approximately 500,000 subscribers. TWE, in turn, transferred such systems and certain related assets to TWE-A/N in exchange for TWE-A/N's beneficial interest in Paragon and in satisfaction of certain pre-existing obligations to TWE-A/N. This resulted in wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner owning 100% of the restructured Paragon entity, with less than 1% beneficially held for TWE. Accordingly, effective as of January 1, 1998, TWE will deconsolidate Paragon. Because this transaction represented an exchange of TWE's and TWE-A/N's beneficial interests in Paragon for an equivalent amount of its cable television systems, it did not have a significant economic impact on Time Warner, TWE or TWE-A/N.

In connection with the TWE-A/N Transfers, Advance/Newhouse made a capital contribution to TWE-A/N in order to maintain its 33.3% common partnership interest therein. Accordingly, TWE-A/N is now owned 65.2% by TWE, 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse and 1.5% indirectly by Time Warner. The TWE-A/N Transfers will be accounted for effective as of January 1, 1998.

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

In 1997, in an effort to enhance its geographic clustering of cable television properties, TWE sold or exchanged various cable television systems. As a result of these transactions, TWE recognized net, pretax gains of approximately $200 million, which have been included in operating income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

F-87

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SIX FLAGS

In June 1995, TWE sold an initial 51% interest in Six Flags to an investment group led by Boston Ventures for $204 million and received $640 million in additional proceeds from Six Flags, representing payment of certain intercompany indebtedness and licensing fees. As a result of the transaction, Six Flags was deconsolidated and TWE's remaining 49% interest in Six Flags has been accounted for under the equity method of accounting. TWE reduced debt by approximately $850 million in 1995 in connection with the transaction, and a portion of the income on the transaction was deferred by TWE principally as a result of its guarantee of certain third-party, zero-coupon indebtedness of Six Flags due in 1999.

In February 1998, TWE entered into an agreement to sell its remaining 49% interest in Six Flags to Premier Parks Inc. ('Premier'), a regional theme park operator, for approximately $375 million of cash and $100 million of convertible preferred stock. TWE expects to use the net proceeds from this transaction, after taxes and transaction costs, to reduce debt. As part of the transaction, TWE will continue to license its animated cartoon and comic book characters to Six Flags's theme parks and will similarly license such rights to Premier's theme parks in the United States and Canada under a long-term agreement covering an aggregate of twenty-five existing and all future locations. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 1998, subject to customary closing conditions, including the successful completion of certain equity offerings by Premier.

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Along with the formation of TWE-A/N and the partial sale of Six Flags in 1995, TWE completed a number of other transactions that also affected the comparability of its 1995 operating results (the '1995 Transactions'). The pro forma effect of these transactions on 1995 operating results is set forth below. No pro forma information has been presented for 1997 and 1996 because such transactions are already reflected in TWE's historical financial statements for such periods and, with regard to the acquisitions and dispositions announced or closed subsequent to 1995 as described above, there was no material effect on the comparability of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

On a pro forma basis, giving effect to the 1995 Transactions, including (i) the formation of TWE-A/N, (ii) the refinancing of approximately $2.6 billion of bank debt, (iii) the consolidation of Paragon, (iv) the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets (Note 8), (v) the sale of 51% of TWE's interest in Six Flags and (vi) the sale or transfer of certain unclustered cable television systems owned by TWE, as if each of such transactions had occurred at the beginning of 1995, TWE would have reported for the year ended December 31, 1995, revenues of $9.682 billion, depreciation expense of $635 million, operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets of $1.396 billion, operating income of $962 million, income before extraordinary item of $172 million and net income of $148 million.

F-88

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

3. INVENTORIES TWE's inventories consist of:

                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1997                       1996
                                                                   ----------------------     ----------------------
                                                                   CURRENT     NONCURRENT     CURRENT     NONCURRENT
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
                                                                                      (MILLIONS)
Film costs:
     Released, less amortization................................   $  545        $  658       $  544        $  535
     Completed and not released.................................      170            50          168            42
     In process and other.......................................       27           595           21           704
     Library, less amortization.................................       --           612           --           664
Programming costs, less amortization............................      382           339          319           318
Merchandise.....................................................       80            --           82            --
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
Total...........................................................   $1,204        $2,254       $1,134        $2,263
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------
                                                                   -------     ----------     -------     ----------

Excluding the Library, the total cost incurred in the production of theatrical and television product (including direct production costs, production overhead and certain exploitation costs, such as film prints and home videocassettes) amounted to $2.360 billion in 1997, $2.543 billion in 1996 and $2.011 billion in 1995; and the total cost amortized amounted to $2.329 billion, $1.998 billion and $2 billion, respectively. Excluding the Library, the unamortized cost of completed films at December 31, 1997 amounted to $1.423 billion, more than 90% of which is expected to be amortized within three years after release.

4. INVESTMENTS TWE's investments consist of:

                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -------------------
                                                                                                 1997        1996
                                                                                                -------     -------
                                                                                                    (MILLIONS)
Equity method investments....................................................................    $ 238       $ 298
Cost method investments......................................................................       77          53
                                                                                                -------     -------
Total........................................................................................    $ 315       $ 351
                                                                                                -------     -------
                                                                                                -------     -------

In the first quarter of 1997, TWE sold its 58% interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc. A pretax gain of approximately $250 million relating to this sale has been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

F-89

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 1997, companies accounted for using the equity method included: Comedy Partners, L.P. (50% owned), certain cable system joint ventures (generally 50% owned), Primestar (31% owned), Six Flags (49% owned), certain international cable and programming joint ventures (25% to 50% owned) and Courtroom Television Network (33% owned). A summary of combined financial information as reported by the equity investees of TWE is set forth below:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     ------     ------     ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
Revenues..........................................................................   $2,207     $1,823     $1,450
Depreciation and amortization.....................................................     (235)      (197)      (195)
Operating income (loss)...........................................................      118         62         (9)
Net loss..........................................................................      (82)      (138)      (168)
Current assets....................................................................      412        624        455
Total assets......................................................................    3,046      3,193      2,416
Current liabilities...............................................................      993        431        405
Long-term debt....................................................................    1,625      2,853      1,778
Total liabilities.................................................................    2,734      2,829      2,323
Total shareholders' equity or partners' capital...................................      312        340         93

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

                                                              WEIGHTED AVERAGE                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                              INTEREST RATE AT                   -----------------
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1997    MATURITIES     1997       1996
                                                              -----------------    -----------   ------     ------
                                                                                                    (MILLIONS)
Bank credit agreement borrowings...........................          6.4%             2002       $1,970     $1,555
Commercial paper...........................................          6.2%             1998          210        310
Fixed-rate senior notes and debentures.....................          8.6%           2002-2033     3,810      3,811
                                                                                                 ------     ------
Total......................................................                                      $5,990     $5,676
                                                                                                 ------     ------
                                                                                                 ------     ------

BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

In November 1997, TWE and TWE-A/N, together with Time Warner Inc. and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries, entered into a new, five-year revolving credit facility (the '1997 Credit Agreement') and terminated their previously existing bank credit facility (the 'Old Credit Agreement'). This enabled TWE to reduce its aggregate borrowing availability from $8.3 billion to $7.5 billion, lower interest rates and refinance approximately $2.1 billion of its outstanding borrowings under the Old Credit Agreement. In connection therewith, TWE recognized an extraordinary loss of $23 million in 1997. In addition, TWE recognized a $24 million extraordinary loss in 1995 related to certain other bank refinancings.

The 1997 Credit Agreement permits borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion, with no scheduled reduction in credit availability prior to maturity in November 2002. The borrowers under the 1997 Credit Agreement are TWE, TWE-A/N, Time Warner Inc., TW Companies, TBS and TWI Cable. Borrowings under the 1997 Credit Agreement are limited to (i) $7.5 billion in the case of TWE, (ii) $2 billion in the case of TWE-A/N and (iii) $6 billion in the aggregate for Time Warner Inc., TW Companies, TBS and TWI Cable, subject in each case to an aggregate borrowing limit of $7.5 billion and certain other limitations and adjustments. Such borrowings bear interest at specific rates for each of the borrowers (generally equal to LIBOR plus a margin initially equal to 40 basis points for TWE and 35 basis points for TWE-A/N) and each borrower is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of its commitment (initially equal to .15% per annum for TWE and .125% per annum for TWE-A/N), which margin and fee vary based on the credit rating or financial leverage of the applicable borrower. Borrowings may be used for general business purposes and unused credit is available to support commercial paper borrowings. The 1997 Credit Agreement contains certain covenants generally for each borrower relating to, among other things, additional indebtedness; liens on assets;

F-90

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

cash flow coverage and leverage ratios; and dividends, distributions and other restricted cash payments or transfers of assets from the borrowers to their respective shareholders, partners or affiliates.

TIME WARNER GENERAL PARTNER GUARANTEES

Each Time Warner General Partner has guaranteed a pro rata portion of approximately $5.8 billion of TWE's debt and accrued interest thereon based on the relative fair value of the net assets each Time Warner General Partner (or its predecessor) contributed to TWE (the 'Time Warner General Partner Guarantees'). Such indebtedness is recourse to each Time Warner General Partner only to the extent of its guarantee. The indenture pursuant to which TWE's notes and debentures have been issued (the 'Indenture') requires the majority consent of the holders of the notes and debentures to terminate the Time Warner General Partner Guarantees. There are generally no restrictions on the ability of the Time Warner General Partner guarantors to transfer material assets, other than TWE assets, to parties that are not guarantors.

INTEREST EXPENSE AND MATURITIES

Interest expense was $490 million in 1997, $475 million in 1996 and $571 million in 1995. The weighted average interest rate on TWE's total debt was 7.8% at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

Annual repayments of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1997 consist only of $2.78 billion due in 2002. This includes all borrowings under the 1997 Credit Agreement, as well as any commercial paper borrowings supported thereby. TWE has the intent and ability under the 1997 Credit Agreement to continue to refinance its commercial paper borrowings on a long-term basis.

6. INCOME TAXES Domestic and foreign pretax income (loss) are as follows:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                                       1997      1996      1995
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
Domestic............................................................................   $654      $263      $191
Foreign.............................................................................     68        17        (8)
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----
Total...............................................................................   $722      $280      $183
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----

As a partnership, TWE is not subject to U.S. federal, state or local income taxation. However, certain of TWE's operations are conducted by subsidiary corporations that are subject to domestic or foreign taxation. Income taxes (benefits) of TWE and subsidiary corporations are as set forth below:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Federal:
     Current(1).......................................................................   $  2      $  4      $ 7
     Deferred.........................................................................    (10)       (3)      (5 )
Foreign:
     Current(2).......................................................................     69        86       74
     Deferred.........................................................................     22       (21)       6
State and local:
     Current..........................................................................      4         5        7
     Deferred.........................................................................     (2)       (1)      (3 )
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
Total income taxes....................................................................   $ 85      $ 70      $86
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----


(1) Includes utilization of Six Flags's tax carryforwards in the amount of $16 million in 1995.
(2) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $58 million in 1997, $54 million in 1996 and $60 million in 1995.

F-91

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The financial statement basis of TWE's assets exceeds the corresponding tax basis by $8.1 billion at December 31, 1997, principally as a result of differences in accounting for depreciable and amortizable assets for financial statement and income tax purposes.

7. PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARY

In February 1997, a newly formed, substantially owned subsidiary of TWE (the 'REIT') issued 250,000 shares of preferred stock ('REIT Preferred Stock'). The REIT is intended to qualify as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. TWE used the aggregate net proceeds from the transaction of $243 million to reduce its bank debt. The sole asset of the REIT is a $432 million mortgage note payable by TWE, which has been secured by certain real estate owned by TWE or its affiliates.

Each share of REIT Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference of $1,000 and entitles the holder thereof to receive cumulative cash dividends, payable quarterly, at the rate of 14.253% per annum through December 30, 2006 and 1% per annum thereafter, which results in an effective dividend yield of 8.48%. Shares of REIT Preferred Stock are redeemable only in the event of certain changes or proposed changes to the tax laws or regulations to the effect that dividends paid by the REIT or interest paid under the mortgage note would not be fully deductible for federal income tax purposes. TWE has the right to liquidate or dissolve the REIT at any time after December 30, 2006 or, at any time prior thereto, upon the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of REIT Preferred Stock.

8. TWE PARTNERS' CAPITAL

PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL AND ALLOCATION OF INCOME

Each partner's interest in TWE generally consists of the undistributed priority capital and residual equity amounts that were initially assigned to that partner or its predecessor based on the estimated fair value of the net assets each contributed to the partnership ('Undistributed Contributed Capital'), plus, with respect to the priority capital interests only, any undistributed priority capital return. The priority capital return consists of net partnership income allocated to date in accordance with the provisions of the TWE partnership agreement and the right to be allocated additional partnership income which, together, provides for the various priority capital rates of return as specified in the table below. The sum of Undistributed Contributed Capital and the undistributed priority capital return is referred to herein as 'Cumulative Priority Capital.' Cumulative Priority Capital is not necessarily indicative of the fair value of the underlying priority capital interests principally due to above-market rates of return on certain priority capital interests as compared to securities of comparable credit risk and maturity, such as the 13.25% rate of return on the Series B Capital interest owned by the Time Warner General Partners. Furthermore, the ultimate realization of Cumulative Priority Capital could be affected by the fair value of TWE, which is subject to fluctuation.

F-92

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

A summary of the priority of Undistributed Contributed Capital, ownership of Undistributed Contributed Capital and Cumulative Priority Capital at December 31, 1997 and priority capital rates of return thereon is set forth below:

                                                                                                             LIMITED
                                                                                PRIORITY       TIME         PARTNERS
                                                UNDISTRIBUTED    CUMULATIVE     CAPITAL       WARNER     ---------------
                                                 CONTRIBUTED      PRIORITY      RATES OF     GENERAL      TIME      U S
PRIORITY OF UNDISTRIBUTED CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL    CAPITAL(a)       CAPITAL      RETURN(B)     PARTNERS    WARNER    WEST
---------------------------------------------   -------------    ----------    ----------    --------    ------    -----
                                                        (BILLIONS)                                        (OWNERSHIP%)
Senior Capital...............................       $ 0.9          $  1.1          8.00%      100.00%       --       --
Series A Capital.............................         5.6            11.3         13.00%       63.27%    11.22 %   25.51%
Series B Capital.............................         2.9(d)          6.0         13.25%      100.00%       --       --
Residual Capital.............................         3.3(d)          3.3(c)         --(c)     63.27%    11.22 %   25.51%


(a) Excludes partnership income or loss allocated thereto.

(b) To the extent income allocations are concurrently distributed, the priority capital rates of return on the Series A Capital and Series B Capital are 11% and 11.25%, respectively.

(c) Residual Capital is not entitled to stated priority rates of return and, as such, its Cumulative Priority Capital is equal to its Undistributed Contributed Capital. However, in the case of certain events such as the liquidation or dissolution of TWE, Residual Capital is entitled to any excess of the then fair value of the net assets of TWE over the aggregate amount of Cumulative Priority Capital and special tax allocations.

(d) The Undistributed Contributed Capital relating to the Series B Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series A Capital. The Undistributed Contributed Capital relating to the Residual Capital has priority over the priority returns on the Series B Capital and the Series A Capital.

Because Undistributed Contributed Capital is generally based on the fair value of the net assets that each partner initially contributed to the partnership, the aggregate of such amounts is significantly higher than TWE's partners' capital as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, which is based on the historical cost of the contributed net assets. For purposes of allocating partnership income or loss to the partners, partnership income or loss is based on the fair value of the net assets contributed to the partnership and results in significantly less partnership income, or results in partnership losses, in contrast to the net income reported by TWE for financial statement purposes, which is also based on the historical cost of contributed net assets.

Under the TWE partnership agreement, partnership income, to the extent earned, is first allocated to the partners' capital accounts so that the economic burden of the income tax consequences of partnership operations is borne as though the partnership were taxed as a corporation ('special tax allocations'). After any special tax allocations, partnership income is allocated to the Senior Capital, Series A Capital and Series B Capital, in order of priority, at rates of return ranging from 8% to 13.25% per annum, and finally to the Residual Capital. Partnership losses generally are allocated first to eliminate prior allocations of partnership income to, and then to reduce the Undistributed Contributed Capital of, the Residual Capital, Series B Capital and Series A Capital, in that order, then to reduce the Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital, including partnership income allocated thereto, and finally to reduce any special tax allocations. To the extent partnership income is insufficient to satisfy all special allocations in a particular accounting period, the right to receive additional partnership income necessary to provide for the various priority capital rates of return is carried forward until satisfied out of future partnership income, including any partnership income that may result from any liquidation, sale or dissolution of TWE.

The Series B Capital owned by subsidiaries of Time Warner may be increased if certain operating performance targets are achieved over a ten-year period ending on December 31, 2001. In addition, U S WEST has an option to obtain up to an additional 6.33% of Series A Capital and Residual Capital interests, depending on cable operating performance. The option is exercisable between January 1, 1999 and on or about May 31, 2005 at a maximum exercise price of $1.25 billion to $1.8 billion, depending on the year of exercise. Either U S WEST or TWE may elect that the exercise price be paid with partnership interests rather than cash.

F-93

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributions and loans to the partners are subject to partnership and credit agreement limitations. Generally, TWE must be in compliance with the cash flow coverage and leverage ratios, restricted payment limitations and other credit agreement covenants in order to make such distributions or loans.

In July 1997, the Time Warner General Partners received a $535 million distribution from TWE relating to their Senior Capital interests (representing the return of $455 million of contributed capital and the distribution of $80 million of priority capital return), which, when taken together with a $366 million distribution in 1995 (representing a portion of the priority capital return) increased the cumulative cash distributions received from TWE on such interests to $901 million. The Time Warner General Partners' remaining $1.1 billion Senior Capital interests and any undistributed partnership income allocated thereto (based on an 8% annual rate of return) are required to be distributed in two annual installments on July 1, 1998 and 1999.

TWE reimburses Time Warner for the amount by which the market price on the exercise date of Time Warner common stock options exercised by employees of TWE exceeds the exercise price or, with respect to options granted prior to the TWE capitalization, the greater of the exercise price and $27.75, the market price of the common stock at the time of the TWE capitalization on June 30, 1992 ('Stock Option Distributions'). TWE accrues Stock Option Distributions and a corresponding liability with respect to unexercised options when the market price of Time Warner common stock increases during the accounting period, and reverses previously accrued Stock Option Distributions and the corresponding liability when the market price of Time Warner common stock declines. Stock Option Distributions are paid when the options are exercised. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, TWE had recorded a liability for Stock Option Distributions of $417 million and $93 million, respectively, based on the unexercised options and the market prices at such dates of $62.00 and $37.50, respectively, per Time Warner common share. This liability reflects the accrual of $399 million and $50 million of Stock Option Distributions in 1997 and 1995, respectively, when the market price of Time Warner common stock increased during such periods, and the reversal of $16 million of previously accrued Stock Option Distributions in 1996 when the market price of Time Warner common stock declined. TWE paid Stock Option Distributions to Time Warner in the amount of $75 million in 1997, $13 million in 1996 and $17 million in 1995.

Cash distributions are required to be made to the partners to permit them to pay income taxes at statutory rates based on their allocable taxable income from TWE ('Tax Distributions'), including any taxable income generated by the Beneficial Assets, subject to limitations referred to herein. The aggregate amount of such Tax Distributions is computed generally by reference to the taxes that TWE would have been required to pay if it were a corporation. Tax Distributions are paid to the partners on a current basis. TWE paid Tax Distributions to the Time Warner General Partners in the amount of $324 million in 1997, $215 million in 1996 and $680 million in 1995 (of which $334 million was accrued in prior periods).

In September 1993, certain assets of TWE were distributed to the Time Warner General Partners and were owned and operated by other partnerships (the 'Time Warner Service Partnerships') in order to ensure compliance with the Modification of Final Judgment entered on August 24, 1982 by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia applicable to U S WEST and its affiliated companies, which may have included TWE. This distribution was recorded for financial statement purposes based on the $95 million historical cost of such assets and, for partnership agreement purposes, Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital was reduced by approximately $300 million. In 1994, U S WEST received a judicial order that TWE was no longer prohibited from owning or operating substantially all of such assets. Accordingly, in September 1995, TWE reacquired substantially all of the assets of the Time Warner Service Partnerships, subject to the liabilities relating thereto, (the 'Time Warner Service Partnership Assets') in exchange for Series B Capital interests in TWE equal to approximately $400 million. The reacquisition was recorded for financial statement purposes based on the $124 million historical cost of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets. Prior to the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995, TWE was required to make

F-94

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

quarterly cash distributions of Series B Capital in the amount of $12.5 million to the Time Warner General Partners ('TWSP Distributions'), which the General Partners were then required to contribute to the Time Warner Service Partnerships. TWE paid TWSP Distributions to the Time Warner General Partners in the amount of $25 million in 1995, which was recorded as a reduction of Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital.

In addition to Stock Option Distributions, Tax Distributions and Senior Capital Distributions, quarterly cash distributions may be made to the partners to the extent of excess cash, as defined in the TWE partnership agreement. Such cash distributions will generally be made on a priority and pro rata basis with respect to each partner's interest in the Series A Capital, Series B Capital and Residual Capital. However, cash distributions to the Time Warner General Partners with respect to their Series A Capital and Residual Capital interests will be deferred until the limited partners receive aggregate distributions (excluding Tax Distributions) of approximately $800 million. Similarly, cash distributions with respect to the Time Warner General Partners' Series B Capital interest will be deferred until the limited partners receive aggregate distributions of $1.6 billion. If any such deferral occurs, a portion of the corresponding partnership income allocations with respect to such deferred amounts will be made at a rate higher than otherwise would have been the case. As of December 31, 1997, no cash distributions have been made to the limited partners. In addition, if a division of TWE or a substantial portion thereof is sold, the net proceeds of such sale, less expenses and proceeds used to repay outstanding debt, will be required to be distributed with respect to the partners' partnership interests. Similar distributions are required to be made in the event of a financing or refinancing of debt. Subject to any limitations on the incurrence of additional debt contained in the TWE partnership and credit agreements, and the Indenture, TWE may borrow funds to make distributions.

9. STOCK OPTION PLANS

Time Warner has various stock option plans under which Time Warner may grant options to purchase Time Warner common stock to employees of Time Warner and TWE. Such options have been granted to employees of TWE at, or in excess of, fair market value at the date of grant. Accordingly, in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations, no compensation cost has been recognized by Time Warner, nor charged to TWE, related to such stock option plans. Generally, the options become exercisable over a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Had compensation cost for Time Warner's stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for all awards made subsequent to 1994 consistent with the method set forth under FASB Statement No. 123, 'Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation' ('FAS 123'), TWE's allocable share of compensation cost would have decreased its net income to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996      1995
                                                                                         ----     ----      ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Net income:
     As reported......................................................................   $614     $210      $73
                                                                                         ----     ----      ----
                                                                                         ----     ----      ----
     Pro forma........................................................................   $584     $193      $68
                                                                                         ----     ----      ----
                                                                                         ----     ----      ----

FAS 123 is applicable only to stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994. Accordingly, since TWE's compensation expense associated with such grants would generally be recognized over a three-year vesting period, the initial impact of applying FAS 123 on pro forma net income for 1996 and 1995 is not comparable to the impact on pro forma net income for 1997, when the pro forma effect of the three-year vesting period has been fully reflected.

For purposes of applying FAS 123, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants

F-95

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

to TWE employees in 1997, 1996 and 1995: dividend yields of 1% in all periods; expected volatility of 22.2%, 21.7% and 22.3%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of 6.3%, 5.7% and 6.6%, respectively; and expected lives of 5 years in all periods. The weighted average fair value of an option granted to TWE employees during the year was $12.18, $10.43 and $11.46 and for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. In 1996, Time Warner granted options to certain TWE executives at exercise prices exceeding the market price of Time Warner common stock on the date of grant. These above-market options had a weighted average exercise price and fair value of $48.51 and $6.82.

A summary of stock option activity with respect to employees of TWE is as follows:

                                                                                                          WEIGHTED-
                                                                                            THOUSANDS      AVERAGE
                                                                                               OF         EXERCISE
                                                                                             SHARES         PRICE
                                                                                            ---------     ---------
Balance at January 1, 1995...............................................................     30,198       $ 32.36
Granted..................................................................................      2,141         38.13
Exercised................................................................................     (1,316)        27.31
Cancelled(a).............................................................................     (2,488)        29.69
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............................................................     28,535       $ 33.26

Granted..................................................................................      4,510         42.48
Exercised................................................................................     (1,242)        28.67
Cancelled(a).............................................................................     (1,492)        31.37
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.............................................................     30,311       $ 34.91

Granted..................................................................................      3,920         41.35
Exercised................................................................................     (3,523)        28.74
Cancelled(a).............................................................................     (1,206)        33.52
                                                                                            ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997.............................................................     29,502       $ 36.56
                                                                                            ---------
                                                                                            ---------


(a) Includes all options cancelled and forfeited during the year, as well as options related to employees who have been transferred out of and into TWE to and from other Time Warner divisions.

                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                               (THOUSANDS)
Exercisable..........................................................................   21,511    22,772    21,846

F-96

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding with respect to employees of TWE at December 31, 1997:

                                                                 OPTIONS OUTSTANDING               OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                        --------------------------------------   ------------------------
                                                                        WEIGHTED-
                                                                         AVERAGE     WEIGHTED-                  WEIGHTED-
                                                          NUMBER        REMAINING     AVERAGE       NUMBER       AVERAGE
                                                        OUTSTANDING    CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE    EXERCISABLE    EXERCISE
               RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES                 AT 12/31/97       LIFE         PRICE     AT 12/31/97      PRICE
------------------------------------------------------  -----------    -----------   ---------   ------------   ---------
                                                        (THOUSANDS)                              (THOUSANDS)
Under $17.............................................        245       2.4 years     $ 16.63          245       $ 16.63
$17.00 to $25.00......................................      2,132       2.5 years     $ 21.73        2,132       $ 21.73
$25.01 to $35.00......................................      4,724       3.9 years     $ 29.16        4,672       $ 29.11
$35.01 to $40.00......................................     12,364       4.8 years     $ 36.76        9,068       $ 36.43
$40.01 to $50.00......................................      9,917       6.7 years     $ 43.26        5,394       $ 42.51
$50.01 to $60.41......................................        120       9.1 years     $ 58.68           --            --
                                                        ------------                             ------------
Total.................................................     29,502       5.2 years     $ 36.56       21,511       $ 34.68
                                                        ------------                             ------------
                                                        ------------                             ------------

TWE reimburses Time Warner for the use of Time Warner stock options on the basis described in Note 8.

10. BENEFIT PLANS

TWE and its divisions have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the employees' years of service and compensation levels during their employment period. Qualifying plans are funded in accordance with government pension and income tax regulations. Plan assets are invested in equity and fixed income securities. Time Warner's common stock represents approximately 7% and 5% of plan assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Pension expense included the following:

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
Service cost..........................................................................   $ 33      $ 33      $ 20
Interest cost.........................................................................     31        28        21
Actual return on plan assets..........................................................    (71)      (27)      (55)
Net amortization and deferral.........................................................     45         7        37
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
Total.................................................................................   $ 38      $ 41      $ 23
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----
                                                                                         ----      ----      ----

F-97

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The status of funded pension plans is as follows:

                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                   -------------
                                                                                                   1997     1996
                                                                                                   ----     ----
                                                                                                    (MILLIONS)
Accumulated benefit obligation (90% vested).....................................................   $275     $212
Effect of future salary increases...............................................................    157      124
                                                                                                   ----     ----
Projected benefit obligation....................................................................    432      336
Plan assets at fair value.......................................................................    364      284
                                                                                                   ----     ----
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets...........................................    (68)     (52)
Unamortized actuarial losses....................................................................     (1)       1
Unamortized plan changes........................................................................      3        3
Other...........................................................................................     (1)      (2)
                                                                                                   ----     ----
Accrued pension expense.........................................................................   $(67)    $(50)
                                                                                                   ----     ----
                                                                                                   ----     ----

The following assumptions were used in accounting for pension plans:

                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         -----    -----    -----
Weighted average discount rate........................................................   7.25%    7.75%    7.25%
Return on plan assets.................................................................      9%       9%       9%
Rate of increase in compensation levels...............................................      6%       6%       6%

Certain domestic employees of TWE participate in multiemployer pension plans as to which the expense amounted to $29 million in 1997, $30 million in 1996 and $21 million in 1995. Employees of TWE's operations in foreign countries participate to varying degrees in local pension plans, which in the aggregate are not significant.

Certain TWE employees also participate in Time Warner's savings and profit sharing plans, as to which the expense amounted to $30 million in 1997, $28 million in 1996 and $25 million in 1995. Contributions to the savings plans are based upon a percentage of the employees' elected contributions. Contributions to the profit sharing plans are generally determined by management.

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of TWE's financial instruments approximates fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed-rate debt and certain differences related to cost method investments and other financial instruments which are not significant.

LONG-TERM DEBT

Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1997, the fair value of TWE's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $532 million which represents an unrealized loss. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at December 31, 1996, the fair value of TWE's fixed-rate debt exceeded its carrying value by $181 million, which also represents an unrealized loss. Unrealized gains or losses related to the differences in the fair value and carrying value of TWE's long-term debt are not recognized unless such debt is retired prior to its maturity.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future license fees owed to TWE domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad may

F-98

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over the ensuing twelve month period, including those related to TWE. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had effectively hedged approximately half of TWE's estimated foreign currency exposures that principally relate to anticipated cash flows to be remitted to the U.S. over the ensuing twelve month period, using foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months or less, which generally are rolled over to provide continuing coverage throughout the year. TWE is reimbursed by or reimburses Time Warner for Time Warner contract gains and losses related to TWE's foreign currency exposure. Time Warner often closes foreign exchange sale contracts by purchasing an offsetting purchase contract. At December 31, 1997, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $507 million and the purchase of $139 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. Of Time Warner's $368 million net sale contract position, none of the foreign exchange purchase contracts and $105 million of the foreign exchange sale contracts related to TWE's foreign currency exposure, primarily Japanese yen (27% of net contract position related to TWE), French francs (24%), German marks (11%) and Canadian dollars (12%), compared to a net sale contract position of $102 million of foreign currencies at December 31, 1996.

Unrealized gains or losses related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in income as the market value of such contracts change; accordingly, the carrying value of foreign exchange contracts approximates market value. The carrying value of foreign exchange contracts was not material at December 31, 1997 and 1996. No cash is required to be received or paid with respect to the realization of such gains and losses until the related foreign exchange contracts are settled, generally at their respective maturity dates. For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, TWE recognized $14 million in gains, $6 million in gains and $11 million in losses, respectively, on foreign exchange contracts, which were or are expected to be offset by corresponding decreases and increases, respectively, in the dollar value of foreign currency license fee payments that have been or are anticipated to be received in cash from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad. Time Warner places foreign currency contracts with a number of major financial institutions in order to minimize credit risk.

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

TWE classifies its business interests into three fundamental areas:
Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment, television production and television broadcasting; Cable Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television programming; and Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems.

Information as to the operations of TWE in different business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered. TWE evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets ('EBITA'). The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (Note 1). Intersegment sales are accounted for at fair value as if the sales were to third parties.

The operating results of TWE reflect the cable-related formation of TWE-A/N effective as of April 1, 1995, the deconsolidation of Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995 and the cable-related consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. The operating results of Six Flags prior to June 23, 1995 are reported separately to facilitate comparability.

F-99

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
REVENUES
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros..................................................   $ 5,462    $ 5,639    $5,069
Six Flags Theme Parks.............................................................        --         --       227
Broadcasting-The WB Network.......................................................       136         87        33
Cable Networks-HBO................................................................     1,923      1,763     1,593
Cable.............................................................................     4,243      3,851     3,005
Intersegment elimination..........................................................      (446)      (488)     (410)
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $11,318    $10,852    $9,517
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------

                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                         1997      1996      1995
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                                (MILLIONS)
EBITA(1)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.....................................................   $  387    $  367    $  352
Six Flags Theme Parks................................................................       --        --        40
Broadcasting-The WB Network..........................................................      (88)      (98)      (66)
Cable Networks-HBO...................................................................      391       328       275
Cable(2).............................................................................    1,184       917       803
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
Total................................................................................   $1,874    $1,514    $1,404
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------    ------


(1) EBITA represents business segment operating income before noncash amortization of intangible assets. After deducting amortization of intangible assets, TWE's business segment operating income was $1.444 billion in 1997, $1.078 billion in 1996 and $960 million in 1995.
(2) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................................   $181     $158     $107
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................     --       --       20
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................      1       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................     22       22       16
Cable.................................................................................    736      619      452
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $940     $799     $595
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----

F-100

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS(1)
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros......................................................   $123     $125     $124
Six Flags Theme Parks.................................................................     --       --       11
Broadcasting-The WB Network...........................................................     --       --       --
Cable Networks-HBO....................................................................     --       --        1
Cable.................................................................................    307      311      308
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
Total.................................................................................   $430     $436     $444
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----


(1) Amortization includes amortization relating to all business combinations accounted for by the purchase method, including Time Warner's $14 billion acquisition of WCI in 1989 and $1.3 billion acquisition of the minority interest in ATC in 1992.

Information as to the assets and capital expenditures of TWE is as follows:

                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------------
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
ASSETS
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.................................................   $ 8,098    $ 8,057    $ 7,334
Six Flags Theme Parks............................................................        --         --         --
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................       113         67         63
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................     1,080        997        935
Cable............................................................................    10,771     10,202      9,842
Corporate(1).....................................................................       669        650        731
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
Total............................................................................   $20,731    $19,973    $18,905
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                    -------    -------    -------


(1) Consists principally of cash, cash equivalents and other investments.

                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    ----------------------------
                                                                                     1997       1996       1995
                                                                                    ------     ------     ------
                                                                                             (MILLIONS)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros.................................................   $  144     $  340     $  294
Six Flags Theme Parks............................................................       --         --         43
Broadcasting-The WB Network......................................................        1          2         --
Cable Networks-HBO...............................................................       19         29         20
Cable(1).........................................................................    1,401      1,348      1,178
                                                                                    ------     ------     ------
Total............................................................................   $1,565     $1,719     $1,535
                                                                                    ------     ------     ------
                                                                                    ------     ------     ------


(1) Cable capital expenditures were funded in part through collections on the US WEST Note Receivable in the amount of $169 million in 1996 and $602 million in 1995 (Note 1). The U S WEST Note Receivable was fully collected during 1996.

F-101

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Information as to TWE's operations in different geographical areas is as follows:

                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                              (MILLIONS)
REVENUES(1)
United States.....................................................................   $ 9,086    $ 8,718    $7,535
United Kingdom....................................................................       488        383       338
Germany...........................................................................       284        374       247
Japan.............................................................................       172        196       245
France............................................................................       152        143       141
Canada............................................................................       137        157       144
Other international...............................................................       999        881       867
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
Total.............................................................................   $11,318    $10,852    $9,517
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------
                                                                                     -------    -------    ------


(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

Because a substantial portion of TWE's international revenues is derived from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad, assets located outside the United States are not material.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

TWE's total rent expense amounted to $218 million in 1997, $205 million in 1996 and $176 million in 1995. The minimum rental commitments under noncancellable long-term operating leases are: 1998-$178 million; 1999-$171 million; 2000-$163 million; 2001-$160 million; 2002-$151 million and after 2002-$859 million.

TWE's minimum commitments and guarantees under certain programming, licensing, franchise and other agreements aggregated approximately $7.4 billion at December 31, 1997, which are payable principally over a five-year period.

Pending legal proceedings are substantially limited to litigation incidental to the businesses of TWE. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of conducting their businesses, TWE units have had various transactions with Time Warner units, generally on terms resulting from a negotiation between the affected units that in management's view results in reasonable allocations. Employees of TWE participate in various Time Warner medical, stock option and other benefit plans for which TWE is charged its allocable share of plan expenses, including administrative costs. In addition, Time Warner provides TWE with certain corporate services for which TWE paid a fee in the amount of $72 million, $69 million and $64 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

TWE is required to pay a $130 million advisory fee to U S WEST over a five-year period ending September 15, 1998 for U S WEST's expertise in telecommunications, telephony and information technology, and its participation in the management and technological upgrade of TWE's cable systems. TWE has made cumulative payments to U S WEST of $70 million under this arrangement and the remaining installment is scheduled to be paid on September 15, 1998.

TWE has management services agreements with Time Warner's Cable division, pursuant to which TWE manages, or provides services to, the cable television systems owned by Time Warner. Such cable television

F-102

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

systems also pay fees to TWE for the right to carry cable television programming provided by TWE's cable networks. Similarly, TWE's cable television systems pay fees to Time Warner for the right to carry cable television programming provided by Time Warner's cable networks.

TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division has various service agreements with Time Warner's Filmed Entertainment-TBS division, pursuant to which TWE's Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros. division provides certain management and distribution services for Time Warner's theatrical, television and animated product, as well as certain services for administrative and technical support.

Time Warner's Cable Networks-TBS division has license agreements with TWE, pursuant to which the cable networks have acquired broadcast rights to certain film and television product. In addition, Time Warner's Music division provides home videocassette distribution services to certain TWE operations, and certain TWE units place advertising in magazines published by Time Warner's Publishing division.

Time Warner has a credit agreement with TWE that allows it to borrow up to $400 million from TWE through September 15, 2000. Outstanding borrowings from TWE in the amount of $400 million bear interest at LIBOR plus 1% per annum.

Prior to TWE's reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995, TWE had service agreements with the Time Warner Service Partnerships for program signal delivery and transmission services, and TWE provided billing, collection and marketing services to the Time Warner Service Partnerships. TWE also has distribution and merchandising agreements with Time Warner Entertainment Japan Inc., a company owned by certain former and existing partners of TWE to conduct TWE's businesses in Japan.

In addition to transactions with its partners, TWE has had transactions with The Columbia House Company partnerships, Comedy Partners, L.P., Six Flags and other equity investees of Time Warner and the Entertainment Group, generally with respect to sales of products and services in the ordinary course of business.

15. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CASH FLOWS

TWE established an asset securitization facility on December 31, 1997, which effectively provides for the accelerated receipt of up to $600 million of cash through the year 2000 on available licensing contracts. Assets securitized under this facility consist of cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for broadcast network and syndicated television exhibition, under which revenues have not been recognized because such product is not available for telecast until a later date ('Backlog Contracts'). In connection with this securitization facility, TWE sells, on a revolving and nonrecourse basis, certain of its Backlog Contracts ('Pooled Backlog Contracts') to a wholly owned, special purpose entity which, in turn, sells a percentage ownership interest in the Pooled Backlog Contracts to a third-party, commercial paper conduit sponsored by a financial institution.

Because the Backlog Contracts securitized under this facility consist of cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product that have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is only dependent upon the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the licensing agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds received under the program are classified as deferred revenues in long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Net proceeds of approximately $300 million were received under this securitization program in 1997.

F-103

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Additional financial information with respect to cash flows is as follows:

                                                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                                         1997     1996     1995
                                                                                         ----     ----     ----
                                                                                               (MILLIONS)
Cash payments made for interest.......................................................   $493     $513     $571
Cash payments made for income taxes, net..............................................     95       74       75
Noncash capital contributions (distributions), net....................................    399       (1)      50

Noncash investing activities in 1995 included the formation of TWE-A/N in April 1995 (Note 2) and the reacquisition of the Time Warner Service Partnership Assets in September 1995 (Note 8).

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of:

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                -----------------
                                                                                                 1997       1996
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                   (MILLIONS)
Accrued expenses.............................................................................   $1,159     $1,200
Accrued compensation.........................................................................      253        247
Deferred revenues............................................................................      255        293
                                                                                                ------     ------
Total........................................................................................   $1,667     $1,740
                                                                                                ------     ------
                                                                                                ------     ------

F-104

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

THE PARTNERS OF
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and partnership capital for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 14(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of TWE's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TWE at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 10, 1998

F-105

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected financial information for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1997 set forth below has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other financial information presented elsewhere herein. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in such consolidated financial statements, or elsewhere herein.

The selected historical financial information for 1995 reflects the consolidation by TWE of TWE-A/N resulting from the formation of such partnership, effective as of April 1, 1995, and the consolidation of Paragon effective as of July 6, 1995. The selected historical financial information gives effect to the consolidation of Six Flags effective as of January 1, 1993 as a result of an increase in TWE's ownership of Six Flags from 50% to 100% in September 1993, and the subsequent deconsolidation of Six Flags resulting from the disposition by TWE of a 51% interest in Six Flags effective as of June 23, 1995. The selected historical financial information for 1993 also gives effect to the admission of U S WEST as an additional limited partner of TWE as of September 15, 1993 and the issuance of $2.6 billion of TWE debentures during the year to reduce indebtedness under the former TWE credit agreement.

                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED OPERATING STATEMENT INFORMATION                       1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)
Revenues...................................................   $11,318    $10,852    $ 9,517    $ 8,460    $ 7,946
Depreciation and amortization..............................    (1,370)    (1,235)    (1,039)      (943)      (902)
Business segment operating income(1).......................     1,444      1,078        960        848        883
Interest and other, net(2).................................      (345)      (522)      (580)      (587)      (551)
Income before extraordinary item...........................       637        210         97        161        208
Net income(3)..............................................       614        210         73        161        198

                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION                             1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                              -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                  (MILLIONS)
Cash and equivalents.......................................   $   322    $   216    $   209    $ 1,071    $ 1,338
Total assets...............................................    20,731     19,973     18,905     18,662     17,963
Debt due within one year...................................         8          7         47         32         24
Long-term debt.............................................     5,990      5,676      6,137      7,160      7,125
Preferred stock of subsidiary..............................       233         --         --         --         --
Time Warner General Partners' Senior Capital...............     1,118      1,543      1,426      1,663      1,536
Partners' capital..........................................     6,333      6,574      6,478      6,233      6,000


(1) Includes net gains of approximately $200 million recognized in 1997 related to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems.
(2) Includes a gain of approximately $250 million in 1997 related to the sale of an interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc.
(3) Net income for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1995 and 1993 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $23 million, $24 million and $10 million, respectively.

F-106

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

                                                                                                 OPERATING
                                                                                                 INCOME OF     NET
                                                                                                 BUSINESS     INCOME
QUARTER                                                                              REVENUES    SEGMENTS     (LOSS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------    ---------    ------
                                                                                                 (MILLIONS)
1997
1st(1)............................................................................   $  2,600     $   329      $320
2nd...............................................................................      2,728         320        82
3rd...............................................................................      2,855         335        81
4th(2)(3).........................................................................      3,135         460       131
Year..............................................................................     11,318       1,444       614

1996
1st...............................................................................   $  2,485     $   268      $ 94
2nd...............................................................................      2,608         297        74
3rd...............................................................................      2,718         271        45
4th...............................................................................      3,041         242        (3)
Year..............................................................................     10,852       1,078       210


(1) Net income in the first quarter of 1997 includes a gain of approximately $250 million related to the sale of an interest in E! Entertainment Television, Inc.
(2) Operating income for 1997 includes net gains of approximately $200 million for the year relating to the sale or exchange of certain cable television systems, of which approximately $160 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 1997.
(3) Net income for the fourth quarter of 1997 includes an extraordinary loss on the retirement of debt of $23 million.

F-107

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995

                                                                                  ADDITIONS
                                                                    BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                   BALANCE
                                                                    BEGINNING     COSTS AND                    AT END
                           DESCRIPTION                              OF PERIOD      EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS    OF PERIOD
-----------------------------------------------------------------   ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                                        (MILLIONS)
1997:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $195          $113         $  (90)(a)    $ 218
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................       178           289           (261)(b)      206
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $373          $402         $ (351)       $ 424
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------

1996:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $196          $ 97         $  (98)(a)    $ 195
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................       169           278           (269)(b)      178
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $365          $375         $ (367)       $ 373
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------

1995:
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................      $188          $104         $  (96)(a)    $ 196
     Reserves for sales returns and allowances...................       118           218           (167)(b)      169
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
          Total..................................................      $306          $322         $ (263)       $ 365
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------
                                                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    ---------


(a) Represents uncollectible receivables charged against the reserve.
(b) Represents returns or allowances applied against the reserve.

F-108

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
  3.(i)(a)  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of
              State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8
              to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on
              October 11, 1996 (Registration No. 333-11471) (the "S-8 Registration Statement")).......     *

  3.(i)(b)  Certificate of Increase of the Number of Shares of Series Common Stock of the Registrant
              Designated as Series LMCN-V Common Stock as filed with the Secretary of State of the
              State of Delaware on August 13, 1997 (which is incorporated herein by reference to
              Exhibit 3.(i)(b) to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
              September 30, 1997).....................................................................     *

  3.(i)(c)  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as
              filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 19, 1997 (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.(i)(c) to the Registrant's Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 (the "June 1997 Form 10-Q"))....     *

  3.(i)(d)  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as
              filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration
              Statement)..............................................................................     *

  3.(i)(e)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series LMC Common Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of
              State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)................     *

  3.(i)(f)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series LMCN-V Common Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of
              State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)................     *

  3.(i)(g)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed
              with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration
              Statement)..............................................................................     *

  3.(i)(h)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......     *

  3.(i)(i)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement)......     *

  3.(i)(j)  Certificate of Correction of the Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations,
              Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
              Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series E Convertible Preferred
              Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
              November 13, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.i(h) to the
              Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "1996
              Form 10-K"))............................................................................     *

1

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
  3.(i)(k)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).....     *
  3.(i)(l)  Certificate of Correction of the Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations,
              Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
              Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series F Convertible Preferred
              Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
              November 13, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.(i)(j) to the
              Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K)............................................................     *
  3.(i)(m)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).....     *
  3.(i)(n)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).....     *
  3.(i)(o)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series I Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).....     *
  3.(i)(p)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed with the
              Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).....     *
  3.(i)(q)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
              Optional or Other Special Rights, and Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions
              Thereof, of 10 1/4% Series M Exchangeable Preferred Stock of the Registrant as filed
              with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 10, 1996 (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Registrant's S-8 Registration
              Statement)..............................................................................     *
  3.(ii)    By-laws of the Registrant as of May 22, 1997 (which are incorporated herein by reference
              to Exhibit 3.(ii) to the Registrant's June 1997 Form 10-Q)..............................     *
  4.1       Rights Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 between the Registrant and ChaseMellon
              Shareholder Services L.L.C. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17
              to the Registrant's S-8 Registration Statement).........................................     *
  4.2       Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture,
              dated as of June 30, 1992, among Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE"), Time
              Warner Companies, Inc. ("TWCI"), certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto
              and The Bank of New York ("BONY"), as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference
              to Exhibits 10(g) and 10(h) to TWCI's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 14, 1992
              (File No. 1-8637) ("TWCI's July 1992 Form 8-K"))........................................     *
  4.3       Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 9, 1992, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to TWE's Registration Statement on
              Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-67688) filed with the Commission on October 25, 1993
              ("TWE's 1993 Form S-4"))................................................................     *

2

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
  4.4       Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 12, 1993, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to TWE's 1993 Form S-4)..............................     *
  4.5       Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 29, 1994, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to TWE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
              ended December 31, 1993 ("TWE's 1993 Form 10-K")).......................................     *
  4.6       Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1994, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to TWE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
              ended December 31, 1994)................................................................     *
  4.7       Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 1997, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee.......................
  4.8       Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 29, 1997, among TWE, TWCI, certain of
              TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee.......................
  4.9       Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993 between TWCI and The Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly
              Chemical Bank) ("Chase Manhattan"), as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by
              reference to Exhibit 4.11 to TWCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-8637))....................................................     *
  4.10      First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 15, 1993 between TWCI and Chase Manhattan,
              as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to TWCI's Quarterly
              Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993)................................     *
  4.11      Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 10, 1996 among the Registrant, TWCI and
              Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
              TWCI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996)..........     *
  4.12      Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 1996 among the Registrant, TWCI and
              Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10
              to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K).....................................................     *
  4.13      Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 17, 1997 among the Registrant, TWCI,
              Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS") and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant's, TWCI's and TBS's
              Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration Nos. 333-45703, 333-45703-02 and
              333-45703-01) filed with the Commission on February 5, 1998 (the "1998 Form S-4"))......     *
  4.14      Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 12, 1998 among the Registrant, TWCI, TBS
              and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
              4.5 to the Registrant's, TWCI's and TBS's 1998 Form S-4)................................     *
  4.15      Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 1998 among the Registrant, TWCI, TBS
              and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee.........................................................
  4.16      Trust Agreement effective as of April 1, 1998 among the Registrant, as Grantor, and U.S.
              Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee...........................................
 10.1       Time Warner 1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended through March 20, 1997.....................
 10.2       1988 Stock Incentive Plan of Time Warner Inc., as amended through March 20, 1997..........
 10.3       Time Warner 1989 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through March 20, 1997..................
 10.4       Time Warner 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended through March 20, 1997.....................
 10.5       Time Warner Corporate Group Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through March 20, 1997.......
 10.6       Time Warner 1997 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Annex A
              to the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 28, 1997 used in connection
              with the Registrant's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders)..............................     *
 10.7       Time Warner 1988 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended through
              November 18, 1993 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of TWCI's
              Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993 ("TWCI's 1993 Form
              10-K")).................................................................................     *

3

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 10.8       Time Warner 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Annex A to TWCI's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 29, 1996
              used in connection with TWCI's 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders).....................     *

 10.9       Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Time Warner, as amended through November 18,
              1993 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TWCI's 1993 Form
              10-K)...................................................................................     *

 10.10      Time Warner Retirement Plan for Outside Directors, as amended through May 16, 1996 (which
              is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant's 1996 Form
              10-K)...................................................................................     *

 10.11      Amended and Restated Time Warner Inc. Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Officers (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to TWCI's definitive Proxy Statement dated
              March 30, 1995 used in connection with TWCI's 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders)......     *

 10.12      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and Gerald M. Levin..........................................................

 10.13      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and R.E. Turner ("Turner")...................................................

 10.14      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and Richard D. Parsons.......................................................

 10.15      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998 between the
              Registrant and Peter R. Haje............................................................

 10.16      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and Richard J. Bressler......................................................

 10.17      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and Timothy A. Boggs.........................................................

 10.18      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and John A. LaBarca..........................................................

 10.19      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 1998, between the
              Registrant and Philip R. Lochner, Jr. ..................................................

 10.20      Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995 among TWCI,
              Liberty Media Corporation ("LMC"), TCI Turner Preferred, Inc. ("TCITP"), Communication
              Capital Corp. ("CCC") and United Cable Turner Investment, Inc. (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWCI's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
              September 6, 1996 ("TWCI's September 1996 Form 8-K"))...................................     *

 10.21      Agreement Containing Consent Order dated August 14, 1996 among TWCI, TBS, Tele-
              Communications, Inc., LMC and the Federal Trade Commission (which is incorporated herein
              by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to TWCI's September 1996 Form 8-K).........................     *

 10.22      Stockholders' Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 among the Registrant, Turner, TCITP,
              Liberty Broadcasting Inc. CCC, Turner Outdoor Inc. ("Turner Outdoor") and Turner
              Partners, L.P. ("Turner Partners") (which is incorporated herein by reference to
              Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K).......................................     *

 10.23      Investors Agreement (No. 1) dated as of October 10, 1996 among the Registrant, Turner,
              Turner Outdoor and Turner Partners (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
              10.23 to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K)...............................................     *

 10.24      Investors Agreement (No. 2) dated as of October 10, 1996 among the Registrant, Turner
              Foundation, Inc. ("Turner Foundation") and Robert E. Turner Charitable Remainder
              Unitrust No. 2 ("Turner Trust") (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
              10.24 to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K)...............................................     *

 10.25      Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 among the Registrant, Turner,
              Turner Outdoor, Turner Foundation, Turner Trust and Turner Partners (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K)...     *

4

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 10.26      Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 1997 among the Registrant, TWCI, TWE, TBS, Time
              Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership ("TWE-A/N Partnership"), and TWI Cable
              Inc., as Credit Parties, Chase Manhattan, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America
              National Trust and Savings Association, BONY and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
              York, as Documentation and Syndication Agents and Chase Securities Inc., as Arranger....
 10.27      Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of October 29, 1991, as amended by the Letter
              Agreement, dated February 11, 1992, and the Letter Agreement dated June 23, 1992, among
              TWCI and certain of its subsidiaries, ITOCHU Corporation ("ITOCHU") and Toshiba
              Corporation ("Toshiba") ("TWE Partnership Agreement, as amended") (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit (A) to TWCI's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October
              29, 1991 (File No. 1-8637) and Exhibit 10(b) and 10(c) to TWCI's July 1992 Form 8-K)....     *
 10.28      Admission Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1993, between TWE and US WEST, Inc. ("US West")
              (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWE's Current Report on
              Form 8-K dated May 16, 1993)............................................................     *
 10.29      Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 14, 1993, among ITOCHU, Toshiba, TWCI, US West
              and certain of their respective subsidiaries, amending the TWE Partnership Agreement, as
              amended (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to TWE's 1993 Form
              10-K)...................................................................................     *
 10.30      Restructuring Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995 among TWCI, ITOCHU and ITOCHU
              Entertainment Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to TWCI's
              Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 31, 1995 ("TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K")).......     *
 10.31      Restructuring Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995 between TWCI and Toshiba (including
              Form of Registration Rights Agreement, between TWCI and Toshiba) (which is incorporated
              herein by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K).....................     *
 10.32      Option Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1993, between TWE and US West (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TWE's 1993 Form 10-K)...............     *
 10.33      Contribution Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 among TWE, Advance Publications, Inc.
              ("Advance Publications"), Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation ("Newhouse"),
              Advance/Newhouse Partnership ("Advance/Newhouse"), and TWE-AN Partnership (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWE's Current Report on Form 8-K
              dated September 9, 1994 ("TWE's September 1994 Form 8-K"))..............................     *
 10.34      Partnership Agreement, dated as of September 9, 1994, between TWE and Advance/Newhouse
              (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to TWE's September 1994 Form
              8-K)....................................................................................     *
 10.35      Letter Agreement dated April 1, 1995 among TWE, Advance/Newhouse, Advance Publications and
              Newhouse (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to TWE's Current
              Report on Form 8-K dated April 1, 1995).................................................     *
 10.36      Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1997 among Advance
              Publications, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, TW Holding Co. and TWE-AN Partnership (which is
              incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(c) to the Registrant's Current Report on
              Form 8-K dated October 27, 1997)........................................................     *
 21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant............................................................
 23.1       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors........................................
 23.2       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants..................................
 27         Financial Data Schedule...................................................................
 99.1       The unaudited financial statements of TBS for the quarterly period ended September 30,
              1996 (which is incorporated herein by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of
              TBS for the nine months ended September 30, 1996).......................................     *
 99.2       The 1995 financial statements and report of independent accountants thereon of TBS (which
              is incorporated herein by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of TBS for the
              year ended December 31, 1995)...........................................................     *

5

                                                                                                         SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                    PAGE
  NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION                                             NUMBER
----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 99.3       The unaudited financial statements of the Time Warner Service Partnerships for the
              quarterly period ended September 30, 1995 (which is incorporated herein by reference to
              the Current Report on Form 8-K of TWE dated November 28, 1995 ("TWE's November 1995 Form
              8-K"))..................................................................................     *
 99.4       The unaudited financial statements of Paragon Communications for the quarterly period
              ended June 30, 1995 (which is incorporated by reference to TWE's November 1995 Form
              8-K)....................................................................................     *
 99.5       Annual Report on Form 11-K of the Time Warner Savings Plan for the period ended December
              31, 1997 (to be filed by amendment).....................................................
 99.6       Annual Report on Form 11-K of the Time Warner Thrift Plan for the year ended December 31,
              1997 (to be filed by amendment).........................................................
 99.7       Annual Report on Form 11-K of the TWC Savings Plan for the year ended December 31, 1997
              (to be filed by amendment)..............................................................


* Incorporated by reference.

The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its request copies of long-term debt instruments defining the rights of holders of outstanding long-term debt that are not required to be filed herewith.

6


TIME WARNER INC.,

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

AND THE TW PARTNERS SIGNATORY HERETO

TO

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

TRUSTEE


SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 29, 1997



SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of September 29, 1997 among TIME WARNER INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware ("Time Warner"), TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TWE"), each of the other Persons signatories hereto (the "TW Partners") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of New York, Trustee (the "Trustee").

RECITALS

Time Warner, TWE, the TW Partners and the Trustee have executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992, as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1992, a Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 1992, a Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 12, 1993, a Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 29, 1994, and a Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 28, 1994 (the "Indenture"), providing for, among other things, (i) the issuance from time to time of unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the "Securities"), to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Indenture and (ii) the guaranties of the Securities by the TW Partners (the "TW Partner Guaranties").

Time Warner, TWE and each of the TW Partners have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to provide for the assumption of the obligations of Time Warner Operations Inc. ("TWOI") under its TW Partner Guaranty by Warner Communications Inc. ("WCI") upon consummation of the merger of TWOI with and into WCI.

This Sixth Supplemental Indenture is being executed pursuant to and in accordance with Section 901 of the Indenture.

All things necessary to make this Sixth Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding agreement of Time Warner, TWE and the TW Partners have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
INCORPORATION OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENTS

SECTION 101. INCORPORATION OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENTS.

This Sixth Supplemental Indenture is a supplemental indenture within the meaning of the Indenture and shall be read together and shall have the same effect as though all the provisions thereof and hereof were contained in one instrument. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of the Indenture are incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 102. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.


2

SECTION 103. GOVERNING LAW.

This Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

ARTICLE TWO
AMENDMENTS TO EXHIBIT A TO THE FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Upon consummation of the merger of TWOI with and into WCI, WCI shall assume all of TWOI's obligations under its TW Partner Guaranty. After giving effect to the foregoing, Exhibit A to the First Supplemental Indenture shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers or agents, and their respective seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

[Corporate Seal] TIME WARNER INC. Attest:

/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
---------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                    Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                       Title:  Vice President

[Seal] TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT

Attest:                                COMPANY, L.P.




/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
--------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                    Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                       Title:  Vice President


3

                                       TW Partners
[Corporate Seal]                       -----------
Attest:                                American Television and Communications
                                        Corporation
                                       Warner Cable Communications Inc.
                                       Warner Communications Inc.
                                       Time Warner Operations Inc.



/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
--------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                    Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                       Title:  Vice President


[Corporate Seal]                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Trustee

Attest:

                                       By:
--------------------------------       ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                    Name:

Title:


3

                                       TW Partners
[Corporate Seal]                       -----------
Attest:                                American Television and Communications
                                        Corporation
                                       Warner Cable Communications Inc.
                                       Warner Communications Inc.
                                       Time Warner Operations Inc.




                                          By:
-----------------------------------       -------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                       Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                          Title:  Vice President

[Corporate Seal] THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Trustee Attest:

/s/ Timothy Shea                          By: /s/ Remo J. Reale
-----------------------------------       -----------------------------------
Assistant Treasurer                       Name:   Remo J. Reale
                                          Title:  Assistant Vice President


STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the 27th day of September, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of TIME WARNER INC., one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998

STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the 29th day of September, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., the Delaware limited partnership described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said limited partnership; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Representatives or the Managing General Partners of said limited partnership, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998


STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the 29th day of September, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of American Television and Communications Corporation, Warner Cable Communications Inc., Warner Communications Inc. and Time Warner Operations Inc., some of the entities described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said entities; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such entities' seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the appropriate Board of Directors or similar governing body of said entities; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998

STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the ____ day of September, 1997, before me personally came ________________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the ____________ of THE BANK OF NEW YORK, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.



STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the ____ day of September, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of American Television and Communications Corporation, Warner Cable Communications Inc., Warner Communications Inc. and Time Warner Operations Inc., some of the entities described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said entities; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such entities' seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the appropriate Board of Directors or similar governing body of said entities; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.


STATE OF NEW YORK      )
                       :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK     )

On the 29th day of September, 1997, before me personally came Remo J. Reale, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the A.V.P. of THE BANK OF NEW YORK, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ William J. Cassels
_________________________________________

        WILLIAM J. CASSELS
  Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 01CA5027729
     Qualified in Bronx County
Certificate Filed in New York County
   Commission Expires May 16, 1998


EXHIBIT A

                                                                             GUARANTEED
                                GUARANTOR                                    PERCENTAGE
                                ---------                                    -----------
American Television and Communications Corporation......................         40.73%
Warner Cable Communications Inc.........................................         14.39%
Warner Communications Inc...............................................         44.88%
                                                                                -------
                                                                                100.00%
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------



TIME WARNER INC.,

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

AND THE TW PARTNERS SIGNATORY HERETO

TO

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

TRUSTEE


SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 29, 1997



SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of December 29, 1997 among TIME WARNER INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware ("Time Warner"), TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TWE"), each of the other Persons signatories hereto (the "TW Partners") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of New York, Trustee (the "Trustee").

RECITALS

Time Warner, TWE, the TW Partners and the Trustee have executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992, as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 30, 1992, a Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 1992, a Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 12, 1993, a Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 29, 1994, a Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 28, 1994, and a Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 29, 1997 (the "Indenture"), providing for, among other things, (i) the issuance from time to time of unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the "Securities"), to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Indenture and (ii) the guaranties of the Securities by the TW Partners (the "TW Partner Guaranties").

Time Warner, TWE and each of the TW Partners have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to provide for the assumption of the obligations of Warner Cable Communications Inc. ("WCCI") under its TW Partner Guaranty by Warner Communications Inc. ("WCI") upon consummation of the merger of WCCI with and into WCI.

This Seventh Supplemental Indenture is being executed pursuant to and in accordance with Section 901 of the Indenture.

All things necessary to make this Seventh Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding agreement of Time Warner, TWE and the TW Partners have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
INCORPORATION OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENTS

SECTION 101. INCORPORATION OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENTS.

This Seventh Supplemental Indenture is a supplemental indenture within the meaning of the Indenture and shall be read together and shall have the same effect as though all the provisions thereof and hereof were contained in one instrument. Unless otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of the Indenture are incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 102. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.


2

SECTION 103. GOVERNING LAW.

This Seventh Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

ARTICLE TWO
AMENDMENTS TO EXHIBIT A TO THE FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Upon consummation of the merger of WCCI with and into WCI, WCI shall assume all of WCCI's obligations under its TW Partner Guaranty. After giving effect to the foregoing, Exhibit A to the First Supplemental Indenture shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers or agents, and their respective seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

[Corporate Seal] TIME WARNER INC. Attest:

/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
----------------------------------        ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                       Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                          Title:  Vice President

[Seal] TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT

Attest:                                COMPANY, L.P.




/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
----------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                       Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                          Title:  Vice President


3

                                       TW Partners
[Corporate Seal]                       -----------
Attest:                                American Television and Communications
                                        Corporation
                                       Warner Cable Communications Inc.
                                       Warner Communications Inc.



/s/ Susan A. Waxenberg                 By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
----------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                       Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                          Title:  Vice President

[Corporate Seal] THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Trustee Attest:


Assistant Secretary Name:


Title:


3

                                       TW Partners
[Corporate Seal]                       -----------
Attest:                                American Television and Communications
                                        Corporation
                                       Warner Cable Communications Inc.
                                       Warner Communications Inc.



                                       By:
----------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                       Name:   Thomas W. McEnerney
                                          Title:  Vice President

[Corporate Seal] THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Trustee Attest:

/s/ Barbara Kaczman                    By: /s/ Remo J. Reale
----------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Assistant Treasurer                       Name:   Remo J. Reale
                                          Title:  Assistant Vice President


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the 24th day of December, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of TIME WARNER INC., one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998

STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the 24th day of December, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., the Delaware limited partnership described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said limited partnership; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Representatives or the Managing General Partners of said limited partnership, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the 24th day of December, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of American Television and Communications Corporation, Warner Cable Communications Inc. and Warner Communications Inc., some of the entities described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said entities; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such entities' seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the appropriate Board of Directors or similar governing body of said entities; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Elisa N. Sheridan
_________________________________________

          ELISA N. SHERIDAN
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 31-4850509
    Qualified in New York County
   Commission Expires Feb. 17, 1998

STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the ____ day of December, 1997, before me personally came ________________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the ____________ of THE BANK OF NEW YORK, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.



STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the ____ day of December, 1997, before me personally came Thomas W. McEnerney, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice President of American Television and Communications Corporation, Warner Cable Communications Inc. and Warner Communications Inc., some of the entities described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said entities; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such entities' seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the appropriate Board of Directors or similar governing body of said entities; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    :  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the ____ day of December, 1997, before me personally came Remo J. Reale, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the A.V.P. of THE BANK OF NEW YORK, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ William J. Cassels
_________________________________________

        WILLIAM J. CASSELS
   Notary Public, State of New York
          No. 01CA5027729
    Qualified in Bronx County
 Certified Filed in New York County
   Commission Expires May 16, 1998


EXHIBIT A

                                                                             GUARANTEED
                                GUARANTOR                                    PERCENTAGE
                                ---------                                    ----------
American Television and Communications Corporation......................         40.73%
Warner Communications Inc...............................................         59.27%
                                                                                ------
                                                                                100.00%
                                                                                ------
                                                                                ------


EXECUTION COPY

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Sixth Supplemental Indenture") dated as of March 17, 1998, among TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Time Warner, Inc. (the "Company"), TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation formerly known as TW Inc. ("TWI"), TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation ("TBS"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York banking corporation, as successor trustee (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the "Original Indenture"), dated as of January 15, 1993, as amended from time to time, including by way of the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1993, between the Company and the Trustee (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 10, 1996, among the Company, TWI and the Trustee (the "Second Supplemental Indenture"), the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 1996 among the Company, TWI and the Trustee (the "Third Supplemental Indenture"), the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 17, 1997 among the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee (the "Fourth Supplemental Indenture") and the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 12, 1998 among the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee (the "Fifth Supplemental Indenture") (the Original Indenture, as so amended, is herein called the "Indenture"), providing for the issuance and sale by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities (the "Securities", which term shall include any Securities issued under the Indenture after the date hereof);

WHEREAS TWI has, by way of the Second Supplemental Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the "TWI Guarantee") and has, by way of the Third Supplemental Indenture, extended to the


2

Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the TWI Guarantee;

WHEREAS TBS has, by way of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the "TBS Guarantee") and has extended to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the TBS Guarantee;

WHEREAS Section 901(5) of the Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding to the rights of the Holders of the Securities;

WHEREAS the Company proposes in and by this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to supplement and amend the Indenture in certain respects as it applies to Securities issued thereunder and TWI desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee all monetary obligations of TBS under the TBS Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TBS under the TBS Guarantee and the Securities (the "Additional TWI Guarantee", and together with the TWI Guarantee, the "TWI Guarantees") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the Additional TWI Guarantee; and

WHEREAS the Company, TWI and TBS have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Sixth Supplemental Indenture and all requirements necessary to make this Sixth Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms and to make the Additional TWI Guarantee the valid obligation of TWI, and the execution and delivery of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW THEREFORE, the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee hereby agree that the following Sections of this


3

Sixth Supplemental Indenture supplement the Indenture with respect to Securities issued thereunder:

SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

SECTION 2. The Additional TWI Guarantee. (a) TWI irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, (i) the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of TBS under the TBS Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TBS under the TBS Guarantee.

(b) TWI further agrees that the Additional TWI Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) The obligation of TWI to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or TBS to make such payment.

(d) TWI also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the Additional TWI Guarantee.

(e) Any term or provision of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Additional TWI Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, as it relates to TWI, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 3. Amendment to Defeasance upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. The sentence following


4

clause (5) of Section 403 of Article 4 of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) above, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, TWI shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the TWI Guarantees of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, TWI shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article Eight (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301 to be subject to this provision), and clause
(5)(ii) of Section 501 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

SECTION 4. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part of it, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and each is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

SECTION 5. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. Counterparts. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one instrument.


5

SECTION 7. Headings. The headings of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 8. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company, TWI and TBS, and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 9. Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Sixth Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of the Sixth Supplemental Indenture or of the Securities, but this Sixth Supplemental Indenture and the Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.


6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
  -----------------------------
  Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
  Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
  -----------------------------
  Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
  Title: Vice President

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.,

by /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
  -----------------------------
  Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
  Title: Vice President

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as
Trustee,

by /s/ Richard Lorenzen
  -----------------------------
  Name:  Richard Lorenzen
  Title: Senior Trust Officer


TRUST AGREEMENT

TIME WARNER INC., (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, and U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. (the "Trustee"), a national association, have entered into this grantor trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement"), effective as of April 1, 1998.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company from time to time enters into individual employment agreements containing deferred compensation provisions (collectively, the "Contracts") with certain senior officers and key personnel (the "Executives");

WHEREAS, the Company has incurred and expects to incur financial obligations under the terms of the Contracts with respect to the Executives and their designated beneficiary(ies) or estates (the "Beneficiary(ies)");

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to establish a trust (the "Trust") and to contribute to the Trust assets to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its financial obligations under the Contracts, and such assets shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of the Company becoming Insolvent, as herein defined, until paid to the Executives or Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Contracts, or as otherwise provided herein;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that the Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Contracts as unfunded arrangements maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for the Executives;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

(a) The Company hereby establishes this revocable Trust with the Trustee, to be called the Time Warner Inc. Grantor Trust, which shall automatically become irrevocable upon a "Change of Control", as defined in
Section 12 hereof, or upon such earlier date as may be determined by the General Counsel of the Company by providing notice to the Trustee.

(b) The Trust shall consist of an initial contribution of money and other property made by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

TWI/UST Trust Agreement


(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code'), and shall be construed accordingly.

(d) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(d), the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon (the "Trust Fund") shall be held separate and apart from the Company's other funds and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of the Executives and Beneficiaries and the Company's general creditors as herein set forth. The Executives and Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of the Executives and Beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event the Company is "Insolvent", as defined in Section 3(a) hereof. Except as contemplated by
Section 3(b)(3) (relating to the holding of Trust assets for the benefit of the Company's creditors in the event the Company becomes Insolvent), the assets allocated to the account maintained in respect of any Executive or Beneficiary shall not be applied to or used for the benefit of any other Executive or Beneficiary.

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Executive or Beneficiary shall have any right or duty under this Trust Agreement to compel such additional deposits or determine the sufficiency thereof. The Contracts require the Company to make contributions in specific amounts.

(f) The Company shall at all times ensure that the Contracts and the Trust shall have characteristics supporting a determination that the Contracts are unfunded arrangements maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

SECTION 2. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVES AND BENEFICIARIES

(a) Prior to a Change of Control, the entitlement of an Executive or Beneficiary to deferred compensation under the Contracts shall be determined by the Company or such party as it shall designate under the Contracts, and any claim for such deferred compensation shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts. The Trustee or its agent shall not be required to make any such determination prior to a Change of Control. Also prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall be responsible for maintaining all records contemplated under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement, and the Trustee shall not be responsible in any respect for administering the Contracts. After a Change of Control, all such entitlements shall be determined solely by the Trustee or its agent based on the Payment Schedules as described in Section
2(e), and the Trustee or its agent shall be responsible for maintaining all records contemplated under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement and for administering those provisions of the Contracts relating

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

2

to deferred compensation.

(b) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall make payments of deferred compensation directly to the Executives or Beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Contracts. The Company shall notify the Trustee of each amount of deferred compensation due at the time it becomes payable to an Executive or Beneficiary and the Company shall be entitled to withdraw such amount from the Trust Fund. After a Change of Control, all payments of deferred compensation will be made directly to the Executives or Beneficiaries solely by the Trustee or its agents out of Trust Fund assets.

(c) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of the deferred compensation due under the terms of the Contracts and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any such taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of such deferred compensation and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by the Company. The Company shall cooperate with the Trustee in making such determination.

(d) The Company and the Trustee recognize that all economic activity of the Trust, including but not limited to security transactions, the receipt of dividends and other income as well as the payment of expenses, is economic activity of the Company for tax purposes. Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall be entitled to withdraw from the Trust Fund an amount equal to such tax liability incurred in accordance with the terms of the Contracts. After a Change of Control, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Trust for such tax liability to the extent not previously withdrawn pursuant to the preceding sentence. Additionally, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Trust for any out of pocket expenditures by the Company which, pursuant to the terms of the Contracts, are obligations of the Trust.

(e) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (a "Payment Schedule") for each Executive whose deferred compensation under a Contract may be paid from the Trust Fund after a Change of Control. To the extent such information has not already been made available to the Trustee in the Contracts or relevant excerpts thereof, or such other documents as may be supplied to the Trustee from time to time, any of which may constitute such Payment Schedule, the Payment Schedule shall:

(1) specify the value of the Executive's deferred compensation under the Contract as of the most recent valuation date;

(2) describe the events that must occur in order for the Executive's deferred compensation to become payable under the terms of the Contract;

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

3

(3) provide such instructions as will enable the Trustee to determine the amount of the Executive's deferred compensation as of the time it becomes payable under the terms of the Contract;

(4) specify the form in which the Executive's deferred compensation is to be paid, as provided for or available under the Contract (including, if such form is not a lump sum, the frequency of such payments);

(5) specify the Term Date (as defined in the Contract) or other time for commencement of payment of the Executive's deferred compensation under the Contract; and

(6) specify the name, address and social security number of the Executive as well as the name, address, social security number and relation to the Executive of each Beneficiary.

(f) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company may from time to time substitute a new Payment Schedule by delivering a new or amended Payment Schedule to the Trustee. Upon receipt of such a new or amended Payment Schedule, the previous Payment Schedule shall be deemed revoked. Prior to a Change of Control, any Payment Schedule previously filed with the Trustee may be revoked by the Company by filing notice of such revocation with the Trustee without delivering a new or amended Payment Schedule to the Trustee. No Payment Schedule may be amended or revoked after a Change of Control. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, after a Change of Control, no payment shall be made from the Trust with respect to an Executive's deferred compensation under such Executive's Contract unless a Payment Schedule (which has not been revoked) for such Executive's deferred compensation under such Contract is on file with the Trustee at the time a Change of Control occurs. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to Executives and Beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule.

(g) Any Executive or Beneficiary seeking to obtain payment from the Trust Fund after a Change of Control shall deliver to the Trustee a written request for payment. As soon as practicable after a request for payment has been received by the Trustee, the Trustee, solely out of the Trust Fund and with no obligation otherwise to make any payments, shall make payment to such Executive or Beneficiary in such manner, and at such times, and in such amounts, as the Trustee shall determine to be payable to such Executive or Beneficiary under the Contract based on the most recent Payment Schedule applicable to the Executive or Beneficiary that was furnished to the Trustee by the Company prior to a Change of Control.

(h) After a Change of Control, any Executive or Beneficiary for whom a Payment Schedule is on file with the Trustee at the time of such Change of Control shall be presumed conclusively, for all purposes of this Trust Agreement, to be entitled to any deferred compensation that the Trustee determines to be payable to such Executive or Beneficiary on the basis of information contained in such Payment Schedule and in any written request for payment signed by

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

4

the Executive or Beneficiary, and the Trustee's determination as to the amount and the form of payment of the deferred compensation so payable shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, including Executives and Beneficiaries.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement to the contrary, if at any time the Trust is finally determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") not to be a "grantor trust" with the result that the income of the Trust Fund is not treated as income of the Company pursuant to Sections 671 through 679 of the Code, then the Trust shall immediately terminate. The Trustee shall immediately distribute the interest of each Executive or Beneficiary entitled thereto in a lump sum regardless of whether such Executive's employment has terminated and regardless of the form and time of payments specified in or pursuant to the Contracts as directed by the Company.

Any remaining assets (less any expenses or costs due under Section 9 hereof) shall then be paid by the Trustee to the Company in such amounts, and in the manner instructed by the Company.

(j) The Company's establishment of the Trust and the making of contributions thereto shall not release the Company from its obligation to pay the deferred compensation contemplated by the Contracts to the Executives or the Beneficiaries except to the extent that the Trust has actually paid such deferred compensation. If for any reason there are inadequate assets held in the Trust under the terms of the Contract to pay the Executive or the Beneficiary his or her deferred compensation (for example, if the Trust assets are applied to the benefit of the Company's general creditors if the Company becomes Insolvent as provided herein), the inadequacy of the Trust assets shall not deprive the Executive or the Beneficiary of the right to be paid by the Company his or her deferred compensation amount.

SECTION 3. TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVES AND BENEFICIARIES WHEN THE COMPANY IS INSOLVENT

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of deferred compensation to the Executives and Beneficiaries if the Company is "Insolvent". The Company shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of the Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(1) The board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing if the Company becomes Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company notifies the Trustee that the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall provide the board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer with a copy of such writing and absent the Company's

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

5

provision of an independent expert's opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that the Company is not Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries.

(2) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company becoming Insolvent, or has received notice from the Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent.

(3) If at any time the Trustee has received a notice containing information or allegations described in Section 3(b)(1) hereof that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of the Executives or Beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to deferred compensation due under the Contracts or otherwise.

(4) The Trustee shall resume the payment of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 hereof only after it has been demonstrated to the Trustee's reasonable satisfaction that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of deferred compensation from the Trust pursuant to
Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to the Executives or Beneficiaries under the terms of the Contracts for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to the Executives or Beneficiaries by the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

SECTION 4. PAYMENTS TO THE COMPANY

Except as provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof, after the Trust has become irrevocable, as provided in Section 1(a) hereof, the Company shall have no right or power to withdraw any of the assets of the Trust Fund or to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others such assets before all payments of deferred compensation due to the Executives and Beneficiaries have been made pursuant to the terms of the Contracts.

SECTION 5. INVESTMENT AUTHORITY

(a) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on the Trustee by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, and all rights associated with assets of

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

6

the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the Executives or Beneficiaries. Subject to the provisions of the Contracts, and except as expressly provided otherwise herein, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in any investment permitted by law, exercising the judgment and care that persons of prudence, discretion and intelligence would exercise under the circumstances then prevailing considering the probable income and safety of their capital, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power:

(1) To invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, together with the income therefrom, in common stock, preferred stock, mutual funds, bonds, mortgages, notes, time certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other evidences of indebtedness (including those issued by the Trustee or any of its affiliates), other securities, options to buy or sell securities or other assets, and other property of any kind (personal, real or mixed, and tangible or intangible);

(2) To deposit or invest all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund in savings accounts or certificates of deposit or other deposits which bear a reasonable interest rate in a bank, including the commercial department of the Trustee, if such bank is supervised by the United States or any state;

(3) To hold, manage, improve and control all property, real or personal, forming part of the Trust Fund and to sell, convey, transfer, exchange, partition, lease for any term, even extending beyond the duration of the Trust, and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time in such manner, for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee shall determine;

(4) To have, respecting securities, all the rights, powers and privileges of an owner, including the power to give proxies, pay assessments and other sums deemed by the Trustee to be necessary for the protection of the Trust Fund; to participate in voting trusts, pooling agreements, foreclosures, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers and liquidations and, in connection therewith, to deposit securities with and transfer title to any protective or other committee under such terms as the Trustee may deem advisable; to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights; and regardless of any limitation elsewhere in this document relative to investment by the Trustee, to accept and retain as an investment any securities or other property received through the exercise of any of the foregoing powers;

(5) To hold in cash, without liability for interest, such portion of the Trust Fund which, in its discretion, shall be reasonable under the circumstances, pending investments or payments of expenses, or the distribution of deferred compensation;

(6) To take such actions as may be necessary or desirable to protect the Trust Fund from loss due to the default on mortgages held in the Trust including the

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

7

appointment of agents or trustees in such other jurisdictions as may seem desirable, to transfer property to such agents or trustees, to grant such powers as are necessary or desirable to protect the Trust or its assets, to direct such agents or trustees, or to delegate such power to direct and to remove such agents or trustees;

(7) To employ such agents, including investment advisors, custodians, sub-custodians and counsel as may be reasonably necessary and to pay them reasonable compensation; to settle, compromise or abandon all claims and demands in favor of or against the Trust Fund assets;

(8) To cause title to property of the Trust to be issued, held or registered in the individual name of the Trustee or in the name of its nominee(s) or agents, or in such form that title will pass by delivery;

(9) To exercise all of the further rights, powers, options and privileges granted, provided for or vested in trustees generally under the laws of the State of New York, so that powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not be in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be in addition thereto;

(10) To borrow money from any source (including the Trustee) and to execute promissory notes, mortgages, or other obligations and to pledge or mortgage any Trust assets as security;

(11) To institute, compromise and defend actions and proceedings; to pay or contest any claim; to settle a claim by or against the Trustee by compromise, arbitration, or otherwise to release, in whole or in part, any claim belonging to the Trust to the extent that the claim is uncollectible;

(12) To use securities, depositories or custodians and to allow such securities as may be held by a depository or custodian to be registered in the name of such depository or its nominee or in the name of such custodian or its nominee;

(13) To invest the Trust Fund from time to time in one or more investment funds, which funds shall be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

(14) To do all other acts necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Trust Fund, as if the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof. However, nothing in this section shall be construed to mean the Trustee assumes any responsibility for the performance of any investment made by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give the Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

8

gains therefrom within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement to the contrary:

(1) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company may in its sole discretion appoint one or more investment advisors to manage the investment of any part or all of the Trust Fund. The Company shall notify the Trustee of any such appointment by delivering to the Trustee an executed copy of the instrument making such appointment. Any such instrument shall require that the investment advisor provide its directions to the Trustee or directly to the Trustee's agent or custodian, provided the Trustee receives copies of any instructions, confirmations, and notifications given to the custodian or agent; and permit the Trustee, after a Change of Control, to terminate the investment advisor pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Trust Agreement. During the term of the investment advisor's appointment, the investment advisor shall have the sole responsibility for the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the Trust Fund subject to its investment management. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for, or liability with respect to, the selection of the investment advisor by the Company, the investment of such portion of the Trust Fund, or the acts or omissions of such investment advisor.

(2) In exercising the powers granted to it hereunder, the Trustee, or its agent or custodian, shall follow the direction of any investment advisor with respect to the portion of the Trust Fund subject to the management by such investment advisor. The investment advisor may provide its directions in writing, signed by an officer of the investment advisor, or transmit its directions to the Trustee or directly to the Trustee's agent or custodian by such other means of communication as the investment advisor, with the consent of the Trustee, may deem appropriate or necessary. The Trustee shall be under no duty to question, or make inquiries as to, any action or direction of any investment advisor taken as provided herein, or any failure to give directions, or to review the securities held pursuant to any investment advisor's direction, or to make suggestions to the investment advisor or the Company with respect to the investment, reinvestment, or disposition of any assets subject to management by the investment advisor.

(3) After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have the exclusive authority to retain or to terminate any and all investment advisors, and appoint successor investment advisors (including any affiliate of the Trustee), to manage the Trust Fund assets in accordance with the terms of the Contracts, provided that any such appointments shall be subject to the approval of the Executives as provided in the Contracts.

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

9

(4) All rights associated with Trust Fund assets shall be exercised by the Trustee, a person designated by the Trustee, or the investment advisor, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the Executives or Beneficiaries, except that prior to a Change of Control voting rights with respect to the Trust Fund assets shall be exercised by the Company or its agent.

(c) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or applicable law, to the extent that the Trustee directly exercises investment authority, the Trustee shall not invest Trust Fund assets in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which the Trustee invests.

SECTION 6. DISPOSITION OF INCOME

During the term of the Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

SECTION 7. ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE

The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall cause the Company to continue to receive copies of all trade confirmations, purchase and subscription agreements, statements, reports, analyses, summaries and related documents pertaining to the holding, investing and reinvesting of the securities and other property held in the Trust Fund at substantially the same time as copies of the same are first received by the Trustee or an investment advisor (but in no event later than five business days thereafter). Within 120 days following the close of each calendar year and within 120 days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

SECTION 8. RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

10

direction, request or approval given by any officer of the Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Contracts or the Trust (as these are in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control) and is given in writing by any officer of the Company. In the event of a dispute between the Company and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b) If the Trustee undertakes or defends any administrative, adversarial or other litigation or proceeding arising in connection with the Trust, the Company shall indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including without limitation, attorney's fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust without notice to any party.

(c) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also, but need not, be counsel for the Company) generally with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder at the Company's expense which, should it remain unpaid, may be paid from the Trust without notice to any party. The Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder at the Company's expense which, should it remain unpaid, may be paid from the Trust without notice to any party. The Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the advice of such agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals.

(e) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) The Company shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from and against all loss or liability (including expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees), to which it may be subject by reason of its execution of its duties under the Trust, or by reason of any acts taken in good faith in accordance with any directions, or acts omitted in good faith due to absence of directions, from the Company, an Executive or Beneficiary or an investment advisor (other than an investment advisor appointed by, or an affiliate of, the Trustee) unless, and only to the extent, such loss or liability is due to the Trustee's negligence or misconduct.

(g) In the event that the Trustee is named as a defendant in a lawsuit or proceeding involving the Contracts or the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive payments on a

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

11

current basis pursuant to the indemnity provisions provided for in this section, provided however, that if the final judgment entered in the lawsuit or proceeding holds that Trustee is guilty of negligence or misconduct with respect to the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be required to refund the indemnity payments that it has received.

(h) All releases and indemnities provided in this Trust Agreement shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 9. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee is authorized to incur reasonable obligations in connection with the administration of the Trust including attorney's fees, administrative fees and appraisal fees. Such obligations shall be paid by the Company. The Trustee is authorized to pay such amounts from the Trust Fund if the Company fails to pay them within 60 days of presentation of a statement of the amounts due.

(b) The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services, including extraordinary services, as agreed upon between the Trustee and the Company and as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and such other fees as may be negotiated between the parties. If the Trustee and the Company fail to agree upon a compensation agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to compensation at a rate equal to the rate charged by the Trustee for similar services rendered by it during the current fiscal year for other trusts similar to this Trust. The Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred by it in the performance of its duties as the Trustee including reasonable fees for legal counsel. The Trustee's compensation and expenses shall be paid by the Company. The Trustee is authorized to withdraw such amounts from the Trust Fund if the Company fails to pay them within 60 days of presentation of a statement of the amounts due.

SECTION 10. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by notice to the Company, which shall be effective 90 days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) Prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit.

(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraph (a) or (b) of

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

12

this section. In the event of a Change of Control, or if no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be paid by the Company, and if not, from the Trust as administrative expenses of the Trust.

SECTION 11. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR

(a) If the Trustee resigns (or is removed) in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under federal or state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust Fund assets upon transfer of same to the new trustee. The Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) If the Trustee resigns in accordance with Section 10(a) hereof after a Change of Control, the Trustee shall appoint any third party such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under federal or state law as a successor to replace the Trustee. The appointment of a successor trustee shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new trustee. The new trustee shall have all the rights and powers of the Trustee, including ownership rights in Trust Fund assets upon transfer of same to the new trustee. The Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the successor trustee to evidence the transfer.

(c) The successor trustee need not examine the records and acts of the Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust Fund assets, subject to the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The successor trustee shall not be responsible for, and the Company shall indemnify and defend the successor trustee from, any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of the Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor trustee.

SECTION 12. CHANGE OF CONTROL

For purposes of this Trust Agreement, "Change of Control" shall mean:
The date upon which (i) the board of directors of the Company (or, if approval of the board of directors of the Company is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company's common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's common stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, (b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

13

liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (ii) (a) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), corporation, or other entity shall purchase any common stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Company's common stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the board of directors of the Company, or (b) any such person, corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any benefit plan sponsored by the Company or other subsidiary) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of the Company shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(i) The Company's board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to a Change of Control) acting in such capacity shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing that a Change of Control has occurred. Any one member of the Company's board of directors may provide such a writing. If an Executive alleges in writing to the Trustee that a Change of Control has occurred, the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Executive's allegation to the Company within three days of delivery to the Trustee, and the Trustee may engage one or more independent attorneys, accountants, consultants, or other experts (the "Experts") to determine whether a Change of Control has occurred. The Experts shall be engaged at the expense of the Company. The determination of the Experts or the Trustee as to whether a Change of Control has occurred shall be binding on the Company and the Executives.

(ii) Unless the Trustee has received notice from a member of the Company's board of directors or an Executive alleging that a Change of Control has occurred, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether a Change of Control has occurred.

SECTION 13. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Contracts or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof, and provided further, that this Trust Agreement may not be amended or modified in whole or in part following a Change of Control, except (i) to reflect changes in applicable law or (ii) amendments made in furtherance of the Contracts, subject to the consent of the Executives.

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

14

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which all payments of deferred compensation pursuant to the terms of the Contracts have been made to the Executives and Beneficiaries, unless sooner revoked in accordance with
Section 1(a) hereof. Upon termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Company. Such remaining assets shall be paid by the Trustee to the Company in such amounts and in the manner instructed by the Company, whereupon the Trustee shall be released and discharged from all obligations hereunder. From and after the date of termination, and until final distribution of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall continue to have all of the powers provided herein as are necessary or expedient for the orderly liquidation and distribution of the Trust Fund.

SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Deferred compensation payable to the Executives and Beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(d) This Trust Agreement shall be binding on, and the powers granted to the Company and the Trustee, respectively, shall be exercisable by the respective successors and assigns of the Company and the Trustee. Any corporation that succeeds to substantially all of the business of the Trustee by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise shall upon succession and without appointment or other action by the Company be and become successor trustee hereunder.

(e) Any communication to the Trustee, including any notice, direction, designation, certification, order, instruction or objection shall be in writing and signed by an officer of the Company or by the person authorized under the Contracts or this Trust Agreement to govern same. The Trustee shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company in acting in accordance with such written communications. Any such communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed given if written and hand delivered, mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested or transmitted by facsimile to the Company or the Trustee at the following address or such other address as a party may specify:

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

15

(i) if to the Company:

General Counsel
Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019

Facsimile No. (212) 956-7281

(ii) If to the Trustee:

U.S. Trust Company
114 W. 47th Street, 8th Floor New York, NY 10036

Facsimile No. (212) 852-3036

Attention: Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.

(f) Any obligation of the Company and/or the Trust to repay the Trustee amounts pursuant to any provision of this Trust Agreement shall survive any amendment or termination hereof or the Trustee's resignation or removal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.                          U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.



By: /s/ Carolyn K. McCandless             By: /s/ Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.
    ______________________________            __________________________________
    Carolyn K. McCandless                     Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.


Title: Vice President                     Title: Vice President
       ___________________________               _______________________________

TWI/UST Trust Agreement

16

As Amended through March 20, 1997

Time Warner 1986 Stock Option Plan

1. ADOPTION AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

Time Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the Company), hereby adopts this stock option plan (hereinafter called the Plan), providing for the granting of stock options to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its subsidiaries.

So that the maximum incentive may be provided to particular employees participating in the Plan, the Plan provides for the granting of "incentive" stock options (hereinafter called incentive stock options), within the meaning of Section 422A(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (hereinafter called the Code), and for the granting of "nonqualified" stock options.

2. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

There will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options and stock appreciation rights to be granted from time to time under the Plan an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called Common Stock). Such shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. If any option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in paragraphs 8 and 9 hereof) in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the Board). Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to determine the terms of all options granted under


the Plan (which need not be identical), including, without limitation, the purchase price of the shares covered by each option, the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, options shall be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each option (provided that the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be granted to an individual employee under the Plan shall be 100,000), whether an option shall be an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option, when an option can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments (which terms may be altered, subject to paragraph 14 hereof). In making such determinations, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the Company's success and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this paragraph 3 shall be conclusive.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a committee (hereinafter called the Committee) of at least three members, who shall be members of the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other members of the Board as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

4. ELIGIBILITY.

Options may be granted only to key salaried employees (which

2

term shall be deemed to include officers) of the Company and of its present and future subsidiary corporations as defined in Section 425 of the Code, as the same shall be amended from time to time (hereinafter called subsidiaries). A director of the Company or of a subsidiary who is not also such an employee of the Company or of one of its subsidiaries will not be eligible to receive any options under the Plan. No option shall be granted to any person who, at the time the option is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary, unless at the time the option is granted the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to the option and the option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted. Options may be granted to employees who hold or have held options under previous plans. An employee who has been granted an option may be granted an additional option or options.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of incentive stock options granted on or prior to December 31, 1986, the maximum aggregate fair market value (determined at the time each incentive stock option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock for which any individual employee may be granted incentive stock options under the Plan in any calendar year (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options) shall not exceed $100,000 plus the amount of any unused limit carryover to such year. If $100,000 exceeds the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time each incentive stock option is granted) of the Common Stock for which an employee was granted incentive stock options in any calendar year under the Plan (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options), one-half of such excess shall be an unused limit carryover to each of the three succeeding calendar years, under the rules of Section 422A(c)(4) of the Code. In the case of incentive stock options granted after December 31, 1986, the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock covered by incentive stock options which first become exercisable in any calendar year under the Plan by any individual employee (and under all other plans of the Company or any subsidiary which provide for the granting of incentive stock options) shall not exceed $100,000. For purposes of this paragraph, fair market value of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of grant of an incentive stock option under the Plan.

3

5. OPTION PRICES.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph 4 hereof, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each option shall be determined by the Board, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the granting of such option. Such fair market value shall be determined by the Board and shall not be less than the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the day on which the option is granted.

6. TERM OF OPTIONS.

The term of each option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, but not more than ten years from the date of grant in the case of each incentive stock option and not more than ten and one-half years from the date of grant in the case of each nonqualified stock option, or such shorter period as is prescribed in paragraphs 4, 11 and 12 hereof.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

Unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, an option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole, or in part, at any time during the term of the option. Each incentive stock option granted under the Plan on or prior to December 31, 1986 shall by its terms comply with the requirements of
Section 422A(b)(7) of the Code, as in effect prior to December 31, 1986.

The Board shall be authorized to establish the procedure for the exercise of an option, provided that the Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares with respect to which an option is exercised until the purchase price of such shares shall have been paid in full. Payment shall be made in cash or, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the holder of the option or, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock. An option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the option elects to exercise the option, the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised and the manner of payment for such shares, and shall either (i) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, or (ii) fix a date (not more than 10 business days from the date of exercise) for

4

the payment of the full purchase price of such shares. Cash payments shall be made by certified or bank cashier's check, or by the wire transfer of immediately available funds, in each case payable to the order of the Company. Common Stock payments (valued at the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise) shall be made by delivery of stock certificates in negotiable form. If certificates representing Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the purchase price of an option, separate certificates shall be delivered by the Company representing the same number of shares as each certificate so used, and an additional certificate shall be delivered representing any additional shares to which the holder of the option is entitled as a result of the exercise of the option. Except as provided in paragraphs 11 and 12 hereof, no option may be exercised at any time unless the employee to whom the option was granted under the Plan is then an employee of the Company or of a subsidiary or, if the option agreement so provides, an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. For the purposes of this Plan, "Employee of an Affiliated Entity" shall mean an employee of any entity other than the Company or a subsidiary, whether or not incorporated, which is controlled by or under common control with the Company (an "Affiliated Entity"); provided, however, that no director, officer or holder of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities of the Company who was subject, directly or indirectly, to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, at any time on or after May 14, 1991, shall be considered an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. The holder of an option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to the option until such shares shall be transferred to the holder upon the exercise of his or her option.

Notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any option agreement or in the Plan, each outstanding option granted under the Plan shall, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, become exercisable in full for the aggregate number of shares covered thereby, in the event (i) the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same

5

proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter called the Exchange Act)), corporation or other entity (a) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Company's Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (b) any such person, corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Any transaction referred to in the foregoing clause (i) is hereinafter called an Approved Transaction, any purchase pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise as described in the foregoing clause (ii) is hereinafter called a Control Purchase and the cessation of individuals constituting a majority of the Board as described in the foregoing clause (iii) is hereinafter called a Board Change. The option agreement evidencing an option granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the acceleration of the exercise of options as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such acceleration, will not apply to any stock or cash received by the holder from the Company.

8. GENERAL STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant general

6

stock appreciation rights (hereinafter called SARs) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to the holder of any option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this paragraph 8 called a related option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related option. An SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this paragraph 8, each SAR shall be exercisable only at the same time and to the same extent the related option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination or exercise of the related option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no SAR may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the SAR. SARs shall be exercisable only when the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the SARs) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which the SARs are to be exercised shall exceed the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option. SARs granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the SARs elects to exercise the SARs and the number of shares in respect of which the SARs are being exercised.

Subject to the terms and provisions of this paragraph 8, upon the exercise of SARs, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the SARs) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the holder may specify the form of consideration to be received by such holder, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at fair market value on the date of exercise of the SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock as the holder shall request; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove the form of consideration requested and instead authorize the payment of such consideration in shares of Common Stock (valued as aforesaid), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any election by the holder of an SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR, as well as any exercise of an SAR for such cash, shall be made only during the period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (such period is hereinafter called the Exercise Period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any Exercise Period may not

7

exceed twenty percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related option, shall have been retroactively adjusted by application of the adjustment(s), if any, determined in accordance with paragraph 13 hereof or the corresponding provisions of any outstanding option agreement), but such SARs shall be exercisable only to the extent the related option is exercisable. For purposes of this paragraph 8, (a) fair market value of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales prices thereof as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise of an SAR, and (b) the date of exercise of an SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the holder of the SAR of the exercise of such SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the exercise during the Exercise Period of an SAR granted in tandem with a nonqualified stock option, the date of exercise of such SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape occurred and the fair market value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related option, the SARs with respect to such related option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 3, 6, 10 through 16, and 18 through 20 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to options granted under the Plan) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of an SAR shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such SAR. Each grantee of an SAR shall be notified promptly of the grant of an SAR in such manner as the Board shall prescribe.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph 8, SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the holder of the SARs is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common

8

Stock by the person exercising the SARs would be reportable under Section 16 by the original holder of the related option.

9. LIMITED STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant limited stock appreciation rights (hereinafter called limited rights) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to the holder of any option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this paragraph 9 called a related option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related option. A limited right may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related option. A limited right may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of approval by the stockholders of the Company of an Approved Transaction (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof),
(ii) the date of a Control Purchase (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof), or (iii) the date of a Board Change (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 7 hereof), and (b) ending on the thirtieth day following such date. Each limited right shall be exercisable only to the extent the related option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination of the related option. Notwithstanding the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, no limited right may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the limited right. Limited rights shall be exercisable only when the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of the limited rights) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which the limited rights are to be exercised shall exceed the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related option.

Upon the exercise of limited rights, the related option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such limited rights are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related option, the limited rights with respect to such related option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of paragraphs 3, 6, 10 through 16, and 18 through 20 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to options granted under the Plan) shall also be

9

applicable to limited rights unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of a limited right shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such limited right. Each grantee of a limited right shall be notified promptly of the grant of the limited right in such manner as the Board shall prescribe.

Limited rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the holder of the limited rights elects to exercise the limited rights and the number of shares in respect of which the limited rights are being exercised. The effective date of exercise of a limited right shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received such notice. Upon the exercise of limited rights granted in tandem with an incentive stock option, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, the holder thereof shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value (determined as of the date of exercise of such limited rights) of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such limited right shall have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related incentive stock option. For purposes of this paragraph 9, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high and low sales price thereof as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the date of exercise of a limited right.

Upon the exercise of limited rights granted in tandem with a nonqualified stock option, except as otherwise provided in the option agreement, the holder thereof shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (a) the higher of (x) the Minimum Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), or (y) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such limited rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such limited rights are exercised, over (b) the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related nonqualified stock option, by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such limited rights are being exercised.

For purposes of this paragraph 9, the term "Minimum Price Per Share" shall mean the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth

10

day prior to the date on which such limited rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such limited rights are exercised. For purposes of this definition, if the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph 9, limited rights shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, (i) the holder of the limited rights is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the limited rights would be reportable under Section 16 by the original holder of the related option. The option agreement evidencing an option granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the exercise of limited rights as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such exercise, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the holder of the limited rights.

10. LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

Except as set forth in this paragraph 10 and paragraph 21, options and SARs granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the holder thereof only by such holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The option agreement may provide that options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the option agreement.

11. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

If a holder's employment shall be terminated by the Company or any of it subsidiaries prior to the complete exercise of an option, then such option shall thereafter be exercisable, solely to the extent provided in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that (a) no option granted under the Plan may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such option; (b) if the holder's employment terminates by reason of death or permanent and

11

total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, the option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of the next succeeding paragraph.

If a holder's employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be terminated by the Company or such subsidiary prior to the exercise of any option, for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his or her duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then all options held by such holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to paragraph 10 shall immediately terminate.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable option agreement that the options and/or SARs granted under the Plan shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such option agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Options and SARs under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the holder continues to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries.

12. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

13. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, option agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine

12

to be appropriate for the adjustment of the number and class of shares subject to each outstanding option and the option prices in the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, distribution, split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or liquidation and the like, and, in the event of any such change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the aggregate number and class of shares available under the Plan and the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted to any individual shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.

14. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.

Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, the Plan shall terminate on, and no option shall be granted after, December 31, 1991. The Board may at any time prior to December 31, 1991 terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time also modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that the Board may not, without approval of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, or represented, and entitled to vote at a meeting (i) increase (except as provided in paragraph 13 hereof) the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted under the Plan, (ii) change the class of employees eligible to receive options, (iii) change the manner of determining the minimum option prices other than to change the manner of determining the fair market value of the Common Stock, as set forth in paragraph 5 hereof, or
(iv) extend the period during which options may be granted or exercised. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the holder of an option, adversely affect the rights of such holder under such option.

15. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, or represented, and entitled to vote at the 1986 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 17, 1986, or any adjournment thereof. Prior to such approval, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the granting of options under the Plan the exercise of which shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Plan shall have been so approved. Unless the Plan shall be so approved, the Plan and all options theretofore granted thereunder shall be and become null and void.

13

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS.

The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares under the options granted under the Plan shall be subject to (i) all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, and (ii) the condition that the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the Plan shall have been duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

17. TIME OF GRANTING OF OPTIONS.

The effective date of the granting of an option (hereinafter called the Granting Date) shall be the date on which the Board approves the granting of such option. Each grantee of an option shall be notified promptly of the grant of the option and a written option agreement shall promptly be executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of an option shall expire if a written option agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his or her agent or attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the Granting Date.

18. WITHHOLDING.

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or to pay cash upon the exercise of any nonqualified stock option or any stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any nonqualified stock option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY.

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (as the same shall be amended from time to time) and/or Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so

14

conflict with the requirements of said Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 422A of the Code.

If this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. BENEFICIARIES.

Each holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such holder, the holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

15

As Amended through March 20, 1997

1988 Stock Incentive Plan of Time Warner Inc.

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.

Time Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, hereby adopts this stock incentive plan, providing for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to key employees (including officers) of the Company and its subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below when used in this Plan:

(a) "Award" means grants of an Option, SAR and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to paragraph 7D hereof.

(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

(e) "Committee" means the Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to paragraph 4 hereof.

(f) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(g) "Company" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.


(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

(j) "Exercise Period" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 6E hereof.

(k) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock shall mean the mean between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 6E hereof.

(l) "Holder" means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who has received an Award under this Plan.

(m) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Section 422A(b), or any successor section, of the Code.

(n) "Limited Rights" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 6F hereof.

(o) "Maturity Value" means, unless the Board shall determine otherwise, the average (rounded to the nearest cent) of the means between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the sixty consecutive trading days ending on the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, or if the Valuation Date is not a trading day, the sixty consecutive trading days prior thereto.

(p) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that does not qualify as an ISO.

(q) "Option" means any option granted under this Plan.

(r) "Plan" means this 1988 Incentive Stock Plan of the Company.

(s) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, pursuant to paragraph 7 hereof.

(t) "Restricted Shares Agreement" means the agreement specified in paragraph 12 hereof.

(u) "Restriction Period" means a period of time

2

beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to each such award.

(v) "Retained Distributions" means distributions with respect to Restricted Shares that are retained by the Company pursuant to paragraph 7C hereof.

(w) "SARs" shall mean stock appreciation rights as defined in paragraph 6E hereof.

(x) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(y) "Stock Option Agreement" means the agreement specified in paragraph 12 hereof.

(z) "Subsidiary" means any present or future subsidiary of the Company as such term is defined in Section 425, or any successor section, of the Code.

(aa) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3), or any successor section, of the Code.

(bb) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated in the Restricted Shares Agreement with respect to each award of Restricted Shares pursuant to paragraph 7A hereof.

(cc) "Dividend Equivalents" means an amount equal to the cash dividend payable on each share of Common Stock on any dividend payment date multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares hereunder but only to the extent the shares of Common Stock covered by such award are not issued until the end of the Restriction Period.

(dd) "Employee of an Affiliated Entity" means an employee of any entity other than the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not incorporated, which is controlled by or under common control with the Company (an "Affiliated Entity"); provided, however, that no director, officer or holder of ten percent or more of any class or equity securities of the Company who was subject, directly or indirectly, to
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act at any time on or after May 14, 1991, shall be considered an Employee of an Affiliated Entity.

3

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13 hereof and this paragraph 3, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of Options and SARs and which may be granted as Restricted Shares or issued at the end of the Restriction Period with respect to an award of Restricted Shares hereunder shall be 1,500,000. Such shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. If any Option shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in paragraphs 6E and 6F hereof) in full, the unexercised shares subject thereto shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited by the terms of the Plan or any Restricted Shares Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION.

A. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Options and award Restricted Shares under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical), of all Options and Restricted Shares granted or awarded under the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share, (ii) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Options and Restricted Shares shall be granted or awarded, (iii) the number of shares to be subject to each Option or award of Restricted Shares, (iv) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, (v) when an Option can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, (vi) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any Cash Awards shall become payable, and (vii) the form, terms and provisions of any Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Shares Agreement evidencing a grant of Options or awards of Restricted Shares hereunder (which terms may be amended, subject to paragraph 15 hereof). In making such determinations, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the

4

rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this paragraph 4 shall be conclusive.

B. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee of at least three members, who shall be members of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other persons as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

Options and Restricted Shares may be awarded only to key salaried employees (including officers) of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are at the time of the Award regularly employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on a full-time basis. A director of the Company or of a Subsidiary who is not also an employee of the Company or of one of its Subsidiaries will not be eligible to receive any Awards under the Plan. No ISO shall be granted to any employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Section 425(d), or any successor section, of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Options and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan or any other plans of the Company. An employee who has received Awards under this Plan may be granted

5

additional Options and Restricted Shares under this Plan or any other plan.

6. OPTIONS.

A. Option Prices. Except as otherwise specifically provided in paragraph 5 hereof, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of the granting of such Option.

B. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, but not more than ten years from the date of grant in the case of each ISO, and, except as set forth in paragraph 9 hereof, shall expire upon termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

C. Exercise of Options. Unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, an Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole, or in part, at any time during the term of the Option. Payment shall be made in cash or, unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising the Option or, unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the Option elects to exercise the Option, the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised and the manner of payment for such shares, and shall either (i) be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares or (ii) fix a date (not more than 10 business days from the date of exercise) for the payment of the full purchase price of such shares. Cash payments shall be made by wire transfer, certified or bank check or personal check, in each case payable to the order of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares with respect to which an Option is exercised until the Company has confirmed the receipt of good and available funds in payment of the purchase price thereof. Common Stock payments (valued at the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise) shall be made by delivery of stock certificates in negotiable form. If certificates representing Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the purchase price of an Option, separate certificates shall be delivered by the Company representing the same number of shares as each certificate so used, and an additional certificate shall be delivered representing any additional shares to which the person exercising the Option is

6

entitled as a result of the exercise of the Option. Except as provided in paragraphs 9 and 25 and subparagraph 6G hereof, no Option may be exercised at any time unless the Holder thereof is then an employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary or, if the option agreement so provides, is an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. No Holder or other person exercising the Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option until such shares shall be transferred to the Holder or such other person upon the exercise of the Option.

D. ISOs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to paragraph 8 hereof, in the case of ISOs, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock covered by ISOs which first become exercisable in any calendar year under the Plan by any individual employee (and under all other plans of the Company or any Subsidiary which provide for the granting of ISOs) shall not exceed $100,000.

E. SARs. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant SARs pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph 6E to the Holder of any Option granted under the Plan (hereinafter in this subparagraph 6E called a related Option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related Option. An SAR may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this subparagraph 6E, each SAR shall be exercisable only at the same time and to the same extent the related Option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination or exercise of the related Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no SAR may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the SAR. SARs granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the SARs elects to exercise the SARs, the number of shares in respect of which the SARs are being exercised and the form of payment requested.

Subject to the terms and provisions of this subparagraph 6E, upon the exercise of SARs, the person exercising the SARs shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise of the SARs of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related Option. Upon the exercise of an SAR, the person exercising the SARs may specify the form of consideration to be received, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and

7

partly in shares of Common Stock as the person exercising the SARs shall request; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove the form of consideration requested and instead authorize the payment of such consideration in shares of Common Stock (valued as aforesaid), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the SARs to receive cash in full or partial settlement of the SAR, as well as any exercise of an SAR for such cash, shall be made only during the period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (the "Exercise Period"). Unless the Board determines otherwise, the number of SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any Exercise Period may not exceed twenty percent of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted by application of the adjustment(s), if any, determined in accordance with paragraph 13 hereof or the corresponding provisions of any outstanding Stock Option Agreement), but such SARs shall be exercisable only to the extent the related Option is exercisable. For purposes of this subparagraph 6E, the date of exercise of an SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the SARs of the exercise of such SAR, except that, upon exercise during the Exercise Period of an SAR granted in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option, the date of exercise of such SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape occurred and the Fair Market Value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect to such related Option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

8

The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6B and 9 through 22 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of an SAR shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such SAR. Each grantee of an SAR shall be notified promptly of the grant of an SAR.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subparagraph 6E, SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the Holder or other person exercising the SARs is directly or indirectly subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the SARs would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

F. Limited Rights. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant Limited Rights pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph 6F to the Holder of any Option (hereinafter in this subparagraph 6F called a related Option) with respect to all or a portion of the shares subject to the related Option. A Limited Right may only be granted concurrently with the grant of the related Option. A Limited Right may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of approval by the stockholders of the Company of an Approved Transaction (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), (ii) the date of a Control Purchase (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), or (iii) the date of a Board Change (as defined in the last paragraph of paragraph 8 hereof), and (b) ending on the thirtieth day (or such other date specified in the Stock Option Agreement) following such date. Each Limited Right shall be exercisable only to the extent the related Option is exercisable, and in no event after the termination of the related Option. Notwithstanding the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences, no Limited Right may be exercised within a period of six months after the date of grant of the Limited Right.

Upon the exercise of Limited Rights, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Rights are exercised, and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Options under the Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the Limited Rights with respect to such related Option shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

9

The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6B and 9 through 22 of the Plan (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to Limited Rights unless the context otherwise requires. The effective date of the grant of a Limited Right shall be the date on which the Board approves the grant of such Limited Right. Each grantee of a Limited Right shall be notified promptly of the grant of the Limited Right.

Limited Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part by notice to the Company. Such notice shall state that the person exercising the Limited Rights elects to exercise the Limited Rights and the number of shares in respect of which the Limited Rights are being exercised. The effective date of exercise of a Limited Right shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received such notice. Upon the exercise of Limited Rights granted in tandem with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the person exercising the Limited Rights shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited Rights of each share of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Right shall have been exercised over the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related ISO.

Upon the exercise of Limited Rights granted in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, the person exercising the Limited Rights shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (a) the higher of (x) the Minimum Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), or (y) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised, over (b) the option price per share of Common Stock subject to the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Rights are being exercised.

For purposes of this subparagraph 6F, the term "Minimum Price Per Share" shall mean the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase (as such terms are defined in paragraph 8 hereof) which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited Rights are exercised and ending on the

10

date on which such Limited Rights are exercised. For purposes of this definition, if the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subparagraph 6F, Limited Rights shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change (as such terms are defined in paragraph 8 hereof) (i) the Holder or other person exercising the Limited Rights is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the Limited Rights would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option. The Stock Option Agreement evidencing an Option may contain such provisions limiting the exercise of Limited Rights as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such exercise, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or other person exercising the Limited Rights.

G. Limited Transferability of Options. Except as set forth in this subparagraph G and paragraph 23, Options shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Stock Option Agreement may provide that Options are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Holder's Stock Option Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES.

A. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted

11

Shares in addition to those provided in this Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares.

B. Issuance of Stock at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement. Such certificates shall be deposited by such Holder with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or that shall not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement.

C. Restrictions. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the Restricted Shares shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends, and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares, with the exception that (i) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled; (ii) the Company will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period; (iii) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, the Company will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to such Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are applicable to such Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever,

12

as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in separate accounts;
(iv) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of such Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions during the Restriction Period; and (v) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to such Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

D. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. If certificates representing shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by an award of Restricted Shares until such shares have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents during the Restriction Period with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby.

E. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, the Board may authorize the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested; provided, however, that the amount of the cash payment, if any, that a Holder shall be entitled to receive shall not exceed 100% of the aggregate Maturity Value of the Restricted Shares awarded to such Holder hereunder. Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which Holders shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.

F. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (i) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (ii) any Retained Distributions with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested, and
(iii) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Shares Agreement. Any such

13

Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall not have become vested shall be forfeited to the Company and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights with respect to such Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES.

Notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any Stock Option Agreement or any Restriction Period in any Restricted Share Agreement or in the Plan, each outstanding Option granted under the Plan shall, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement, become exercisable in full for the aggregate number of shares covered thereby, and each Restricted Share, except as otherwise provided in the Restricted Shares Agreement, shall vest unconditionally, in the event (i) the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the Holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary) (a) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Company's Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or
(b) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights

14

to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Any transaction referred to in the foregoing clause (i) is herein called an Approved Transaction, any purchase pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise as described in the foregoing clause (ii) is herein called a Control Purchase and the cessation of individuals constituting a majority of the Board as described in the foregoing clause (iii) is herein called a Board Change. The Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Shares Agreement evidencing Options or Restricted Shares granted under the Plan may contain such provisions limiting the acceleration of the exercise of Options and the acceleration of the vesting of Restricted Shares as provided in this paragraph 8 as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto in effect at the time of such acceleration, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

A. General. If a Holder's employment shall be terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary or the Holder shall cease to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in subparagraphs 6E and 6F), or prior to the complete vesting of any Restricted Shares, then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable, and the Restricted Shares shall vest, solely to the extent provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Shares Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates or the Holder ceases to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option) and the Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions shall vest in full; and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph 9B.

B. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated by the

15

Company or such Subsidiary or the Holder shall cease to be an Employee of an Affiliated Entity prior to the exercise of any Option, or the complete vesting of any Restricted Shares, for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G shall immediately terminate and all Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions shall be forfeited.

C. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Shares Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable or shall vest at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Shares Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability and vesting rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

D. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment or the termination of the Holder's status as an Employee of an Affiliated Entity. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or an Employee of an Affiliated Entity.

10. RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT.

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to continue as an Employee of an Affiliated Entity or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliated Entity to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause.

16

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

Except as provided in subparagraph 6G, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefit.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT.

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a Restricted Shares Agreement and each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve. The effective date of the granting of an Option shall be the date on which the Board approves the granting of such Option. Each grantee of an Option or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Stock Option Agreement and/or Restricted Shares Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his or her attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant. Any such written Agreement may contain such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code, or any successor thereto, will not apply to any stock or cash received from the Company by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to subparagraph 6G.

13. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

The Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Shares Agreements evidencing Awards may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to be appropriate for the adjustment of the number and class of all Restricted Shares and the terms applicable to any Cash Awards and the number and class of shares subject to each outstanding Option and the option prices in the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, distribution, split-up, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or liquidation and the

17

like, and, in the event of any such change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the aggregate number and class of shares available under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

The Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Shares Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under this Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to the Company at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than ten business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Shares Agreement and the Company may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.

Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan after December 31, 1997. The Board may at any time prior to December 31, 1997 terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time also modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that the Board may not, without approval of the Holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at a meeting (i) materially increase (except as provided in paragraph 13 hereof) the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan, or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan or any outstanding Restricted Shares Agreement or Stock Option Agreement may, without the consent of the employee (or a transferee of such employee if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to subparagraph 6G)

18

to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such employee (or a transferee of such employee if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to subparagraph 6G) with respect to such Award.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the 1988 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 21, 1988, or any adjournment thereof. Prior to such approval, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the making of Awards under the Plan provided that the exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Plan shall have been so approved. Unless the Plan shall be so approved, the Plan and all Awards theretofore made thereunder shall be and become null and void.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS.

The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to
(i) all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, and
(ii) the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed.

18. WITHHOLDING.

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or to pay cash upon the exercise of any Nonqualified Stock Option or any SAR granted under the Plan and to deliver stock certificates or to pay cash upon the vesting of Restricted Shares or Cash Awards shall be subject to applicable Federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding tax paid upon the exercise of any Nonqualified Stock Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19

19. SEPARABILITY.

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (as the same shall be amended from time to time) and/or Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of said Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to ISO's, Section 422A of the Code.

With respect to ISOs, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422A of the Code (as the same shall be amended from time to time), such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION.

By acceptance of an Award, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that the award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award and the grant of any Option and the exercise thereof or of any SAR or Limited Right are special incentive compensation and that they will not be taken into account as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other qualified employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Entity. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Entity.

20

22. GOVERNING LAW.

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

23. BENEFICIARIES

Each Holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such Holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such Holder, the Holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

21

As Amended through March 20, 1997

TIME WARNER
1989 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner 1989 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (hereinafter the "Plan"), is to provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to certain employees, including officers and directors who are also employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing to certain employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its Subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement and the restricted shares agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (iii) the adoption of any plan


or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options, SARs and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to Section 7.5.

(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(h) "Committee" means the Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

(i) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(j) "Company" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(k) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(l) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary)
(i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or

2

more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities).

(m) "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Board only, an amount equal to the regular cash dividends and all other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number of shares of Common Stock.

(n) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 16.

(o) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(p) "Exercise Period" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.5.

(q) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(r) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(s) "Holder" means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who has received an Award under this Plan.

(t) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422A(b) of the Code.

(u) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(v) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution,

3

liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(w) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(x) "Option" means any ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option.

(y) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.

(z) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.

(aa) "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to such award.

(bb) "Retained Distributions" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.3.

(cc) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(dd) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(ee) "Subsidiary" means any present or future subsidiary of the Company as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with the Company. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(ff) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

4

(gg) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated as such in the Agreement with respect to such award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 7.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is 5,500,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited under the terms of the Plan or any Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share,
(b) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (c) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (d) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, (e) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in

5

whole or in installments, (f) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any Cash Awards shall become payable, and (g) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 15).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee of at least three members, who shall be members of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or such other persons as the Board may designate), and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, the Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

5.1. General. Awards may be made only to (a) employees, including officers and directors who are also employees, of the

6

Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) prospective employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

5.2. Intentionally Omitted.

5.3. Special ISO Rule. No ISO shall be granted to an employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.3, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement, but not more than 10 years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO (except as provided in Section 5.3).

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option).

7

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. The Company shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of the Company. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARS. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

8

The provisions of Sections 4, 6 and 8 through 22 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive from the Company consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws and shall additionally comply (to the extent necessary) with the requirements for exemptive relief under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any permitted period of exercise (the "Exercise Period"), may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR, except that, upon exercise of a General SAR granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option during an Exercise Period which consists of the ten business days beginning on the third business day following the date of the release for publication of quarterly or annual summary statements of sales and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following

9

such date, the date of exercise of such General SAR shall be deemed to be the date during the Exercise Period on which the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape occurred and the Fair Market Value of such shares shall be deemed to be such highest reported closing sales price.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.5, a General SAR shall not be exercisable unless at the time of such exercise (i) the Holder or other person exercising the General SAR is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the General SAR would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited SARs of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs shall have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised.

10

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.5, Limited SARs shall not be exercisable unless at the time of the occurrence of an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, (i) the Holder or other person exercising the Limited SAR is directly or indirectly subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) sales of Common Stock by the person exercising the Limited SAR would be reportable under Section 16 by the original Holder of the related Option.

6.6. Limited Transferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this Section 6.6 and Section 23, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES

7.1. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable. All determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.

7.2. Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect

11

that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of the Company and the Holder shall deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.

7.3. Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends and such other distributions, as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except, that, (a) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (b) the Company will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 7.2; (c) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, the Company will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (d) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

7.4. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period.

12

Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an award of Restricted Shares, in each case, until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either
(a) during the Restriction Period or (b) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Board may specify in the Agreement.

7.5. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested. Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.

7.6. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (a) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (b) any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested and (c) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to the Company and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS, SARS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or

13

Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (a) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; and (b) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any Cash Award payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as provided in the Agreement.

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the Company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

9.2. Termination by Company for Cause. If a Holder's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary shall be terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then (a) all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferees pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate and (b) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately.

14

9.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

9.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

10. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement which shall designate the Options granted thereunder as ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options; and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and

15

containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option, SAR or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options, SARs or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to the Company within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from the Company.

13. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised or unvested, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award, in the option price, in the relevant appreciation base and in the Cash Awards, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised or unvested Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

16

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to the Company at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and the Company may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

15.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, and applicable requirements for exemption (to the extent necessary) under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

15.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6), adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 15.1), the Board may

17

amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the vote of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at a duly called and held meeting of stockholders of the Company. Prior to the Effective Date, the Board may, in its discretion, grant or authorize the making of Awards under the Plan as if the Effective Date had occurred, provided that the exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares so granted or made shall be expressly subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

18. WITHHOLDING

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award or Cash Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding

18

requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and/or section 422A of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to ISOs, section 422A of the Code. With respect to ISOs, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422A of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein; provided, further, that to the extent any Option which is intended to qualify as an ISO cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option for all purposes of the Plan.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award or Cash Award, as applicable, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as

19

applicable, will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.

22. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

23. BENEFICIARIES

Each Holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such Holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such Holder, the Holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

20

As Amended through March 20, 1997

TIME WARNER INC.
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter the "Plan") is to provide for the granting of nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights to certain employees of and consultants and advisors to Time Warner Inc. and its Subsidiaries in recognition of the valuable services provided, and contemplated to be provided, by such employees, consultants and advisors. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Time Warner and its stockholders and to reward dedicated employees, consultants and advisors of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries by providing them additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, Time Warner or its Subsidiaries. This plan is being adopted in connection with the development of an overall long-term compensation program for Time Warner and its Subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement and stock appreciation rights agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not


required as a matter of law, the stockholders of Time Warner) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of Time Warner in which Time Warner is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Time Warner (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Time Warner, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Time Warner.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options and/or SARs under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by Time Warner's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section

2

shall include any successor section.

(g) "Committee" means the Committee comprised of members of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

(h) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Time Warner.

(i) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(j) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than Time Warner or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Time Warner representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Time Warner ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire Time Warner's securities).

(k) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 15.

(l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(m) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock

3

means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(n) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(o) "Holder" means an employee of or a consultant or advisor to Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries who has

received an Award under this Plan.

(p) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(q) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(r) "Option" means any nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

(s) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 1.

4

(t) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(u) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(v) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary of such person as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(w) "Time Warner" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(x) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is the sum of (a) 1.5% (one and one-half percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1993, (b) 1.25% (one and one-quarter percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1994, (c) 1% (one percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1995, (d) 1.2% (one and two-tenths percent) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Series LMCN-V Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding on December 31, 1996 and (e) two million. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired,

5

terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. Time Warner shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (b) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (c) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, and (d) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 14).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, consultants or advisors, their dedication and past contributions to Time Warner and its Subsidiaries, their present and potential contributions to the success of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

6

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan, including to the extent provided by the Board, the power to further delegate such authority. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

Awards may be made only to (a) employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries (including officers and directors of any of Time Warner's Subsidiaries), other than officers or directors of Time Warner who are subject to Section 16 of the

7

Exchange Act, (b) prospective employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) consultants or advisors to Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees, consultants and advisors who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of Time Warner or its Subsidiaries.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.2, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement.

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option). The Agreement may contain conditions precedent to the exercisability of Options, including without limitation, the achievement of minimum performance criteria.

8

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. Time Warner shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of Time Warner. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of Time Warner with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARs. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

9

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 4 and 6 through 21 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this
Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall

10

comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the discretion of the Board to settle General SARs only in shares of Common Stock if necessary or advisable in the judgment of the Board to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any calendar quarter, may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with
Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period
(a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and the immediately succeeding sentence, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such

11

Limited SARs are being exercised. The Board shall have the discretion to settle Limited SARs by the delivery of Common Stock rather than cash if in the judgment of the Board such action is necessary or advisable to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company.

6.6. Limited Transferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this Section 6.6 and Section 22, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS AND SARS

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby.

8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

8.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the

12

applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.

8.2. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated by Time Warner or such Subsidiary prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate.

8.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

8.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee

13

of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries.

9. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of Time Warner or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

10. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as specifically provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

11. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option or SAR shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed

14

and delivered by Time Warner and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options or SARs shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to Time Warner within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

12. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award and, in the option price, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and

15

kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

13. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or such other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to Time Warner at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and Time Warner may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

14. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

14.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements.

16

14.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6), adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 14.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

15. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of Time Warner with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange

17

on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Time Warner shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

17. WITHHOLDING

Time Warner's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

18. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of applicable law, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent necessary to avoid the conflict with applicable law without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

19. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under

18

the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

20. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

21. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

22. BENEFICIARIES

Each Holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such Holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such Holder, the Holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

19

As Amended through March 20, 1997

TIME WARNER
CORPORATE GROUP

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner Corporate Group Stock Incentive Plan (hereinafter the "Plan"), is to provide for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted shares to certain employees of Time Warner Inc., Warner Communications Inc., Time Warner Enterprises, Inc. and their respective Subsidiaries in recognition of the valuable services provided, and contemplated to be provided, by such employees. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of Time Warner and its stockholders and to reward dedicated employees of these companies by providing such employees additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, Time Warner or its Subsidiaries. This plan is being adopted in connection with the development of an overall long-term compensation program for these companies and it is expected that certain Options granted hereunder will become exercisable only if certain performance criteria are met.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement and the restricted shares agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of Time Warner) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of Time Warner in which Time Warner is not the continuing or


surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Time Warner (x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Time Warner, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Time Warner.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options, SARs and/or Restricted Shares under this Plan.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by Time Warner's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Cash Award" means the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to an employee pursuant to Section 7.5.

(g) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(h) "Committee" means the Committee comprised of members of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.

2

(i) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Time Warner.

(j) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(k) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than Time Warner or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Time Warner or any if its Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Time Warner representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Time Warner ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire Time Warner's securities).

(l) "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Board only, an amount equal to the regular cash dividends and all other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number of shares of Common Stock.

(m) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 16.

(n) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

3

(o) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(p) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(q) "Holder" means an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries who has received an Award under this Plan.

(r) "ISO" means an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422A(b) of the Code.

(s) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(t) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(u) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

(v) "Option" means any ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option.

4

(w) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Section 1.

(x) "Restricted Shares" means shares of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded pursuant to Section 7.

(y) "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Valuation Date with respect to such award.

(z) "Retained Distributions" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.3.

(aa) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(bb) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(cc) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary of such person as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(dd) "Time Warner" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(ee) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(ff) "Valuation Date" with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder means the date designated as such in the Agreement with respect to such award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 7.

5

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is 325,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan. In addition, any Restricted Shares which are forfeited under the terms of the Plan or any Agreement shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. Time Warner shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the purchase price, if any, of each Restricted Share,
(b) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (c) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (d) whether an Option shall be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option, (e) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, (f) the time or times and the conditions subject to which Restricted Shares shall become vested and any

6

Cash Awards shall become payable, and (g) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 15).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, their dedication and past contributions to Time Warner and its Subsidiaries, their present and potential contributions to the success of Time Warner and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan, including to the extent provided by the Board, the power to further delegate such authority. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meeting at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

7

5. ELIGIBILITY

5.1. General. Awards may be made only to (a) employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries (including officers and directors of any of Time Warner's Subsidiaries), other than officers or directors of Time Warner who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and (b) prospective employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. The exercise of Options and SARs and the vesting of Restricted Shares granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee" shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. Awards may be made to employees who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of Time Warner or its Subsidiaries.

5.2. Special ISO Rule. No ISO shall be granted to an employee who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 425(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries, unless at the time the ISO is granted the option price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the ISO and the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date it is granted.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. Subject to Section 5.2, the purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement, but not more than 10 years from the

8

date of grant in the case of an ISO (except as provided in
Section 5.2).

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option). The Agreement may contain conditions precedent to the exercisability of Options, including without limitation, the achievement of minimum performance criteria.

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. Time Warner shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of Time Warner. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of Time Warner with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARS. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

9

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 4, 6 and 8 through 22 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this
Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

10

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any calendar quarter, may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period
(a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an ISO, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Limited SARs of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs shall have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares.

11

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with a Nonqualified Stock Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised.

6.6. Limited Transferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this Section 6.6 and Section 23, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. RESTRICTED SHARES

7.1. Valuation Date, Issuance and Price. The Board shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period, whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period and shall designate a Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable.

12

All determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.

7.2. Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of Time Warner and the Holder shall deposit with Time Warner stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to Time Warner of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.

7.3. Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends and such other distributions, as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except, that, (a) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (b) Time Warner will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 7.2; (c) other than regular cash dividends and such other distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, Time Warner will retain custody of

13

all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (d) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

7.4. Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an award of Restricted Shares, in each case, until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either (a) during the Restriction Period or (b) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Board may specify in the Agreement.

7.5. Cash Awards. In connection with any award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares at any time after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested. Such Cash Awards shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from Time Warner or any of its

14

Subsidiaries.

7.6. Completion of Restriction Period. On the Valuation Date with respect to each award of Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions (a) all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (b) any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested and (c) any Cash Award to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to Time Warner and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited.

8. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS, SARS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Total Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan or in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (a) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; and (b) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any Cash Award payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as provided in the Agreement.

15

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.

9.2. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminated by Time Warner or such Subsidiary during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the exercise of any Option for cause (for these purposes, cause shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include but not be limited to, insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for cause shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then (a) all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 shall immediately terminate and (b) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any Cash Awards shall be forfeited immediately.

9.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an

16

employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

9.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

10. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of Time Warner or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

12. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each award of Restricted Shares and any right to a Cash Award hereunder shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement which shall designate the Options granted thereunder as ISOs or Nonqualified Stock Options; and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and

17

provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option, SAR or Restricted Shares shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by Time Warner and the grantee, provided that such grant of Options, SARs or Restricted Shares shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to Time Warner within 60 days after the date the Board approved such grant or if the effectiveness of such grant is conditioned upon the grantee becoming an employee of Time Warner or one of its Subsidiaries, the execution by the grantee of an employment agreement with Time Warner or one of its subsidiaries or any other similar condition, within 60 days after the occurrence of such condition, if later. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

13. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised or unvested, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award, in the option price, in the relevant appreciation base and in the Cash Awards, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised or unvested Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and

18

appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

14. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option or upon the vesting of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to Time Warner at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options and the vesting of Restricted Shares shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and Time Warner may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

15. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

15.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements.

19

15.2. Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 15.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would (a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

17. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of Time Warner with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Time Warner shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect

20

under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

18. WITHHOLDING

Time Warner's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award or Cash Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option and upon the vesting of Restricted Shares may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

19. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of section 422A of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of section 422A of the Code. If this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422A of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein; provided, however, that to the extent any Option which is intended to qualify as an ISO cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option for all purposes of the Plan.

20. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock

21

options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

21. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award or Cash Award, as applicable, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award or Cash Award, as applicable, will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries.

22. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

23. BENEFICIARIES

Each Holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such Holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such Holder, the Holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

22

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 19, 1998 effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Gerald M. Levin (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of November 15, 1990, as amended by an amendment dated as of May 22, 1992 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for an extended period to and including December 31, 2003 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the "term of employment", as used in Section 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 8 through 12 shall include the term of any Advisory Period (as defined in Section 13).

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors; (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior consent of a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or


2

required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be a member of its Board of Directors throughout the term of employment during the term of employment and shall include him in the management slate for election during the term of employment as a director at every stockholders' meeting at which his term as a director would otherwise expire.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $1,000,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean the executive officers of the Company.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. The actual amount of any such annual cash bonus to be paid to the Executive will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi


3

Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Salary and Bonus. In addition to any other deferred salary or deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment, to defer payment of and to have the Company pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's salary and/or bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive hereby elects to defer payment of and have the Company pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account $300,000 of the Base Salary payable to the Executive for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date. The Executive may change the election provided in the preceding sentence for any calendar year by written notice delivered to the Company at least 10 days prior to the commencement of any such calendar year.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and


4

all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment, the Advisory Period (if any) and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment or any Advisory Period has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony


5

(whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in
Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account, or to pay Advisory Period compensation, if applicable, accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period, effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of Section 2 during the term of employment; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in
Section 2 during the term of employment; (iii) the Company


6

violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title) during the term of employment; (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.4 and 4.5 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation or Advisory Period compensation, as the case may be, accrued through the effective date of such termination and if such termination occurs during the term of employment, a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is


7

given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to (a) in the event such termination occurs during the term of employment, all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through the Term Date, assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4) and (b) in the event such termination occurs during the Advisory Period, all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Section 13 from the date of such termination through the Term Date. Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 13 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company through the Term Date and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) in the event such termination occurs during the term of employment, (i) Base Salary (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination as provided in Section 3.1, (ii) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest and (iii) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 and (b) in the event such termination occurs during the Advisory Period, Advisory Period compensation as provided in Section 13. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies


8

the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of (x) the Base Salary (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4), deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) or (y) the Advisory Period compensation, as the case may be, the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the Term Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any charitable or not-for-profit Entity, or any family-owned corporation, trust or partnership, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.4 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Section 4.2, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the


9

Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. The Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.5 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period pursuant to Section 4.2, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for any services through the Term Date if such termination occurs during the term of employment and for services as a full-time employee through the Term Date if such termination occurs during the Advisory Period, in either case up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 or, if applicable the Advisory Period compensation under Section 13 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated on the date of such termination, provided that if such termination occurs during the Advisory Period, the amount determined pursuant to this clause (y) shall be zero, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity


10

interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment and the Advisory Period by the Executive or the Company pursuant to
Section 4.2 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 or, if applicable, with respect to Advisory Period compensation under Section 13 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.6 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the period ending on the Term Date (the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4). If during the Disability Period the


11

Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full- time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date and the Advisory Period shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall ontinue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. If a Disability Date occurs during the Advisory Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive the full amount of the Advisory Period compensation in accordance with Section 13 through the Term Date without regard to the preceding two sentences. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the during the Disability Period and the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Section 4.2 shall not apply during the Disability Period and the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company on the Term Date and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment or, if applicable, the Advisory Period, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4, 5 and 13 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's


12

estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation or, if applicable, Advisory Period compensation, to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and if such death occurs during the term of employment, bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. The Company shall maintain $6,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. The owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the


13

Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this
Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and any Advisory Period and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company the Executive shall be entitled to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period and any Advisory Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and any Advisory Period and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment and any Advisory Period terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of


14

such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement (but without affecting any less restrictive or more favorable to the Executive provisions of any such plan or agreement), if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then
(i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term thereof) during the remainder of the term of employment and any Advisory Period and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as shall be specified in any applicable stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall continue to apply through the latest of (i) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason and (ii) for twelve months after the effective date of any notice of termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall continue to apply until three years after the latest of the events described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment and any Advisory Period, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout


15

the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment and any Advisory Period, except with the Company's written consent, provided that
(i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 4.1 or 4.2, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior writtenconsent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior consent of a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the forego ing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not,


16

directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company, (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company or (d) during the Advisory Period, being a partner in or of counsel to a law firm that represents any person or Entity that is in competition with the Company so long as the Executive does not personally provide or assist in the provision of services to any such person or Entity. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either
(i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or
(ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Section 4.2. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of
Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be


17

owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: President

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.


18

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator


19

(rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.


20

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A Advisory Period - Section 13 affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3


21

Trust Agreement - Section 3.3

Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10

13. Advisory Services. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement (except the last sentence of Section 1), the Executive shall have the right to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, which notice may be delivered at any time on or after January 1, 2002, to terminate the term of employment and his position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective six months after the delivery of such notice and to serve as an advisor to the Company for the period from the effective date of such notice through the Term Date (the "Advisory Period"). During the Advisory Period, the Executive will provide such advisory services concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as may be required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, but shall not be


22

required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such service, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties and consistent with the Executive's other activities. If at any time during the Advisory Period, the Executive engages in other full-time employment, the Executive shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 13, but unless such employment consists of the Executive providing services to one or more (i) charitable or non-profit organizations or (ii) family-owned corporations, trusts, or partnerships, the Advisory Period shall terminate, the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company and the Company shall have no further obligations under this agreement other than with respect to earned and unpaid compensation and benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to
Section 9 of this Agreement, during the Advisory Period the Executive may provide part-time services to third parties (including serving as a member of the Board of Directors of any such party). During the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive annual compensation in an amount equal to the Base Salary and deferred compensation being received by the Executive pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.3 at the time the Executive delivers the notice provided for in this Section 13 and shall continue to be entitled to the benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 hereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be entitled to an annual bonus or any additional grants of stock options during the Advisory Period, shall not accrue any vacation time during the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to any severance pay at the end thereof. In addition, during the Advisory Period the Company shall provide the Executive with an office, office facilities and a secretary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By    /s/ Richrard D. Parsons
      ------------------------------
        Richard D. Parsons
        President


      /s/ Gerald M. Levin
     -------------------------------
        Gerald M. Levin


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference,


A-2

or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the


A-3

Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and


A-4

gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called


A-5

"Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account


A-6

shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause
(ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of , between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this      day of             ,     .



                     ---------------------------
                                    [Name]


AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 25, 1998 and effective as of January 1, 1998, (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and R.E. Turner III (the "Executive").
The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and to secure the services of the Executive for the period to and including December 31, 2001 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so amended and restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
2. Employment. During the term of employment, the Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Vice Chairman of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Company's Video Division (the "Video Division"). The Video Division shall consist of (i) Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS"), including all of the businesses conducted by TBS and its subsidiaries on October 10, 1996, and any business thereafter conducted by TBS and its subsidiaries, (ii) the businesses conducted from time to time by the Home Box Office division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., including all such businesses so conducted on October 10, 1996, (iii) the Company's interest in Court TV, and (iv) subject only to contractual obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries existing at September 22, 1995, substantially all other nationally distributed cable networks and nationally distributed cable programming services operated from time to time by the Company or its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates. The Executive shall have responsibility for the direction and supervision of the Video Division with all of the authority, duties, functions and powers appropriate and customary to discharge such responsibility. The Chief Operating Officer of the Video Division shall be selected by the Company's Chairman of the Board subject to the consent of the Executive, which consent shall not be unreasonably


2

withheld. In addition, the Executive shall be invited to participate in all meetings of the chief executive officers of the divisions of the Company held during the term of employment and shall have such other authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto, consistent with the terms hereof and his status as Vice Chairman of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Video Division. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. So long as the Executive is employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and subject to the Company's obligations under the provisions of the Investors Agreement No. 1 dated as of October 10, 1996 between the Company, the Executive and Turner Outdoor, Inc., the Company shall include the Executive in the management slate for election as a director at every stockholders' meeting at which his term as a director would otherwise expire and shall use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be elected a member of its Board of Directors at each such meeting.

During the term of employment, (i) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors and its Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time; provided, however, that the Executive's engaging in bison raising, the ownership and operation of ranch properties and other real estate, the management of the Executive's investments, including without limitation, the operation of venture capital or investment funds or partnerships that are owned primarily by the Executive and/or members of his family and activities on behalf of not-for-profit and charitable organizations or foundations shall not be deemed a breach of this Section 2, and (iii) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of TBS in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company, including without limitation, regular trips to the Company's headquarters in New York City. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as he devoted to such affairs while serving as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of TBS prior to October 10, 1996; provided,


3

however, that the Executive shall in any event comply with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any Company written policies in effect from time to time on conflicts of interest.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $700,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. The Company shall consider an increase in the Executive's Base Salary each time it increases the Base Salary of its Chief Executive Officer. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean the executive officers of the Company.
3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. The Executive's annual bonus will be targeted at 90% of the annual bonus received by the Company's Chief Executive Officer, however, the actual amount of the Executive's bonus for all periods commencing on or after January 1, 1997, shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Company's Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Officers. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. If the Executive is not employed hereunder for a full fiscal year, the bonus provided for herein shall be prorated based upon the number of full or partial months of actual employment during such year. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.
3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi


4

Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full; provided, that in case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Trust Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. On or promptly after April 1, 1998, the entire balance of the Prior Account shall be transferred to, and thereafter shall for all purposes be made and deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or


5

decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other charges shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel (including use of the Executive's personal means of transportation), entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity") any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive. In addition, if at any time during the term of employment the Company generally provides indemnification agreements to its other directors or executive officers, the Company shall provide a substantially similar agreement to the Executive.


6

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations hereunder, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's material breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of (x) the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement or (y) the Executive's breach of any of the covenants in Sections 9.1.2 or 9.1.3 or the Executive's inadvertent breach of any limitation contained in Section 9.2 relating to the acquisition or ownership of an interest in any Entity, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall (x) cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations or (y) cure such breach, as applicable, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause in accordance with the foregoing procedures, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, except as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 4.1, the Executive shall have no further obligation to the Company under this Agreement and the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination (including but not limited to pursuant to Section 3.4),(ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has not yet been paid as of the date of such termination, such bonus payable as determined in the ordinary course and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of the Executive or the Company's senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims


7

any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of
Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.6 with respect to expenses incurred prior to such termination and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, the term of employment shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain any titles specified in the first two sentences of Section 2; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the principal executive offices of TBS in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area; or (v) the Company failing to cause any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective no less than 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2,(A) the Executive shall cease being an employee of the Company and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2; provided, however, that (B) the Executive may elect by delivery of written notice to the Company prior to the date written notice of such termination is given by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 or any time prior to 10 days


8

after written notice of such termination is given by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.2, to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3.

4.2.1 Regardless of whether the election set forth in clause (B) of Section 4.2 is made by the Executive, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Section 4.4 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive (A) any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the date of such termination, (B) any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has not yet been paid as of the date of such termination, such bonus payable as determined in the ordinary course and (C) a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4 and (iii) Executive shall retain all rights with respect to amounts credited to the Trust Account. In addition, the fourth sentence of Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.6 with respect to expenses incurred prior to such termination and the provisions of Section 3.8 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this
Section 4.2.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall not have made the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year or part thereof in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date (assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year (or portion thereof, in which case a pro rata portion of such bonus shall be payable), with each such annual bonus being equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an


9

annualized basis), assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4). Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. 'SS'.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall have made the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the Term Date and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6,
(a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the notice of termination, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two years immediately preceding the year in which the notice of termination is given (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), and (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section
3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of
Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of


10

the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of
Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to
Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the Term Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit or charitable organization or foundation, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment

4.4 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". With respect to the preceding sentence, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be considered as damages hereunder. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive


11

in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.5 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

4.6 Termination by the Executive Without Cause. If the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive may terminate the term of employment and all of his obligations hereunder on 90 days prior written notice to the Company. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has not yet been paid as of the date of such termination, such bonus payable as determined in the ordinary course, (iii) to pay the Executive a pro rata annual bonus for the portion of the year in which such termination occurs based on the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4 and (iv) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of the Executive or the Company's senior executives. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3, the provisions of Section 3.6 with respect to expenses incurred prior to such termination and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.6.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of the term of employment or of this Agreement under Section 4.2, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods


12

aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, contin ue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus through the Disability Date for the year in which the Disability Date occurs in an amount equal to the average annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company for the two years immediately preceding the year in which the notice of termination is given (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), and shall pay the Executive disability benefits until the Term Date (the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the annual bonuses in respect of the two calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (it being understood that for purposes of determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4. If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period, unless he is rendering the services described in clause (iii) below;
(ii) the provisions of Sec tions 9.1, 9.3 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period; and (iii) if the Executive renders any services to any persons that are in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (which, notwithstanding Section 9.2, the parties agree the Executive shall be permitted to do if the Company elects not to restore the


13

Executive to full-time service, as described above), the total cash salary and bonus received in connection therewith, whether paid to the Executive or deferred for his benefit, prior to the last day of the Disability Period, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount that the Company would otherwise be required to pay to him hereunder. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Subject to clause (iii) of the second preceding sentence, any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement except that, Section 4.2 shall not apply during the Disability Period and the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the annual bonuses in respect of the three years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (it being understood that for purposes of


14

determining such average bonus, the bonus paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the period from October 10, 1996 through December 31, 1996, shall be deemed to be "grossed up" on an annualized basis), but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance.

7.1 Split Ownership Insurance. Subject to the Executive's satisfactory completion of any applications and other documentation and any physical examination that may be required by the insurer, the Company shall obtain $6,000,000 face amount of split ownership, whole or universal life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. The Executive shall use reasonable efforts to fulfill all requirements necessary to obtain such insurance. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums,
(ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. The owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence.


15

7.2 Group Life Insurance. In addition to the foregoing, during the term of employment, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this
Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Stock Options. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") has approved the Company's commitment to grant to the Executive options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock in the amounts and at the times and in accordance with the other provisions set forth in Annex B attached hereto (the "Contract Options"), subject to the execution of this Agreement by the Executive. All Contract Options granted to the Executive shall be subject to substantially the same terms and conditions as options granted to other senior executives of the Company, except as otherwise


16

provided herein or in Annex B. The Executive shall be eligible to receive grants of stock options in addition to the Contract Options in the discretion of the Committee.

8.3 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7.2 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives (and under Section 7.1 without regard to whether such benefits are maintained in effect for other senior executives of the Company); provided, however, that except with respect to the Contract Options, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.6, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of any plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to
Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) during the remainder of the term of employment and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as shall be specified in any applicable stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.4 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to


17

Sections 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects (B) as provided in Section 4.2), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. Except as provided in Section 5, the provisions of Section 9.2 shall apply from the Effective Date through the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason. Except as otherwise provided therein, the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall apply from the Effective Date to the date that is three years after the event described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical pro cesses and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all material confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;


18

9.1.2 At the Company's request and expense, the Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, or ends as scheduled on the Term Date, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not solicit the employment of, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to solicit the employment of, any person who was a full-time executive employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto. The parties agree that the restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to any solicitation directed by the Executive at the public in general in publications available to the public in general or any contact which Executive can demonstrate was initiated by such employee.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that is in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market pur chases, securities of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or through subsidiaries, in competition with the Company, or (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or Entity engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the


19

Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1 or 9.2, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof. The Company hereby agrees that the Executive shall have all rights and interest in any biographical or autobiographical materials concerning the Executive's life, which materials shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Executive and with respect to which the Company shall have no interest or rights therein.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by overnight courier, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):


20

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc.

75 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed

but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.
12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations


21

shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Legal Fees. In addition to any obligations the Company may have under Section 3.8, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand by the Executive, all legal fees, court costs, fees of experts, and other costs and expenses when incurred by the Executive arising in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation or legal, administrative or other proceeding relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or expects to become a party. Subject to any rights of the Executive under Section 3.8, if the Company or, if the Company is not a party to such litigation or proceeding, the party opposing the Executive, shall substantially prevail on the material issues involved in any such litigation or proceeding (but in no other case), then, after all rights of appeal have been exercised or lapsed, the Executive shall promptly repay to the Company all amounts previously paid to the Executive under this Section in respect of such litigation or proceeding, but without interest thereon.
12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder


22

does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Contract Options - Section 8.2


23

Disability Date - Section 5

Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 3.6
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 senior executives - Section 3.1 TBS - Section 2
Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Video Division - Section 2 Work Product - Section 10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By       /s/ Gerald M. Levin
_____________________________
Gerald M. Levin
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
 /s/ R.E. Turner
_____________________________
 R.E. Turner III


A-1

ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of the Executive's Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or
(ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in


A-2

the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all


A-3

respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any


A-4

net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted


A-5

pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.


A-6

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount
(if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s)
otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this
Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

CONTRACT OPTIONS

To be granted promptly after October 10, 1996 :

Options to purchase not less than 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock, allocated as follows:

No. of Shares                               Exercise Price
-------------                               ---------------
650,000                                     fair market value*
325,0000                                    125% of fair market value*
325,0000                                    150% of fair market value*

To be granted on or before each of the first four anniversaries of October 10, 1996 :

Options to purchase not less than 300,000 shares of Common Stock, to be awarded at exercise prices no less favorable to the Executive (on a percentage basis) than those most recently granted to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

All Contract Options shall have a term of 10 years from the date of grant and, upon becoming exercisable, shall remain exercisable by the Executive (or his estate or beneficiary) for the full ten-year term thereof; provided, however, that the Contract Options shall (a) terminate immediately if the Executive's employment is terminated for "cause" pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Employment Agreement to which this Annex B is attached or pursuant to any similar provision of any successor employment agreement and (b) terminate one year after the death of the Executive (but not beyond the option term). All Contract Options will become vested and exercisable in installments of one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant except that Contract Options granted after termination of the term of employment pursuant to
Section 4.2 will vest in full on the date of grant and will become exercisable in full twelve months thereafter. All Contract Options will become immediately exercisable in full if the Executive's employment terminates by reason of death or Total Disability.

* In each case, fair market value is determined at date of grant.


AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998, effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Richard D. Parsons (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of November 2, 1994 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 1999 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so amended and restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as the President of the Company during the term of employment. The Executive shall have responsibility for the direction and supervision of the following functions of the Company, with the authority, duties and powers appropriate and customary to discharge such responsibility:
all corporate staff functions, including without limitation, legal, finance, communications and public affairs and administration, and each of the Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents in charge of each such function shall report to the Executive. In addition, the Executive shall have such other authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto, consistent with his stature as the President of the Company. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill


2

and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors and to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any generally applicable written policies of the Company on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be a member of its Board of Directors throughout the term of employment and shall include him in the management slate for election as a director at every stockholders' meeting at which his term as a director would otherwise expire.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $600,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount (subject to Section 5). Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean the executive officers of the Company.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive in an amount commensurate with the position and duties of the Executive relative to other senior executives of the Company. The actual amount of any such annual cash bonus to be paid to the Executive will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors based upon a recommendation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any,


3

of annual cash bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, determination and payment of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 may be made pursuant to a plan intended to assure the deductibility of such bonus compensation pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code").

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and annual bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such


4

election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest or as a trustee or fiduciary of any plan, program, trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their respective employees in connection with the business of the Company (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director, member, trustee or fiduciary) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and


5

By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations hereunder, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, after a hearing at which the Executive has had the opportunity to address the Board, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account through the effective date of termination or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs.


6

The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this
Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment (other than those provisions that specifically survive such termination) effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of
Section 2; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of
Section 2 or any written delegation from the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; (v) the Company breaching its obligations under the last paragraph of Section 2; and (vi) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment (and credits) as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:


7

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) of Section 4.2 above, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or credit to the Trust Account with respect to Section 3.3) as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to the greater of (i) all amounts otherwise payable (or to be credited) pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date and (ii) all amounts that would be payable (or credited) pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 if the Term Date had been a date one year after the date of such notice of termination (assuming, in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), with the bonus for any partial calendar year appropriately pro rated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year. Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal


8

Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually.

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date which is one year after the date notice of termination is given under this Section 4.2, and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not the Executive becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) salary at an annual rate equal to the Base Salary, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs (with any partial calendar year bonus appropriately pro rated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year) and (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) equal to the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the period described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this
Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments (and credits) provided for


9

in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 After the Term Date. If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed in writing to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new written employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 90 days written notice delivered to the other party. Such 90-day notice may be given by either party on or after October 1, 1999 so that the term of employment may end on the Term Date or any date thereafter. If the Executive shall terminate this Agreement on or after the Term Date, then the Executive shall receive Base Salary, deferred compensation and a pro rata annual bonus through the effective date of termination with the pro rata annual bonus being equal to the portion of the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs based on the number of whole or partial months in such year prior to the date of termination. If the Company shall terminate the term of employment (other than those provisions that specifically survive such termination) on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply), which the Company shall have the right to do so long as no Disability Date (as defined in Section 5) has occurred prior to the delivery by the Company of written notice of termination, then in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after such notice of termination is given, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment (and credits) as provided in Section 4.3.2 or (B) remain an employee of the Company for a period of twelve months pursuant to
Section 4.3.3 and receive the payments (and credits) provided in Section 4.3.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.3.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, at the end of the 90-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination.


10

4.3.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or credit to the Trust Account with respect to Section 3.3) in a lump sum at the end of the 90-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of
Section 4.3 (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) equal to the sum of (i) one year's Base Salary, (ii) an amount equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs plus a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for any elapsed portion of the calendar year preceding such notice of termination and (iii) the annual amount of deferred compensation to be credited to the Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3).

4.3.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the date which is twelve months after the end of the 90-day period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not the Executive becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (i) salary at an annual rate equal to the Base Salary,
(ii) an annual bonus (all or any portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs plus a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for any portion of such twelve month period included in the succeeding calendar year and (iii) credits to the Trust Account of deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 of this Agreement. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such twelve-month period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his employment during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the term of employment shall cease effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of


11

Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date of such commencement or such effective date, as the case may be) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.3.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of such twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.3.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the term of employment and the payments provided for in this
Section 4.3.3 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment.

4.4 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 or 4.3, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.5 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the Executive shall be entitled to require the Executive to execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. If the Company so elect, the Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. Upon receipt by the Company of such release signed by the Executive, the Company shall deliver to the Executive a release substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex C, signed by the Company. If the Company shall request the Executive to execute an Annex B release and the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver the Annex C release and the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2 or 4.3, as applicable, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2 or 4.3, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in


12

accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to senior executives of the Company with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.6 Retirement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5, if the term of employment is in effect and the Executive is still employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement on the date the Executive first becomes eligible for normal retirement as defined in any applicable retirement plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (the "Retirement Date"), then this Agreement shall terminate automatically on such date and the Executive's employment with the Company shall thereafter be governed by the policies generally applicable to employees of the Company, and the Executive shall not thereafter be entitled to the payments provided in such Sections to the extent not received by the Executive on or prior to the Retirement Date. In addition, no benefits or payments provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5 shall include any period after the Retirement Date and if the provision of benefits or calculation of payments provided in any such Section would include any period subsequent to the Retirement Date, such provision of benefits shall end on the Retirement Date and the calculation of payments shall cover only the period ending on the Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Annex A and the Trust Agreement shall apply to the investment and payment of deferred compensation after such termination, the provisions of
Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination and the provisions of Sections 12.1 and 12.7 shall apply to any dispute with respect to this Agreement that arises after any such termination.

4.7 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity or a governmental agency or body, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through (i) in the case of a termination pursuant to
Section 4.2, the later of (x) the


13

Term Date or (y) one year after the date notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2, and (ii) in the case of a termination pursuant to
Section 4.3, the date which is one year after the end of the 90-day notice period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3, in either case up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment and credit to the Trust Account received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment by the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 or in the event of the termination of the term of employment by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this
Section 4.7 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.8 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or


14

the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the portion of the calendar year in which the Disability Date occurs that shall precede such date and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the longer of (i) the period from the Disability Date through the Term Date or (ii) one year following the Disability Date (in the case of either
(i) or (ii), the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Base Salary (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and
(b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Disability Date occurs (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4), with the bonus for any partial calendar year pro rated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year. If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. The Disability Period shall continue during such 60-day period. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects, including without limitation, the provisions of
Section 3 which shall apply in lieu of the Disability provisions of this Section 5, and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company within 60 days after the termination of the sixty-day period provided for above, in which case neither party shall have any further obligations hereunder after the date of such termination. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service and the Executive does not elect to terminate this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from


15

all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 with respect to periods after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period (unless the Company terminates this Agreement in breach hereof in which case Section 4.2 shall apply) and unless the Company has restored the Executive to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such death occurs, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.


16

7. Life Insurance. The Company shall maintain $4,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. The Executive shall be entitled to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such policy, which may include a trust. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the Executive's estate or the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement but in no event shall such payment to the Company exceed the amount of the death benefit paid under the policy. If other than the Company, the owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or


17

program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

In addition to any retirement benefits to which the Executive is entitled under the Time Warner Employees' Pension Plan, any supplemental retirement or excess benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or any successor plans thereto (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Pension Plan"), the Company will, following the Executive's termination of employment for any reason, except by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1 and except for a termination by the Executive in breach of this Agreement, pay or cause to be paid to the Executive or his beneficiary as the case may be, in accordance with the following provisions, an amount which is equivalent to the excess of (the "Excess Amount") (i) the amount such Executive or beneficiary would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan assuming the Executive had five additional years of service (as such term is defined in the Pension Plan) taking into account all the provisions of the Pension Plan as are from time to time in effect and applicable to the Executive or his beneficiary over (ii) the amount such Executive or beneficiary would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan based on actual years of service taking into account all the provisions of the Pension Plan as are from time to time in effect and applicable to the Executive or his beneficiary.

If the Executive or his beneficiary is entitled to an Excess Amount as described in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall pay the Excess Amount to the Executive or his beneficiary as follows. If the Executive is otherwise entitled to benefits under the Pension Plan, then the Excess Amount shall be paid at the same times and in the same manner as shall be elected by the Executive or his beneficiary for payment of amounts under the Pension Plan. If the Executive is not otherwise entitled to benefits under the Pension Plan, then the Excess Amount shall be paid at the time(s) and in one of the forms of payment permitted under the Pension Plan as elected by the Executive or his beneficiary. If the Executive or his beneficiary dies before any payments described above have been made, the payments shall be made to the beneficiary thereof at the same time and in the same manner as they would have been paid if the payments were to be made under the Pension Plan.


18

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and during the Disability Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans, programs or practices or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans, programs or practices and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) during the remainder of the term of employment and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as shall be specified in any applicable stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2 and 4.3), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9


19

shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees as set forth below in this
Section 9.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive covenants and agrees that (i) through the date he ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, and (ii) for twelve months after the effective date of termination of the Executive's employment and of the other provisions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, and
(iii) with respect to Sections 9.1.1. and 9.1.2, for an additional 36 months after the later of the dates described in clauses (i) and (ii) above:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except during the term of employment, in connection with his duties hereunder, or except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process.

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, other than publicly available documents or documents relating to the terms and conditions of the Executive's employment, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; provided that if the Executive is to continue as a director, consultant or advisor to the Company after such


20

termination, the Executive may retain such documents as are necessary or appropriate to the performance of his duties unless and until the Company requests that such documents be delivered to it; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, without the prior written consent of the Company, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive covenants and agrees that (i) through the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, and (ii) with respect to an Entity that is engaged in competition with the Company and that had, or the parent Entity or predecessor Entity of which had, consolidated gross revenues from all sources, including non-competitive businesses, of $2 billion or more for the fiscal year preceding the Executive's commencement of service for such Entity, through the date that is twelve months after the effective date of any notice of termination of the Executive's employment with the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that shall be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from
(a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securi ties of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity or (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the


21

Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2 or 4.3. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the


22

date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, provided that
Section 9.2 is complied with, acquire an interest in any business opportunity presented to the Company hereunder if the Company declines to pursue such business opportunity and if such investment is approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in writing.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019 Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A, B and C, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.


23

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company (as the case may be), whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent


24

to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section
12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.


25

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1, deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Excess Amount - Section 8.1 Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Pension Plan - Section 8.1 Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 Retirement Date - Section 4.6 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10


26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By     /s/ Gerald M. Levin
   ----------------------------
           Gerald M. Levin
           Chairman and Chief
           Executive Officer

     /s/ Richard D. Parsons
  ----------------------------
  Richard D. Parsons


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing


A-2

price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.


A-3

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such


A-4

income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding


A-5

the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the


A-6

end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause
(ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

ANNEX C

RELEASE

In connection with the Employment Agreement made as of ____ , between TIME WARNER INC., (the "Company"), and [TK] (the "Agreement"), the Company does hereby release and forever discharge [TK] and his estate, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of his employment with the Company or any of its affiliates or the termination of such employment, which the Company may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the Company from bringing a lawsuit against [TK] (x) to enforce his obligations under [Section 9] of the Agreement or (y) to seek damages or reimbursement for fraud or embezzlement committed by him during his employment with the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Release to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer this ______ day of __, 199_.

TIME WARNER INC.



AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998 effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Peter R. Haje (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of May 17, 1995 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 1999 (the "Term Date") and thereafter for a two-year advisory period on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the "term of employment", as used in Section 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 8 through 12 shall mean the period ending at the end of the Advisory Period (as defined in Section 13).

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or its Chief Operating Officer, (iii) the Executive shall have no other


2

employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $550,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean executives of the Company at the same executive level as the Executive.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. Bonuses for senior executives may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as


3

provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.


4

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment, the Advisory Period and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment and Advisory Period have has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's


5

breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if
(i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement,
(ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account, or to pay Advisory Period compensation, as the case may be, accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment and the Advisory Period effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of Section 2 or a more senior title; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in
Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with


6

respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.4 and 4.5 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation or Advisory Period compensation, as the case may be, accrued through the effective date of such termination and if such termination occurs during the term of employment, a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to
Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is


7

given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 13 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through the end of the Advisory Period, assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year during the term of employment, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4). Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 13 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company through the end of the Advisory Period and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination as provided in Section 3.1, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during the term of employment equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 and (d) Advisory Period compensation as provided in Section 13. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the


8

commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3), regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) and Advisory Period compensation the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the Advisory Period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any charitable or not-for-profit Entity, or any family-owned corporation, trust or partnership, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.4 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Section 4.2, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. The Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to
Section 4.2 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to


9

the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said
Section 4.2, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.5 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment and Advisory Period pursuant to Section 4.2, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without dupli cation of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for any services through December 31, 1999 and for services as a full-time employee from January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2001, up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 and Advisory Period compensation under Section 13 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated on the date of such termination, provided that if such termination occurs during the Advisory Period, the amount determined pursuant to this clause (y) shall be zero, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the


10

termination of the term of employment and the Advisory Period by the Executive or the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 and Advisory Period compensation under Section 13 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.6 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the period ending on the Term Date (the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4). If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the


11

obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date and the Advisory Period shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. At the end of a Disability Period or if a Disability Date occurs during the Advisory Period, the Company shall pay to the Executive the full amount of the Advisory Period compensation in accordance with Section 13 without regard to the preceding two sentences. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the during the Disability Period and the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Section 4.2 shall not apply during the Disability Period and the Advisory Period and the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall


12

be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation or, if applicable, Advisory Period compensation, to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. The Company shall maintain $4,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. The owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to


13

use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and the Advisory Period and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company during the term of employment (but not the Advisory Period) the Executive shall be entitled to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period and the Advisory Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and the Advisory Period and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment and Advisory Period terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit,


14

management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement (but without affecting any less restrictive or more favorable to the Executive provisions of any such plan or agreement), if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to
Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term thereof) during the remainder of the term of employment and the Advisory Period and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as shall be specified in any applicable stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall continue to apply through the latest of (i) the end of the Advisory Period (but not later than three years after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.2) or (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall continue to apply until three years after the latest of the events described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment and the Advisory Period, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further


15

acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment and the Advisory Period, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded,


16

so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company, (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company or (d) during the Advisory Period, being a partner in or of counsel to a law firm that represents any person or Entity that is in competition with the Company so long as the Executive does not personally provide or assist in the provision of services to any such person or Entity. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach or such breach occurs during the Advisory Period, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Section 4.2. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable,


17

and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):


18

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: Senior Vice President - Administration)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and


19

assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.


20

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:


21

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A Advisory Period - Section 13 affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2 Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 senior executives - Section 3. Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10

13. Advisory Services. The Executive shall render the advisory services described in this Section for the period beginning on January 1, 2000 and ending on December 31, 2001 (the "Advisory Period"). During the Advisory Period, the Executive will provide such advisory services concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as may be required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, but shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such service, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties and consistent with the Executive's other activities. If at any time during the Advisory Period, the Executive engages in other full-time employment, the Executive shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 13, but unless such employment consists of the Executive providing services to one or more (i) charitable or non-profit organizations or (ii) family-owned corporations, trusts, or partnerships, the term of


22

employment and the Advisory Period shall terminate, the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company and the Company shall have no further obligations under this agreement other than with respect to earned and unpaid compensation and benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, during the Advisory Period the Executive may provide part-time services to third parties (including serving as a member of the Board of Directors of any such party). During the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation in an amount equal to $400,000 per annum and shall continue to be entitled to the benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 hereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be entitled to a driver or automobile allowance or financial counseling during the Advisory Period, shall not accrue any vacation time during the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to any severance pay at the end thereof. In addition, during the first year of the Advisory Period the Company shall provide the Executive with an office, office facilities and a secretary in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.3.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By /s/ Richard D. Parsons
  -------------------------------
    Richard D. Parsons, President

   /s/  Peter R. Haje
  -------------------------------
    Peter R. Haje


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security


A-2

is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.


A-3

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges


A-4

and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the end of the Advisory Period and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all


A-5

of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) December 31, 2001 or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.6.


A-6

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount
(if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s)
otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this
Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998, effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Richard J. Bressler (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement made as of December 1, 1994 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 1999 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer or its President, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time


2

and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $450,000, per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean executives of the Company at the same executive level as the Executive.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. Bonuses for senior executives may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution deferred compensation which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. Subject to the provisions of Section A.7 of Annex A, During the term of employment, the Company shall


3

pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.


4

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in


5

Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of
Section 2 or a more senior title; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a


6

change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; or (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to the greater of (i) all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year


7

in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date and (ii) all amounts that would be payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 if the Term Date had been a date three years after the date of such notice of termination (assuming, in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4). Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. 'SS'.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date which is three years after the date notice of termination is given under this Section 4.2, and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest and (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the


8

effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the period described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this
Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 After the Term Date. If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 60 days written notice delivered to the other party (which notice may be delivered by either party at any time on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date). If the Company shall terminate the term of employment on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case
Section 4.1 shall apply), which the Company shall have the right to do so long as no Disability Date (as defined in Section 5) has occurred prior to the delivery by the Company of written notice of termination, then in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after such notice of termination is given, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.3.2 or (B) remain an employee of the Company for a period of twelve months pursuant to


9

Section 4.3.3 and receive the payments provided in Section 4.3.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.3.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination.

4.3.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) equal to three times the sum of (i) the Executive's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an amount equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4) and
(iii) the annual amount of deferred compensation payable by the Company to the Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3).

4.3.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the date which is twelve months after the end of the 60-day period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to
Section 6, (i) the Executive's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an annual bonus (all or any portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest and (iii) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 of this Agreement. At the end of such twelve month period the term of employment shall cease, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum (discounted as provided


10

in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the end of such twelve-month period) an amount equal to two times the sum of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 4.3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such twelve-month period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his employment during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the term of employment shall cease effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date of such commencement or such effective date, as the case may be) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in third sentence of
Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.3.3 (including the lump sum) had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of such twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.3.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the term of employment and the payments provided for in this Section 4.3.3 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment.

4.4 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 or 4.3, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.5 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the Executive shall execute and deliver


11

to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. The Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2 or 4.3, as applicable, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said
Section 4.2 or 4.3, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.6 Retirement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5, if the term of employment is in effect and the Executive is still employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement on the date the Executive first becomes eligible for normal retirement as defined in any applicable retirement plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (the "Retirement Date"), then this Agreement shall terminate automatically on such date and the Executive's employment with the Company shall thereafter be governed by the policies generally applicable to employees of the Company, and the Executive shall not thereafter be entitled to the payments provided in such Sections to the extent not received by the Executive on or prior to the Retirement Date. In addition, no benefits or payments provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5 shall include any period after the Retirement Date and if the provision of benefits or calculation of payments provided in any such Section would include any period subsequent to the Retirement Date, such provision of benefits shall end on the Retirement Date and the calculation of payments shall cover only the period ending on the Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company's obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall continue after any such termination and the provisions of Sections 12.1 and 12.7 shall apply to any dispute with respect to this Agreement that arises after any such termination.

4.7 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a


12

change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through (i) in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, the later of (x) the Term Date or (y) three years after the date notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2, and (ii) in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 4.3, the date which is three years after the end of the 60-day notice period referred to in the first sentence of
Section 4.3, in either case up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment by the Executive pursuant to Section 4.2 or in the event of the termination of the term of employment by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this
Section 4.7 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.8 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.


13

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the longer of
(i) the period ending on the Term Date or (ii) three years (in the case of either (i) or (ii), the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to
Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to
Section 3.4). If during the Disability Period the Execu tive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments


14

received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period and unless the Company has restored the Executive to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. Subject to the Executive's satisfactory completion of any applications and other documentation and any physical examination that may be required by the insurer for any increased life insurance, the Company shall obtain $4,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or


15

the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. In the event the Executive's advises the Company in writing within 30 days of the execution of this Agreement that the Executive desires to have such policy owned by the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants, the Company shall permit such ownership provided the trustees of the trust execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (i) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in


16

any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and during the Disability Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term thereof) during the remainder of the term of employment and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as may be specified in any stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.


17

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2 and 4.3), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall continue to apply through the latest of (i) the Term Date, (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason and (iii) twelve months after the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall continue to apply until three years after the latest of the events described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical pro cesses and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;


18

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto but such prohibition shall not apply to the Executive's secretary or executive assistant or to any other employee eligible to receive overtime pay.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either
(i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or
(ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the


19

Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2 or 4.3. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business


20

opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.


21

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent


22

to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section
12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.


23

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3

Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A

Base Salary - Section 3.1

cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Other Period Deferred Amount - Section A.6 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 Retirement Date - Section 4.6 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10


24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By  /s/ Richard D. Parsons
   ------------------------------
     Richard D. Parsons
     President

    /s/ Richard J. Bressler
 --------------------------------
      Richard J. Bressler


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are


A-2

available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and


A-3

only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and


A-4

losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the


A-5

end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all


A-6

credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section
A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________, ____.


[Name]

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998, effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Timothy A. Boggs (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 2000 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Senior Vice President and Government and Public Affairs of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the President of the Company, the Company's Board of Directors, and if so requested, to such other corporate officer(s) of the Company more senior than the Executive as the Board of Directors shall determine, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, no


2

outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company in the greater Washington D.C. area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

During the term of employment and so long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or in conflict with his full-time, exclusive position as a senior executive officer of the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (c) serving as a director of any other public company that is not in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of operating business which the Company or any of its subsidiaries engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct during the term of employment or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company or any of its subsidiaries covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith (in each case, a "Competitive Entity").

3. Compensation.


3

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $300,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean executives of the Company at the same executive level as the Executive.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, as the case may be. The Executive's target bonus shall be 100% of the Executive's Base Salary but the Executive acknowledges that the Executive's actual bonus will vary depending upon the performance of the Company and the Executive. The Company may increase, but not decrease, the target bonus from time to time. The Company's determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement and in Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 25% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to
Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 25% of any portion of such lump sum payment attributable to Base Salary. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Annex A and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been


4

paid in full. The Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement (or any preceding agreement). The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary


5

designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the board of representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), Chief Executive Officer or President (as the case may be) because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's material breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause in accordance with the foregoing procedures, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation


6

to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has under Section 8 through the effective date of termination (except as may be otherwise specifically provided in any such plan or program) or any rights which the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account through the effective date of termination or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.6, 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of
Section 2 or a more senior title; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the Washington, D.C. area; and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.


7

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment (and credits) described in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that the last paragraph of Section 2, Sections 3.8, 4.5 and 4.6 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages (or pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account with respect to Section 3.3) in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to the greater of (i) all amounts otherwise payable (whether or not deferred) pursuant to Section 3 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date and (ii) all amounts that would be payable (whether or not deferred) pursuant to Section 3 if the Term Date had been a date one year after the date of such notice of termination (assuming, in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500. Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this


8

Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Sec tion 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. 'SS'.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date which is one year after the effective date of termination under this Section 4.2, and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500 and
(c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of
Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses


9

(assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the period described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 After the Term Date. At least 120 days prior to the Term Date, the Company and the Executive shall commence discussions regarding a renewed or extension of this Agreement on terms and conditions mutually agreeable to the parties. If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 60 days written notice delivered to the other party (which notice may be delivered by either party at any time on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date). If the Executive shall cause his employment with the Company to terminate on or after the Term Date, then the Executive shall receive Base Salary and deferred compensation through the effective date of termination and a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs calculated as provided in Section 4.2.1; provided, however, that if the Company has changed the terms or conditions of the Executive's employment from those provided for in this Agreement such that the Executive would have been able to terminate the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 if such Section 4.2 had been applicable at the time (without giving effect to any cure right of the Company), then the Executive shall be entitled to the additional benefits described in the next sentence. If the Company shall terminate the term of employment on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply, and other than for death or disability, in which case Section 5 or 6 shall apply), then in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to receive Base Salary and deferred compensation through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurs calculated as provided in Section 4.2.1 and shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after such notice of termination is given, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment (and credits) as provided in Section 4.3.2 or (B) remain an employee of the Company for a period of twelve


10

months pursuant to Section 4.3.3 and receive the payments (and credits) provided in Section 4.3.3. The payments described in this Section 4.3 are in addition to any annual bonus otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof with respect to the last calendar year of the term of employment, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to other senior executives. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.3.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.5 and 4.6 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination.

4.3.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account with respect to Section 3.3) in a lump sum at the end of the 60- day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) equal to the sum of (i) one year's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an amount equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500 and (iii) the annual amount of deferred compensation payable by the Company to the Trust Account pursuant to
Section 3.3 as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of
Section 3.3).

4.3.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the date which is twelve months after the end of the 60-day period referred to in the first sentence of
Section 4.3 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he thereafter becomes disabled during such period but subject to
Section 6, (i) the Executive's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an annual bonus (all or any portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the


11

Executive from the Company (or credited to the Trust Account) for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500 and (iii) credits to the Trust Account of deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 of this Agreement. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such twelve-month period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to leave the payroll of the Company during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the term of employment shall cease effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date of such commencement or such effective date, as the case may be) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.3.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of such twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.3.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the term of employment and the payments provided for in this Section 4.3.3 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment.

4.4 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 or 4.3, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.5 Release. In partial consideration for and as an express condition of the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the


12

Executive shall be entitled to require the Executive to execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. If the Company so elects, it shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive elects not to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2 or 4.3, as applicable, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2 or 4.3, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.6 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity or a governmental body or agency, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through the Term Date or during the one year period referred to in Section 4.2 or 4.3, whichever is later, in each case up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment actually received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the


13

Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this
Section 4.6 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.7 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the longer of (i) the period ending on the Term Date or (ii) one year following the Disability Date (in the case of either (i) or (ii), the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) what the Executive's Base Salary otherwise would have been pursuant to this Agreement had the disability not occurred (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500 (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4). If during the term of employment and subsequent to the Disability Date the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercis able within 60 days after notice


14

from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the disability benefits provided for in this Section 5 (notwithstanding any such recovery by the Executive) and the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the term of employment; and (ii) the provisions of Section 9 and the last paragraph of Section 2 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all pay ments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive (but only with respect to that portion of the Disability Period occurring during the term of employment) from Work men's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period and unless the Company has restored the Executive to fill-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary thereof) shall be entitled to receive, to the


15

extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $437,500, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. During the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall provide the Executive with $50,000 group life insurance. In addition, during each year of the Executive's employment, the Company shall pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to two times the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) $1.5 million plus (ii) twice the Executive's Base Salary less $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an


16

employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and during the Disability Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) for the later of the remainder of the term of employment or through the Term Date, and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as may be specified in any stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive. The Executive's rights to receive payment of deferred compensation from the Trust Account, and the Company's and the Trustee's obligations with respect to the maintenance of the Trust Account and the payment of such deferred compensation, shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.3, Annex A and the Trust Agreement.


17

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2 and 4.3), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical pro cesses and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services,position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and


18

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 or if the Executive quits in breach of this Agreement, then for the time period specified in the second sentence of this
Section 9.2, the Executive shall not (a) become an officer, director, partner or employee of or consultant to or act in any managerial capacity or own an equity interest in excess of one percent in The Walt Disney Company, The News Corporation, The Seagram Company, Ltd., Tele-Communications Inc. or Viacom Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (each of the foregoing companies is herein referred to as a "Prohibited Entity" but only if at the time such company is a Competitive Entity) or (b) provide consulting, lobbying or public relations services or activities (collectively "Lobbying Services") to or for any Prohibited Entity whether directly or indirectly through a separate firm or entity, provided that this clause (b) shall not prevent the Executive from becoming an officer, employee or partner of a firm or entity (or providing Lobbying Services to a firm or entity) that in turn provides Lobbying Services to a Prohibited Entity so long as the Executiveis not directly or indirectly involved in providing such Lobbying Services to such Prohibited Entity. If the Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of this Agreement or by the Company in breach of this Agreement or if the Executive quits in breach of this Agreement, then (i) so long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company, the last paragraph of Section 2 shall apply and (ii) if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company within 12 months after the effective date of any notice of termination delivered hereunder, then the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall apply for the remainder of such 12-month period.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to the provisions of
Section 9.4 and such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of the last paragraph of Section 2 or any of the provisions of
Section 9.1 or 9.2, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive breaches the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to the product of (i) the sum of (x) the monthly Base Salary and deferred compensation payable


19

to the Executive immediately prior to his termination of employment with the Company, plus (y) one-twelfth of the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years immediately preceding the year of such termination, multiplied by (ii) the number of months remaining in the non-compete period applicable to the Executive under Section 9.2 at the time of such breach. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2 or 4.3. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to


20

such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations


21

shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.


22

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3


23

Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 Competitive Entity - Section 2 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A GUL - Section 7
Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Lobbying Services - Section 9.2 Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Prohibited Entity - Section 9.2 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 Retirement Date - Section 4.6 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By     /s/ Richard D. Parsons
       -----------------------------
       Richard D. Parsons
       President


 /s/   Timothy A. Boggs
       -----------------------------
       Timothy A. Boggs


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security,the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of


A-2

such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no


A-3

other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding


A-4

sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of


A-5

the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuantto this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under


A-6

clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998, effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and John A. LaBarca (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement made as of July 14, 1997 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including April 30, 2002 and thereafter for a one-year advisory period on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on April 30, 2002, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the "term of employment" as used in Section 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 8 through 12 shall mean the period ending at the end of the Advisory Period (as defined in Section 13).

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Senior Vice President, Financial Operations and Controller of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Chief Financial Officer of the


2

Company, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

3. Compensation.

3.1. Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $325,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean executives of the Company at the same executive level as the Executive.

3.2. Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. Bonuses for senior executives may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3. Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution


3

which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4. Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5. Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.


4

3.6. Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7. No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8. Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1. Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in


5

Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2. Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Date has occurred and the disability period remains in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of Section 2 or a more senior title; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in
Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or


6

not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1. Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.4 and 4.5 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $462,500, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to all


7

amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 13 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year of the term of employment and the Advisory Period (assuming that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year of the term of employment, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), with the bonus for any partial calendar year appropriately annualized, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $462,500. Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 13 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. 'SS'1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the end of the term of employment and the Advisory Period and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination for each year through the term of employment, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof during the term of employment (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (with any partial calendar year bonus appropriately annualized) as provided in Section 3.2, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $462,500, (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3 and (d) Advisory Period compensation as provided in
Section 13. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such


8

period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2 except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3), regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) and Advisory Period compensation the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the Advisory Period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3. Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.4. Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Section 4.2, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. The Company shall


9

deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.5. Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through April 30, 2003 up to an amount equal to (x) the discounted lump sum payment received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 and Advisory Period compensation under
Section 13 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding


10

sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus, deferred compensation under Section 3 and Advisory Period compensation under
Section 13 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in
Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.6. Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment or the Advisory Period and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, contin ue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and 13 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive annual disability benefits (a) for the balance of the term of employment in an annual amount equal to 75% of (i) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (ii) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $462,500 (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) and (b) for the balance of the Advisory Period in an amount equal to $350,000 per annum. If during the term of employment and subsequent to the Disability Date the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time


11

service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the term of employment shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the disability. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the term of employment and Advisory Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during such period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all pay ments to be made to the Executive during any disability period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive (but only with respect to that portion of the disability period occurring during the term of employment and the Advisory Period) from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall continue during the disability period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement except that, Section 4.2 shall not apply during the disability period and unless the Company has restored the Executive to fill-time service at full compensation prior to April 30, 2002, the term of employment and the Advisory Period shall end as provided in this Agreement and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment or the Advisory Period, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4, 5 and 13 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate


12

(or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation or Advisory Period compensation, as applicable, to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and if the Executive dies during the term of employment, shall be entitled to receive bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $462,500, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. The Company shall continue to maintain $1,500,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Company or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. The Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage) until the Executive reaches age 65, whether or not the Executive is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that the Company's obligation to pay such premiums shall terminate on the date the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated for cause pursuant to Section 4.1 or the Executive terminates his employment in breach of this Agreement. The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. The Executive shall be entitled from time to time to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such policy which may include a trust. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the Executive's estate or the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. Unless the policy is owned by a trust, the Company shall own the policy and shall provide by endorsement or collateral assignment as it may deem appropriate for the payment of benefits


13

on the death of the Executive. If the owner of the policy is a trust, such owner shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. At the time the Executive reaches age 65, the Company shall offer the Executive the opportunity to purchase such policy for the lesser of the net premiums paid by the Company or the cash surrender value of such policy. The provisions of this Section 7 shall be in addition to any other insurance normally provided by the Company under any group policy.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1. General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2. Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 5, 6 or 13, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the


14

Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term thereof) during the remainder of the term of employment and the Advisory Period and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as may be specified in any stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3. Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 5, 6 or 13 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B) as provided in Section 4.2), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

8.4. Retirement Benefits. Upon the Executive's termination of employment for any reason, except by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1 and except for a termination by the Executive in breach of this Agreement, the Company will calculate the retirement benefits to which the Executive is entitled under the Time Warner Employees' Pension Plan, any supplemental retirement or excess benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or any successor plans thereto (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Pension Plan"), by crediting the Executive with an extra .9 (nine-tenths) of a year of service for each year the Executive is employed by the Company up to a maximum of nine additional years of service. Such additional pension benefits shall be paid at the same times and in the same manner as shall be elected by the Executive or his beneficiary for payment of amounts under the Pension Plan.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall continue to apply through the latest of (i) the end of the Advisory Period, (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason and (iii) twelve months after the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2. The provisions of Sections 9.1


15

and 9.3 shall continue to apply until three years after the latest of the events described in the preceding sentence.

9.1. Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical pro cesses and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1. The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2. The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3. If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of


16

which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2. Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company, or (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either
(i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct, or
(ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3. Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4. Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the


17

Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of
Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment and the Advisory Period, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improvements, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participation of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):


18

11.1. If to the Company:


Time Warner Inc.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed
but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2. If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2. Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4. No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5. Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and


19

assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6. Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceedings or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.


20

12.8. Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9. No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10. Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11. No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13. Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:


21

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A Advisory Period - Section 13 affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Other Period Deferred Amount - Section A.6 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Pension Plan - Section 8.4 Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 senior executives - Section 3.1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3
Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10

13. Advisory Services. The Executive shall render the advisory services described in this Section for the period beginning on May 1, 2002 and ending on April 30, 2003 (the "Advisory Period"). During the Advisory Period, the Executive will provide such advisory services concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as may be requested by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer or the President of the Company, but shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties and consistent with the Executive's other activities. If at any time during the Advisory Period, the Executive engages in other full-time employment, the Executive shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 13, but unless such employment consists of the Executive providing services to one or more (i) charitable or non-profit organizations or (ii) family-owned corporations, trusts, or partnerships, the term of


22

employment and the Advisory Period shall terminate, the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company and the Company shall have no further obligations under this Agreement other than with respect to earned and unpaid compensation and benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 9.2 of this Agreement, during the Advisory Period the Executive may provide part-time services to third parties (including serving as a member of the Board of Directors of any such party). During the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive compensation in an amount equal to $350,000 per annum and shall continue to be entitled to the benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 hereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be entitled to a driver or automobile allowance or financial counseling during the Advisory Period, shall not accrue any vacation time during the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to any severance pay at the end thereof. In addition, during the Advisory Period the Company shall provide the Executive with an office, office facilities and a secretary as described in Section 4.3 hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By /s/ Richard D. Parsons
  -------------------------------
    Richard D. Parsons
    President

   /s/ John A. LaBarca
---------------------------------
    John A. LaBarca


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are


A-2

available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and


A-3

only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor, shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and


A-4

losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the date the Advisory Period is scheduled to terminate and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay- Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay- Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the


A-5

end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all


A-6

credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section
A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 18, 1998, effective as of January 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Philip R. Lochner, Jr. (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of February 15, 1994 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 1998 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as Senior Vice President - Administration of the Company during the term of employment, and the Executive shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer or its President, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall


2

be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any of the Company's written policies on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $350,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount. Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean executives of the Company at the same executive level as the Executive.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive. Bonuses for senior executives may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable.

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. During the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the


3

Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to
Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment. The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. Effective April 1, 1998, the Company shall establish and maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. Prior to April 1, 1998, the Company shall credit the Executive with deferred compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Prior Agreement.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate, to defer payment of and to have the Company credit to the Trust Account all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in


4

accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director or member) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such


5

notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation to the Trust Account accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2 and within such 15-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title specified in the first sentence of
Section 2 or a more senior title; (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area; and (v) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially


6

all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after written notice of such termination is given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.2.2 or (B) to remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, (i) after the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account if the Executive previously elected to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive as damages in a lump sum within 30 days thereafter (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following sentence) equal to the greater of (i) all amounts otherwise payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 for the year in which such termination occurs and for each subsequent year through and including the Term Date and (ii) all amounts that would be payable pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 if


7

the Term Date had been a date three years after the date of such notice of termination (assuming, in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, that annual bonuses are required to be paid for each such year, with each such annual bonus being equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000. Any payments required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 upon such termination in respect of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and the credit to the Trust Account provided for in the third sentence of Section 3.3 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code")), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually, the use of which rate is hereby elected by the parties hereto pursuant to Treas. Reg. ss.1.280G-1 Q/A 32 (provided that, in the event such election is not permitted under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, such other rate determined as of such other date as is applicable for determining present value under Section 280G of the Code shall be used).

4.2.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date which is three years after the date notice of termination is given under this Section 4.2, and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary at an annual rate equal to his Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000 and
(c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such


8

termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that the "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.2.3 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of the period described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.3 and the term of employment shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 After the Term Date. If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 60 days written notice delivered to the other party (which notice may be delivered by either party at any time on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date). If the Company shall terminate the term of employment on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case
Section 4.1 shall apply), which the Company shall have the right to do so long as no Disability Date (as defined in Section 5) has occurred prior to the delivery by the Company of written notice of termination, then in lieu of the provisions of Section 4.2, the Executive shall be entitled to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, within 30 days after such notice of termination is given, either (A) to cease being an employee of the Company and receive a lump sum payment as provided in Section 4.3.2 or (B) remain an employee of the Company for a period of twelve months pursuant to


9

Section 4.3.3 and receive the payments provided in Section 4.3.3. After the Executive makes such election, the following provisions shall apply:

4.3.1 Regardless of the election made by the Executive pursuant to the preceding paragraph, at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 4.5 and 4.7 and Sections 6 through 12 shall survive such termination.

4.3.2 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (A) above, the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum at the end of the 60-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of Section 4.3 (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such notice of termination is given) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2) equal to three times the sum of (i) the Executive's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an amount equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest (assuming that no portion of such bonus is deferred pursuant to Section 3.4), provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000 and (iii) the annual amount of deferred compensation payable by the Company to the Trust Account pursuant to Section 3.3 as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3).

4.3.3 In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) above, the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company until the date which is twelve months after the end of the 60-day period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3 and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not he becomes disabled during such period but subject to
Section 6, (i) the Executive's Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such notice of termination, (ii) an annual bonus (all or any portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) received by the Executive from the Company for the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the regular annual bonus received by the Executive was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000 and (iii) deferred compensation as provided in
Section 3.3 of this Agreement. At the end of such twelve month period the term of employment shall


10

cease, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the end of such twelve-month period) an amount equal to two times the sum of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this
Section 4.3.3. Except as provided in the next sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such twelve-month period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his employment during such period, the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the term of employment shall cease effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the second sentence of Section 4.2.2, except that "applicable Federal rate" shall be determined as of the date of such commencement or such effective date, as the case may be) for the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited to the Trust Account as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.3.3 (including the lump sum) had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the end of such twelve-month period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.3.3; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the term of employment and the payments provided for in this Section 4.3.3 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment.

4.4 Office Facilities. In the event the Executive shall make the election provided in clause (B) of Section 4.2 or 4.3, then for the period beginning on the day the Executive makes such election and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.


11

4.5 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3, the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. The Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. If the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in
Section 4.2 or 4.3, as applicable, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2 or 4.3, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to employees with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.6 Retirement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5, if the term of employment is in effect and the Executive is still employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement on the date the Executive first becomes eligible for normal retirement as defined in any applicable retirement plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (the "Retirement Date"), then this Agreement shall terminate automatically on such date and the Executive's employment with the Company shall thereafter be governed by the policies generally applicable to employees of the Company, and the Executive shall not thereafter be entitled to the payments provided in such Sections to the extent not received by the Executive on or prior to the Retirement Date. In addition, no benefits or payments provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 5 shall include any period after the Retirement Date and if the provision of benefits or calculation of payments provided in any such Section would include any period subsequent to the Retirement Date, such provision of benefits shall end on the Retirement Date and the calculation of payments shall cover only the period ending on the Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company's obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement shall continue after any such termination and the provisions of Sections 12.1 and 12.7 shall apply to any dispute with respect to this Agreement that arises after any such termination.

4.7 Mitigation. In the event of termination of the term of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment in order to mitigate his damages hereunder; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are any damages hereunder by reason of the events of termination described above which are "contingent on a change" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code), the Executive shall be required to mitigate such damages hereunder, including any such damages theretofore paid, but not in excess of the extent, if


12

any, necessary to prevent the Company from losing any tax deductions to which it otherwise would be entitled in connection with such damages if they were not so "contingent on a change". In addition to any obligation under the preceding sentence, and without duplication of any amounts required to be paid to the Company thereunder, if any such termination occurs and the Executive, whether or not required to mitigate his damages under the preceding sentence, thereafter obtains other employment with any Entity other than a not-for-profit Entity, the total cash salary and bonus received in connection with such other employment, whether paid to him or deferred for his benefit, for services through (i) in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, the later of (x) the Term Date or
(y) three years after the date notice of termination is delivered pursuant to
Section 4.2, and (ii) in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 4.3, the date which is three years after the end of the 60-day notice period referred to in the first sentence of Section 4.3, in either case up to an amount equal to
(x) the discounted lump sum payment received by or for the account of the Executive with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such period, minus (y) the amount of severance the Executive would have received in accordance with the personnel policies of the Company if the Executive had been job eliminated, shall reduce, pro tanto, any amount which the Company would otherwise be required to pay to the Executive as a result of such termination and, to the extent amounts have theretofore been paid to him as a result of such termination, such cash salary and bonus shall be paid over to the Company as received with respect to such period, but the provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any type of equity interest, bonus unit, phantom or restricted stock, stock option, stock appreciation right or similar benefit received as a result of such other employment. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of the term of employment by the Executive pursuant to
Section 4.2 or in the event of the termination of the term of employment by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be considered as damages hereunder. With respect to the second preceding sentence, the Executive shall in no event be required to pay the Company with respect to any calendar year more than the discounted amount received by him or credited to the Trust Account with respect to Base Salary, annual bonus and deferred compensation under Section 3 for such year. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate his damages pursuant to this
Section 4.7 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.2 or 4.3.3, as the case may be, at the time provided therein or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.8 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.


13

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2 or 4.3, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to credit the Trust Account, when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3 and Annex A, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the longer of
(i) the period ending on the Term Date or (ii) three years (in the case of either (i) or (ii), the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Executive's Base Salary at the time the Executive becomes disabled (and this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited to his Trust Account pursuant to
Section 3.3 and Annex A as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000 (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4). If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to


14

this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period and unless the Company has restored the Executive to fill-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent five calendar years for which the annual bonus received by the Executive from the Company was the greatest, provided that such annual bonus shall not be less than $450,000, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of Section A.6 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. The Company shall maintain $2,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the


15

trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. The owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In


16

addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 and during the Disability Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term thereof) during the remainder of the term of employment and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as may be specified in any stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5 or 6 (and regardless of whether the Executive elects clause (A) or (B)


17

as provided in Section 4.2 and 4.3), the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The provisions of Section 9.2 shall continue to apply through the latest of (i) the Term Date, (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason and (iii) twelve months after the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.3 shall continue to apply until three years after the latest of the events described in the preceding sentence.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical pro cesses and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so


18

request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, for a period of one year after such termination, without the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that might be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity, (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof and so long as such Entity is not, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company or (c) serving as a director of any Entity that is not in competition with the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either
(i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or
(ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or


19

threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to two and one-half times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to two and one-half times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2 or 4.3. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improve ments, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participa tion of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.


20

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.


21

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder, in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and such rights and obligations shall inure to, and be binding upon, any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise. The Company shall cause such successor expressly to assume such obligations.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for


22

JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section
12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.


23

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.3 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 4.2.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 Retirement Date - Section 4.6 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3 Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10


24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By /s/ Richard D. Parsons
  ------------------------------
    Richard D. Parsons

   /s/  Philip R. Lochner, Jr.
  -------------------------------
    Philip R. Lochner, Jr.


ANNEX A

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the


A-2

bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to
Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed


A-3

to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section
A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1 or A.6 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and


A-4

losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.6. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) Term Date and
(ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the


A-5

end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.6.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.6, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments have been made from the Trust Account and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.6, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all


A-6

credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.6 shall be determined in accordance with Section
A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

$7,500,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

November 10, 1997

among

TIME WARNER INC.
TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP
TWI CABLE INC.

and

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
as Administrative Agent


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Documentation and Syndication Agents


CHASE SECURITIES INC.,
as Arranger


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms ...............................................     1
SECTION 1.2. Classification of Loans and Borrowings ......................    32
SECTION 1.3. Terms Generally .............................................    32
SECTION 1.4. Accounting Terms; GAAP ......................................    32

ARTICLE II.

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.1. Commitments .................................................    32
SECTION 2.2. Loans and Borrowings ........................................    33
SECTION 2.3. Requests for Revolving Borrowings ...........................    33
SECTION 2.4. Swingline Loans .............................................    34
SECTION 2.5. Funding of Borrowings .......................................    35
SECTION 2.6. Interest Elections ..........................................    36
SECTION 2.7. Termination and Reduction of Commitments and Borrowings Caps     37
SECTION 2.8. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt ........................    38
SECTION 2.9. Prepayment of Loans .........................................    39
SECTION 2.10. Fees .......................................................    39
SECTION 2.11. Interest ...................................................    40
SECTION 2.12. Alternate Rate of Interest .................................    40
SECTION 2.13. Increased Costs ............................................    41
SECTION 2.14. Break Funding Payments .....................................    42
SECTION 2.15. Taxes ......................................................    43
SECTION 2.16. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs     44
SECTION 2.17. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .............    45

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.1. Organization; Powers ........................................    46
SECTION 3.2. Authorization; Enforceability ...............................    46
SECTION 3.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts ........................    47
SECTION 3.4. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .............    47
SECTION 3.5. Properties ..................................................    48
SECTION 3.6. Litigation and Environmental Matters ........................    48
SECTION 3.7. Compliance with Laws and Agreements .........................    48
SECTION 3.8. Government Regulation .......................................    49
SECTION 3.9. Taxes .......................................................    49

-i-

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 3.10. ERISA ......................................................    49
SECTION 3.11. True and Complete Disclosure ...............................    49
SECTION 3.12. Partnership Tax Matters ....................................    50
SECTION 3.13. Beneficial Assets ..........................................    50
SECTION 3.14. Guarantees .................................................    50

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 4.1. Initial Loans ...............................................    50
SECTION 4.2. Assumptions .................................................    52
SECTION 4.3. Diamond Implementation ......................................    54
SECTION 4.4. Each Credit Event ...........................................    54

ARTICLE V.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information ..................    55
SECTION 5.2. Notices of Material Events ..................................    57
SECTION 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business ..............................    57
SECTION 5.4. Payment of Obligations ......................................    57
SECTION 5.5. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance ........................    57
SECTION 5.6. Books and Records; Inspection Rights ........................    58
SECTION 5.7. Compliance with Laws ........................................    58
SECTION 5.8. Use of Proceeds .............................................    58
SECTION 5.9. Fiscal Periods; Accountants .................................    58
SECTION 5.10. Enforcement of Rights Under Partnership Agreements .........    58
SECTION 5.11. TWE Beneficial Assets ......................................    58
SECTION 5.12. TWEAN Beneficial Assets ....................................    59
SECTION 5.13. Guarantees .................................................    59

ARTICLE VI.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.1. Changes in Business .........................................    60
SECTION 6.2. Mergers, Etc ................................................    60
SECTION 6.3. Liens .......................................................    61
SECTION 6.4. Indebtedness ................................................    63
SECTION 6.5. Investments .................................................    64
SECTION 6.6. Restricted Payments .........................................    64
SECTION 6.7. Transactions with Affiliates ................................    66
SECTION 6.8. ERISA .......................................................    66
SECTION 6.9. Financial Covenants .........................................    67

-ii-

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 6.10. Amendment or Waiver of Organizational Documents ............    68
SECTION 6.11. Certain Agreements .........................................    68
SECTION 6.12. Unrestricted Subsidiaries ..................................    69

ARTICLE VII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 7.1. Payments ....................................................    69
SECTION 7.2. Representations, Etc ........................................    70
SECTION 7.3. Covenants ...................................................    70
SECTION 7.4. Default Under Other Agreements ..............................    70
SECTION 7.5. Bankruptcy, Etc .............................................    70
SECTION 7.6. ERISA .......................................................    71
SECTION 7.7. Judgments ...................................................    71
SECTION 7.8. Change of Control ...........................................    71
SECTION 7.9. Dissolution .................................................    71
SECTION 7.10. Taxation ...................................................    72
SECTION 7.11. Conflicting Agreements .....................................    72
SECTION 7.12. Certain Guarantees .........................................    72

ARTICLE VIII.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1. Notices .....................................................    75
SECTION 9.2. Waivers; Amendments .........................................    75
SECTION 9.3. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver ..........................    76
SECTION 9.4. Successors and Assigns ......................................    77
SECTION 9.5. Survival ....................................................    80
SECTION 9.6. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness ....................    80
SECTION 9.7. Severability ................................................    80
SECTION 9.8. Right of Setoff .............................................    80
SECTION 9.9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process ..    81
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .......................................    81
SECTION 9.11. Headings ...................................................    81
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality ............................................    82
SECTION 9.13. Independence of Representations, Warranties and Covenants ..    82
SECTION 9.14. Release of Certain Guarantees ..............................    82
SECTION 9.15. Partners ...................................................    83
SECTION 9.16. Calculations; Computations; Interpretation .................    83

-iii-

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 9.17. Distribution of Documents ..................................    85


SCHEDULES:

Schedule A      Guarantors
Schedule 2.1    Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 3.13A  TWE Material Beneficial Assets
Schedule 3.13B  TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets
Schedule 6.3    Existing Liens
Schedule 6.12   Unrestricted Subsidiaries

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B    Form of Officer's Solvency Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Interest Rate Certificate
Exhibit D-1  Form of Subsidiary Guarantee
Exhibit D-2  Form of TWE Partner Guarantee
Exhibit D-3  Form of TWI Guarantee
Exhibit D-4  Form of TWEAN Holder Guarantee
Exhibit D-5  Form of Paragon Guarantee
Exhibit D-6  Form of TWE Guarantee
Exhibit D-7  Form of TWIC Guarantee
Exhibit D-8  Form of Diamond Guarantee
Exhibit E-1  Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
             (Closing)
Exhibit E-2  Form of Opinion of General Counsel (Closing)
Exhibit F    Form of Advance Letter/Newhouse Letter
Exhibit G-1  Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
             (Transfers)
Exhibit G-2  Form of Opinion of General Counsel (Transfers)
Exhibit H    Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
             (Diamond Implementation)

-iv-

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 10, 1997, among TIME WARNER
INC., TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC., TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT--ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP, TWI CABLE INC., the LENDERS party hereto, and THE CHASE MANHATTAN
BANK, as Administrative Agent.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

"ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

"Acquired Indebtedness" shall mean (i) Indebtedness of an entity, which entity is acquired by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided that such Indebtedness shall be outstanding at the time of the acquisition of such entity, shall not be created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition and shall not be, directly or indirectly, recourse (including by way of setoff) to any Company or any asset thereof other than to the entity and its Subsidiaries so acquired and the assets of the entity and its Subsidiaries so acquired or (ii) Indebtedness of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is not, directly or indirectly, recourse (including by way of setoff) to any Company or any asset thereof other than to specified assets acquired by such Borrower or such Subsidiary after the Closing Date, which Indebtedness is outstanding at the time of the acquisition of such assets and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition and the holder of which waives, for the benefit of the other lenders thereto, any claims against any other assets of any Company or against the general credit of any Company (which waiver shall, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent after consultation with its counsel, constitute a satisfactory waiver under Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code).

"Adjusted Financial Statements" shall mean, of any Person for any period, (x) the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (treating Unrestricted Subsidiaries as equity investments of such Person to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not otherwise be treated as equity investments of such Person in accordance with GAAP) as of the end of such period and (y) the related statements of operations and stockholders' or partners' equity for such period and, if such period is not a fiscal year, for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year (treating Unrestricted Subsidiaries as equity investments to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiaries would not otherwise be treated as equity investments of such Person in accordance with GAAP).

"Adjusted LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.


-2-

"Administrative Agent" shall mean Chase, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

"Administrative Questionnaire" shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

"Advance" shall mean Advance Communication Corp., a New York corporation.

"Advance/Newhouse" shall mean Advance/Newhouse Partnership, a New York general partnership, of which Advance and Newhouse are general partners.

"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the specified Person; provided that two or more Persons shall not be deemed Affiliates solely because an individual is a director and/or officer of each such Person.

"Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement.

"Allocated Loans" shall have the meaning provided in the definition of "Transfer."

"Alternate Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

"Applicable Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Total Commitment represented by such Lender's Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

"Applicable Rate" shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or the Commitment Fee of any Borrower, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread" or "Commitment Fee," as the case may be, based upon the ratings by Moody's and S&P, respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt of such Borrower:


-3-

Index Debt Ratings

    Moody's              S&P              Eurodollar Spread       Commitment Fee
    -------              ---              -----------------       --------------
Baa1 or higher      BBB+ or higher             0.300%                  0.100%
     Baa2                BBB                   0.350%                  0.125%
     Baa3                BBB-                  0.400%                  0.150%
     Ba1                 BB+                   0.600%                  0.225%
     Ba2                 BB                    0.750%                  0.250%
     Ba3                 BB-                   0.875%                  0.300%

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if the Index Debt of any Borrower is rated by only one Rating Agency (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph), then the rating assigned by such Rating Agency shall be used; (ii) if the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P for the Index Debt of such Borrower shall fall within different levels (including numerical modifiers and (+) and (-) as levels), the Applicable Rate shall be based on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more levels (including numerical modifiers and (+) and (-) as levels) lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the level next below that of the higher of the two ratings; and (iii) if the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P for the Index Debt of such Borrower shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody's or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable Rating Agency. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody's or S&P shall change, or if either such Rating Agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrowers and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such Rating Agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation. If a Rating Agency shall cease to assign a rating to a Borrower's Index Debt solely because such Borrower elects not to participate or otherwise cooperate in the ratings process of such Rating Agency, the Applicable Rate for such Borrower shall not be less than that before such Rating Agency's rating became unavailable.

If neither Rating Agency has assigned a rating to a Borrower's Index Debt, then the "Applicable Rate" shall mean, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or the Commitment Fee of such Borrower, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread" or "Commitment Fee," as the case may be, opposite the Leverage Ratio of such Borrower on such day:


-4-

                 Leverage Ratio                   Eurodollar Spread    Commitment Fee
                 --------------                   -----------------    --------------
                 less than 4.0                          0.350%             0.125%
less than 4.5 and greater than or equal to 4.0          0.400%             0.150%
less than 5.0 and greater than or equal to 4.5          0.600%             0.225%
less than 5.5 and greater than or equal to 5.0          0.750%             0.250%
         greater than or equal to 5.5                   0.875%             0.300%

Any change in the Leverage Ratio of such Borrower shall be effective to adjust the Applicable Rate as of the date for which the Leverage Ratio is calculated in the Interest Rate Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(c).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) prior to the Diamond Implementation, the Applicable Rate for TWIC will be what the Applicable Rate for TWI or TWCI (whichever is lower) would be if TWI and TWCI were Borrowers and (II) at or after the Diamond Implementation, the Applicable Rate for TBS and TWIC will be the same as the Applicable Rate for TWI or TWCI (whichever is lower).

"Applicable Transfer" shall mean, for any representation or warranty or any condition precedent, the Transfer being consummated on the date such representation or warranty is to be made or such condition precedent is to be satisfied.

"Assessment Rate" shall mean, for any day, the annual assessment rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance Fund classified as "well-capitalized" and within supervisory subgroup "B" (or a comparable successor risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Part
327 (or any successor provision) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for insurance by such Corporation of time deposits made in dollars at the offices of such member in the United States; provided that if, as a result of any change in any law, rule or regulation, it is no longer possible to determine the Assessment Rate as aforesaid, then the Assessment Rate shall be such annual rate as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be representative of the cost of such insurance to the Lenders.

"Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.4), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

"Assumption" shall mean the assumption of the Allocated Loans of TWIC by TWEAN in a Transfer.

"Assumption Date" shall mean the date of any Assumption.


-5-

"Authorized Officer" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any officer of such Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Person.

"Availability" shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, the excess, if any, of such Borrower's Borrowing Cap then in effect (after giving effect to the proviso in Section 2.1) over the aggregate amount of Loans then outstanding to such Borrower, but in no event shall the aggregate Availability of all the Borrowers at any time exceed the Total Unutilized Commitment then in effect. The amount of Loans outstanding for purposes of calculating Availability under
Section 2.10(a) shall not include Swingline Loans. In allocating Availability among Borrowers for purposes of determining the Commitment Fee, Availability shall first be allocated to the Borrower with the highest Applicable Rate then in effect, next to the Borrower with the next highest Applicable Rate then in effect, and so on.

"Availability Period" shall mean the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

"Bankruptcy Code" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.5.

"Base CD Rate" shall mean the sum of (a) the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus (b) the Assessment Rate.

"Beneficial Assets" shall mean the TWE Beneficial Assets and the TWEAN Beneficial Assets, and the related net cash flows.

"Beneficial Subsidiary" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.16(b).

"Borrowers" shall mean (i) TWE, (ii) TBS, (iii) TWEAN, (iv) TWIC, (v) at or after the Diamond Implementation, TWI, and (vi) at or after the Diamond Implementation, TWCI, collectively; and "Borrower" shall mean any of them; provided that from and after the date on which any Borrower shall terminate its Borrowing Cap in accordance with Section 2.7(c) and all of such Borrower's Obligations shall have been paid in full, such Borrower shall cease to be a "Borrower" under the Credit Documents and shall cease to be subject as a Borrower to Articles V and VI.

"Borrowing" shall mean (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

"Borrowing Cap" shall mean, (i) with respect to TWE, $7.5 billion, (ii) with respect to TWEAN, $2.0 billion and (iii) with respect to each other Borrower, (x) prior to the Diamond Implementation, $4.0 billion and (y) at or after the Diamond Implementation, $6.0 billion, in each case, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.7.


-6-

"Borrowing Request" shall mean a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3.

"Business Day" shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

"Cable Business" shall mean a business substantially all of which consists of the construction, ownership, operation, management, promotion, extension or other utilization of any type of cable television distribution system or any similar distribution business, including the obtaining of a license or franchise to operate such a system or business.

"Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Capital Stock" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, partnership interests or other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of, such Person's equity, whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter issued, and any and all rights, warrants or options to purchase or acquire or exchangeable for or convertible into such shares, partnership interests or other equivalents.

"Cash Balance" shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by such Borrower.

"Cash Equivalents" shall mean (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) that (a) have maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition thereof or (b) are subject to a repurchase agreement with an institution described in clause (ii)(x) or (y) below exercisable within six months from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) U.S. Dollar-denominated and Eurodollar time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances of (x) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million or (y) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody's is at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an "Approved Lender"), in each case with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition thereof, (iii) commercial paper and variable and fixed rate notes issued by any Lender or Approved Lender or by the parent company of any Lender or Approved Lender and commercial paper and variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's, and


-7-

in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition thereof, and (iv) tax-exempt commercial paper of United States municipal, state or local governments rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and maturing within six months after the date of acquisition thereof.

"Change in Law" shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.13(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

"Change of Control" shall mean any of the following:

(i) with respect to TWI, either (a) a Person or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) acquiring or having beneficial ownership (it being understood that a tender of shares or other equity interests shall not be deemed acquired or giving beneficial ownership until such shares or other equity interests have been accepted for payment) of securities (including options) having a majority of the ordinary voting power of TWI (including options to acquire such voting power) or (b) persons who are directors of TWI as of the date hereof or persons designated or approved by such directors ceasing to constitute a majority of the board of directors of TWI;

(ii) with respect to TWCI, TWCI ceasing to be a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWI;

(iii) with respect to TWE, (a) TWI ceasing to own beneficially, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, at least 43-3/4% of the total equity in TWE, (b) a Person or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) owning an equity interest in TWE greater than that owned by TWI and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (c) there being any managing General Partner of TWE other than TWI and/or one or more of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

(iv) with respect to TBS, (a) until the Leverage Ratio of TBS is less than 5.0:1.0, TBS ceasing to be a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWI or (b) after such time, TWI ceasing to own, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, Capital Stock representing at least 66- 2/3% of the ordinary voting power or value of the Capital Stock of TBS;

(v) with respect to TWEAN, (a) TWE and TWI together ceasing to own beneficially, directly or indirectly, a majority of the TWEAN Partnership Interests, (b) TWE ceasing to own beneficially, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, at least 40% of the TWEAN Partnership Interests or
(c) TWE ceasing to have management or operational control over TWEAN under the TWEAN Partnership Agreement comparable in all material respects


-8-

to such control on the Closing Date (it being understood that a liquidation of TWEAN permitted under Section 6.2(b) shall not be deemed a Change of Control); or

(vi) with respect to TWIC, (a) until the Leverage Ratio of TWIC is less than 3.5:1.0, TWIC ceasing to be a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWI, (b) after such time, TWI ceasing to own beneficially, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, Capital Stock representing at least 66-2/3% of the ordinary voting power or value of the Capital Stock of TWIC or (c) TWI ceasing to have the managerial and operational control over TWIC that it would have if TWIC were a Subsidiary of TWE or TWEAN;

provided that the events described in paragraphs (i) through (vi) shall not constitute a "Change of Control" with respect to any Person if such event arises out of a liquidation, consolidation or merger of such Person permitted by
Section 6.2(b).

"Chase" shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank.

"Class," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

"Closing Date" shall mean November 14, 1997, the date of the Initial Loans.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

"Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.8 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.4. The initial amount of each Lender's Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.1, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

"Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.10(a).

"Commitment Termination Date" shall mean the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

"Companies" shall mean each of the Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, collectively; and "Company" shall mean any of them.

"Confidential Information Memorandum" shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated October 1997 relating to the loan facilities hereunder.


-9-

"Consolidated Amortization Expense" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, the amortization expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Cash Flow" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, (A) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period plus (B) (to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income) the sum of (i) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, (ii) Consolidated Amortization Expense (excluding amortization of film inventory that does not constitute amortization of capitalized interest expense, capitalized depreciation expense and purchase price amortization), (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iv) income tax expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries,
(v) non-recurring non-cash items and (vi) minority interest expense in respect of preferred stock of Subsidiaries of such Person minus (C) the sum of (i) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, interest income (including interest on cash or Cash Equivalents) and (ii) to the extent not previously deducted as an expense in determining Consolidated Net Income, Management Fees actually paid in cash or other consideration in such period by such Person or its Subsidiaries, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Cash Fixed Charges" shall mean the sum of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense plus Consolidated Cash Preferred Dividends.

"Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person, but excluding, to the extent otherwise included therein, interest expense to the extent not payable in cash (e.g., interest on securities paid in additional securities, imputed interest and amortization of original issue discount), amortization of discount and deferred financing costs.

"Consolidated Cash Preferred Dividends" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, dividends payable in cash during such period in respect of any preferred stock of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but decreased by the amount of such dividends paid with the proceeds of Stock Option Loans and excluding any dividends with respect to preferred stock of any other Person accrued during any period that the income (or loss) of such other Person is excluded from Consolidated Net Income of such Person by reason of clause (i) of the definition thereof.

"Consolidated Depreciation Expense" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, the depreciation expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, the interest expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without duplication, total interest expense for such period (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations in accordance with GAAP) with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including all capitalized interest, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges


-10-

owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, as such amount may be increased or decreased by the net income or loss from Interest Rate Agreements for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, without duplication, (i) any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.10, (ii) any amounts with respect to Indebtedness of any other Person accrued during any period that the income (or loss) of such other Person is excluded from Consolidated Net Income of such Person by reason of clause (i) of the definition thereof and (iii) interest on Stock Option Loans, all determined on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period.

"Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, for any Person, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that the following, without duplication, shall be excluded: (i) the income (or loss) of any other Person accrued prior to the date that it becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or that such other Person's assets are acquired by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the income of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement or instrument (other than this Agreement), judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary (provided that the income of any Subsidiary of such Person shall not be excluded by reason of this clause (ii) so long as such Subsidiary guarantees the Obligations of such Person), (iii) dividends, interest, income or other distributions or payments on any investment in or with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or with respect to any other Person (including, when calculating Consolidated Net Income of TWE or TWEAN, Paragon to the extent treated as an equity investment of TWE and/or TWEAN as a result of the operation of Section 9.16(c)(iii)) which is not a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person (other than with respect to calculations made pursuant to Section 6.9(I)(b) or
(II)(b) to the extent any such dividends, interest, or other distributions or payments are actually paid or made), (iv) the income (or loss) realized by such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries from dispositions of assets otherwise than in the ordinary course of business (including as the result of the sale of any business assets, business segment, business operation or Investment), (v) the income resulting from any write-up of any asset, (vi) the aggregate net gain (or loss) arising from any revaluation (but not sale) of readily marketable securities, (vii) the aggregate net gain (or loss) arising from extraordinary transactions and (viii) the income (or loss) from discontinued operations.

"Consolidated Total Debt" of any Person shall mean, as at any time of determination, the total Indebtedness (other than any Stock Option Loans and, in the case of TWE and TBS, up to $250.0 million of Film Financing in the aggregate for both of TWE and TBS) of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as at such time.

"Contingent Obligations," as applied to any Person, shall mean any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (x) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other monetary obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the


-11-

Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof, (y) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof, or (z) under Currency Agreements or Interest Rate Agreements. Contingent Obligations shall include (a) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, and (b) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another, or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under clause (i) or (ii) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence; provided that Contingent Obligations shall not include obligations (not otherwise constituting Indebtedness) of any Person in respect of customary representations, warranties and covenants made or agreed to by such Person in connection with the sale and securitization of accounts receivable or similar contract rights. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

"Control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. A Person shall be deemed to Control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. "Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto.

"Convertible Intercompany Debt" shall mean any Indebtedness for money borrowed of (a) any Borrower owing to TWI or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any Foreign Subsidiary owing to TWI that, in each case, (i) is issued on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) if owed by a Borrower to a Person other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, is convertible into equity of the Borrower of such Indebtedness or is extinguishable, in each case, upon (x) the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower of such Indebtedness, (y) failure to repay any Loans at final maturity or (z) acceleration of the maturity of any Loans hereunder; provided that any Convertible Intercompany Debt of a Borrower shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"Copyright Liens" shall mean any Liens granted by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on copyrights relating to movies or other programming that is subject to contracts entitling such Borrower or Subsidiary to future payments in respect of such movies or other programming, which contractual rights to future payments are to be transferred by such Borrower or Subsidiary to a special purpose Subsidiary of such Borrower or Subsidiary organized for the purpose


-12-

of monetizing such rights to future payments and which Liens (x) are granted directly or indirectly for the benefit of the special purpose Subsidiary and/or the Persons who purchase such contractual rights to future payments from such special purpose Subsidiary and (y) extend only to the copyrights for the movies or other programming subject to such contracts for the purpose of permitting the completion, distribution and exhibition of such movies or other programming.

"Coverage Ratio" as of any date shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow to Consolidated Cash Fixed Charges of such Borrower, in each case for the Four Quarter Period ending on such date.

"Credit Documents" shall mean this Agreement and each of the Guarantees, including the exhibits, schedules and any other attachments hereto and thereto.

"Credit Event" shall mean (i) the effectiveness of the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder, (ii) any Transfer or Assumption, (iii) the Diamond Implementation or (iv) the making of any Loan hereunder (it being understood that the continuation or conversion of any Loan shall not be deemed the making of a Loan).

"Credit Parties" shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors; and "Credit Party" shall mean any of them.

"Currency Agreement" shall mean any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement designed to protect the Persons entering into same against fluctuations in currency values.

"Default" shall mean any event, act or condition which constitutes, or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default.

"Diamond Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by TWI, TWCI, TBS and TWIC of all of the Obligations (other than the Obligations of TWE Entities), substantially in the form of Exhibit D-8.

"Diamond Implementation" shall mean the addition of TWI and TWCI as Borrowers, which shall become effective upon TWI, TWCI and TBS executing and delivering the Diamond Guarantee and the satisfaction or waiver of each of the other conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

"Diamond Parties" shall mean (i) TWI, (ii) TWCI, (iii) TBS and (iv) TWIC, collectively; and "Diamond Party" shall mean any of them.

"Documents" shall mean the Credit Documents and the Transfer Documents.

"dollars" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

"Effective Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.6.


-13-

"Environmental Laws" shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

"Environmental Liability" shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Company directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law,
(b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials,
(d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

"ERISA Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with such Credit Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Entity" shall mean each of the Credit Parties and each of their respective ERISA Affiliates, collectively; and "ERISA Entity" shall mean any of them.

"ERISA Event" shall mean (a) any "reportable event," as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under
Section 412(m) of the Code with respect to any Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to
Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by any ERISA Entity of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by any ERISA Entity from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (f) the incurrence by any ERISA Entity of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the receipt by any ERISA Entity of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from any ERISA Entity of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; or (h) the occurrence of a non exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or
Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to a Credit Party.


-14-

"Eurodollar," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to such term in Article
VII.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

"Excluded Taxes" shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income, assets or net worth by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Credit Party is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrowers under Section 2.17(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.15(f), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15(a).

"Existing Credit Agreements" shall mean (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 among TWE, TWEAN and TWIC, as borrowers, Chase, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, (ii) the Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993 among TBS, as borrower, Chase, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto and (iii) the Credit Agreement dated as of September 7, 1994 among TBS, as borrower, Chase, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto.

"FCC" shall mean the Federal Communications Commission.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Film Financing" shall mean, without duplication, monetary obligations arising out of transactions in which so-called tax-based financing groups or other third-party investors provide financing for the acquisition, production or distribution of motion pictures, television programs, sound recordings or books or rights with respect thereto in exchange, in part, for certain tax or other


-15-

benefits which are derived from such motion pictures, television programs, sound recordings, books or rights; provided that no such monetary obligations shall be, directly or indirectly, recourse (including by way of set-off) to any Restricted Company or any of its assets other than to the profits or distribution rights related to such motion pictures, television programs, sound recordings, books or rights and other than to a Subsidiary of TWE or TBS substantially all of the assets of which consist of the motion pictures, video and television programming or rights which are the subject of such transaction and related cash and Cash Equivalents.

"Financial Officer" shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

"Financial Statements" shall mean, of any Person for any period, (x) the balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the end of such period and (y) the related statements of operations, stockholders' or partners' equity and cash flows for such period and, if such period is not a fiscal year, for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year.

"Foreign Lender" shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrowers are located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each state thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

"Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is incorporated or organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico and does substantially all of its business outside the United States, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico.

"Four Quarter Period" shall mean a period consisting of four full consecutive fiscal quarters.

"Franchise" shall mean, with respect to any Person, a franchise, license, authorization or right to construct, own, operate, manage, promote, extend or otherwise utilize any cable television distribution system operated or to be operated by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries granted by any state, county, city, town, village or other local government authority or by the FCC, but shall not include any such franchise, license, authorization or right that is incidentally required for the purpose of installing, constructing or extending a cable television system.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. See Section 1.4 and 9.16.

"General Partner" shall mean any Person defined as such in the TWE Partnership Agreement or any TWEAN Partner.

"Governmental Authority" shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency,


-16-

authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

"guarantee" of or by any Person (the "guarantor") means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect,
(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or monetary obligation; provided, that the term guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

"Guarantees" shall mean (i) the TWE Partner Guarantees, (ii) the TWI Guarantee, (iii) the TWEAN Holder Guarantees, (iv) the Subsidiary Guarantees,
(v) the TWE Guarantee, (vi) the Paragon Guarantee, (vii) the TWIC Guarantee and
(viii) the Diamond Guarantee, collectively; and "Guarantee" shall mean any of them.

"Guaranteed Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any TWE Partner Guarantor, the percentage of the obligations of TWE hereunder being guaranteed by such TWE Partner Guarantor. The Guaranteed Percentage of each TWE Partner Guarantor shall be as follows: Warner Communications Inc.: 44.88%; American Television and Communications Corporation: 40.73%; and Warner Cable Communications Inc.: 14.39%; provided that the Guaranteed Percentage of any TWE Partner Guarantor may be changed by TWE from time to time by written notice to the Administrative Agent in connection with the merger or consolidation of such TWE Partner Guarantor; provided that (i) at all times the sum of the Guaranteed Percentages of all TWE Partner Guarantors shall equal 100% and (ii) with respect to any TWE Partner Guarantor that owns, directly or indirectly, any Beneficial Assets, such TWE Partner Guarantor's Guaranteed Percentage may not be changed unless at the time of such change the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.13(a) shall be true and correct.

"Guarantors" shall mean (i) the TWE Partner Guarantors, (ii) TWI in its capacity as guarantor under the TWI Guarantee, (iii) the TWEAN Holder Guarantors, (iv) the Subsidiary Guarantors, (v) TWE in its capacity as guarantor under the TWE Guarantee, (vi) Paragon in its capacity as guarantor under the Paragon Guarantee, (vii) TWI and TWCI in their capacities as guarantors under the TWIC Guarantee and (viii) TWI, TWCI, TBS and TWIC in their capacities as guarantors under the Diamond Guarantee, collectively; and "Guarantor" shall mean any of them, each of which is designated as such on Schedule A.


-17-

"Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"Incur" shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness; provided that the term "Incur" shall not include conversions or continuations of Loans.

"Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (ii) the deferred purchase price of any acquisition of a business, operation, business segment or other group of operating or revenue-producing assets (including any payments in respect of non-compete or other similar arrangements entered into in connection with such acquisition), whether or not such acquisition was made in the ordinary course of business, (iii) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person to the extent of all drafts drawn thereunder, (iv) all indebtedness of a second Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such first Person (other than any Lien permitted by Section 6.3(b)(iv) and any Copyright Lien), whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed (but only to the extent of the lesser of the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien and the amount of indebtedness of such second Person), (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations of such Person to pay a specified purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (i.e., take-or-pay and similar obligations) (other than where the obligation is classified on such Person's financial statements in accordance with GAAP as an account payable), (vii) all Contingent Obligations of such Person to the extent such Contingent Obligations relate to any obligation that would otherwise constitute Indebtedness and (viii) Film Financings and all other obligations that would otherwise be Film Financings but for the proviso contained in the definition thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include (a) obligations in respect of trade payables and accrued expenses, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business (including up to $150,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding for all of the Borrowers of undrawn obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit supporting lease payment obligations, insurance premium payment obligations and other trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business that, in each case, are not secured by the related assets); (b) any obligation of such Person or any Subsidiary thereof to purchase products and services utilized in its business pursuant to agreements entered into the ordinary course of business (including under Negative Pick-Up Facilities); (c) any obligation of such Person to guarantee performance of, or enter into indemnification agreements with respect to, obligations, entered into in the ordinary course of business, under any and all Franchises, leases, performance bonds, franchise bonds, obligations to reimburse drawings under letters of credit issued in lieu of performance or franchise bonds; (d) completion bonds or guarantees or indemnities of a similar nature issued in the ordinary course of business in connection with the production of motion pictures and video and television programming (including under Negative PickUp Facilities); (e) obligations, if any, to make Tax Distributions; (f) amounts owed to TWI by any TWE Partner Guarantor or any


-18-

holder of TWE Material Beneficial Assets arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to deferred tax payments arising out of assets (other than Beneficial Assets) held by such holder but only if such obligations are subordinated to the Guarantee of such holder; (g) any Guarantee or any guarantee by TWIC or any of its Subsidiaries of the Obligations of (x) TWEAN or (y) any Guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN; (h) any reimbursement obligation among Guarantors with respect to any Guarantees or among TWIC and its Subsidiaries with respect to any guarantees by TWIC or any of its Subsidiaries of any Obligations of (x) TWEAN or (y) any Guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN; provided that any such obligation shall be subordinated to the obligations of the Guarantors under the Credit Documents. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

"Indemnified Taxes" shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

"Indemnitee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.3.

"Index Debt," of any Borrower, shall mean each separate issuance or series of outstanding long term debt of such Borrower that is (a) unsecured, (b) not subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Borrower and (c) (i) not guaranteed and not otherwise credit enhanced, directly or indirectly, by any other Person or (ii) guaranteed or otherwise credit enhanced so long as the Loans of such Borrower, if any, are equally and ratably guaranteed or otherwise credit enhanced, as the case may be; provided that if at any time no such Indebtedness shall be outstanding, Index Debt shall include the Revolving Loans.

"Information" shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.12.

"Initial Loans" shall mean the initial Loans to be made hereunder.

"Interest Election Request" shall mean a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.6.

"Interest Payment Date" shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months' duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

"Interest Period" shall mean (a) as to any Eurodollar Borrowing of any Borrower, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically


-19-

corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is (i) one, two, three or six months thereafter, as such Borrower may elect, (ii) twelve months thereafter if such Borrower shall have so elected and the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Lenders, shall have determined in good faith based on then prevailing conditions in the interbank Eurodollar market that U.S. Dollar deposits are generally then being offered to first class banks in the interbank Eurodollar market for a comparable maturity and all of the Lenders shall have agreed to such Interest Period or (iii) one month thereafter if such Borrower shall have made no election as to the Interest Period; and (b) as to any ABR Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, (ii) the Maturity Date, and (iii) the date such Borrowing is converted to a Borrowing of a different Type in accordance with Section 2.6 or repaid or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.9 or 2.10; provided that (x) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of Eurodollar Loans only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (y) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

"Interest Rate Agreement" shall mean any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate futures contract, interest rate option contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to manage the exposure of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries to fluctuating interest rates.

"Interest Rate Certificate" shall mean an Officers' Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B, delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c)(iii) or 5.1(f).

"Interest Rate Determination Date" shall mean each date for calculating the Eurodollar Rate for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period.

"Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect (i) loan, advance or other extension of credit or contribution to any other Person (by means of transfers of cash or other property to others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others, mergers or otherwise), (ii) purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by any other Person (whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise and whether or not purchased directly from the issuer of such securities or evidences of Indebtedness), and (iii) all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. Investments shall exclude


-20-

extensions of trade credit and advances to customers and suppliers to the extent in the ordinary course of business and made in accordance with customary industry practice. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

"Lenders" shall mean the Persons listed on Schedule 2.1 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Lenders" includes the Swingline Lender.

"Leverage Ratio" shall mean, as of any date, (i) with respect to any Person (other than TWI prior to the Diamond Implementation for purposes of
Section 6.4(I)(c)), the ratio of Net Total Debt of such Person as of such date to Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the Four Quarter Period ending on such date, and (ii) with respect to TWI prior to the Diamond Implementation for purposes of Section 6.4(I)(c), the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt of TWI as of such date to Consolidated Cash Flow of TWI for such Four Quarter Period. For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, in the event of any material acquisition or disposition by any Company during any Four Quarter Period, Consolidated Cash Flow shall be adjusted to give effect to such acquisition or disposition by including or excluding, as the case may be, from Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person all Consolidated Cash Flow derived from the asset acquired or disposed of for that portion of such Four Quarter Period occurring before such acquisition or disposition.

"LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

"Lien" shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, including any agreement to give any of the foregoing.


-21-

"Loans" shall mean the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.

"Management Fees" shall mean (i) the management fees payable by TWE to TWI in an amount equal to $5.0 million per month, as adjusted to reflect increases in the Consumer Price Index from January 1, 1991, (ii) without duplication of any amounts paid under clause (iii) below, the management fees payable by TWE to USW pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Admission Agreement dated as of May 16, 1993 between TWE and USW, in an aggregate amount equal to $60.0 million, (iii) the management fees payable by TWEAN to TWE pursuant to Section 3.1(h) of the TWEAN Partnership Agreement and (iv) the management fees paid by TWIC to TWE in consideration of TWE's managing and providing other services to the Cable Businesses owned by TWIC, which fees shall be determined on an arms' length basis.

"Margin Stock" shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.

"Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the condition (financial or other), business, results of operations, properties or liabilities of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of TWI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Credit Party to perform its obligations to the Lenders under any Credit Document to which it is, or will be, a party or (iii) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Credit Document.

"Material Beneficial Asset" shall mean a TWE Material Beneficial Asset or a TWEAN Material Beneficial Asset.

"Material Plan" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.6.

"Material Subsidiary," of any Person, at any date, shall mean each Subsidiary of such Person which, either alone or together with the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary, meets any of the following conditions:

(i) as of the last day of such Person's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available the investments of such Person and its Subsidiaries in, or their proportionate share (based on their equity interests) of the fair market or book value of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of, the Subsidiary in question exceeds 5% of the fair market or book value, respectively, of the total assets of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries;

(ii) for the Four Quarter Period ended on the last day of such Person's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available, the equity of such Person and its Subsidiaries in the revenues from continuing operations of the Subsidiary in question exceeds 5% of the revenues from continuing operations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries; or


-22-

(iii) for the Four Quarter Period ended on the last day of such Person's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available, the equity of such Person and its Subsidiaries in the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Subsidiary in question exceeds 5% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person.

For purpose of Section 7.4, "Material Subsidiary" shall include any Person that is defined as such under the Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992 among TWI, TWE, the TWE Partners signatory thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

"Maturity Date" shall mean the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

"Maximum Permitted Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any Borrower at any time, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that such Borrower could then have outstanding pursuant to this Agreement without giving rise to a Default.

"Minimum Borrowing Amount" shall mean $20.0 million.

"Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a "multiemployer plan," as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, (i) to which any ERISA Entity is contributing, or at any time within the immediately preceding five calendar years has contributed, (ii) to which any ERISA Entity has, or, at any time within the immediately preceding five calendar years has had, an obligation to contribute or (iii) with respect to which any ERISA Entity retains any liability.

"Negative Pick-Up Facilities" shall mean (i) the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 27, 1997 among LIS Financing, Inc. and the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as agent and as enhancer, the liquidity providers from time to time party thereto and Amsterdam Funding Corporation, as in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) facilities substantially similar to the foregoing (with appropriate modifications for single picture facilities).

"Net Total Debt" shall mean, for any Borrower, the excess, if any, over the Cash Balance of the sum of, without duplication, (i) Consolidated Total Debt of such Borrower, (ii) in the case of TWE, any unpaid Tax Distributions of such Person, whether or not accrued or required to be accrued under applicable accounting principles and (iii) in the case of TWE or TWEAN, any Indebtedness of any holder of TWE Material Beneficial Assets or TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets, as the case may be, other than (x) the Specified Holders and (y) in the case of TWEAN, TWE and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TWEAN and its Restricted Subsidiaries) or TWIC and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness of any holder of TWE Material Beneficial Assets or TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets included in the Net Total Debt of TWE or TWEAN, as applicable, shall be excluded from the Net Total Debt of the Borrower of which such holder of Material Beneficial Assets is legally a Subsidiary.


-23-

"Newhouse" shall mean Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation, a New York corporation.

"Non-Recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness" shall mean Purchase Money Indebtedness for which the sole legal recourse for collection of principal and interest on such Indebtedness is against the property acquired with the proceeds thereof, which property is specifically identified in the instruments evidencing or securing such Indebtedness.

"Obligations" shall mean all amounts, direct or indirect, contingent or absolute, of every type or description, and at any time existing, owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Credit Document.

"Officers' Certificate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, a certificate executed on behalf of such Person by one of its Authorized Officers and by a Financial Officer; provided that every Officers' Certificate with respect to the compliance with a condition precedent to any Credit Event shall include (i) a statement that the officer or officers making or giving such Officers' Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or other provisions contained in this Agreement relating thereto, (ii) a statement that they have made or have caused to be made such examination or investigation as is necessary, in the opinion of the signers, to enable them to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition has been complied with, and (iii) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of the signers, such condition has been complied with.

"Officer's Solvency Certificate" shall mean a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer (or its equivalent) of a Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

"Organizational Documents" shall mean (i) the Certificate of Limited Partnership of TWE filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the Partnership Agreements, (iii) the TWEAN Contribution Agreement, (iv) the articles of incorporation of each Credit Party that is a corporation, which for purposes of Section 4.1(e) shall be certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation of such Credit Party, (v) the bylaws of each Credit Party that is a corporation, which for purposes of Section 4.1(e) shall be certified as of a recent date by the secretary or any assistant secretary of such Credit Party, and (vi) the organizational documents of each Credit Party (other than any Borrower) that is not a corporation.

"Other Taxes" shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Credit Document.

"Paragon" shall mean Paragon Communications, a Colorado general partnership.

"Paragon Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by Paragon of all of the Obligations of TWIC and of TWEAN, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-5.


-24-

"Partner" shall mean a TWE Partner or a TWEAN Partner.

"Partnership Agreements" shall mean the TWE Partnership Agreement and the TWEAN Partnership Agreement; and "Partnership Agreement" shall mean any of them.

"Partnership Borrowers" shall mean TWE and TWEAN.

"Partnership Interest" shall mean a TWE Partnership Interest or a TWEAN Partnership Interest.

"Payment Office" shall mean 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 or such other place as shall be designated by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers in writing.

"PBGC" shall mean Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

"Permitted Intercompany Indebtedness" shall mean:

(a) prior to the Diamond Implementation, Indebtedness for money borrowed of any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(b) at or after the Diamond Implementation, Indebtedness for money borrowed of any Test Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to such Test Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

provided that for purposes of this definition only, (i) TWE and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Restricted Subsidiaries of TWI and (ii) TWEAN and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Restricted Subsidiaries of TWE or TWI.

"Permitted Lien" shall mean any of the Liens described in Section 6.3(b).

"Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"Plan" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and (i) which is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or (ii) with respect to which any Credit Party retains any liability.

"Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Chase as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.


-25-

"Purchase Money Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean Indebtedness of such Person Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of construction or improvement, of any property to be used in the ordinary course of business by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (ii) such Indebtedness shall be Incurred no later than 90 days after the acquisition of such property or completion of such construction or improvement.

"Rating Agency" shall mean each of Moody's and S&P.

"Register" shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.4(c).

"Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

"Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

"Related Parties" shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

"Requesting Borrower" shall mean the Borrower requesting a Loan or a conversion or a continuation of a Loan.

"Required Lenders" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and the Total Unutilized Commitment at such time.

"Restricted Companies" shall mean the Companies other than any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

"Restricted Material Subsidiary" is a Material Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

"Restricted Payments" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect (i) dividend or other payment or distribution on account of or with respect to any Capital Stock (including, in the case of TWE, A, B, C or D sub-accounts, senior sub-accounts, special sub-accounts or common sub-accounts) of such Person, (ii) redemption, purchase, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock (including, in the case of TWE, A, B, C or D sub-accounts, senior sub-accounts, special sub-accounts or common sub-accounts) of such Person, or (iii) entering into any obligation to effect any of the foregoing, except in each case


-26-

any made (or, in the case of clause (iii), permitted to be made) solely by the issuance of additional common equity of the issuer of such Capital Stock (including, in the case of TWE, payments under Article VIII, XIII or XV of the TWE Partnership Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Default is continuing or would occur after giving effect to such transaction, the following shall not constitute Restricted Payments: (a) the payment of Management Fees and Tax Distributions in accordance with the definitions thereof; and (b) any payment by any Borrower (or any Test Party, as applicable) to the extent of any cash common equity contributions made to such Borrower (or such Test Party, as applicable) following the Closing Date (including such contributions consisting of the cash received as the exercise price of stock options (other than any applied toward repayment of Stock Option Loans)).

"Restricted Subsidiaries" of any Borrower as of any date shall mean all Subsidiaries of such Borrower that have not been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries by such Borrower pursuant to Section 6.12 or have been so designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries by such Borrower but prior to such date have been (or have been deemed to be) redesignated by such Borrower as Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.12.

"Revolving Credit Exposure" shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Revolving Loans and its Swingline Exposure at such time.

"Revolving Loan" shall mean a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.3.

"S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933.

"Specified Holders" shall mean Advance, Newhouse and Advance/Newhouse.

"Specified Indebtedness" shall mean Indebtedness described in clauses
(i), (ii) and (vii) of the definition thereof, other than any Permitted Intercompany Indebtedness or Convertible Intercompany Debt.

"Statutory Reserve Rate" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to which the Administrative Agent is subject (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate, for new negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with maturities approximately equal to three months and (b) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Such reserve percentages shall include those


-27-

imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

"Stock Option Loans" shall mean (i) borrowings under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 23, 1996 between TWI, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, as such agreement is in effect on the date hereof or as amended hereafter in any manner not materially less favorable either to the lenders thereunder or to the other creditors of TWI; provided the lenders thereunder shall not have the benefit of any Lien other than on the Capital Stock of TWI and proceeds therefrom or (ii) borrowings under substantially similar facilities.

"Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean and include (a) (i) any corporation more than 50% of whose Capital Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at the time, and (b) with respect to TWIC, Paragon so long as Paragon shall be consolidated with TWIC pursuant to Section 9.16(c)(iii).

"Subsidiary Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Obligations of the Borrower that is its most immediate direct or indirect parent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1.

"Subsidiary Guarantor" shall mean any Person that is required to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 5.13.

"Summit" shall mean Summit Communications Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Swingline Borrowers" shall mean TWE and, following the Diamond Implementation, TWI.

"Swingline Exposure" shall mean, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

"Swingline Lender" shall mean Chase, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

"Swingline Loan" shall mean a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.4.


-28-

"Swingline Loan Commitment" shall mean $50.0 million for each Swingline Borrower.

"Tax Distributions" shall mean, with respect to any period, distributions made (i) to TWE Partners by TWE on or with respect to income and other taxes under the TWE Partnership Agreement, (ii) to TWEAN Partners by TWEAN on or with respect to income and other taxes under the TWEAN Partnership Agreement, (iii) to TWI by TWIC on or with respect to income and other taxes, which distributions are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by TWIC and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, or (iv) to TWI by TBS on or with respect to income and other taxes, which distributions are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by TBS and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, in each case, which distributions are calculated in accordance with, and made no earlier than as required by, the terms of the applicable agreement.

"Taxes" shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

"TBS" shall mean Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Georgia corporation.

"Test Parties" shall mean (i) TWI, (ii) TWE and (iii) TWEAN; and "Test Party" shall mean any of them.

"Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" shall mean, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System through the public information telephone line of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) during the week following such day) or, if such rate is not so reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m. on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by the Administrative Agent from three negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Total Commitment" shall mean, at any date of determination, the sum of the Commitments then in effect of each of the Lenders and shall initially equal $7.5 billion.

"Total Unutilized Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the excess of the Total Commitment then in effect over the Total Utilized Commitment at such time.

"Total Utilized Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.


-29-

"Transactions" shall mean the execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of the Credit Documents, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof.

"Transfer" shall mean the transfer or beneficial assignment to TWEAN by TWIC or any of its Subsidiaries of one or more Cable Businesses (or one or more cable systems comprising parts thereof), together with the portion of the then outstanding Loans (the "Allocated Loans") of TWIC allocated to the applicable Cable Business or applicable cable system, as the case may be, including the Transfers contemplated by the TWEAN Transaction Agreement.

"Transfer Documents" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer, the TWEAN Transaction Agreement or any other documents, agreements and instruments relating to, or delivered in connection with, such Transfer.

"TWCI" shall mean Time Warner Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"TWE" shall mean Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

"TWE Beneficial Asset" shall have the meaning given to the term "Beneficial Asset" in the TWE Partnership Agreement.

"TWE Entities" shall mean TWE, TWEAN and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries; and "TWE Entity" shall mean any of them.

"TWE Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by TWE of the Obligations of TWEAN, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-6.

"TWE Material Beneficial Asset" shall mean any TWE Beneficial Asset that is (i) a cable franchise and related assets that together have a book or fair market value of greater than $25.0 million or (ii) any other asset (including Capital Stock), related group of assets, business or division of TWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than TWE and its Subsidiaries) that (x) for the most recently ended fiscal year of TWE accounted for more than 1% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of TWE and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole for such period or (y) has a book or fair market value of greater than $25.0 million.

"TWE Partner" shall mean each Person who shall from time to time be admitted as a partner of TWE in accordance with the terms hereof and the TWE Partnership Agreement.

"TWE Partner Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by a TWE Partner Guarantor of its Guaranteed Percentage of the Obligations of TWE, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2.

"TWE Partner Guarantor" shall mean American Television and Communications Corporation, Warner Communications Inc. and Warner Cable Communications Inc.


-30-

"TWE Partnership Agreement" shall mean the Agreement of Limited Partnership of TWE dated as of October 29, 1991 by and among TWI, USW and certain of their respective subsidiaries.

"TWE Partnership Interest" shall have the meaning given to the term "Partnership Interest" in the TWE Partnership Agreement.

"TWEAN" shall mean Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership, a New York general partnership.

"TWEAN Beneficial Asset" shall have the meaning given to the term "Beneficial Asset" in the TWEAN Contribution Agreement, including any asset beneficially assigned pursuant to the TWEAN Transaction Agreement or other Transfer Document and treated as such pursuant to Section 6.7 of the TWEAN Contribution Agreement.

"TWEAN Contribution Agreement" shall mean the Contribution Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 by and among TWE, Advance, Newhouse and Advance/Newhouse.

"TWEAN Holder Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by a TWEAN Holder Guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4.

"TWEAN Holder Guarantor" shall mean a holder of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets (other than Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse and TWE).

"TWEAN Material Beneficial Asset" shall mean any TWEAN Beneficial Asset that is (i) a cable franchise and related assets that together have a book or fair market value of greater than $25.0 million or (ii) any other asset (including Capital Stock), related group of assets, business or division of TWE, Advance/Newhouse or any of their Subsidiaries (other than TWEAN and its Subsidiaries) that (x) for the most recently ended fiscal year of TWE or Advance/Newhouse, as the case may be, would have accounted for more than 1% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of TWEAN and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole for such period or (y) has a book or fair market value of greater than $25.0 million.

"TWEAN Partner" shall mean TWE, Advance/Newhouse and each other Person who shall from time to time be admitted as a partner of TWEAN in accordance with the terms hereof and the TWEAN Partnership Agreement.

"TWEAN Partnership Agreement" shall mean the Partnership Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 by and between Advance/Newhouse and TWE.

"TWEAN Partnership Interest" shall have the meaning given to the term "Partnership Interest" in the TWEAN Partnership Agreement.


-31-

"TWEAN Transaction Agreement" shall mean the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement dated as of October 27, 1997 among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, TW Holding Co. and TWEAN.

"TWI" shall mean Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"TWI Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by TWI of the Obligations of TBS, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3.

"TWIC" shall mean TWI Cable Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"TWIC Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee by TWI and TWCI of all of the Obligations of TWIC, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-7.

"Two Thirds Lenders" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least two-thirds of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and the Total Unutilized Commitment at such time.

"Type," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" of any Borrower shall mean a Subsidiary of such Borrower that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

"U.S. Dollars" shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

"USW" shall mean U S WEST, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent all of the capital stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary, other than directors' or nominees' qualifying shares, are owned by such Person and its Subsidiaries.

"Withdrawal Liability" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

"written" or "in writing" shall mean any form of written communication or a communication by means of telex, telecopier device, telegraph or cable.


-32-

SECTION 1.2. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "ABR Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "ABR Revolving Borrowing").

SECTION 1.3. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (b) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, and (c) all references herein to (i) Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (ii) Persons include their respective permitted successors and assigns or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons, (iii) agreements and other contractual instruments include subsequent amendments, assignments, and other modifications thereto to the date hereof and thereafter, but in the case of any amendment, assignment or modification after the date hereof, only to the extent such amendments, assignments or other modifications thereto are not prohibited by
Section 6.10, (iv) statutes and related regulations include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations, and (v) time shall be deemed to be to New York City time.

SECTION 1.4. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations shall be made in accordance with
Section 9.16.

ARTICLE II.

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.1. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to each Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Total Commitment; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding to any one Borrower shall not at any time exceed such Borrower's Borrowing Cap, (ii) prior to the Diamond Implementation, the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding to TWIC and TWEAN shall not at any time exceed $5.0 billion and (iii) at or after the Diamond Implementation, the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrowers (other than TWE or TWEAN) shall not at any time exceed $6.0 billion. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the


-33-

terms and conditions set forth herein, each Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.2. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.12, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Requesting Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower thereof to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the Total Unutilized Commitment. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than $5.0 million. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of twenty (20) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.3. Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, a Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;


-34-

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

(v) the location and number of the Requesting Borrower's account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.5.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.4. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to each Swingline Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans to such Swingline Borrower exceeding its Swingline Loan Commitment, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Loans to such Swingline Borrower exceeding its Borrowing Cap or (iii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Total Commitment; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Swingline Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow its Swingline Loans.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), the Administrative Agent (i) shall not be required to make or to continue to make Swingline Loans to any Swingline Borrower if it shall have notified such Swingline Borrower of the unavailability (for any or no reason, in the Administrative Agent's sole discretion) of Swingline Loans hereunder at least three Business Days prior to the date on which such Swingline Borrower shall have made its telephonic request therefor, which notice shall remain effective until rescinded by the Administrative Agent.

(c) To request a Swingline Loan, a Swingline Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 12:00 noon on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from a Swingline Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the requesting Swingline Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of such Swingline Borrower with the Swingline Lender by 3:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.


-35-

(d) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.5 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Swingline Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan to it acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from a Swingline Borrower (or other party on behalf of a Swingline Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan to it after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan to any Swingline Borrower pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve such Swingline Borrower of any default in the payment thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender shall not have any obligation to acquire a participation in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such Swingline Loan was made and such Lender shall have notified the Swingline Lender in writing, at least one Business Day prior to the time such Swingline Loan was made, that such Event of Default has occurred and that such Lender will not acquire participations in Swingline Loans made while such Event of Default is continuing.

SECTION 2.5. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.4. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Requesting Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Requesting Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Requesting Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.


-36-

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Requesting Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Requesting Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Requesting Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Requesting Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.6. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Requesting Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.3 if the Requesting Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Requesting Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing
(in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);


-37-

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period."

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Requesting Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Requesting Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.7. Termination and Reduction of Commitments and Borrowings Caps. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrowers may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Total Commitment; provided that (i) each reduction of the Total Commitment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount and (ii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Total Commitment if, after giving effect to any concurrent repayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.9, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the Total Commitment. Any reduction or termination of the Total Commitment shall reduce Borrowing Caps to the extent necessary so that no Borrowing Cap will be in excess of the Total Commitment.

(c) Any Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, its Borrowing Cap; provided that (i) each reduction of a Borrowing Cap shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1.0 million and not less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount and (ii) a Borrower shall not terminate or reduce its Borrowing Cap if, after giving effect to any concurrent


-38-

repayment of the Loans to it in accordance with Section 2.9, the Revolving Credit Exposures to such Borrower would exceed its Borrowing Cap.

(d) Notice shall be made to the Administrative Agent of any election under paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by a Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Total Commitment delivered by the Borrowers may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Total Commitment or a Borrowing Cap shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Total Commitment shall reduce the Commitment of each Lender ratably.

SECTION 2.8. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) In the event that any limitation set forth in Section 2.1 is exceeded, the applicable Borrowers shall repay Loans so that such limitation is not exceeded. Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan to it on the Maturity Date. Each Swingline Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan to it on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made to any Swingline Borrower, such Swingline Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans to it then outstanding.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph
(b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or any Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of any Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


-39-

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, each Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.4) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.9. Prepayment of Loans. (a) Each Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b) The Borrower that desires to make a prepayment shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Total Commitment as contemplated by Section 2.7, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.7. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.2. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.11 and such other payments as may be required by Section 2.14.

SECTION 2.10. Fees. (a) Commitment Fee. The Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders, on each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 and on the Maturity Date, an aggregate commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") equal to the Applicable Rate of each Borrower on the daily average amount of each Borrower's Availability. The Commitment Fee shall begin to accrue on and after the Effective Date and shall cease to accrue on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date on which the Total Commitment shall have been terminated in full. The Commitment Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).


-40-

(b) The Borrowers agree, jointly and severally, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

(c) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, in the case of the Commitment Fee, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.11. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, the greater of (x) 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section and (y) 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans and
(ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.12. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:


-41-

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.13. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender in good faith to be material, then the Borrowers will, jointly and severally, pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's policies and the policies of such Lender's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender in good faith to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers will, jointly and severally, pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.


-42-

(c) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.13, no Lender shall demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction referred to above if it shall not be the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if any (it being understood that this sentence shall not in any way limit the discretion of any Lender to waive the right to demand such compensation in any given case).

SECTION 2.14. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.9(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by a Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.17, then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over
(ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.


-43-

SECTION 2.15. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or each Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, each Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes arising out of its Loans or its or any of its Subsidiaries' being party to any Credit Document to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to such Borrower by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) If a Lender or the Administrative Agent shall become aware that it is entitled to claim a refund from a taxation authority in respect of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Borrower or with respect to which a Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15, it shall promptly notify such Borrower of the availability of such refund claim and shall, within 30 days after receipt of a request by such Borrower, make a claim to such taxation authority for such refund at such Borrower's expense. If a Lender or the Administrative Agent receives a refund (including pursuant to a claim for refund made pursuant to the preceding sentence) in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Borrower or with respect to which a Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.15, it shall within 30 days from the date of such receipt pay over such refund to such Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 2.15 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent and without interest (other than interest paid by the relevant taxation authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Borrower, upon the request of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus penalties, interest or other charges) to such Lender or the Administrative Agent in the event such Lender or the Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund to such taxation authority.


-44-

(e) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Borrower to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which any Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to such Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by such Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

SECTION 2.16. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under
Section 2.13, 2.14 or 2.15, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m. on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall (subject to the proviso contained in the definition of "Interest Period") be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and


-45-

participations in Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to any Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due from such Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.4(c), 2.5(b) or 2.16(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.17. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.13 or 2.15, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Such Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.


-46-

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.4), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrowers shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Commitment is being assigned, the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.13 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of TWI and the Borrowers represents and warrants (as to itself and its Subsidiaries) to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.1. Organization; Powers. Each Credit Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required. Each other Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, in each case except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.2. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Credit Parties' organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action. Each Credit Document has been duly executed and delivered by the Credit Parties party thereto and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Credit Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws


-47-

affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate (i) any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority or (ii) any Organizational Document of any Company, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Company or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Company, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Company, except, in each case (other than clause
(b)(ii) with respect to any Credit Party), such as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.4. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) Each of TWI, TWE, TBS, TWEAN and TWIC has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its audited Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the unaudited Financial Statements for the three months and six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (it being understood that the audited Financial Statements of TBS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 were prepared on a historical basis without giving effect to the merger of TBS with a wholly owned subsidiary of TWI). Such Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the entities to which they relate as of the dates and for the periods to which they relate in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the interim statements.

(b) The projected financial statements of any Person included in the Confidential Information Memorandum were prepared by management of such Person on the basis of the assumptions set forth therein that such management reasonably believed were reasonable at the date of such projected financial statements in light of the historical financial performance of such Person and its Subsidiaries and of their current and reasonably foreseeable business conditions.

(c) After giving effect to all Indebtedness and other obligations to be Incurred by the Companies as of each date this representation is required to be made and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of any such Indebtedness and other obligations (including to the repayment of other Indebtedness), (i) no final judgments against any Company in actions for money damages with respect to pending or threatened litigation will have been rendered in an amount such that such Company will be unable to satisfy any such judgments promptly in accordance with their terms (taking into account the maximum reasonable amount of such judgments in any such actions and the earliest reasonable time at which such judgments might be rendered), (ii) the sum of the assets, at a fair valuation, of each Credit Party will exceed its debts, (iii) no Credit Party will have incurred or intended to, or believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as such debts mature and (iv) each Credit Party will have sufficient capital with which to conduct its business. For purposes of this Section 3.4, "debt" shall mean any liability on a claim; and "claim" shall mean any (x) right to payment whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated,


-48-

fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

(d) Since December 31, 1996, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of TWI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.5. Properties. (a) Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries and TWI and its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower and its Subsidiaries) have good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to the business of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or TWI and such Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries and TWI and its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower and its Subsidiaries) own, or are licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to the business of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or TWI and such Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as the case may be, and the use thereof by such Company does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.6. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened against or affecting any Company as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (x) no Company (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability and (y) no Borrower has knowledge of any basis for any Environmental Liability on the part of any Restricted Company.

SECTION 3.7. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each Company is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.


-49-

SECTION 3.8. Government Regulation. No Company (i) is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, (ii) is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Interstate Commerce Act, (iii) is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or (iv) is subject to any other statute or regulation which regulates the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money, other than, in the case of this clause (iv), Federal and state securities laws and as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.9. Taxes. Each Company has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Company has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or
(b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans of all Companies (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $50.0 million the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

SECTION 3.11. True and Complete Disclosure. As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, all information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of any Company (including all information contained in the Documents, the Confidential Information Memorandum and the annexes, schedules and other attachments thereto but not including any projected financial statements), when taken together with the reports and other filings with the SEC made under the Exchange Act by TWI, TWE and TWIC in 1997, is, and all other such information hereafter furnished, including all information contained in any of the Documents, including any annexes or schedules thereto, by or on behalf of any Company to or on behalf of any Lender is and will be (as of their respective dates, the Effective Date and the Closing Date), true and accurate in all material respects and not incomplete by omitting to state a material fact necessary to make such information not misleading at such time. There is no fact of which TWI or any Borrower is aware which has not been disclosed to the Lenders in writing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement prior to the date hereof and which, singly or in the aggregate with all such other facts of which TWI or such Borrower is aware, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All statements of fact and representations concerning the present and anticipated business, operations and assets of each Company, the Documents and the transactions referred to therein are true and correct in all material respects, and all assumptions with respect thereto contained therein are reasonable in all material respects.


-50-

SECTION 3.12. Partnership Tax Matters. As of the Closing Date, each of TWE and TWEAN will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and not as a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

SECTION 3.13. Beneficial Assets. (a) The fair market value (in the reasonable good faith judgment of TWE) at the Closing Date of all TWE Beneficial Assets (without duplication) will not exceed $2.0 billion. Schedule 3.13A sets forth a complete and accurate list of all TWE Material Beneficial Assets and the holders thereof as of the date hereof. All TWE Material Beneficial Assets are directly held by TWE Partner Guarantors. The fair market value of all TWE Beneficial Assets held by Persons other than TWE Partner Guarantors does not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate.

(b) The fair market value (in the reasonable good faith judgment of TWEAN) at the Closing Date of all TWEAN Beneficial Assets (without duplication) will not exceed $2.0 billion. Schedule 3.13B sets forth a complete and accurate list of all TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets and the holders thereof as of the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13B, all TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets are held by Guarantors of the Obligations of TWEAN. The fair market value of all TWEAN Beneficial Assets held by Persons other than Guarantors of the Obligations of TWEAN does not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate, and the number of subscribers served by cable television systems constituting TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets held by Persons other than Guarantors of the Obligations of TWEAN does not exceed 20,000.

SECTION 3.14. Guarantees. Schedule A sets forth a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all the Persons that are required to be Guarantors hereunder and the Guarantees required to be delivered by each.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

SECTION 4.1. Initial Loans. The Initial Loans shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each Credit Party listed on the signature pages hereof a duly executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date) of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, counsel for the Credit Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1, and of Peter R. Haje, Esq., General Counsel of the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2, and, in each case, with such changes and covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree to or request. The Credit Parties hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinion.


-51-

(c) Officers' Certificates.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received (with copies for each Lender) an Officers' Certificate from TWI and each Borrower dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, stating that each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.1(d), (e) (only as to the second sentence thereof), and (j) and 4.4 are, as to such Person and its Subsidiaries, satisfied as of the Closing Date.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received (with copies for each Lender) an Officer's Solvency Certificate dated the Closing Date from each Borrower.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received (with copies for each Lender) a certificate from each Borrower setting forth the Applicable Rate for such Borrower and (i) if based on ratings, such Borrower's Index Debt and the ratings therefor and (ii) if based on such Borrower's Leverage Ratio, the calculation of such Leverage Ratio in reasonable detail.

(d) No Defaults. No default shall have occurred, and no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that with the lapse of time or notice or both would constitute a default, before giving effect to the Initial Loans and the other transactions to occur on the Closing Date, under the Existing Credit Agreements.

(e) Organizational Documents, Etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of (i) each Organizational Document and (ii) any material agreements entered into by any Credit Party, as of the Closing Date, governing the terms and relative rights of the Capital Stock of any Credit Party and any such agreements entered into by partners or shareholders (as applicable) relating to any Credit Party, certified as true and complete by an appropriate officer or Governmental Authority, and the provisions of each of the foregoing shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each Organizational Document shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Corporate Proceedings. All corporate, partnership, legal and other proceedings in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery by the Credit Parties of the Credit Documents and the transactions to occur on the Closing Date shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including records of corporate, partnership and other proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or partnership authorities or Governmental Authorities.

(g) Payment of Fees. All fees and reimbursable expenses due and payable to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and its counsel pursuant to the Credit Documents and


-52-

their respective commitment letters, fee letters and otherwise, and pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreements and otherwise, shall have been paid in full to each such Person.

(h) Guarantees. There shall have been duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent: (i) a TWE Partner Guarantee from each TWE Partner Guarantor; (ii) the TWI Guarantee; (iii) a TWEAN Holder Guarantee from each TWEAN Holder Guarantor; (iv) the TWE Guarantee; (v) the Paragon Guarantee;
(vi) the TWIC Guarantee; and (vii) each Subsidiary Guarantee required at such time by Section 5.13.

(i) Beneficial Assets. To the extent that any TWEAN Beneficial Assets held by an affiliate of Advance or Newhouse are to be included in the covenant calculations pursuant to Section 9.16, the Administrative Agent shall have received a letter from each of Advance and Newhouse addressed to the Lenders, in the form of Exhibit F, stating that Advance or Newhouse, as the case may be, agrees to comply, and cause each other holder of TWEAN Beneficial Assets that is an Affiliate of Advance or Newhouse, as the case may be, to comply, with each and every covenant or other provision of the Credit Agreement applicable to Advance or Newhouse, as the case may be, in its capacity as a holder of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets or to such other holder.

(j) Termination of Existing Credit Agreements. Simultaneously with the making of the Initial Loans, all Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreements shall be repaid, together with all interest thereon and other amounts owing in respect thereof, all commitments thereunder shall be cancelled and the Existing Credit Agreements shall be terminated, all on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Initial Loans shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied at or prior to 3:00 p.m. on November 30, 1997 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

SECTION 4.2. Assumptions. Each Assumption is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Officers' Certificates.

(i) Each Lender shall have received, seven (7) Business Days prior to the applicable Assumption Date (or at such other time as the Administrative Agent shall agree), an Officers' Certificate that shall (1) outline the material terms and conditions of the Applicable Transfer, including the consideration to be received (including the amount of Allocated Loans to be assigned) by TWIC and its Subsidiaries, (2) list the Persons, if any, that will cease to be Subsidiaries of TWIC and become Subsidiaries of TWEAN upon consummation of the Applicable Transfer, (3) state the Leverage Ratio of each Borrower as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or become generally


-53-

available, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Applicable Transfer, (4) set forth the amount of the Allocated Loans and
(5) set forth such other information as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall reasonably request, and each of the foregoing shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers' Certificate from TWIC dated such Assumption Date stating that, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.2(c) (only as to the first sentence thereof), (d), (e) and (f) and 4.4 are satisfied.

(b) Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender and dated such Assumption Date, from (i) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison or such other counsel for the Credit Parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in Exhibit G-1, and (ii) Peter R. Haje, Esq., General Counsel of the Borrowers, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in Exhibit G-2, and, in each case, with such changes and covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree to or request. The Credit Parties hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(c) Terms of Transfer. The consideration to be paid (including TWEAN's assumption of the Allocated Loans) by TWEAN shall not exceed the fair market value of the assets to be acquired (including by beneficial assignment) by TWEAN. The terms and conditions of the Applicable Transfer shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the provisions of the TWEAN Transaction Agreement are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

(d) Assumption of Loans. The Assumption of the Allocated Loans shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the Applicable Transfer.

(e) Borrowing Cap. After giving pro forma effect to the Applicable Transfer, including the Assumption of the Allocated Loans, all Loans then outstanding to each of TWIC and TWEAN shall not exceed such Borrower's Borrowing Cap and the limitations set forth in the proviso of Section 2.1.

(f) Transfer Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received true and complete copies of all of the applicable Transfer Documents. Any amendment, modification, waiver or forbearance of any provision of any of the applicable Transfer Documents shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Guarantees. Each Guarantee required by Section 5.13 shall have been executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent.


-54-

(h) Corporate Proceedings. All corporate, partnership, legal and other proceedings shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including records of corporate, partnership and other proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or partnership authorities or Governmental Authorities.

SECTION 4.3. Diamond Implementation. The effectiveness of the addition of TWI and TWCI as Borrowers is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Guarantees. The Diamond Guarantee and each Guarantee required by 5.13 shall have been duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Corporate Proceedings. All corporate, partnership, legal and other proceedings in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of the Diamond Guarantee and the transactions to occur at the Diamond Implementation shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all certificates, documents and papers, including records of corporate, partnership and other proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or partnership authorities or Governmental Authorities.

(c) Opinion of Counsel. The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender and dated the date of the Diamond Implementation, from Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison or such other counsel for the Credit Parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which opinion shall cover the matters contained in Exhibit H, with such changes and covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree to or request. The Credit Parties hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(d) Other. Any obligation of TWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) to effect any transaction limited by Section 6.6(b) shall be permitted under Section 6.6 (treating such obligation as if it were being entered into as of the proposed date of the Diamond Implementation).

SECTION 4.4. Each Credit Event. Each Credit Event is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.2) of each of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Event, except to the extent expressly made as of an earlier date.


-55-

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Credit Event, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Credit Parties on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees payable hereunder and all other Obligations, are paid in full (but with respect to such other Obligations only to the extent that actual amounts hereunder are owing at the time the Loans, together with interest and fees, have been paid in full), TWI (prior to the Diamond Implementation as to Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.9 and 5.11 only) and each Borrower (for itself and its Subsidiaries), covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information. (x) Prior to the Diamond Implementation, TWI and such Borrower and (y) at or after the Diamond Implementation, each Test Party will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of such Person, its audited Financial Statements and unaudited Adjusted Financial Statements for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (it being understood that, in the case of TBS, no such comparative figures shall be required for any period prior to January 1, 1997), and, in the case of the audited Financial Statements, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a "going concern" qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided that, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, such Person shall not be required to furnish Adjusted Financial Statements for any fiscal year if all Unrestricted Subsidiaries of such Person (other than any such Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are already treated as equity investments on such Person's Financial Statements) on a combined basis would not have constituted a Material Subsidiary of such Person for such fiscal year;

(b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of such Person (beginning with the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997), its Financial Statements and Adjusted Financial Statements for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the corresponding period or periods of the previous fiscal year (it being understood that, in the case of TBS, no such comparative


-56-

figures shall be required for any period prior to January 1, 1997), all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, such Person shall not be required to furnish Adjusted Financial Statements for any fiscal quarter if all Unrestricted Subsidiaries of such Person (other than any such Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are already treated as equity investments on such Person's Financial Statements) on a combined basis would not have constituted a Material Subsidiary of such Person for such fiscal quarter;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of Financial Statements under clause
(a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of such Person, (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth (1) reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9,
(2) prior to the Diamond Implementation, a reasonably detailed calculation of the ratio described in Section 6.4(I)(c) as of the last day of the fiscal period covered by such Financial Statements, (3) in the case of TWE, a list of the TWE Material Beneficial Assets then still held by TWI and its Affiliates, (4) in the case of TWEAN, a list of the TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets held by TWEAN Partners and their Affiliates and (5) a reasonably detailed calculation of each Borrower's Maximum Permitted Indebtedness;

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Company with respect to its securities with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by any Company to its security holders generally, as the case may be (other than registration statements on Form S- 8, filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and routine filings relating to employee benefit plans);

(e) (i) within 60 days after the close of each of the first three fiscal quarters and within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of such Borrower or, after the Diamond Implementation, such Test Party, an Interest Rate Certificate setting forth the Applicable Rate for such Borrower and (i) if based on ratings, such Borrower's Index Debt and the ratings therefor and (ii) if based on such Borrower's Leverage Ratio, the calculation of such Leverage Ratio in reasonable detail as at the end of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year;

(ii) within 5 Business Days after any change in any rating of the Index Debt of such Borrower or, after the Diamond Implementation, such Test Party, an Interest Rate Certificate setting forth the new rating and the effective date thereof; and

(f) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of TWI or such Borrower or any of their


-57-

respective Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, including quarterly cable television statistical data.

SECTION 5.2. Notices of Material Events. Promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, TWI and such Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting any Company that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Companies in an aggregate amount exceeding $10.0 million; and

(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of each Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Material Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises for the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.2.

SECTION 5.4. Payment of Obligations. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) such Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.5. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of the business of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable


-58-

insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.6. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

SECTION 5.7. Compliance with Laws. Such Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.8. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used to refinance indebtedness (including the Existing Credit Agreements and certain intercompany indebtedness), and for general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, working capital needs, acquisitions, dividends, distributions and other payments permitted hereunder. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations G, U and X.

SECTION 5.9. Fiscal Periods; Accountants. (a) TWI and its Subsidiaries will keep the same financial reporting periods as are in effect on the date hereof.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have otherwise consented in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), such Borrower will maintain the same firm of certified independent accountants as the other Borrowers and TWI, which firm shall be of national standing.

SECTION 5.10. Enforcement of Rights Under Partnership Agreements. Each of the Partnership Borrowers will take all reasonable action, on a reasonably timely basis, to enforce all of its rights against its respective Partners and their Affiliates under the applicable Partnership Agreement or otherwise, except to the extent that a failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (provided that such exception shall not apply with respect to the right of TWE and TWEAN to receive contributions of cash flow from TWE Material Beneficial Assets and TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets, respectively).

SECTION 5.11. TWE Beneficial Assets. TWI will (i) cause each holder of TWE Beneficial Assets to comply with each and every covenant or other provision of this Agreement applicable to such holder and (y) use its best efforts (subject to its reasonable business judgment) to


-59-

continue to seek all relevant authorizations, orders, approvals and franchises with respect to the transfer of such TWE Beneficial Assets to TWE, and contribute any assets contemplated to be transferred to TWE but not so transferred as of the Closing Date.

SECTION 5.12. TWEAN Beneficial Assets. TWE will, or will cause each holder of TWEAN Beneficial Assets that is an Affiliate of TWE, to (i) comply with each and every covenant or other provision of this Agreement applicable to such holder and (ii) use its best efforts (subject to its reasonable business judgment) to continue to seek all relevant authorizations, orders, approvals and fran chises with respect to the transfer of such TWEAN Beneficial Assets to TWEAN), and to contribute any assets contemplated to be transferred to TWEAN but not so transferred as of the Closing Date (subject to Section 6.7 of the TWEAN Contribution Agreement).

SECTION 5.13. Guarantees. (a) Such Borrower will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantees, or otherwise provides credit support with respect to, any Indebtedness of TWI or any of TWI's Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries of such Restricted Subsidiary) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee, guaranteeing the Obligations of such Borrower.

(b) TBS will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee, guaranteeing the Obligations of TBS, to the extent necessary so that the aggregate amount of Specified Indebtedness owed by Restricted Subsidiaries of TBS that are not Guarantors does not exceed $100.0 million.

(c) At or after the Diamond Implementation, TWI will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee, guaranteeing the Obligations of TWI, to the extent necessary so that the aggregate amount of Specified Indebtedness owed by Restricted Subsidiaries of TWI (other than any Borrower and any Subsidiary of any Borrower) that are not Guarantors does not exceed $150.0 million.

(d) Each of TWEAN and TWIC will cause each of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that has Specified Indebtedness outstanding and is, or together with any other such Subsidiary that has Specified Indebtedness outstanding and is not already party to a Subsidiary Guarantee would be, a Material Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guarantee guaranteeing the Obligations of its Borrower parent (it being understood that Subsidiaries that collectively would not be a Material Subsidiary need not execute a Subsidiary Guarantee unless any such Subsidiary conducts a business that is part of that conducted by another Subsidiary that executes or is required to execute a Subsidiary Guarantee).

(e) Section 5.13(b), (c) or (d) shall not require a Subsidiary Guarantee from any Subsidiary that is (a) a Foreign Subsidiary, (b) a domestic Subsidiary whose only assets are (x) the Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries or (y) foreign business operations or (c) subject to a contractual restriction that prohibits such Subsidiary from issuing a Subsidiary Guarantee (so long as such restriction is in effect), which restriction is existing at the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary is acquired.


-60-

(f) TWEAN will cause holders of TWEAN Beneficial Assets to execute and deliver a TWEAN Holder Guarantee to the extent necessary so that the representation in the second and third sentences of Section 3.13(b) will continue to be accurate.

(g) Each Guarantee shall be delivered together with board resolutions authorizing the same and an opinion of counsel as to its due authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability (with customary exceptions), to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees payable hereunder and all other Obligations are paid in full (but with respect to such other Obligations only to the extent that actual amounts hereunder are owing at the time the Loans, together with interest and fees, have been paid in full), TWI (prior to the Diamond Implementation as to Section 6.3(c) only) and each Borrower, or Test Party, as applicable (for itself and its Subsidiaries), covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.1. Changes in Business. Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Material Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, alter in a fundamental and substantial manner the character or scope of the businesses of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that conducted by its respective businesses immediately prior to the Closing Date (other than as would occur as a result of any Transfer).

SECTION 6.2. Mergers, Etc. (a) (i) Prior to the Diamond Implementation, such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of such Borrower's consolidated assets (other than in a Transfer and other than a sale, transfer or disposition to such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower).

(ii) At or after the Diamond Implementation, such Test Party will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of such Test Party's consolidated assets (other than in a Transfer and other than a sale, transfer or disposition to such Test Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Test Party).

(b) Such Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer the wind up, liquidation or dissolution of its affairs (other than, in the case of a Partnership Borrower, a temporary dissolution immediately followed by reformation deemed to occur because of a transfer of a Partnership Interest); provided that (i) if (x) all Loans to TWEAN have been or are being repaid in full (together with all interest thereon and all other amounts then owing in respect thereof) and (y) the Borrowing Cap of TWEAN is permanently reduced to $0, TWEAN may be dissolved or liquidated in


-61-

accordance with the terms of the TWEAN Partnership Agreement; or (ii) following the Diamond Implementation, any Diamond Party may liquidate or merge into its Diamond Party parent.

(c) Such Borrower will not enter into a transaction of consolidation or merger unless (i) before and after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such consolidation or merger, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
(ii) such Borrower shall survive the consolidation or merger, unless such consolidation or merger is with another Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower and the survivor of such consolidation or merger assumes all of the Obligations of such Borrower on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) No holder of TWE Material Beneficial Assets shall enter into a transaction of consolidation or merger with any Person; provided that, if before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the foregoing clause shall not prohibit a consolidation or merger with (i) a TWE Partner Guarantor, (ii) any Person that holds TWE Material Beneficial Assets or (iii) any other Person that guarantees the Obligations of TWE on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. No holder of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets (other than Advance, Newhouse or Advance/Newhouse) shall enter into a transaction of consolidation or merger with any Person; provided that, if before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the foregoing clause shall not prohibit a consolidation or merger with (x) another Person that holds TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets or (y) any other Person that guarantees the Obligations of TWEAN on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.3. Liens. (a) Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its property or assets (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible and whether now owned or here after acquired) to secure Indebtedness.

(b) The foregoing shall not prohibit:

(i) Liens existing on the date hereof described on Schedule 6.3, without giving effect to any subsequent extension, renewal or refunding, which Liens do not secure Indebtedness in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate for each such Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower and its Subsidiaries) or apply to property or assets of each such Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower and its Subsidiaries) having a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate;

(ii) Liens (including security interests arising under or in connection with Capital Lease Obligations) securing Indebtedness of any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted to be outstanding hereunder, so long as at the time of the securing of any such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of such secured Indebtedness of
(x) prior to the Diamond Implementation, such Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the aggregate does not exceed 10% (5% in the case of TWIC) of such Borrower's Maximum Permitted Indebtedness (calculated on a pro


-62-

forma basis) and (y) at or after the Diamond Implementation, such Test Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the aggregate does not exceed 10% of such Test Party's Maximum Permitted Indebtedness (calculated on a pro forma basis); provided that the fair market value of all assets subject to Liens under this clause (ii) shall not at the time of creation of any such Lien exceed 120% of the total amount of Indebtedness so secured (it being understood that the fair market value used for the foregoing calculation shall be the fair market value of each relevant asset at the time of creation of the Lien with respect to such asset, without a re-determination of such fair market value being made at the time of creation of any subsequent Liens on any other asset);

(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary of such Borrower to such Borrower or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower;

(iv) Liens on interests in or investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary or in any other Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Borrower securing Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or such other Person;

(v) with respect to TWE or TBS, Liens to secure Film Financings permitted under Section 6.4(I)(a)(i)(1) or (ii)(1) or Section 6.4(II)(ii)(1) or (iii)(1); provided that such Liens shall extend only to the property or assets acquired with such Film Financing;

(vi) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness or Purchase Money Indebtedness (including security interests arising under or in connection with Capital Lease Obligations); provided that such Liens shall not extend to any asset or Person other than the asset or Person acquired or subject to such capital lease;

(vii) Liens on Capital Stock of TWI and proceeds therefrom securing Stock Option Loans to the extent permitted by the definition thereof; and

(viii) any Copyright Liens securing obligations specified in the definition thereof.

(c) TWI will not cause or permit any Capital Stock owned by it or any of its Subsidiaries in any Borrower (other than Capital Stock of TWI) to be subject to any Lien. Such Borrower will not cause or permit any Capital Stock owned by it or any of its Subsidiaries in any Material Restricted Subsidiary of such Borrower to be subject to any Lien. The foregoing shall not prohibit any Lien (i) permitted by Section 6.3(b)(iii), (ii) constituting a restriction on transfer of Capital Stock contained in a partnership or stockholders agreement,
(iii) arising by operation of law and being contested in good faith or (iv) on Capital Stock of any Material Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time it became a Subsidiary of a Borrower (and not incurred in anticipation of such Material Restricted Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary of a Borrower).


-63-

SECTION 6.4. Indebtedness. (I) Prior to the Diamond Implementation:

(a) Such Borrower will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Borrower) or any holder of Material Beneficial Assets (other than any Specified Holder or any Borrower) to Incur any Indebtedness other than:

(i) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWE (other than TWEAN and its Subsidiaries) and holders of TWE Material Beneficial Assets (other than any Specified Holder), (1) Film Financings and (2) other Indebtedness of up to $350.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(ii) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TBS, (1) Film Financings and (2) other Indebtedness of up to $250.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(iii) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWEAN, Indebtedness of up to $100.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(iv) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWIC, Indebtedness of up to $50.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(v) Convertible Intercompany Debt and Permitted Intercompany Indebtedness;

(vi) the Guarantees and any guarantee by TWIC or any of its Subsidiaries of the Obligations of (x) TWEAN or (y) any Guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN (and equal and ratable guarantees of pari passu debt, to the extent required by contractual provisions then in effect);

(vii) Non-Recourse Purchase Money Debt; or

(viii) Acquired Indebtedness.

(b) Neither TBS nor any of its Subsidiaries may guarantee any obligation of TWI, TWCI or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than TBS or any of its Subsidiaries).

(c) Such Borrower (other than TWEAN) will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TWEAN) to, Incur any Indebtedness if, before or after giving effect thereto, the Leverage Ratio of TWI, determined on a pro forma basis, would exceed 7.0:1.0 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available.


-64-

(II) At or after the Diamond Implementation, such Test Party will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Borrower) or any holder of Material Beneficial Assets (other than any Specified Holder) to Incur any Indebtedness other than:

(i) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWI (other than a Borrower), (1) Indebtedness of up to $350.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (2) as otherwise permitted by clauses (ii) through (vi);

(ii) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWE (other than TWEAN and its Subsidiaries) and holders of TWE Material Beneficial Assets, (1) Film Financings and (2) other Indebtedness of up to $350.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(iii) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TBS, (1) Film Financings and (2) other Indebtedness of up to $250.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(iv) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWEAN, Indebtedness of up to $100.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(v) with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries of TWIC, Indebtedness of up to $50.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(vi) Permitted Intercompany Indebtedness;

(vii) the Guarantees and any guarantee by TWIC or any of its Subsidiaries of the Obligations of (x) TWEAN or (y) any Guarantor of the Obligations of TWEAN (and equal and ratable guarantees of pari passu debt, to the extent required by contractual provisions then in effect);

(viii) Non-Recourse Purchase Money Debt; or

(ix) Acquired Indebtedness.

(III) Neither TWIC nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may guarantee any obligation (other than any Obligation) of TWI, TWCI or TBS or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TWIC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

SECTION 6.5. Investments. Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Investment if, before or after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, a Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 6.6. Restricted Payments. (a) Prior to the Diamond Implementation, (i) such Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, make or declare any Restricted Payment and (ii) such


-65-

Borrower will not, and will not suffer or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, purchase or otherwise acquire for value (or enter into any obligation to purchase or otherwise acquire for value) any Capital Stock of TWI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower), unless:

(i) in the case of TWE or TWEAN or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ii) in the case of TBS or TWIC or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Leverage Ratio of the applicable Borrower as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available would not exceed, during any period set forth below, the ratio set forth opposite such period:

                Period                                     Ratio
                ------                                     -----
Closing to September 30, 1999                               6.0x
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000                       5.5
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date                            5.0

(b) At or after the Diamond Implementation, (i) such Test Party will not, directly or indirectly, make or declare any Restricted Payment and (ii) such Test Party will not, and will not suffer or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, purchase or otherwise acquire for value (or enter into any obligation to purchase or otherwise acquire for value) any Capital Stock of TWI, unless:

(i) in the case of TWE or TWEAN or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(ii) in the case of TWI or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Leverage Ratio of TWI as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC or have become generally available would not exceed, during any period set forth below, the ratio set forth opposite such period:


-66-

                Period                                     Ratio
                ------                                     -----
Closing to June 30, 1998                                    6.25x
July 1, 1998 to September 30, 1999                          6.0
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000                       5.5
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date                            5.0

; provided that so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, TWI may (x) purchase, redeem or otherwise refinance its Series M Preferred Stock, (y) defease dividends payable with respect to existing preferred stock with the cash proceeds of Stock Option Loans and (z) pay regular quarterly cash dividends on the common stock and required cash dividends on preferred stock (including dividends on preferred stock that may be paid in cash or in kind at the option of TWI).

(c) The limitations in this Section 6.6 will not prevent (x) any Company from entering into any commercial transaction in the ordinary course of its business not prohibited by Section 6.7, (y) any holder of Material Beneficial Assets (other than TWE) from distributing or otherwise transferring any assets other than such Material Beneficial Assets or (z) TWEAN from assuming any Allocated Loans (subject to satisfaction of the conditions in Sections 4.3 and 4.4).

SECTION 6.7. Transactions with Affiliates. Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate of such Borrower other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other than any Affiliate of such Borrower; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) transactions between Subsidiaries of such Borrower, or among such Borrower and its Subsidiaries and with existing joint ventures, in each case, in accordance with arrangements existing on the date hereof or in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) transactions between or among Restricted Companies of the type existing on the Closing Date and consistent with past practice, (iii) any arrangements with officers, directors, representatives or other employees of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries relating specifically to employment as such and (iv) transactions expressly permitted by Section 6.6 or the definition of Restricted Payments.

SECTION 6.8. ERISA. Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to:

(i) engage in any transaction which is not timely corrected and in connection with which such Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates is reasonably likely to be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975


-67-

of the Code, which penalties and taxes for all such transactions could, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) permit to exist any accumulated funding deficiency (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code), whether or not a waiver has been obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, with respect to any Pension Plan;

(iii) permit any failure to make contributions or any amount of Unfunded Benefit Liabilities which creates, or with the passage of time would create, any statutory Lien under ERISA or the Code in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan or other entity; or

(iv) permit any failure to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan which, singly or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.9. Financial Covenants.

(I) Prior to the Diamond Implementation:

(a) Leverage. None of TWE, TBS, TWEAN or TWIC will cause or permit its Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period below for such Borrower:

Period                                  TWE        TBS        TWEAN       TWIC
------                                  ----       ----       -----       ----
Closing to September 30, 1999           5.00x      6.50x      5.00x       6.50x
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000   5.00       6.00       5.00        6.00
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date        5.00       5.00       5.00        5.00

(b) Coverage. None of TWE, TBS or TWIC will cause or permit its Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period below for such Borrower:

Period                                  TWE        TBS        TWIC
------                                  ----       ----       ----
Closing to September 30, 1999           2.50x      1.50x      1.50x
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000   2.50       1.75       1.75
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date        2.50       2.00       2.00

(II) At or after the Diamond Implementation:


-68-

(a) Leverage. Such Test Party will not cause or permit its Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending at or after the Diamond Implementation) to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period below for such Borrower:

Period                                  TWI        TWE        TWEAN
------                                  ----       ----       -----
Closing to September 30, 1999           6.50x      5.00x      5.00x
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000   6.00       5.00       5.00
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date        5.00       5.00       5.00

(b) Coverage. Neither TWI nor TWE will cause or permit its Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending at or after the Diamond Implementation) to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period below for such Borrower:

Period                                  TWI        TWE
-----                                   ----       ----
Closing to September 30, 1999           1.50x      2.50x
October 1, 1999 to September 30, 2000   1.75       2.50
October 1, 2000 to Maturity Date        2.00       2.50

SECTION 6.10. Amendment or Waiver of Organizational Documents. Such Borrower will not cause or permit to be amended, modified or waived, or cause or permit any of its Restricted Sub sidiaries to amend, modify or, in any material respect, waive, any provision of any Organizational Document or the TWEAN Transaction Agreement, or, in the case of any Partnership Borrower, admit any additional Partners, unless the Administrative Agent shall have determined, after consultation with its counsel, that such amendment, modification or waiver (taken as a whole, together with any other amendments, modifications or waivers occurring at such time) are not more onerous to the Lenders than are the Organizational Documents or the TWEAN Transaction Agreement, as applicable, in effect prior to such amendment, modification or waiver, as the case may be; provided that this Section 6.10 shall not prevent (i) TWIC or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from receiving any Partnership Interest as partial consideration from and in TWEAN in any Transfer or (ii) any amendments or modifications of any Organizational Document resulting from a liquidation, merger or consolidation of any Borrower that is not prohibited by Section 6.2.

SECTION 6.11. Certain Agreements. Such Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any agreement (other than any Franchise or the Partnership Agreements as in effect on the date hereof or modified in a manner not inconsistent with this Agreement and other than this Agreement) that would, in effect, prohibit such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from granting Liens or agreeing to grant Liens; provided that any Company may (i) enter into agreements with lenders (including holders of debt


-69-

securities) to such Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness for money borrowed that prohibit the granting of Liens to third parties unless said lenders are equally and ratably secured, (ii) agree that an asset subject to a Permitted Lien will not be subject to any other Lien or (iii) agree that in connection with the sale of accounts receivable or similar contract rights such Company will not grant a Lien on or with respect to any such accounts receivable or contract rights or any proceeds therefrom.

SECTION 6.12. Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) Schedule 6.12 sets forth those Subsidiaries of each Borrower that have been designated Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Such Borrower will not designate any of its Subsidiaries an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless (i) such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of any Credit Party; and (ii) at the time such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, before and after giving effect to such designation on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as shown in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent at the time of such designation. Such Officers' Certificate shall also state the specific purpose for which such designation is being made. All Subsidiaries of Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(b) Such Borrower will not re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary unless at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, before and after giving effect to such redesignation on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as shown in an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent at the time of such designation.

(c) An Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary at any time if (a) any Restricted Company (i) provides guarantees or similar credit support for any Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness or other monetary obligations) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or (b) such Unrestricted Subsidiary incurs Indebtedness or other monetary obligations pursuant to which the lender has recourse (including by way of set-off) to any of the assets of any Restricted Company; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (x) a pledge of the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, (y) any Copyright Lien or (z) any recourse to any Restricted Company in respect of customary representations, warranties and covenants made or agreed to by such Restricted Company in connection with the sale and securitization of accounts receivable or similar contract rights.

ARTICLE VII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall occur:

SECTION 7.1. Payments. Any Borrower shall (i) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans when due; or (ii) default in the payment when due of any interest on the


-70-

Loans or any fees or any other amounts owing under any Credit Document, which default under this clause (ii) shall have continued unremedied for at least five days but in no event less than three Business Days; or

SECTION 7.2. Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by, or on behalf of, any Credit Party in any Credit Document or in any other Document or in any statement or certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or

SECTION 7.3. Covenants. Any Borrower shall (a) default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in
Section 5.2(a), (b) or (d) or Article VI, or (b) default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 7.1 or 7.2 or clause (a) of this Section 7.3) contained in this Agreement and such default under this clause (b) shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, in each case acting on behalf of the Lenders; or

SECTION 7.4. Default Under Other Agreements. (a) Any Restricted Company or any Material Subsidiary of any Borrower shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) in excess of $10.0 million individually or $50.0 million in the aggregate beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement governing such Indebtedness or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness referred to in clause (i) above in excess of the thresholds set forth therein or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or con dition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such default or event or condition shall continue beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement governing such Indebtedness (after giving effect to any consent or waiver obtained and then in effect thereunder); or (b) any such Indebtedness referred to in clause (a)(i) above in excess of the thresholds set forth therein shall, in accordance with its terms, be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled or required prepayment prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

SECTION 7.5. Bankruptcy, Etc. Any Borrower, any Material Subsidiary of any Borrower, TWI or any General Partner (each, a "Default Entity") shall commence a voluntary case con cerning itself, or any Partner shall commence such a case concerning any Borrower, under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy," as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto or any similar foreign statute (the "Bankruptcy Code"); or an involuntary case is commenced against any Default Entity and the petition is not controverted within 10 days, or is not dismissed within 60 days, after commencement of the case; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code) is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of any Default Entity; or any Default Entity commences any other proceeding under any reorganization, arrangement,


-71-

adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to any Default Entity; or there is commenced against any Default Entity any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or any Default Entity is adjudicated (by any court of competent jurisdiction) insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered; or any Default Entity suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or any Default Entity makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any Default Entity shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or any General Partner shall admit in writing the inability of the partnership of which it is General Partner to pay its debts as they become due; or any corporate or other action is taken by any Default Entity for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

SECTION 7.6. ERISA. Any ERISA Entity shall fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $25.0 million which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC; or notice of intent to terminate one or more Plans having aggregate Unfunded Current Liabilities in excess of $25.0 million (collectively, a "Material Plan") shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by any ERISA Entity, any Plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan; or any other event or condition that the Required Lenders determine constitutes reasonable grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of a Material Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer or liquidate any Material Plan shall have occurred; or a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against any ERISA Entity (i) to enforce Section 515 of ERISA with respect to amounts in excess of $25.0 million (which amount is not being disputed, or as to which all administrative remedies under Title I of ERISA have been exhausted) or
(ii) to require immediate payment of withdrawal liability (which is not being disputed, or as to which all remedies under Title IV of ERISA have been exhausted) in excess of $25.0 million following a "default" (as defined in
Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA), and such proceeding shall not have been stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter; or

SECTION 7.7. Judgments. One or more judgments, attachments or decrees shall be entered against TWI, any General Partner, one or more of the Borrowers and/or any of their Material Subsidiaries involving a liability of $20.0 million or more in the case of any one such judgment or decree and $50.0 million or more in the aggregate at any one time for all such judgments and decrees for such Persons (not paid or to the extent not fully covered by insurance provided by a carrier that has acknowledged coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

SECTION 7.8. Change of Control. A Change of Control shall have occurred; or

SECTION 7.9. Dissolution. There shall be a dissolution or liquidation for any reason (whether voluntary or involuntary) of any Partnership Borrower other than as permitted by Section 6.2(b); or


-72-

SECTION 7.10. Taxation. Any Partnership Borrower shall, for any reason,
(i) not be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or (ii) be treated as a publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Code; or

SECTION 7.11. Conflicting Agreements. Any Company shall enter into any contract, agreement, instrument or understanding (other than any Franchise or the Partnership Agreements as in effect on the Closing Date (or modified in a manner not inconsistent with this Agreement) and any contract, agreement or instrument governing long-term debt of any Company) that has the effect of restricting (x) any Borrower from Incurring or repaying Indebtedness or (y) any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower from granting Liens (other than (i) any contract, agreement or instrument that requires the obligations thereunder to be equally and ratably secured with any other obligations that become secured, (ii) that prohibits an asset subject to a Permitted Lien from being subject to any other Lien or (iii) prohibits a seller of accounts receivable or similar contract rights from granting any Lien on or with respect to such accounts receivable or other contract rights or proceeds therefrom) to any Person; or

SECTION 7.12. Certain Guarantees. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement (including Section 9.14) or such Guarantee, any Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor shall disavow its obligations under its Guarantee;

THEN (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in the foregoing Section 7.5 in respect of any Borrower or TWI, the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on all Loans and Notes then outstanding to each Borrower shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower, and the obligation of each Lender to make any Loan hereunder shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Borrowers, declare all Loans and all Notes then outstanding to each Borrower to be, and the same shall forthwith become, due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any other Obligations and the obligation of each Lender to make any Loan hereunder shall thereupon terminate.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing paragraph, if at any time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Borrowers shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments on account of principal which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement) and all Defaults (other than non-payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each case which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or waived pursuant to Section 9.2, then the Two Thirds Lenders, by written notice to the Borrowers, may at their option rescind and annul the acceleration and its consequences; but such action shall not affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to bind the Lenders to a decision which may be made at the election of the Two Thirds Lenders and are not intended to benefit


-73-

the Borrowers and do not grant the Borrowers the right to require the Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder, even if the conditions set forth herein are met.

ARTICLE VIII.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent agrees to give promptly to each Lender a copy of each notice or other document received by it pursuant to any Credit Document (other than any that are required to be delivered directly to the Lenders by any Credit Party).

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with any Company or Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.2), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Company that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.2) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.


-74-

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such subagent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor which, so long as no Event of Default is continuing shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


-75-

ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1. Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to any Borrower, to it at 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Chief Financial Officer (Telecopy No. 212-307-0126), with copies to its General Counsel (Telecopy No. 212-956-7281) and to Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Robert B. Schumer, Esq. (Telecopy No. 212-373-2348);

(b) if to the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, to The Chase Manhattan Bank, Agent Bank Services Group, Grand Central Tower, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10081, Attention:
Janet Belden (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5658), with a copy to The Chase Manhattan Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York 10017, Re: Time Warner (Telecopy No. (212) 270-4164);

(c) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 9.2. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.


-76-

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.16(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) increase the Borrowing Cap of any Borrower or the limitations specified in clause (ii) or (iii) of the proviso in Section 2.1, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) limit or release any Guarantee (other than as permitted by
Section 9.14), without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) waive any provision of Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 without the written consent of each Lender, or (viii) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.3. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Credit Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Credit Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including all such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

(b) The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other


-77-

transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Company, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Company, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that (x) such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee and
(y) the foregoing shall not constitute a joint and several obligation to repay the Loans or any interest thereon.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) Each Credit Party acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or fiduciary duty to any Credit Party arising out of or in connection with any Credit Document and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Borrower shall assert, and each Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, or the Transactions.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.4. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by such Credit Party without such consent shall be null and void), except pursuant to a Transfer as permitted by the other provisions of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.


-78-

(b) Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a Commitment or any Lender's obligations in respect of its Swingline Exposure, the Swingline Lender) must give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $10.0 million (or such lesser amount as the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree from time to time), (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iv) except in the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of the Assigning Lender on the Effective Date, the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and provided further that any consent of the Borrowers otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.3). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The information in the Register shall be available to the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.


-79-

(d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.2(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.14 and 2.15 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.8 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.16(c) as though it were a Lender.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.13 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers' prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.15 unless the Borrowers are notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.15(e) as though it were a Lender.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.


-80-

SECTION 9.5. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to the Credit Documents shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time of any Credit Event, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Credit Document is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.3 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of the Credit Documents or any provision thereof.

SECTION 9.6. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto (such time, the "Effective Date"). Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.7. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.8. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against any of and all the obligations of any Credit Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under any Credit Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.


-81-

SECTION 9.9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each Credit Document shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Credit Document or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Credit Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Credit Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Credit Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to any Credit Document irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.1. Nothing in any Credit Document will affect the right of any party to any Credit Document to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY CREDIT DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.


-82-

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to any Credit Document or the enforcement of rights thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Borrowers or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers or another Person known to be disclosing such information in breach of a duty of confidentiality. For the purposes of this Section, "Information" shall mean all information received from the Borrowers relating to the Borrowers or their business, other than any such information that is or becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrowers after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13. Independence of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The representations, warranties and covenants contained herein shall be independent of each other, and no exception to any representation, warranty or covenant shall be deemed to be an exception to any other representation, warranty or covenant contained herein unless expressly provided, nor shall any such exception be deemed to permit any action or omission that would be in contravention of applicable law.

SECTION 9.14. Release of Certain Guarantees. (a) Any TWE Partner Guarantee, any TWEAN Holder Guarantee and the TWE Guarantee may be released without the consent of any Lender if (i) the Guarantor thereof shall no longer hold any Material Beneficial Assets (or in the case of TWE, any TWEAN Beneficial Assets), (ii) such Guarantor shall not be in breach of its Guarantee, (iii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iv) such Guarantee is not, by operation of Section 5.13, required to be in effect and (v) no Obligations with respect to principal or interest are then due and owing by such Guarantor. Such release shall in all respects be subject to any reinstatement provisions set forth in such Guarantee. TWE or TWEAN, as the case may be, shall notify the Administrative Agent upon any such release, and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such release. Nothing in this Section 9.14 shall prohibit the merger or consolidation of any TWE Partner Guarantor with or into any other Person so long as, after giving effect to such merger or


-83-

consolidation on a pro forma basis, (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.13 shall be true and correct.

(b) The Paragon Guarantee may be released without the consent of any Lender at such time as Paragon shall become substantially wholly-owned by TWIC if (i) Paragon shall no longer hold any TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets, (ii) such Paragon Guarantee is not, by operation of Section 5.13, required to be in effect, and (iii) no Obligations with respect to principal or interest are then due and owing by Paragon.

SECTION 9.15. Partners. Each Lender (a) acknowledges that each of TWE and TWEAN is a partnership and (b) agrees that it will not cause or seek to cause any Partner or any assignee of any Partner's Partnership Interest to be liable, as a Partner, to such Lender with respect to any of the Loans or any fees or other amounts payable to such Lender or participant by the partnership in which such Partner is a partner under this Agreement (except as set forth below or pursuant to any other written agreement or understanding between or among such Persons), it being agreed that (i) recourse for such purposes and any claim in respect thereof shall be limited to the Partnership Interests of such Persons and the assets and properties of TWE and TWEAN and (ii) no judgment, order or execution entered in any suit, action or proceeding (whether legal or equitable) in respect thereof shall be enforced or obtained against any Partner or any assignee of any Partner's Partnership Interest beyond the extent of such Person's Partnership Interest; provided that this paragraph shall not (x) operate as a waiver of any rights or claims against any Partner or any assignee of any Partner's Partnership Interest arising out of or resulting from such Person's misrepresentations, misconduct or violation of law or (y) affect the validity or enforceability of any direct obligations of any Partner hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents, including the direct obligations of TWE hereunder and under the TWE Guarantee and the obligations of TWE Partners under the TWE Partner Guarantees.

SECTION 9.16. Calculations; Computations; Interpretation. (a) All Financial Statements to be furnished to the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, and all calculations determining compliance with Article VI (including the definitions used therein) shall be made, for the relevant Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto; provided that except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all calculations for determining compliance with Article VI shall utilize accounting principles and policies in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to prepare, (x) in the case of TWI and each Borrower other than TBS, the audited Financial Statements of such Person for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and (y) in the case of TBS, its unaudited Financial Statements for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) the assets and liabilities and results of operations of TWE shall include, without duplication, (x) the TWE Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and (y) the cash flow received by TWE with respect to TWE Beneficial Assets;


-84-

(ii) the assets and liabilities and results of operations of TWEAN shall include, without duplication, (x) the TWEAN Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and (z) the cash flow received by TWEAN with respect to TWEAN Beneficial Assets; and

(iii) to the extent that Beneficial Assets and any related liabilities of the holders thereof and the related cash flows are included in the calculations for TWE or TWEAN, as the case may be, they shall be excluded from the calculations for any other Borrower (except to the extent that the calculations for such other Borrower otherwise include the assets, liabilities and results of operations and cash flows of TWE or TWEAN, as the case may be).

(b) The covenants contained in Article V and Article VI (other than
Section 6.9) shall apply as if holders of TWE Material Beneficial Assets were Restricted Subsidiaries of TWE and holders of TWEAN Material Beneficial Assets (other than any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower) were Restricted Subsidiaries of TWEAN during any period and on any date on which such holders (each, a "Beneficial Subsidiary") own such Beneficial Assets (but with respect to the Specified Holders, only to the extent of the assets and liabilities related to Material Beneficial Assets). Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or otherwise limit or restrict (i) any merger of a Beneficial Subsidiary into a Borrower, a TWE Partner Guarantor or into another Beneficial Subsidiary, (ii) the distribution or other payment by a Beneficial Subsidiary of any amounts distributed to it by TWE or TWEAN in accordance with the terms hereof (such amounts so distributed or paid by such Beneficial Subsidiary shall not be deemed Restricted Payments for purposes of this Agreement) or (iii) the ability of any holder of Beneficial Assets from selling, transferring, distributing or encumbering any assets, other than the Beneficial Assets.

(c) Calculations pursuant to the covenants set forth in Article VI shall be made for each Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and the related definitions set forth in Article I, it being understood that:

(i) prior to the Diamond Implementation, for purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.4(I)(c), TWE and any entity (including TWEAN) in which TWI owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the common equity
(including Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries of TWI) shall be so consolidated with TWI as if each were a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWI;

(ii) with respect to TWE, only such percentage of the results of operations and assets and liabilities of TWEAN as is equal to the percentage of the common equity of TWEAN owned by TWE shall be so included in the results of operations and assets and liabilities of TWE;

(iii) as long as (x) TWIC owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the common equity of Paragon and (y) the Borrowers collectively own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the common equity of Paragon, (A) Paragon shall be consolidated with TWIC as if it were a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of TWIC and (B) if so consol-


-85-

idated, Paragon shall still be treated as an equity investment by TWE and TWEAN (to the extent of their respective interests therein); provided that the amount of any distributions actually received from Paragon by TWE and/or TWEAN or their respective Subsidiaries shall, without duplication, be deducted from the Consolidated Cash Flow of TWIC in the period of such distribution; provided however that Paragon may make distributions to its partners of up to $250.0 million in the aggregate and the portion of such distribution received by TWE and/or TWEAN or their Subsidiaries shall not be deducted from the Consolidated Cash Flow of TWIC; and

(iv) All Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded from all such calculations, except as otherwise expressly provided in the definitions relating thereto.

SECTION 9.17. Distribution of Documents. If any provision hereof requires the Borrowers to provide a document to the Lenders, the Borrowers shall be entitled to provide such document to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for the Lenders) for distribution to the Lenders.


S-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By:  /s/ R. M. Ruckman
    -----------------------------------
     Name: R. Mackereth Ruckman
     Title: Vice President & Treasurer

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC

By:  /s/ R. M. Ruckman
    ----------------------------------
    Name: R. Mackereth Ruckman
    Title: Vice President & Treasurer

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By:  /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
    ----------------------------------
    Name: Thomas W. McEnerney
    Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-
ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P., Managing Partner

By:  /s/ R. M. Ruckman
    ----------------------------------
    Name: R. Mackereth Ruckman
    Title: Vice President & Treasurer

TWI CABLE INC.

By:  /s/ R. M. Ruckman
    ----------------------------------
    Name: R. Mackereth Ruckman
    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


S-1a

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P.

By:  /s/ R. M. Ruckman
    -----------------------------------
    Name: R. Mackereth Ruckman
    Title: Vice Presdient & Treasurer


S-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
as Lender and as Administrative Agent,

By:  /s/ Tracey A. Navin
    -----------------------------------
    Name: Tracey A. Navin
    Title: Vice President


S-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

----------------------------------, as Lender (type full name)

By:
Name:


Title:


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF TIME WARNER INC.

Set forth below are the names of certain subsidiaries, at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, of Time Warner and TWE as of December 31, 1997, unless otherwise indicated. Certain subsidiaries which when considered in the aggregate would not constitute a significant subsidiary are omitted from the list below. Indented subsidiaries are direct subsidiaries of the company under which they are indented.

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
TIME WARNER INC. (Registrant):                                                                      Delaware
  Turner Broadcasting System, Inc...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Arena Productions and Sales, Inc....................................       100      Georgia
       Atlanta Coliseum, Inc....................................................       100      Georgia
       The Omni Promotions Management Company...................................       100      Georgia
       Seats, Inc...............................................................       100      Georgia
     Atlanta National League Baseball Club, Inc.................................       100      Georgia
     Hawks Basketball, Inc......................................................       100      Georgia
       Atlanta Hawks, L.P.......................................................       100      Georgia
     Cable News Network, Inc....................................................       100      Georgia
       Cable News International, Inc............................................       100      Delaware
       CNN America, Inc.........................................................       100      Delaware
       CNN Germany, Inc.........................................................       100      Georgia
     CNN Newsource Sales, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
     Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc.............................................       100      Georgia
       Castle Rock Entertainment................................................       100(1)   California
     Goodwill Games, Inc........................................................       100      Georgia
     HB Holding Co..............................................................       100      Delaware
       Hanna-Barbera Entertainment Co., Inc.....................................       100      California
     New Line Cinema Corporation................................................       100      Delaware
     Turner Entertainment Group, Inc............................................       100      Georgia
       Turner Entertainment Networks, Inc.......................................       100      Georgia
          Turner Entertainment Networks Asia, Inc...............................       100      Georgia
          Turner Network Television, Inc........................................       100      Georgia
            Superstation, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
               Turner Original Productions, Inc.................................       100      Georgia
            The Cartoon Network, Inc............................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Classic Movies, Inc..........................................       100      Georgia
          Turner Home Entertainment, Inc........................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Learning, Inc................................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Publishing, Inc..............................................       100      Georgia
            Turner Retail Company...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Pictures Group, Inc.................................................       100      Georgia
          Turner Entertainment Co...............................................       100      Georgia
            H-B Distribution Co.................................................       100      Georgia
     TBS Funding Corp...........................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Broadcasting Sales, Inc.............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Broadcasting System Asia Pacific, Inc...............................       100      Georgia
     Turner Home Satellite, Inc.................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Broadcasting System Limited.........................................       100      U.K.
       Turner International Advertising Sales Limited...........................       100      U.K.
       Turner International Network Sales Limited...............................       100      U.K.

1

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
     Turner International, Inc..................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Network Sales, Inc..................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Omni Venture, Inc...................................................       100      Georgia
     ICC Ventures, Inc..........................................................       100      Georgia
       CNN Center Ventures......................................................       100(2)   Georgia
     Turner Private Networks, Inc...............................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Properties, Inc.....................................................       100      Georgia
     Turner Sports, Inc.........................................................       100      Georgia
       Turner Sports International Enterprises, Inc.............................       100      Georgia
     World Championship Wrestling, Inc..........................................       100      Georgia
  Time Warner Companies, Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
     Asiaweek Limited...........................................................        80      Hong Kong
     Sunset Publishing Corporation..............................................       100      Delaware
     Time International Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
     Time Inc.(3)...............................................................       100      Delaware
       American Family Enterprises (partnership)................................        50      New York
       Book-of-the-Month Club, Inc..............................................       100      New York
       Entertainment Weekly, Inc................................................       100      Delaware
       Little, Brown and Company (Inc.).........................................       100      Massachusetts
       Time Distribution Services, Inc..........................................       100      Delaware
       Time Customer Serivce, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
       Time Publishing Ventures, Inc............................................       100      Delaware
          Southern Progress Corporation(4)......................................       100      Delaware
       Time Inc. Ventures.......................................................       100      Delaware
          Health Publications, Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
            Hippocrates Partners (partnership)..................................        50      California
       TWC Ventures.............................................................       100      Delaware
       Time Life Inc............................................................       100      Delaware
          Time-Life Customer Service, Inc.......................................       100      Delaware
       Warner Books, Inc........................................................       100      New York
       Warner Publisher Services Inc............................................       100      New York
     Time TBS Holdings, Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
     TW Service Holding I, L.P. (partnership)...................................       (5)      Delaware
     TW Service Holding II, L.P. (partnership)..................................       (5)      Delaware
       TW Programming Co. (partnership).........................................       (6)      New York
       TW Cable Service Co. (partnership).......................................       (7)      New York
       Time Warner Connect (partnership)........................................       (7)      New York
     WCI Record Club Inc........................................................       100(8)   Delaware
       The Columbia House Company (partnership).................................        50      New York
     Warner Communications Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
       DC Comics (partnership)..................................................        50(9)   New York
       Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp.........................................       100      California
       WB Music Corp............................................................       100      California
       HBO Film Management, Inc.................................................       100      Delaware
       NPP Music Corp...........................................................       100      Delaware
       Warner/Chappell Music, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
          Warner Bros. Music International Inc..................................       100      Delaware
               Warner Bros. Publications U.S. Inc...............................       100      New York
                 New Chappell Inc.(10)..........................................       100      Delaware
          Super Hype Publishing, Inc............................................       100      New York

2

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
          Cotillion Music, Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
          Walden Music, Inc.....................................................       100      New York
          Summy-Birchard, Inc...................................................       100      Wyoming
          CPP/Belwin, Inc.......................................................       100      Delaware
       Lorimar Motion Picture Management, Inc...................................       100      California
       E.C. Publications, Inc...................................................       100      New York
       Warner Music Group Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
       Warner Bros. Records Inc.................................................       100      Delaware
          Atlantic Recording Corporation........................................       100      Delaware
          Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation...................................       100      New York
       WEA International Inc.(11)...............................................       100      Delaware
          Warner Music Canada Ltd...............................................       100      Canada
            The Columbia House Company (Canada) (partnership)...................        50      Canada
       Warner Special Products Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
          Warner Custom Music Corp..............................................       100      California
       WEA Manufacturing Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
          Allied Record Company.................................................       100      California
       Time Warner Limited......................................................       100      U.K.
          Warner Music International Services Ltd...............................       100      U.K.
            Time Warner UK Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
            Warner Chappell Music Group (UK) Ltd................................       100      U.K.
               Warner Chappell Music Limited....................................       100      U.K.
                 Magnet Music Ltd...............................................       100      U.K.
            Warner Music (U.K.) Limited.........................................       100      U.K.
       Ivy Hill Corporation.....................................................       100      Delaware
       TWI Ventures Ltd.........................................................       100      Delaware
     American Television and Communications Corporation ('ATC').................       100(12)  Delaware
       ATC/PPV, Inc.............................................................       100      Delaware
       Philadelphia Community Antenna Television Company........................       100      Pennsylvania
     TWI Cable Inc.(13).........................................................       100      Delaware
       TW/Kblcom Inc.(14).......................................................       100      Delaware
          KBL Communications, Inc...............................................       100      Delaware
            Paragon Communications (partnership)................................       100(15)  Colorado
       Summit Communications Group, Inc.........................................       100      Delaware
          Summit Cable Inc......................................................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Georgia, Inc...............................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Forsyth County, Inc........................       100      Delaware
            Summit Cable Services of Thom-A-Lex, Inc............................       100      Delaware
     TW/TAE Holding, Inc........................................................       100      Delaware
       TW/TAE, Inc..............................................................       100      Delaware

SUBSIDIARIES OF TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership..........................        66.67   New York
  CV of Viera Joint Venture (partnership).......................................        50      Florida
Time Warner Communications Holdings Inc.(16)....................................       100      Delaware
Century Venture Corporation.....................................................        50      Delaware
Erie Telecommunications, Inc....................................................        54.19   Pennsylvania
Kansas City Cable Partners......................................................        50      Colorado
Time Warner Cable New Zealand Holdings Ltd......................................       100(17)  New Zealand
Public Cable Company (partnership)..............................................        77      Maine

3

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
Queens Inner Unity Cable System.................................................       66.01    New York
Comedy Partners, L.P. (partnership).............................................        50      New York
Warner Cable of Vermont Inc.....................................................       100      Delaware
HBO Direct, Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
  TWE Asia, Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
  TW Buffer Inc.................................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (F.E.) Inc....................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (Japan) Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (South) Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Bros. (Transatlantic) Inc...........................................       100      Delaware
       Bethel Productions Inc...................................................       100      Delaware
     Warner Films Consolidated Inc..............................................       100      Delaware
       Exeter Distributing Inc..................................................       100      Delaware
       Riverside Avenue Distributing Inc........................................       100      Delaware
HBO Asia Holdings, L.P. (partnership)...........................................       100(18)  Delaware
  HBO Pacific Partners, C.V.....................................................        83.33   Neth. Antiles
     Home Box Office (Singapore) Pty. Ltd.......................................       100      Singapore
Turner/HBO Ltd. Purpose Joint Venture (partnership).............................        50      New York
Acapulco 37 S.A. de C.V.........................................................       100      Mexico
Warner Bros. Gesellschaft mbH...................................................       100      Austria
Time Warner Entertainment Limited...............................................       100      U.K.
  The Bountiful Company Limited.................................................        50      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Studio Stores Ltd................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Consumer Products (UK) Ltd.......................................       100      U.K.
  TWE Finance Limited...........................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Theatres Ltd.....................................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Distributors Ltd.................................................       100      U.K.
     Lorimar Telepictures International Ltd.....................................       100      U.K.
       Warner Bros. International Television Distribution Italia S.p.A..........       100      Italy
  Warner Bros. Theatres (U.K.) Limited..........................................       100      U.K.
     Warner Bros. Theatres Advertising Agency Limited...........................       100      U.K.
  Warner Bros. Productions Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
  Warner Home Video (U.K.) Limited..............................................       100      U.K.
Lorimar Distribution International (Canada) Corp................................       100      Canada
Lorimar Canada Inc..............................................................       100      Canada
Productions et Editions Cinematographiques Francaises SARL (PECF)...............       100      France
  Warner Home Video France S.A..................................................       100      France
Time Warner Entertainment Australia Pty. Ltd....................................       100      Australia
  Lorimar Telepictures Pty. Limited.............................................       100      Australia
  Warner Bros. (Australia) Pty. Ltd.............................................       100      Australia
  Warner Holdings Australia Pty. Limited........................................       100      Australia
     Warner Bros. Properties (Australia) Pty. Ltd...............................       100      Australia
     Warner Bros. Theatres (Australia) Pty. Limited.............................       100      Australia
     Warner World Australia Pty. Limited........................................       100      Australia
       Movie World Enterprises Partnership (partnership)........................        50      Australia
     Warner Home Video Pty. Limited.............................................       100      Australia
       Warner Bros. Video Pty. Ltd..............................................       100      Australia
     Warner Sea World Aviation Pty. Ltd.........................................       100      Australia
       Sea World Aviation Partnership (partnership).............................        50      Australia
     Warner Sea World Investments Pty. Limited..................................       100      Australia

4

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
       Sari Lodge Pty. Limited..................................................        50      Australia
          Sea World Management Pty. Ltd.........................................       100      Australia
     Warner Sea World Operations Pty. Ltd.......................................       100      Australia
       Sea World Enterprises Partnership (partnership)..........................        50      Australia
     Warner Sea World Units Pty. Ltd............................................       100      Australia
Time Warner Germany Holding GmbH................................................       100(19)  Germany
  Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH........................................       100      Germany
     Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH and Co. OHG.........................       100(20)  Germany
       Warner Bros. Movie World GmbH & Co. KG...................................        60      Germany
     Warner Bros. Deutschland Pay TV GmbH.......................................       100      Germany
     Warner Home Video GmbH.....................................................       100      Germany
       Warner Home Video Spol SRO...............................................       100      Czech Republic
     GWHS Grundstrucks Verwaltungs GmbH.........................................       100      Germany
     Warner Bros. Film GmbH.....................................................       100      Germany
       Warner Bros. Film GmbH Kinobetriebe......................................       100      Germany
       Warner Bros. Film GmbH Multiplex Cinemas Mulheim.........................       100      Germany
Time Warner Merchandising Canada Inc............................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. Canada Inc.........................................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. Distributing (Canada) Limited......................................       100      Canada
Warner Home Video (Canada) Ltd..................................................       100      Canada
Warner Bros. (Africa) (Pty) Ltd.................................................       100      So. Africa
Warner Bros. Belgium SA/NV......................................................       100      Belgium
Warner Bros. (D) A/S............................................................       100      Denmark
  Warner & Metronome Films A/S..................................................        50      Denmark
  Warner Bros. Theatres Denmark A/S.............................................       100      Denmark
     Scala Biografome I/S (partnership).........................................        50      Denmark
     Dagmar Teatret I/S (partnership)...........................................        50      Denmark
Warner Bros. Film Ve Video Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S................................       100      Turkey
Warner Bros. Finland OY.........................................................       100      Finland
Warner Bros. (Holland) B.V......................................................       100      Netherlands
  Warner Home Video (Nederland) B.V.............................................       100      Netherlands
  Warner Bros. Theatres (Holland) B.V...........................................       100      Netherlands
Warner Bros. Holdings Sweden AB.................................................       100      Sweden
  Warner Bros. (Sweden) AB......................................................       100      Sweden
  Warner Home Video (Sweden) AB.................................................       100      Sweden
Warner Bros. Italia S.p.A.......................................................       100      Italy
  Warner Entertainment Italia S.r.L.............................................       100      Italy
Warner Bros. (Korea) Inc........................................................       100      Korea
Warner Bros. (Mexico) S.A.......................................................       100      Mexico
Warner Bros. (N.Z.) Limited.....................................................       100      New Zealand
  Warner Home Video (N.Z.) Limited..............................................       100      New Zealand
Warner Bros. Norway A/S.........................................................       100      Norway
Warner Bros. Singapore Pte. Ltd.................................................       100      Singapore
Warner Home Video (Ireland) Ltd.................................................       100      Ireland
Warner Home Video Portugal Lda..................................................       100      Portugal
Warner-Lusomundo Sociedade Iberica de Cinemas Lda...............................        50      Portugal
Warner Home Video Espanola S.A..................................................       100      Spain
  Warner Bros. Consumer Products S.A............................................       100      Spain
Warner Mycal Corporation........................................................        50      Japan
Kabelkom Management Co. (partnership)(21).......................................        50      Delaware

5

                                                                                   PERCENTAGE      STATE OR OTHER
                                                                                    OWNED BY       JURISDICTION OF
                                                                                   IMMEDIATE      INCORPORATION OR
                                      NAME                                           PARENT         ORGANIZATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------
Hungary Holding Co..............................................................       100(19)  Delaware
  Kabelkom Holding Co. (partnership)(21)........................................        50      Delaware
Quincy Jones Entertainment Company L.P. (partnership)...........................        50      Delaware
DC Comics (partnership).........................................................        50(9)   New York
HBO Ceska Republika, S.R.O......................................................       100      Czech Republic


(1) TBS owns 69.31% and Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc. owns 30.69%.

(2) Turner Omni Venture, Inc. owns 75% and ICC Ventures, Inc. owns 25%.

(3) The names of five subsidiaries of Time Inc. carrying on the magazine publishing business are omitted.

(4) The names of nine subsidiaries of Southern Progress Corporation carrying on the magazine or book publishing business are omitted.

(5) The General Partners of TWE own 87.5% and TW/TAE, Inc. and Time Warner Companies, Inc. each own 6.25% as limited partners.

(6) TWE owns 99% and TW Service Holding II, L.P. owns 1%.

(7) TW Service Holding I, L.P. owns 99% and TW Service Holding II, L.P. owns 1%.

(8) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 80% and Warner Communications Inc. owns 20%.

(9) Warner Communications Inc. owns 50% and TWE owns 50%.

(10) The names of 16 subsidiaries of New Chappell Inc. carrying on substantially the same music publishing operations in foreign countries are omitted.

(11) The names of 34 subsidiaries of WEA International Inc. carrying on substantially the same record, tape and video cassette distribution operations in foreign countries are omitted.

(12) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 86.34%, Warner Communications Inc. owns 7.8% and Time TBS Holdings, Inc. owns 5.86%.

(13) The names of 42 subsidiaries of TWI Cable Inc. carrying on the cable television business are omitted.

(14) The names of 21 subsidiaries of TW/Kblcom Inc. carrying on the cable television business are omitted.

(15) KBL Communications Inc. owns 54.0797% of Paragon Communications, ATC owns 0.6672% and the remaining 45.2531% is owned by TWI Cable Inc. through its subsidiaries.

(16) The names of 21 subsidiaries of Time Warner Communications Holdings Inc. carrying on the same alternate access operations are omitted.

(17) TWE owns 99% and Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 1%.

(18) TWE owns 99% and TWE Asia Inc. owns 1%.

(19) TWE owns 99% and HBO Direct, Inc. owns 1%.

(20) Time Warner Entertainment Germany GmbH owns 85% and Time Warner Germany Holding GmbH owns 15%.

(21) The names of 13 subsidiaries of Kabelkom Management Co. and Kabelkom Holding Co. carrying on substantially the same cable television operations in Hungary are omitted.

6

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the incorporation by reference of our reports dated February 10, 1998, with respect to the (a) consolidated financial statements, schedule and supplementary information of Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') and (b) consolidated financial statements and schedule of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, in each of the following:

1. Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 for Time Warner Inc. (formerly named TW Inc.);

2. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

3. Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

4. Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

5. Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

6. Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

7. Registration Statement on Form S-8 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Registration No. 333-14053) of Time Warner Inc.;

8. Registration Statement No. 333-14611 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc.;

9. Registration Statement No. 333-27265 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

10. Registration Statement No. 333-39647 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc.;

11. Registration Statement No. 333-44255 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc. (and Registration No. 333-44255-01 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Registration No. 333-44255-02 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.);

12. Registration Statement No. 333-37827 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc. (and Registration No. 333-37827-01 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.) (prospectus also relates and constitutes a post-effective amendment to Registration No. 333-32813);

13. Registration Statement No. 33-61497 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.; and

14. Registration Statement No. 333-45703 on Form S-4 of Time Warner Companies, Inc. (and Registration No. 333-45703-01 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Registration No. 333-45703-02 of Time Warner Inc.).

ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
March 23, 1998


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 5, 1996, which appears on page 53 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.'s 1995 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference in Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 and which report has been incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, in each of the following:

1. Registration Statement No. 333-11471 on Form S-4 for Time Warner Inc. (formerly named TW Inc.);

2. Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

3. Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

4. Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

5. Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

6. Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No.
333-11471 on Form S-4 filed on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

7. Registration Statement on Form S-8 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Registration No. 333-14053) of Time Warner Inc.;

8. Registration Statement No. 333-14611 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc.;

9. Registration Statement No. 333-27265 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Inc.;

10. Registration Statement No. 333-39647 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc.;

11. Registration Statement No. 333-44255 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc. (and Registration No. 333-44255-01 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Registration No. 333-44255-02 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.);

12. Registration Statement No. 333-37827 on Form S-3 of Time Warner Inc. (and Registration No. 333-37827-01 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.) (prospectus also relates and constitutes a post-effective amendment to Registration No. 333-32813);

13. Registration Statement No. 33-61497 on Form S-8 of Time Warner Companies, Inc.; and

14. Registration Statement No. 333-45703 on Form S-4 of Time Warner Companies, Inc. (and Registration No. 333-45703-01 of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and Registration No. 333-45703-02 of Time Warner Inc.).

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 23, 1998


ARTICLE 5
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the financial statements of Time Warner Inc. for the twelve months ended December 31, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
MULTIPLIER: 1,000,000


PERIOD TYPE 12 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1997
PERIOD START JAN 01 1997
PERIOD END DEC 31 1997
CASH 645
SECURITIES 0
RECEIVABLES 3,438
ALLOWANCES 991
INVENTORY 2,596
CURRENT ASSETS 5,011
PP&E 3,240
DEPRECIATION 1,151
TOTAL ASSETS 34,163
CURRENT LIABILITIES 4,371
BONDS 11,833
COMMON 6
PREFERRED MANDATORY 1,857
PREFERRED 4
OTHER SE 9,346
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 34,163
SALES 13,294
TOTAL REVENUES 13,294
CGS 7,542
TOTAL COSTS 7,542
OTHER EXPENSES 0
LOSS PROVISION 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 1,049
INCOME PRETAX 832
INCOME TAX 531
INCOME CONTINUING 301
DISCONTINUED 0
EXTRAORDINARY (55)
CHANGES 0
NET INCOME 246
EPS PRIMARY (0.03)
EPS DILUTED (0.13)